Law@Nadavslist -Pakistan’s #1 Compendium of Legal Answers, Blog posts, Public Advisories

Law@Nadavslist: A Comprehensive Compendium of Legal Answers, Blog posts, Public Advisories (and sometimes just sensible life advice for local and overseas Pakistanis

Welcome to @Nadavslist, a valuable resource for legal queries compiled for the benefit of the general public in Pakistan and abroad. This compendium of answers is dedicated to the memory of our esteemed remote worker and Client-Care Manager between the period of 2016 to 2020, Nathan Nadav, who made significant contributions to our team during his tenure with us.He was known for his prompt and witty responses to current and potential clients contacting our website and over the years, he became the friendly face of our law firm with his exceptional communication skills.

Sadly, we lost Nathan during the Covid19 pandemic.This list is in his memory.

With a diverse range of topics covered, @Nadavslist addresses the legal concerns of individuals from all walks of life. We invite you to explore @Nadavslist and discover the answers to common legal queries. If you can’t find any specific information you are looking for, please don’t hesitate to reach out to our team directly at [email protected]. We are here to assist you and provide further guidance.

Thank you for your continued support, and we hope that @Nadavslist serves as a valuable resource for all your legal inquiries.

Queries till October 2024

Q: If civil court dismissed the suit of plaintiff due non compliance of court order e.g non depositing of proclamation fee what will be remedy for plaintiff against the said order ?

A: If a civil court dismisses a suit for non-compliance with a court order, such as the failure to deposit a proclamation fee, the plaintiff has the following remedies available:

1. Restoration of Suit under Order IX, Rule 9 of the Code of Civil Procedure, 1908 (CPC): The plaintiff may file an application for the restoration of the suit. The dismissal would generally be treated as one for default, and the plaintiff can request the court to set aside the dismissal order by showing “sufficient cause” for non-compliance. The success of this application depends on the plaintiff providing a valid reason for the non-compliance. This application must be made within the limitation period, which is generally 30 days from the date of dismissal.
2. Appeal against the Order: Depending on the nature of the order, the plaintiff may also have the option to file an appeal. If the order dismissing the suit is considered to have the effect of a final judgment, it could be appealable under Section 96 of the CPC. However, this remedy is less common in cases of dismissals for non-compliance, as the restoration application under Order IX, Rule 9 is typically pursued first.
3. Filing a Fresh Suit: In some cases, if the limitation period allows, the plaintiff may file a fresh suit on the same cause of action. This, however, is a last resort and is often undesirable due to the time and cost implications. Additionally, under Section 11 (Res Judicata) of the CPC, the plaintiff must ensure that the dismissal was not on merits, as that could bar the fresh suit.
4. Review or Revision: If there was a jurisdictional error or an error apparent on the face of the record in the court’s dismissal order, the plaintiff may opt for a review application under Section 114 and Order XLVII of the CPC. Alternatively, a revision application under Section 115 of the CPC may be considered if the plaintiff believes the lower court acted illegally or with material irregularity.

The appropriate remedy will largely depend on the facts of the case and the specific circumstances leading to the non-compliance. In most cases, the restoration application is the immediate remedy, provided there is a sufficient cause for the default.

**************************End of Query******************************

Q: Can your law firm assist in opening a bank account in Pakistan by Power of attorney? I am not a Pakistani citizen. Thanks

A: Thank you for your query. Unfortunately, it is not possible to open a bank account in Pakistan solely based on a Power of Attorney (POA), as the physical presence of the account holder is mandatory for the initial opening process. However, once the account is opened in person, you may authorise another individual to operate the account on your behalf through a duly executed Power of Attorney.

Contact Law Firm in Pakistan : Josh and Mak International! Number 1 in Expert Legal Help

**************************End of Query******************************

Q: What option do we have to do if the Inspection Office in Police took a bribe and didn’t arrest the accused after 2 months of FIR?

A: In cases where a police officer is suspected of accepting a bribe and failing to take necessary action, such as not arresting the accused within a reasonable period after an FIR has been lodged, several legal options are available:

1. You may submit a formal complaint to the higher authorities, such as the Senior Superintendent of Police (SSP) or the relevant police department, highlighting the misconduct of the officer in question.
2. Pakistan has an Anti-Corruption Establishment (ACE) that investigates corrupt practices by public servants, including police officers. Filing a complaint with the ACE could lead to an inquiry into the matter.
3. You can file a petition before the relevant High Court under Article 199 of the Constitution of Pakistan, requesting the court to take notice of the non-action by the police and to direct them to fulfil their duties, including the arrest of the accused.
4. If the police continue to fail in their duty, you may also file a private complaint before a magistrate, who can then order an independent investigation or take cognisance of the case.

Please ensure that all your complaints and applications are supported with relevant documentation and evidence.

Q: Query on Cheques and Memos

A: If a cheque is dishonoured, it is important to issue a legal notice (also known as a memo) within the stipulated time frame as per Section 30 of the Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881. Generally, this notice must be issued within 30 days of the dishonour of the cheque.

If you fail to issue the notice within this period and attempt to do so after six months, the cheque may no longer be actionable under criminal proceedings for cheque dishonour (under Section 489-F of the Pakistan Penal Code). However, you may still explore the following options:

1. Civil Remedy: You can file a civil suit for recovery of the amount owed, as the legal right to recover a debt does not expire with the failure to issue a memo within six months. The civil limitation period for filing such a suit is three years.
2. New Cheque: You may also request the issuer to provide a fresh cheque, which would reset the timeline for legal recourse in case of another dishonour.

**************************End of Query******************************

 What are the requirements for attesting a power of attorney or similar legal document. while in Dubai/UAE?

For the Power of Attorney, Authorization Letter, or Attestation, the following documents are mandatory:

1. Two photocopies of the Pakistani National Identity Card (CNIC) of the Executant.
2. Two photocopies of the Executant’s passport.
3. Two photocopies of the Executant’s Emirates ID or visa page.
4. Three passport-sized photographs of the Executant.
5. The presence of the Executant in person is not mandatory, but it is preferred.
6. Two photocopies of the Pakistani National Identity Card (CNIC) of the Authority Holder.

Stamp duty is not applicable.

**************************End of Query******************************

Q: Is there a legal concept of adoption in Pakistan ?

A: In Pakistan, the legal concept of adoption as understood in many other jurisdictions, where an adopted child has the same rights as a biological child, does not exist in the same form due to Islamic law, which greatly influences the legal framework. According to Shariah, adoption is permitted, but it does not confer the same legal rights, particularly with respect to inheritance. Instead, the concept of kafala (guardianship) is more relevant.

Under the kafala system, a person may assume responsibility for the care and upbringing of a child, but the child retains their original identity, including their surname and the legal lineage of their biological parents. The child is not entitled to inherit from the guardian as a biological child would, though guardians can allocate up to one-third of their estate to the child through a will under Pakistani inheritance laws.

The Guardians and Wards Act, 1890, is the main statute that deals with guardianship in Pakistan. This Act allows for the appointment of a guardian for a minor, but it does not equate to adoption in the Western sense. Therefore, while one can be appointed as a guardian and take care of a child, this legal status is not akin to full legal adoption, and the child’s rights to inheritance from biological parents remain intact.

In sum, Pakistan’s legal framework does not support adoption that grants full parental rights or inheritance rights to adopted children, aligning with Islamic legal principles. Instead, guardianship (kafala) is the mechanism available for caring for children without disrupting their lineage or inheritance rights from biological family members.

**************************End of Query******************************

Q: Whether foreign entities and foreign individuals need an FCDO attestation before getting any document registered from PHC London/UK Embassy?

A:  Based on the information from the Pakistan High Commission in London, it is indeed a requirement for foreign entities and individuals to obtain an attestation from the Foreign, Commonwealth & Development Office (FCDO) before their documents can be registered or further attested at the High Commission. This applies to official and public documents originating from the UK, as well as documents from British nationals.

For documents issued in the UK, they must first be attested by the Legalisation department of the FCDO before being processed by the High Commission for Pakistan. This requirement ensures that the authenticity of the documents is verified before they are accepted for further attestation or legalisation by the High Commission 

**************************End of Query******************************

Q: The querant is complaining that the cross-examination report of court is very inaccurate and has many discrepancies with the actual cross-examination as it was done. What are their remedies 

A:  If the client believes that the cross-examination report contains inaccuracies or discrepancies from what was actually stated in court, they have several remedies available to them:

1. Application for Correction in Court: The client can file an application to the court requesting that the official court record be corrected. This is often referred to as a motion to correct the transcript or to amend the court’s record. The client must clearly specify the discrepancies and provide evidence, such as notes, audio recordings (if permissible), or testimonies of those present during the cross-examination.
2. Review of Audio/Video Recordings: If the court proceedings were recorded, the client could request access to these recordings to verify the accuracy of the transcription. This can serve as evidence to demonstrate that the report is not a true reflection of the actual cross-examination.
3. Affidavit Submission: The client may prepare and submit an affidavit detailing the inaccuracies in the cross-examination report. This sworn statement should include specific examples of discrepancies and an account of what was actually stated during the cross-examination.
4. Request for a Re-examination or Clarification: If the inaccuracies in the report have a material impact on the case, the client may request a re-examination or further clarification in court to rectify any misunderstandings that arose due to the errors in the report.
5. Appeal on Grounds of Error: If the inaccuracies have led to an adverse decision or have the potential to affect the outcome of the case, the client may consider appealing the decision. The appeal would be based on the grounds that the errors in the report have prejudiced their right to a fair trial or led to a miscarriage of justice.
6. Formal Complaint Against the Transcriber: If the errors in the report are a result of negligence or incompetence on the part of the court reporter or transcriber, a formal complaint may be lodged against them. This could lead to an investigation into the quality of their work and potentially to sanctions or correction of the report.

Prompt action is crucial in such cases, as courts often have strict time limits for filing motions or requests related to correcting court records. It would be prudent to review the specific procedural rules of the relevant court regarding corrections to the cross-examination report to ensure compliance with all requirements.

**************************End of Query******************************

Q: I want to know if my organization is compliant of GDPR and CCPA or if any other data privacy acts were necessary. we are in Pakistan Home textile exporter company to Europe, USA, and many other Countries worldwide if those acts compliance is applicable on us.We are engaged in B2B sales.

A:  Given that your company is a home textile exporter based in Pakistan with a market reach extending to Europe, the USA, and other countries worldwide, it is crucial to consider the specific criteria outlined in these data protection laws to determine your compliance obligations.

1. General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR): GDPR applies to organisations outside the EU if they process personal data of individuals within the EU. As your company exports to Europe, GDPR compliance may be necessary if you collect, store, or process personal data of EU residents in the course of your business operations. This could include customer information, marketing data, or employee data of EU citizens. Relevant sections to consider include:

• Article 3 (Territorial Scope): GDPR applies to organisations outside the EU if they offer goods or services to, or monitor the behaviour of, individuals in the EU.
• Article 5 (Principles relating to processing of personal data): This article outlines the principles of lawful data processing, which your company must adhere to.
• Articles 13 and 14 (Information to be provided to data subjects): These sections specify the obligations to inform EU individuals about data collection and processing.

2. California Consumer Privacy Act (CCPA): CCPA applies primarily to businesses that collect personal data of California residents and meet specific criteria. Even though your company is in Pakistan, CCPA compliance could be relevant if your business activities meet any of the following thresholds related to California residents:

• Annual gross revenue exceeds $25 million
• Buys, receives, or sells personal information of 50,000 or more California residents, households, or devices
• Derives 50% or more of its annual revenues from selling California residents’ personal information

The relevant sections of the CCPA to focus on include:

• Section 1798.140(c) (Definitions and applicability): Defines the scope of businesses subject to CCPA.
• Section 1798.100 (Consumer rights to know): Outlines the rights of consumers to know what personal data is collected and how it is used.
• Section 1798.120 (Right to opt-out of sale): Details the consumer’s right to opt-out of the sale of their personal data.

3. Other Data Privacy Regulations: Depending on the specific countries to which you export, other data privacy laws may also apply, such as:

• Personal Information Protection and Electronic Documents Act (PIPEDA) for Canada.
• Data Protection Act 2018 in the UK, which supplements the GDPR.
• Local privacy regulations in specific countries that require businesses to protect personal data.

**************************End of Query******************************

When would compliance not be required?

1. General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR):

Compliance with GDPR is not required if:

• No Offer of Goods or Services to the EU Residents: If your organisation does not offer goods or services to individuals within the European Union, GDPR does not apply. Merely exporting products to the EU without directly engaging with EU individuals in terms of marketing or transactions is typically not sufficient to trigger compliance.
• No Processing of Personal Data of EU Residents: If you do not collect, store, or process personal data of EU residents (such as customer information, website data, or employee records) in any way, then GDPR obligations would not be applicable.
• Strictly Business-to-Business (B2B) Operations: In cases where your business interactions are purely B2B without handling the personal data of individuals in the EU (like focusing only on trade with corporate entities), GDPR might not apply.

2. California Consumer Privacy Act (CCPA):

Compliance with CCPA is not required if:

• Does Not Meet the Threshold Criteria: If your business does not meet any of the specific thresholds that trigger CCPA compliance, you are not obliged to adhere to the Act. The thresholds include:
  • Annual gross revenues under $25 million.
  • Collecting or processing personal information of fewer than 50,000 California residents, households, or devices annually.
  • Deriving less than 50% of annual revenue from selling California residents’ personal information.
• No Business Operations in California: If your business has no direct presence in California, does not specifically target California residents for business, and does not collect their personal data, then CCPA compliance is generally not required.

3. Other Data Privacy Regulations:

• No Direct Targeting of Specific Countries: Compliance with other data protection laws, such as the UK’s Data Protection Act or Canada’s PIPEDA, is generally not necessary if you are not specifically targeting or conducting business with residents of those countries.
• Data Processing Outside Jurisdictions: If your data processing operations do not involve personal data of individuals from jurisdictions that have specific data protection laws, you may not need to comply with those laws.

In summary, compliance with GDPR, CCPA, or other data protection regulations is generally not required if your organisation does not engage in processing personal data of residents from those jurisdictions or if it does not meet the specific criteria set out by those laws. However, it is always advisable to periodically review your data handling practices to ensure that you are not inadvertently subject to these regulations as your business evolves and expands.

**************************End of Query******************************

Q: Is Cr. Misc. Appl. U/s 561-A Cr.pc maintainable, if the remedy is available in the impugned order of Justice of Peace in terms of direct complaint. Because the nature of injuries are pun: u/s 337 A(i), F(i), and L(ii) which are all non-cognizable offenses as mentioned in the impugned order of Justice of Peace.

A: Criminal Miscellaneous Application under Section 561-A of the Cr.P.C., which grants inherent powers to the High Court, can only be entertained in exceptional circumstances where there is a clear miscarriage of justice, abuse of the process of law, or when there is no other adequate remedy available. In the situation you are describing, if the Justice of Peace has passed an impugned order in which the complainant is directed to pursue a remedy through a direct complaint under the applicable sections of the Pakistan Penal Code (PPC), the availability of such a remedy would typically bar the maintainability of an application under Section 561-A Cr.P.C.

The nature of the injuries under sections 337 A(i), F(i), and L(ii) PPC are classified as non-cognizable offences, which means the police cannot register an FIR without the permission of a magistrate. This classification aligns with the order of the Justice of Peace, suggesting the appropriate course of action is through filing a direct complaint before the magistrate.

If the applicant proceeds with a Cr. Misc. Appl. under Section 561-A Cr.P.C. without first exhausting the available remedy of a direct complaint, the High Court is likely to dismiss the application on the ground that an alternate and adequate remedy is available. The inherent powers of the High Court are meant to be used sparingly, particularly in cases where there is no other recourse.

Therefore, unless there are exceptional circumstances such as a clear abuse of power by the Justice of Peace, gross injustice, or some legal deficiency that warrants interference, the application under Section 561-A Cr.P.C. may not be maintainable. It would be advisable to pursue the remedy of a direct complaint in line with the impugned order.

**************************End of Query******************************

Q: What is “Benami property”  and can a child claim his mother’s properties to be Benami property after his father’s death if one of them has been given to his mother as mahr by his father is his life and another one she bought on her name from the amount she got in her husband’s life after father sold his property in his life which he distributed among all the wursah including mother and all children according to shariah and the mother bought a property from that money on her name . Could these properties be called benami properties ? What’s the protocol of Benami property?

A:  The concept of “Benami property” originates from the Indian Subcontinent, where the term “Benami” translates to “without a name” or “in another’s name.” A “Benami” transaction refers to a property purchased by one person (the beneficial owner) but held in the name of another (the ostensible owner). In legal terms, the beneficial owner enjoys the benefits of the property, but the title appears in someone else’s name. The key element is the intention to hide the true ownership, which often raises suspicions of evasion of law, taxes, or concealment of illicit funds.

In Pakistan, under the Benami Transactions (Prohibition) Act, 2017, a Benami property is defined as one in which the person in whose name the property is held (ostensible owner) is not the one who has paid for it, and the person who actually pays (beneficial owner) remains hidden, thereby giving rise to a legal dispute regarding the rightful ownership. The purpose of this law is to prohibit and penalise these types of transactions to prevent tax evasion and money laundering.

Regarding your query, there are a few critical points that determine whether the properties in question could be deemed Benami:

1. Mahr Property: If one of the properties was transferred to the mother as part of her mahr (dower) during her husband’s lifetime, it is clearly a legitimate transaction. Under Islamic law and local statutory law, mahr is an obligation owed by the husband to the wife, and any property given as mahr becomes her exclusive property. Hence, this property cannot be deemed as Benami because it was transferred in fulfilment of a legally and religiously binding obligation.
2. Property Purchased with Inheritance Money: You mentioned that the mother purchased a property using the money she received from her husband’s estate, which had been lawfully distributed amongst all heirs, including the children and the mother, according to Shariah. Since this was her rightful share, and she used it to purchase a property in her own name, this transaction is legitimate. There is no indication that she was holding the property on behalf of another person, and the property was lawfully acquired using funds that were legally hers. As such, this second property also cannot be termed Benami.

For a property to be declared Benami, there must be substantial evidence that the property was purchased using another person’s funds with the intention of hiding the true ownership. In the situations you described, both properties appear to be lawfully owned by the mother, and there is no indication of any attempt to conceal the beneficial ownership or avoid legal obligations.

If a child were to claim that these properties are Benami, they would bear the burden of proving that the mother was only holding the properties on behalf of someone else (i.e., the father or any other party), which seems unlikely based on the facts you’ve provided. Courts will examine the source of the funds, the intention behind the transaction, and any evidence of the relationship between the ostensible owner and the alleged beneficial owner.

To summarise:

• The property given to the mother as mahr cannot be classified as Benami.
• The property purchased with the mother’s lawful inheritance cannot be deemed Benami.

Thus, unless there is compelling evidence to prove otherwise, the properties in question should not be considered Benami under the law. The child’s claim would likely not succeed unless clear proof of a hidden transaction or concealed ownership can be provided.

**************************End of Query******************************

Q: Please help my father is 80 years old and his bank accounts have gone dormant since his fingerprints do not work (since with age you lose stickiness from fingers causing them not to work for biometrics). I have heard there is a way to get Nadra exemption for biometrics we tried refreshing the print did not work? 

A:  In cases where elderly individuals like your father face issues with biometric verification due to age-related changes in their fingerprints, NADRA does offer a biometric exemption process. This is particularly relevant for individuals whose fingerprints cannot be refreshed despite attempts, and who, as a result, face issues with accessing their bank accounts.

Here is a general outline of the steps you can take to apply for a NADRA biometric exemption:

1. Visit a NADRA Mega or Executive Centre: Since local centres like the Township office may not be fully equipped to handle biometric exemption requests, it’s best to visit a NADRA Mega or Executive Centre. These centres tend to have better-trained staff and more resources for handling complex requests.
2. Submit a Medical Certificate: You may need to provide a medical certificate stating that your father’s fingerprints have deteriorated due to age or other medical conditions. The certificate should be from a recognised medical professional.
3. Request a Manual Verification: At the centre, request that they initiate the process for biometric exemption. They may ask for additional verification documents like your father’s CNIC, proof of identity, and possibly witness verification. In some cases, they may suggest switching to manual verification for identity purposes.
4. NADRA Biometric Exemption Form: In certain circumstances, you can ask for a biometric exemption form specifically designed for individuals facing difficulties with fingerprint verification. This form may not always be advertised, so it is important to directly ask for it.
5. Bank Involvement: Along with the NADRA process, you may also want to engage with your father’s bank. Some banks have alternative ways to verify customers whose fingerprints fail. Providing the bank with a letter from NADRA regarding the biometric exemption can facilitate the reactivation of the account.
6. Contact Higher NADRA Officials: If you continue to face issues with the local office, try escalating the matter by contacting NADRA’s headquarters directly via email or through an executive complaint. They sometimes expedite cases involving senior citizens.

While this process may take some time, the key is to engage both NADRA and the bank in resolving the matter. 

**************************End of Query******************************

Q: Can I trademark my company in Pakistan before starting business with it? This is because I want to market and publicize it first without fearing it being copied • ⁠Can I get equity-based crowdfunding for this company in Pakistan? What’s the legal procedure to start receiving crowdfunding in return for shares/equity

A: 

1. Trademarking a Company in Pakistan Before Starting Business:
   Yes, you can trademark your company in Pakistan before starting business operations. The primary purpose of a trademark is to protect your brand name, logo, or symbol from being used by others. To proceed, you need to file an application with the Intellectual Property Organization of Pakistan (IPO-Pakistan). The process involves:
   • Conducting a trademark search to ensure your desired trademark is not already in use.
   • Filing a trademark application with IPO-Pakistan, which includes providing details such as the name, address, and description of the trademark.
   • The application undergoes examination, publication in the Trademarks Journal, and if there are no oppositions, it proceeds to registration.
2. By securing a trademark, you can market and publicize your company without the fear of it being copied.
3. Equity-Based Crowdfunding in Pakistan:
   Equity-based crowdfunding, where investors receive shares in your company in exchange for funding, is a relatively new concept in Pakistan and is subject to specific regulations. The Securities and Exchange Commission of Pakistan (SECP) oversees these activities. The legal procedure involves:
   • Registering your company with SECP and ensuring compliance with the Companies Act, 2017.
   • Creating a comprehensive business plan and disclosure document outlining the terms of the crowdfunding campaign, the rights of the investors, and the use of funds.
   • Utilizing a licensed crowdfunding platform approved by SECP. These platforms must comply with SECP’s regulations regarding investor protection and disclosure requirements.
   • Ensuring transparency and regular reporting to both the SECP and the investors.

For a successful equity crowdfunding campaign, it is crucial to adhere to SECP guidelines and maintain clear communication with potential investors to build trust and credibility.

In Pakistan, the Securities and Exchange Commission of Pakistan (SECP) has initiated steps to enable equity-based crowdfunding. This effort began with the approval of the first technology-based crowdfunding platform under SECP’s Regulatory Sandbox initiative. This platform allows startups and small to medium enterprises (SMEs) to raise funds from investors in return for equity shares.

The approved crowdfunding platforms conduct due diligence on behalf of investors, ensuring that only eligible issuers meeting specific criteria can pitch their fundraising campaigns. These platforms operate in a controlled environment under SECP’s supervision for a six-month testing period. During this period, the platform must comply with SECP’s conditions and limitations. After the testing period, the platform submits a comprehensive report to SECP on its activities, which then informs future regulatory decisions regarding crowdfunding in Pakistan .Currently, the SECP has approved one such platform, which is undergoing live testing and experimentation. This is a significant step forward for the entrepreneurial ecosystem in Pakistan, providing a regulated environment for equity-based crowdfunding.

If you are considering equity-based crowdfunding for your company, it is advisable to monitor SECP announcements and updates on the approval and operation of these platforms. You may also contact SECP directly or visit their website for the latest information and guidance on compliance requirements.The Securities and Exchange Commission of Pakistan (SECP) has approved the first technology-based crowdfunding platform known as “Seed Ventures.” This platform has been granted approval to operate under the SECP’s Regulatory Sandbox framework. Seed Ventures provides a digital platform for startups and SMEs to raise funds from investors in exchange for equity shares, conducting the necessary due diligence to ensure compliance with SECP regulations.

**************************End of Query******************************

Q: What’s the difference between an appeal and a writ?

A: In the legal context, appeals and writs are both mechanisms for seeking judicial review, but they serve different purposes and operate under different principles. Here’s a detailed explanation of each:

Appeal

Definition

An appeal is a legal process by which a party asks a higher court to review the decision of a lower court. The primary purpose of an appeal is to determine whether there were legal errors in the original trial that significantly affected the outcome.

Key Characteristics

1. Basis: Appeals are usually based on errors of law, procedural errors, or the incorrect application of law by the lower court.
2. Scope: The appellate court reviews the record of the lower court proceedings, including transcripts, evidence, and the lower court’s rulings. New evidence is typically not introduced.
3. Procedure: The appellant (the party appealing) files a notice of appeal, followed by written briefs and, in many cases, oral arguments. The respondent (the opposing party) also files briefs in response.
4. Outcome: The appellate court can affirm, reverse, modify, or remand the case back to the lower court for further proceedings based on its findings.
5. Examples: Appeals from a trial court to an appellate court, or from an appellate court to a supreme court.

Writ

Definition

A writ is a formal written order issued by a court commanding a specific action or addressing a particular issue. Writs are often used to address extraordinary situations where ordinary legal remedies are inadequate.

Types of Writs

1. Habeas Corpus: Commands that a person detained by authorities be brought before the court to determine if the detention is lawful.
2. Mandamus: Orders a public official or entity to perform a mandatory duty correctly.
3. Prohibition: Orders a lower court or public authority to stop doing something that exceeds its jurisdiction.
4. Certiorari: Orders a lower court to deliver its record in a case so that the higher court can review it.
5. Quo Warranto: Challenges the legal right of a person to hold a public office.

Key Characteristics

1. Basis: Writs are typically used to address violations of rights, jurisdictional overreach, or failures to perform duties.
2. Scope: Writ petitions can introduce new evidence and are often used when there is no adequate remedy through ordinary legal channels.
3. Procedure: A writ petition is filed directly with a court having the jurisdiction to issue writs. The court reviews the petition and may issue the writ if it finds merit in the claims.
4. Outcome: The court may issue the writ, providing immediate relief or correction of the legal issue at hand.
5. Examples: Filing a writ of habeas corpus to challenge unlawful detention, or a writ of mandamus to compel a government agency to act according to the law.

Summary

• Appeal:
  • Purpose: To review and correct errors made by a lower court.
  • Basis: Legal or procedural errors in the lower court’s decision.
  • Scope: Limited to the record of the lower court’s proceedings; no new evidence.
  • Procedure: Filed as an appeal with briefs and potentially oral arguments.
  • Outcome: Affirm, reverse, modify, or remand the case.
• Writ:
  • Purpose: To address extraordinary legal situations or rights violations.
  • Basis: Violations of rights, jurisdictional issues, or failures to perform mandatory duties.
  • Scope: Can involve new evidence; not limited to the record of lower court proceedings.
  • Procedure: Filed as a writ petition directly with a court that can issue writs.
  • Outcome: Immediate relief or correction through the issuance of the writ.

In essence, appeals and writs are both vital tools in the legal system for ensuring justice and correcting errors, but they are used in different contexts and under different circumstances.

**************************End of Query******************************

Q: I had sought a permanent injunction against co-sharers not to interfere with my possession of land, without first getting legal partition. The temporary injunction granted has been vacated. Equally in a deceptive suit, they had sought injunction against my tenant. That too has been vacated. Do I have a chance of success in appealing vacation of my injunction?

A:  The vacation of the temporary injunctions in your case necessitates a careful evaluation of the underlying reasons provided by the court. 

1. Grounds for the Original Injunction: It is crucial to review the reasons why the temporary injunction was initially granted. Courts typically issue injunctions to prevent irreparable harm, maintain the status quo, or protect the rights of parties pending a final decision. If these reasons were compelling and still relevant, they may form a strong basis for appeal.
2. Reason for Vacation of Injunction: The court’s rationale for vacating the injunctions must be scrutinised. Was there a significant change in circumstances? Did the court find that the injunction was improperly granted, or that the balance of convenience no longer favoured its continuation? Understanding this reasoning is essential to identify potential grounds for challenging the decision.
3. Legal Standards and Precedents: The appeal must demonstrate that the lower court either misapplied the law or misinterpreted the facts. An analysis of relevant legal precedents and statutory provisions will be necessary to build a strong argument that the court’s decision was flawed.
4. Equity and Balance of Convenience: An appeal will be more persuasive if it can be shown that the equities still favour the reinstatement of the injunction. This includes demonstrating that without the injunction, you would suffer greater harm compared to the other party, and that there is a strong likelihood of success in the underlying suit for partition.
5. Procedural Aspects: Any procedural irregularities in the process of vacating the injunction can also be grounds for appeal. If the court did not follow proper legal procedures or if there was a lack of due process, these issues should be highlighted.

Considering the information provided, your chances of success on appeal will depend significantly on the strength of your arguments against the rationale used by the lower court in vacating the injunctions. 

**************************End of Query******************************

BLOG: Legal Insights: Understanding Guarantee or Surety Cheques in Pakistani Jurisprudence

In the intricate landscape of Pakistani law, the distinctions between various types of financial instruments are paramount for both legal practitioners and the general public. One such area of significant importance is the use of guarantee or surety cheques. This blog delves into the legal interpretation and implications of such cheques, guided by authoritative judgments from the Supreme Court of Pakistan.

Definition and Legal Standing

A cheque issued for the payment of an existing liability or debt is generally straightforward in its legal standing. However, complications arise when a cheque is issued not for an existing liability, but as a guarantee or surety for the payment of a future or possible liability. The Supreme Court of Pakistan has adjudicated on this matter, providing clear guidance on the legality and enforceability of such instruments.

Key Judgments

Two pivotal cases that offer clarity on this issue are:

1. 2014 SCMR 1369
2. 2013 SCMR 51

In these judgments, the Supreme Court addressed whether a cheque issued for the purpose of guaranteeing the performance of a future obligation could be considered valid and enforceable under Pakistani law.

Legal Interpretation

According to the Supreme Court’s interpretation, a cheque issued as a guarantee for a future obligation does not constitute a valid instrument for the payment of debt under the law. The fundamental principle established is that such cheques, being contingent upon future events or possible obligations, lack the certainty required for enforceability.

The Court articulated that the issuance of a cheque as a guarantee or surety does not align with the legal requirements for a negotiable instrument intended for the settlement of a specific, existing liability. Consequently, such cheques cannot be treated as instruments enforceable by law for the recovery of debt.

Implications for Legal Practice

For legal practitioners, this interpretation necessitates a cautious approach when dealing with cheques issued as guarantees. It is imperative to ensure that the cheques handled in legal transactions are issued against concrete, existing liabilities to ensure their enforceability.

Furthermore, clients should be advised against relying on cheques as guarantees for future obligations, as these may not provide the legal security or recourse anticipated in case of non-fulfillment of the underlying obligation.

Conclusion

The Supreme Court of Pakistan’s rulings in 2014 SCMR 1369 and 2013 SCMR 51 underscore a critical aspect of financial and legal prudence in the use of cheques. By delineating the boundaries of what constitutes an enforceable cheque, these judgments provide a robust framework for ensuring legal and financial transactions are grounded in certainty and enforceability.

For detailed legal advice and guidance tailored to specific circumstances involving cheques and other negotiable instruments, consulting with experienced legal professionals is highly recommended. At Josh and Mak International, we provide expert legal services to navigate the complexities of financial and corporate law, ensuring compliance with the latest legal standards and judgments.

**************************End of Query******************************

BLOG: Judicial Interpretation of Mortgage Enforcement and Recovery from Different Properties

Understanding the Legal Context

In recent judicial pronouncements, significant attention has been given to the enforceability of mortgages and the implications of recovery actions taken by financial institutions. The judiciary has underscored the principles governing the initiation of recovery proceedings, especially when dealing with multiple properties mortgaged by a borrower. Two notable cases, reported as 2019 MLD 636 and 2022 MLD 31, provide clarity on this matter.

Case Analysis: 2019 MLD 636

In 2019 MLD 636, the court examined the scenario where a single mortgage was created over multiple properties to secure a loan. The issue revolved around the financial institution’s discretion to choose which property to proceed against for recovery. The court held that the institution could not arbitrarily decide to enforce the mortgage against any one of the properties. Instead, a principled approach was mandated to ensure fairness and adherence to contractual obligations.

The ruling established that if a single loan is secured against multiple properties, the financial institution must provide a cogent rationale for its choice of property for enforcement. The decision emphasized the necessity of transparency and fairness, preventing institutions from acting in a manner detrimental to the mortgagor’s interests.

Case Analysis: 2022 MLD 31

In 2022 MLD 31, the court further elaborated on the principles established in the earlier case. The focus was on whether a financial institution could initiate multiple enforcement actions against different properties simultaneously. The court’s interpretation was clear: while the institution retains the right to enforce its security, such actions must not be excessive or oppressive.

The ruling underscored that initiating multiple enforcement actions could lead to unjust enrichment and unnecessary hardship for the borrower. Consequently, the court mandated a proportional and reasonable approach, ensuring that the institution’s recovery actions align with the outstanding debt and the value of the mortgaged properties.

Practical Implications for Financial Institutions and Borrowers

These judicial interpretations carry significant implications for both financial institutions and borrowers:

1. For Financial Institutions:
   • Institutions must exercise their enforcement rights judiciously and transparently.
   • Recovery actions should be proportional to the debt owed and the value of the mortgaged property.
   • Arbitrary or excessive enforcement actions could lead to legal challenges and potential reversals of recovery proceedings.
2. For Borrowers:
   • Borrowers should be aware of their rights when multiple properties are mortgaged.
   • They can challenge enforcement actions that appear arbitrary or excessive.
   • Understanding the legal framework can help borrowers negotiate more effectively with financial institutions.

Conclusion

The rulings in 2019 MLD 636 and 2022 MLD 31 provide a robust legal framework guiding the enforcement of mortgages against multiple properties. These decisions ensure a balance between the rights of financial institutions to recover their dues and the protection of borrowers from arbitrary and excessive recovery actions. As legal professionals, it is crucial to stay abreast of these developments to advise clients accurately and uphold the principles of fairness and justice in financial transactions.

**************************End of Query******************************

Q: The case matter relates to agricultural land, which is purchased by my elder son equally sharing to minor brothers. The purchase was made through a registered sale deed in 1990, along with possession. The seller of property remained alive for 11 years during which period he complained to no one nor approached the court. The entry in favor of purchaser is recorded in the record of rights of Revenue department. One son of seller has filed suit claiming right of inheritance of his deceased father, on the ground that the sale deed and revenue entry is forged, while four brothers and one sister of him (plaintiff) do not support him on the pretext that the land was sold by their father to defendants. The case is now at the stage of examination of the plaintiff but he is not attending the court and seeking adjournments, so therefore, he is fined but not even after year and half. Given the above please guide me as  to whether he could appear on the witness Box without a fine payment, while I want to oppose his appearance.

A:  Thank you for reaching out with the details of your case. The situation you have described raises several pertinent legal issues regarding the appearance of the plaintiff in the witness box despite pending fines. Below, I provide a detailed response with references to relevant Pakistani laws:

Legal Analysis:

1. Relevance of Fines and Plaintiff’s Appearance: In the context of your case, it is important to understand whether a plaintiff can be barred from appearing in the witness box due to unpaid fines. The Civil Procedure Code, 1908, and the principles of natural justice provide a framework for understanding this issue.
2. Civil Procedure Code, 1908: The Code of Civil Procedure, 1908 (CPC), governs the procedure for civil suits in Pakistan. According to Order XVI of the CPC, which deals with the summoning and attendance of witnesses, there is no explicit provision that bars a party from appearing as a witness solely due to unpaid fines. However, the imposition of fines for non-appearance is addressed under Order XVII, Rule 2, which allows the court to impose fines and adjourn the case if a party fails to attend.
3. Natural Justice: The principles of natural justice, which include the right to be heard, are fundamental to the legal system. Denying the plaintiff the right to appear as a witness based on unpaid fines could potentially violate these principles unless there is a specific legal provision authorising such an action.
4. Case Law: While there might not be direct precedents addressing the exact scenario you described, courts in Pakistan have generally upheld the right of parties to present their case, which includes appearing as witnesses. For instance, in Muhammad Ramzan v. Ghulam Muhammad (PLD 1986 SC 1), the Supreme Court emphasised the importance of allowing parties to fully present their cases.
5. Your Position: Given that the plaintiff has repeatedly sought adjournments and has been fined, you can argue that his continuous non-appearance without settling the fines demonstrates a lack of seriousness and might be an attempt to delay proceedings. However, this argument should be presented carefully to ensure it aligns with the principles of fair trial and justice.

Recommendations:

1. Object to Further Adjournments: You can formally object to any further adjournments by the plaintiff on the grounds of repeated non-appearance and unpaid fines. Emphasise the undue delay and prejudice caused to your case.
2. Application for Dismissal: Consider filing an application under Order XVII, Rule 3 of the CPC, requesting the court to proceed with the case based on the existing record if the plaintiff continues to seek adjournments without justification.
3. Court’s Discretion: Ultimately, it is within the court’s discretion to decide whether the plaintiff can appear as a witness without paying the fines. You can argue that allowing the plaintiff to appear without addressing the fines undermines the court’s authority and encourages non-compliance.

Conclusion:

While there is no explicit provision barring the plaintiff from appearing as a witness due to unpaid fines, you can strategically object to his appearance based on repeated non-compliance and the undue delay it causes. Present your objections within the framework of the CPC and principles of natural justice, emphasising the need for a fair and expeditious trial.

**************************End of Query******************************

Q: What does a life sentence mean in terms of years of imprisonment? Are day and night counted separately in jail?

A: Under the Pakistani justice system, convicts are awarded various punishments including the death penalty, fines, and imprisonment. The death penalty is given for murder or other serious crimes, while fines are typically for minor offences. For other crimes, imprisonment is the usual punishment. Today, I will discuss imprisonment. First, let’s understand the types of imprisonment. According to Pakistani law, there are two major types of imprisonment: simple imprisonment, where the convict does not perform hard labour, and rigorous imprisonment, where the convict is required to do hard labour. Historically, those sentenced to rigorous imprisonment were made to dig mines or break stones.

How many years does a prison sentence consist of?

Life imprisonment, according to Pakistani law, is defined as a 25-year sentence. This has been clarified in case law (PLD 2017 page 22). It is important to note that in Pakistan, life imprisonment means 25 years in jail, whereas in Europe and America, life imprisonment often means the convict will spend their entire life in prison, with release, if any, occurring at an advanced age of 60 or 70 years. Thus, in those jurisdictions, life imprisonment can be worse than the death penalty. In Pakistan, however, even the 25-year sentence is seldom fully served, with the convict often receiving pardons on occasions such as Eid, Ramadan, or other events, either from the government or the President of Pakistan.

Are day and night counted as two days in jail?

No, that is entirely incorrect. A day in jail is counted just as it is outside, meaning a 10-year sentence is exactly 10 years, not 5 years. If a convict is released before completing their sentence, it is usually due to pardons granted by the government or the President on religious or national holidays, which reduce the sentence by a month or two. Additionally, if the convict exhibits good behaviour in jail, their sentence may be reduced.

Is the period spent in custody during the trial counted towards the sentence?

Yes. The time spent in custody during the trial is deducted from the total sentence. For instance, if a convict is sentenced to 10 years but has already spent 2 years in custody during the trial, the remaining sentence will be 8 years.

What happens if different sentences are given for different crimes?

If a convict is sentenced to 3 years for one crime and another 3 years for a different crime, these sentences are not cumulative but concurrent, meaning the convict will serve a total of 3 years in jail, not 6 years. This principle has been established by the Supreme Court in a judgment (2017 SCMR 307).

**************************End of Query******************************

_________________________________

Case Notes & Legal Observations from July 2024

Distinction between  heirs deprived of their shari share at the time of inheritance mutation and those claiming their share after third-party rights have been created. 

PLD 2024 Supreme Court 600

“In inheritance cases, a distinction exists between heirs deprived of their shari share at the time of inheritance mutation and those claiming their share after third-party rights have been created. The former faces fewer legal challenges as possession by one heir is deemed constructive possession for all. The cause of action arises only upon the deprived heir’s request for their share being denied. However, for the latter, the period of limitation poses significant hurdles, requiring proof that the claimant was unaware of the deprivation, had valid reasons for not contesting the property record earlier, or could show fraud or collusion between the buyer and seller. In such cases, the claimant must establish being ‘injuriously affected’ to seek an exception to the limitation bar under Section 18 of the Limitation Act. If the claimant or their legal heirs fail to act within the prescribed limitation period, no new period of limitation is available to them.”

Remedies Available Against Ex Parte Decree 

The legal framework provides several remedies to challenge or set aside an ex parte decree, ensuring that parties have recourse to justice. These remedies include:

1. Application under Order 9, Rule 13 CPC: A party may file an application to set aside the ex parte decree on the grounds of sufficient cause for non-appearance.
2. Review Application under Section 114 CPC: The aggrieved party can seek a review of the decree by filing a review application if new and important evidence has been discovered or there is an apparent error on the face of the record.
3. Appeal under Section 96 CPC: An appeal can be filed against the ex parte decree, challenging its legality and validity before an appellate court.
4. Proceeding to Set Aside the Decree under Section 12 CPC: If the decree is alleged to have been obtained by fraud or misrepresentation, a proceeding can be initiated to set aside the decree on such grounds.
5. Application for Re-Hearing on Grounds of Violation of Natural Justice (PLD 1972 Lah. 603 FB): If the decree was passed in violation of the principles of natural justice, an application can be made for a re-hearing of the matter.
6. Revision (1995 CLC 516): In certain circumstances, a revision petition may lie against the ex parte decree if it involves jurisdictional errors or material irregularities.
7. Inherent Powers of the Court (PLD 2003 SC 625): The court may use its inherent powers to set aside the ex parte decree in appropriate cases where justice demands intervention.
8. Writ Petition (1986 CLC 251): A writ petition may lie in the High Court under its constitutional jurisdiction, particularly when other remedies are inadequate or unavailable, ensuring protection against injustice.

These remedies collectively ensure that an ex parte decree can be challenged through various legal avenues, upholding the principles of fairness and justice.

A few citations on Dismissal of a Suit for Specific Performance

A suit for specific performance of a contract may be dismissed on various grounds, which include but are not limited to issues related to the authenticity of the agreement, procedural lapses, and discrepancies in evidence. Here are some significant citations outlining these grounds:

1. Forgery of Signatures: If a handwriting expert reports that the signatures on the agreement are forged, the suit for specific performance can be dismissed.
   • Citation: 2012 CLC 1699
2. Lack of Witnesses: Failure to produce two attesting witnesses of the agreement can be a ground for dismissal.
   • Citation: 2006 CLC 571
3. Unlicensed Scribe: An agreement written by an unlicensed person is not legally binding.
   • Citation: 2006 CLC 571
4. Invalid Stamp Paper: If the stamp paper was not issued by an authorised stamp vendor, the agreement can be invalidated.
   • Citation: 2012 MLD 535
5. Discrepancies in Dates: Differences between the dates of purchasing the stamp paper and the endorsement can lead to dismissal.
   • Citation: 2011 YLR 404
6. Absence of Stamp Paper Purchaser: Not producing the purchaser of the stamp paper as a witness weakens the case.
   • Citation: 2011 MLD 404
7. Misissued Stamp Paper: If the stamp paper was issued to an unknown person and executed on a different date, the suit can be dismissed.
   • Citation: PLD 2008 Quetta 01
8. Premature Payment: Paying the whole consideration before execution can be a ground for dismissal.
   • Citation: 2006 YLR 2446
9. Unregistered Scribe: If the scribe of the agreement is not a registered Waseeqa Navees, the agreement may be invalid.
   • Citation: 2006 CLC 1444
10. Irregular Register Entries: Using a register that belongs to another person with missing pages and serial numbers can invalidate the agreement.
    • Citation: 2006 CLC 1444
11. Venue Contradiction: Contradictions regarding the venue where the bargain took place can lead to dismissal.
    • Citation: 2006 CLC 1444
12. Discrepancy in Stamp Paper Obtainer: Contradictions about who obtained the stamp paper can be problematic.
    • Citation: 2006 CLC 1444
13. Failure to Produce Bank Records: Not producing bank records to substantiate payment of half the consideration can weaken the case.
    • Citation: 2006 MLD 886
14. Lack of Transaction Details: Omitting date, time, month, and place of the transaction in the pleadings or evidence can be grounds for dismissal.
    • Citation: 2005 YLR 2655
15. Mismatch in NIC Number: Discrepancies between the NIC number on the agreement and the actual NIC number can invalidate the agreement.
    • Citation: 2002 CLC 942
16. Geographical Discrepancies: If the land is located in one place but the stamp paper was purchased from another, it raises questions about the agreement’s validity.
    • Citation: 2002 CLC 942
17. Failure to Produce Vendor or Scribe: Not producing the vendor of the stamp paper or the scribe can be a ground for dismissal.
    • Citation: 2001 YLR 2145
18. Improper Documentation: Agreements scribed on plain paper by an unlicensed petition-writer when licensed ones are available can be invalid.
    • Citation: 1996 MLD 562
19. Improper Stamp Paper: Stamp paper purchased on one date and executed after a week without the vendor’s name or place of purchase can invalidate the agreement.
    • Citation: 1992 CLC 2193
20. Failure to Deposit Balance Amount: Not depositing the balance amount as per the agreement can lead to dismissal.
    • Citations: PLD 2002 Lah 88, 2012 CLC 1392
21. Lack of Marginal Witnesses: Failure to produce two marginal witnesses can be fatal to the suit.
    • Citations: 2013 YLR 903, 2009 YLR

These citations highlight the critical factors that courts consider when evaluating the validity and enforceability of contracts in specific performance suits, ensuring that legal standards and procedural requirements are strictly adhered to.

Cancellation reports of criminal cases 

PLD 2023 Lahore 233

Key Points:

1. Authorization for Cancellation Reports: Cancellation reports of criminal cases must be sent through the concerned Superintendent of Police (SP). The SP is the only authorized person to send such reports to the Magistrate concerned.
   • Citation: PLD 2023 Lahore 233
2. Mandatory Compliance: Where the law requires something to be done in a particular manner, it must be done in that manner and not otherwise.
3. Legal Framework:
   • Criminal Procedure Code (Cr.P.C.): Although the Cr.P.C. does not specifically address the cancellation of registered criminal cases, Section 173(3) Cr.P.C. implicitly grants a Magistrate the power to cancel a criminal case.
   • Police Rules, 1934: Rule 24.7 outlines the procedure for submitting a cancellation report, mandating that the Superintendent of Police must send the First Information Report (FIR) and other relevant documents to the Magistrate, who will then pass the final order.
4. Mandatory Submission Process: The wording of Rule 24.7 (“Superintendent shall send”) indicates mandatory compliance, leaving no discretion for deviation. The investigating agency cannot submit the cancellation report through the Station House Officer (SHO) or Deputy Superintendent of Police (DSP).
5. Purpose and Rationale:
   • The Rule aims to ensure fairness and impartiality in the investigation process by preventing malpractices and arbitrariness.
   • The cancellation report, if agreed upon by the Magistrate, effectively terminates the criminal case. Therefore, it must be forwarded by the Superintendent of Police after applying an independent mind.
6. Distinction from Other Reports: A cancellation report differs from other reports under Section 173 Cr.P.C., as it requires submission through the Superintendent of Police for the safe administration of the Criminal Justice System.
7. Amendments and Legislative Intent: The Police Order (Amendment) Act, 2013, introduced the role of a “Supervisory Officer” to enhance supervision and improve the quality of investigations. However, Rule 24.7 remains exclusive in authorizing the Superintendent of Police to handle cancellation reports.
8. Judicial Interpretation: The use of “shall” in Rule 24.7 signifies mandatory compliance, reflecting the legislature’s intent to ensure strict adherence to the procedure for submitting cancellation reports.

Conclusion: The case underscores the mandatory procedural requirements for submitting cancellation reports of criminal cases through the Superintendent of Police to maintain integrity and fairness in the criminal justice system. Deviations from this prescribed process are not permissible, ensuring that such reports are handled with due diligence and oversight.

Stages of a Civil Trial

A civil suit typically progresses through the following 17 main stages, from its institution to the judgment. Each stage is governed by specific orders and sections of the Civil Procedure Code (CPC):

1. Institution of Suit
   • Relevant Orders: Order IV, VI, VII
   • Description: The plaintiff initiates the suit by filing a plaint with the court, outlining the cause of action and the relief sought.
2. Issue of Summons
   • Relevant Order: Order V
   • Description: The court issues summons to the defendant, notifying them of the suit and requiring their appearance and response.
3. Filing of Written Statement
   • Relevant Order: Order VIII
   • Description: The defendant files a written statement in response to the plaint, admitting or denying the allegations and presenting any defenses.
   • Time Frame: 30 days
4. Examination of Parties
   • Relevant Order: Order X
   • Description: The court examines the parties to identify the issues in dispute and understand their respective positions.
   • Time Frame: 10 days
5. Settlement of Dispute
   • Relevant Section: Section 89
   • Description: The court attempts to facilitate the settlement of the dispute through alternative dispute resolution (ADR) methods such as mediation, arbitration, or conciliation.
6. Discovery and Inspection
   • Relevant Order: Order XI
   • Description: Parties are required to disclose and produce documents relevant to the dispute, allowing for inspection by the opposing party.
7. Admissions
   • Relevant Order: Order XII
   • Description: Parties admit or deny the facts and documents presented by the opposing party, helping to narrow down the issues in dispute.
8. Production of Documents
   • Relevant Order: Order XIII
   • Description: Parties produce the documents they intend to rely upon during the trial.
9. Framing of Issues
   • Relevant Order: Order XIV
   • Description: The court frames the issues based on the pleadings and admissions, defining the points of contention that need to be adjudicated.
10. List of Witnesses
    • Relevant Order: Order XVI
    • Description: Parties submit a list of witnesses they intend to call to provide testimony during the trial.
11. Summons to Witnesses
    • Relevant Order: Order XVI Rule 1(4)
    • Description: The court issues summons to the listed witnesses, requiring their attendance to testify.
12. Settling Date
    • Relevant Order: Order XVI
    • Description: The court schedules the dates for the trial, ensuring all parties and witnesses are informed.
13. Evidence of Parties
    • Relevant Orders: Order XVIII Rule 4, Order XVII
    • Description: Parties present their evidence, including oral and documentary evidence, to support their claims and defenses.
14. Exhibiting of Documents
    • Relevant Order: Order XVIII Rule 4(1) Proviso
    • Description: Documents produced by the parties are formally exhibited and marked as evidence.
    • Time Frame: 7 days
15. Cross-Examination by Parties
    • Relevant Order: Order XVIII Rule 4(2)
    • Description: Witnesses are cross-examined by the opposing party to test the veracity and reliability of their testimony.
16. Arguments
    • Relevant Order: Order XVIII Rule 2(3A)
    • Description: Parties present their final arguments, summarizing the evidence and making legal submissions to support their case.
17. Judgment
    • Relevant Order: Order XX
    • Description: The court delivers its judgment, deciding the issues framed and granting the relief, if any, sought by the parties.

These stages ensure a structured and fair process, allowing both parties to present their case and ensuring that justice is served in accordance with the law.

How to Enforce a Family Court Decree After It Has Been Granted?

This question has been asked by many, and today I am writing in detail to guide the general public.

When a Family Court grants a decree, to enforce this decree, an execution application is filed in the same court where the decree was issued. The court then summons the debtor through a notice.

If the debtor appears in court, the competent court may issue the following orders:

1. Opportunity for Payment: The court may give the debtor an opportunity to pay the decree amount. If the debtor fails to pay, they can be imprisoned for up to one year. Additionally, the debtor’s movable and immovable properties can be attached and auctioned.
2. Issuance of Arrest Warrant: If the debtor does not appear in court, a civil bailiff issues an arrest warrant. If the debtor resists, the court may send police assistance along with the bailiff.
3. Request for Surety: If the debtor appears in court, the court may request a surety for future payment of the decree amount. If the debtor fails to pay in the future, an arrest warrant for the surety is issued, and the surety’s property is also attached and auctioned.

Remember, the debtor or the surety is released after one year of imprisonment, but the decree amount is not forgiven. The decree remains in effect until the full amount is recovered. In the future, any movable or immovable property can be attached and auctioned to recover the decree amount.

What is  the difference between a Gift (Hiba) and Transfer of Ownership (Tamlik)?

Definition of Gift (Hiba):

A gift, or Hiba, is a transfer of movable or immovable property by an adult, sane, and lawful owner to another person without any monetary consideration. However, there are certain conditions for a valid Hiba:

1. The donor must be an adult, sane, and the lawful owner of the property.
2. The donor must declare the intention to gift the property to a specific person.
3. The donee must accept the gift.
4. The gifted property must be immediately transferred into the possession of the donee. However, in certain cases, such as a husband transferring property to his wife, the transfer of possession may not be necessary.

Under the Transfer of Property Act, 1882, a gift must be in writing and registered. However, under Islamic law, a verbal gift is also valid.

Revocation of Gift:

A gift can be revoked if the possession of the property has not been transferred. Additionally, if the gift was made under fraudulent or false pretenses, it can also be annulled.

Irrevocable Gifts:

According to Islamic law, there are three types of gifts:

1. Simple Hiba: The straightforward gift as described above.
2. Hiba-bil-Iwaz: A gift given in exchange for something of value, e.g., Nasir gifts a car to Danish, and Danish gifts a plot to Nasir.
3. Hiba-ba-Shart-ul-Iwaz: A gift given with a condition of receiving something in return in the future.

Both Hiba-bil-Iwaz and Hiba-ba-Shart-ul-Iwaz cannot be revoked. Additionally, if the nature of the property has changed or the property has appreciated in value, the gift cannot be revoked.

Difference Between Hiba and Tamlik:

• Hiba is a gift made to a non-heir.
• Tamlik is a transfer of property to legal heirs. For instance, when a father gifts property to his son or daughter, it is referred to as Tamlik.

Can Parents Gift All Their Property to One Child?

Legally, there is no restriction preventing a person from gifting all their property to anyone during their lifetime. However, the superior judiciary has ruled that bypassing legal heirs to gift property to others is unlawful and un-Islamic (2016 SCMR 1596).

Can Parents Gift Property to One Child, Ignoring Others?

Yes, parents can gift their property to one child while ignoring others, as they are the owners of the property and have the right to dispose of it as they wish. Such gifts generally cannot be challenged in court unless it is proven that the gift was made under fraud, undue influence, or in old age close to death, taking advantage of the parent’s vulnerability.

 Banking Suits & Interlocutory Applications

The judgment in 2021 CLD 536 outlines important procedural aspects in banking suits, particularly focusing on the roles and limitations of plaintiffs and defendants in filing interlocutory applications. Here are the enhanced key principles derived from the case:

1. Plaintiff’s Right to File Interlocutory Applications:
   • A plaintiff is not obligated to wait for the decision on an application for leave to defend before filing interlocutory applications. These applications may include requests for interim injunctions and other provisional measures necessary to protect the plaintiff’s interests during the litigation process.
2. Defendant’s Restriction on Filing Interlocutory Applications:
   • Generally, a defendant is barred from filing interlocutory applications until the court has decided on their application for leave to defend. This limitation aims to streamline the process and avoid unnecessary delays in the proceedings.
3. Exceptions to the Defendant’s Restriction:
   • The restriction on the defendant from filing interlocutory applications is strict but not absolute. The Banking Court retains inherent jurisdiction to entertain such applications under exceptional circumstances. These exceptions may include, but are not limited to:
     • An application for restoration of an application for leave to defend that was dismissed for non-prosecution.
     • An application for rejection of the plaint, particularly when it does not disclose a cause of action or is otherwise barred by law.
4. Application for Rejection of Plaint:
   • The application for rejection of the plaint is a unique category of interlocutory application. The court is empowered to reject the plaint suo motu at any stage if it finds that the plaint does not disclose a cause of action, fails to comply with the provisions of the relevant Ordinance, or is barred by law.
5. Rejection of Plaint Based on Available Material:
   • Even if the plaint initially shows a cause of action, it may still be rejected based on other material available on record or the defense presented by the defendant. Typically, this evaluation is conducted after the application for leave to defend has been decided.
6. Grounds for Rejection of Plaint as Grounds for Leave to Defend:
   • The grounds raised in an application for rejection of the plaint may also serve as grounds for granting leave to defend. These grounds must be considered on their merits, and if warranted by the circumstances, leave to defend may be granted based on these arguments.
7. Court’s Powers Post-Dismissal of Leave to Defend:
   • Dismissal of an application for leave to defend does not automatically result in a decree in favour of the plaintiff. The court retains the discretion to reject the plaint or dismiss the suit even after such dismissal if the plaintiff fails to substantiate their case sufficiently to merit a decree.

These principles ensure that both parties in a banking suit are afforded fair procedural opportunities while maintaining judicial efficiency and preventing abuse of the process.

Guidelines for Family Court

Case Reference: 2020 MLD 1147

Family Courts are mandated to consider the following guiding principles in the adjudication of cases:

a) Proceeding Against the Perpetrator:

• After recording evidence, if it is evident that a spouse has suffered psychological or physical injuries from the other spouse, under offences specified in Part-II of the Schedule (Sections 337A(i), 337F(i), 341, 342, 343, 344, 345, 346, 352, and 509 of the Pakistan Penal Code), the Family Judge must proceed against the perpetrator and award an appropriate sentence in accordance with the law.

b) Clear Findings and Verdicts:

• The Family Court must provide clear findings and verdicts on the offences mentioned in Part-II of the Schedule, based on the evidence presented, even without formally framing charges for those offences, as stipulated by the legislation using the term “notwithstanding anything contained in the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1898.”

c) Expert Testimony:

• The Family Court has the authority to summon expert testimony from psychiatrists, doctors, Chief Medical Officers (CMO), or other relevant medical professionals who treated the victim in such cases.

d) Show Cause Notice and Opportunity for Defence:

• Before pronouncing the final judgment, if prima facie offences referred to in Part-II of the Schedule are apparent, the court may issue a show cause notice to the accused spouse. This ensures compliance with Article 10-A of the Constitution of Pakistan, 1973, providing the accused with a full opportunity to present their defense. The court may record the statement of the accused under Section 342 or 340(2) Cr.P.C., if required.

e) Summary Inquiry and Police Reports:

• The Family Court may conduct a summary inquiry through relevant police authorities or request a report. All reports, records, and documents obtained should be treated as part of the trial record and copies provided to the accused before the final judgment.

f) Framing Specific Charges:

• While deciding on issues of cruelty, the Family Court may frame specific charges for the offences, consider the evidence in light of the required elements of the offences in Part-II of the Schedule, and pass a sentence simultaneously in the same judgment. Alternatively, the court may proceed separately in accordance with the Cr.P.C.

g) Obligatory Findings on Part-II Offences:

• Failure of the Family Court to provide findings on offences listed in Part-II of the Schedule, despite the availability of evidence within its jurisdiction, constitutes misconduct. This misconduct is subject to separate disciplinary action by the High Court on its administrative side.

These guidelines ensure that Family Courts uphold justice by meticulously considering evidence, providing opportunities for defense, and adhering to procedural requirements, thereby protecting the rights of all parties involved.

Procedure to Obtain Possession of Your Owned Property

If someone else is occupying your property or you have purchased a property but have not received possession, you can follow the procedure below to obtain possession:

Section 8 of the Specific Relief Act, 1877: Under this section, you can approach the court to obtain possession of your property. In your claim, also refer to Section 42 of the same law. The court will summon the parties involved and may appoint a local commission if necessary.

Time Limit for Filing a Possession Claim: The time limit for filing a claim to recover possession is between 6 to 12 years.

Court Fees: Court fees are paid according to the value of the property, with a maximum fee of fifteen thousand rupees as per the schedule.

For further guidance, refer to the following judicial precedents:

• 2018 CCLN 40
• 2018 CCLN 19
• 2018 CLC 866
• 2017 SCMR 1851

These references will provide additional insights into the legal process and previous court rulings on similar matters.

Enhanced Guiding Principles for Administration of Justice in Criminal Cases

The following principles, derived from judicial precedents, serve as guiding standards for the administration of justice in criminal cases:

i. Truth in Prosecution Story:

• There may be an element of truth in the prosecution’s case. However, the prosecution must traverse the entire distance from ‘may be true’ to ‘must be true’ by presenting legal, reliable, and unimpeachable evidence before an accused can be convicted.

ii. Reliability of Eye-Witnesses:

• Eye-witnesses who testify with motives other than telling the truth, and who suppress facts they should know in ordinary events, are considered dishonest and unreliable.

iii. Purpose of FIR:

• The purpose of the First Information Report (FIR) is to set the criminal law in motion and provide spontaneous information about the occurrence, thereby excluding the possibility of fabrication or deliberation.

iv. Role of FIR and Subsequent Statements:

• The FIR, recorded at the police station, initiates the investigation. Any subsequent statement by the first informant during the investigation does not hold the same weight as the FIR and cannot be considered part of it.

v. Cornerstone of Prosecution Case:

• The FIR is typically regarded as the cornerstone of the prosecution’s case unless it is shown that a wrong version was recorded by the investigating agency with mala fide intent.

vi. Supplementary Statements:

• Supplementary statements by the informant with a different version after the FIR are treated as statements under Section 161, Cr.P.C., and do not hold significant evidentiary value.

vii. Contradictions and Reliability of Witnesses:

• Witnesses with glaring contradictions, omissions, and improvements in their court statements compared to their police statements are deemed wholly unreliable.

viii. Trustworthiness of Evidence:

• If the evidence of a witness is not trustworthy or consistent, the prosecution cannot secure a conviction based on other evidence alone.

ix. Improvement in Statements:

• When a witness improves their statement to strengthen the prosecution’s case, their credibility is questioned, and such improvements cast serious doubt on their reliability.

x. Chance Witnesses:

• A chance witness, who is not expected to be present at the crime scene, raises doubts about their testimony. A single reasonable doubt about their presence is enough to discard their testimony entirely.

xi. Case-Specific Facts and Circumstances:

• Each criminal case has unique facts and circumstances, and the court’s satisfaction depends on the evidence produced by the parties.

xii. Reasonable Possibility of Innocence:

• An accused only needs to show a reasonable possibility of innocence. The standard of proof for the defense is not as high as that for the prosecution, which must prove its case beyond reasonable doubt.

xiii. Review of Evidence:

• The court must review the entire evidence produced by both the prosecution and the defense.

xiv. Benefit of Doubt:

• If the court finds a reasonable possibility that the defense might be true, the accused is entitled to the benefit of doubt as a matter of right, not grace.

xv. Proclaimed Offenders:

• Accused not shown to have been declared as proclaimed offenders cannot be considered absconders.

xvi. Hearsay Evidence:

• Witnesses who testify based on what they heard from others, without producing the source of such information, cannot establish the accused’s guilt beyond reasonable doubt.

xvii. Unpresented Incriminating Evidence:

• Any incriminating evidence not presented to the accused for explanation under Section 342, Cr.P.C., cannot be used against them for conviction.

xviii. Prosecution’s Duty to Clarify:

• Any discrepancies in prosecution evidence must be clarified by the prosecution, failing which the benefit goes to the accused.

xix. Natural Witnesses:

• Eye-witnesses who are natural witnesses because they were present at the scene and consistently incriminate the accused with corroborative medical evidence are reliable.

xx. Prosecution’s Motive:

• The prosecution’s motive, if based on a property dispute and corroborated by defense suggestions, supports the prosecution’s case.

xxi. Corroborative Evidence:

• Matching crime empties with recovered firearms provides corroboration to the ocular account.

xxii. Establishment of Guilt:

• Guilt must be established beyond reasonable doubt. Extreme brutality by the accused detracts from any sympathy in sentencing.

xxiii. Ocular Account:

• Ocular evidence is crucial in murder cases. Once its intrinsic worth is accepted, corroborative evidence is required for caution. If the ocular account is disbelieved, no other evidence can suffice for conviction.

xxiv. Medical Evidence:

• Medical evidence corroborates the type of weapon, the injury location, and the time of injury but is not primary evidence of the crime.

xxv. Single Circumstance of Doubt:

• Even a single circumstance creating reasonable doubt about the accused’s guilt entitles them to the benefit of doubt as a matter of right.

xxvi. Dishonest Improvements:

• Witnesses making dishonest improvements to align with medical evidence or strengthen the prosecution case lack credibility.

xxvii. Doubtful Witness Presence:

• Witnesses whose presence at the crime scene is doubtful and whose testimony conflicts with medical evidence are unreliable.

xxviii. Inimical Witnesses:

• Witnesses with enmity towards the accused, making changes to align their statements with post-mortem reports and justifying non-recovery of crime empties, are unreliable.

xxix. Weapon Recovery:

• Recovery of crime weapons from open, accessible places is unreliable. Mere matching of a weapon with a crime-empty is insufficient without corroboration.

xxx. Delayed Forensic Submission:

• Delay in sending crime empties to the Forensic Science Laboratory reduces their evidential value.

xxxi. Incriminating Weapon Storage:

• It is improbable for an accused to keep a murder weapon in their own shop rather than disposing of it.

xxxii. Circumstantial Evidence:

• Circumstantial evidence must form an unbroken chain linking the accused to the crime. Any missing link renders it unreliable for a capital charge conviction.

xxxiii. Scrutiny of Circumstantial Evidence:

• Courts must narrowly examine circumstantial evidence to ensure no dishonesty in its collection.

xxxiv. Identification of Accused:

• In nighttime occurrences without established light sources, identification is crucial. Failure to establish light sources undermines the prosecution’s case.

xxxv. Medical Store Assumption:

• Courts wrongly assumed electric light presence at a medical store without proof. Prosecution failed to show how accused were implicated.

xxxvi. FIR Role:

• FIR is not substantive evidence but sets the law in motion. Its absence of individual roles does not discredit the informant if they prove to have seen the occurrence.

xxxvii. Variations in Evidence:

• Not all variations destroy the intrinsic value of evidence. Only material contradictions matter, while minor discrepancies are overlooked.

xxxviii. Witness Omissions:

• Witness omissions to the police do not render their testimony unreliable unless the omission is significant enough to have been recorded.

xxxix. Section 302(b) and Corroboration:

• Corroboration is a rule of caution, not law. Reliable and trustworthy eye-witness accounts require no further corroboration.

These principles ensure that criminal justice is administered with a focus on fairness, thorough evaluation of evidence, and adherence to legal standards.

Recovery of Dowry Items After Separation

After separation, retrieving dowry items can be a challenging task for women. Often, the ex-husband might be out of the country or may not appear in court, leading to prolonged waiting periods and multiple court visits for the woman. There is also the risk of valuable dowry items getting damaged or disappearing.

To address this issue, the superior courts have ruled that in a case for the recovery of dowry items, a woman can include other members of the ex-husband’s family, such as his father, brother, or sister, as parties to the case. The court will summon these individuals and order them to return the dowry items to the woman.

In a similar case, a woman included her ex-husband’s father as a party along with her ex-husband. She argued that her dowry items were in the possession and use of her ex-husband and his father. Therefore, she made his father a party to the case. The ex-husband objected, stating that these matters are between the husband and wife, and his father should not be made a party or summoned to court. The Family Court accepted his objection and ordered the removal of his father’s name from the case. However, the High Court overturned this decision, ruling that in family cases, anyone whose presence is necessary for a proper decision of the dispute can be made a party. The court stated:

“‘Party’ shall include any person whose presence as such is considered necessary for a proper decision of the dispute.”

• Reference: Section 2(d) West Pakistan Family Courts Act, 1964.

Steps in Criminal Case Proceedings

1. FIR (Section 154) or Direct Complaint (Section 200):
   • The initiation of a criminal case through either the registration of an FIR or the filing of a direct complaint with the court.
2. Investigation (Section 156) or Inquiry (Section 202):
   • The police conduct an investigation, or the magistrate conducts an inquiry to gather facts about the case.
3. Recording of Statements and Confessions (Sections 161, 164):
   • Statements of witnesses and confessions by the accused are recorded during the investigation.
4. Physical or Police Remand (Sections 167, 344):
   • The accused may be remanded to police or judicial custody during the investigation or trial.
5. Submission of Charge-Sheet (Section 173):
   • The police submit a charge-sheet to the court. Depending on the evidence, this can be:
     • Section 169: Release of the accused if evidence is insufficient.
     • Section 170: Forwarding of the case to the magistrate if evidence is sufficient. Evidence may also be recorded in the absence of the accused under Section 512.
6. Termination of FIR (Section 561A):
   • The court may quash the FIR if it finds the case to be baseless.
7. Cognizance (Section 190):
   • The court takes cognizance of the case, initiating formal judicial proceedings.
8. Issuance of Process (Section 204):
   • Summons or warrants are issued to ensure the appearance of the accused and witnesses in court.
9. Bail (Sections 496, 497):
   • Bail may be granted to the accused, either bailable (Section 496) or non-bailable (Section 497), depending on the nature of the offence.
10. Framing of Charges (Sections 221 to 240):
    • Charges against the accused are formally framed by the court.
11. Speedy Acquittal (Sections 249A, 265K, 561A):
    • After hearing the prosecutor and the defense counsel, and recording reasons, the court may acquit the accused if there is no prima facie case.
12. Trial and Evidence:
    • Guilt (Sections 243, 265E): The court records evidence from the prosecution.
    • Examination of the Accused (Section 342): The accused is examined by the court.
    • Defense Evidence (Section 340): The defense presents its evidence.
13. Judgment:
    • The court delivers its judgment:
      • Acquittal (Sections 245/265H): If the accused is found not guilty.
      • Conviction (Sections 245(2), 265H(2)): If the accused is found guilty.
14. Appeal:
    • Section 408: Appeal against a conviction by an Assistant Sessions Judge or Judicial Magistrate is filed in the Sessions Court.
    • Section 410: Appeal against a conviction by a Sessions Judge or Additional Sessions Judge is filed in the High Court.

These steps ensure a structured and fair process in criminal case proceedings, safeguarding the rights of all parties involved.

Presentation of Additional Evidence in Appeal Court

The question arises whether the appellate court, exercising powers under O. XLI, R. 27, C.P.C., can set aside the decision and order of the trial court.

Case Reference: 2021 SCMR 1480 [Supreme Court of Pakistan] Present: Sajjad Ali Shah and Syed Mansoor Ali Shah, JJ

Muhammad Siddique — Petitioner Versus Gul Nawaz and others — Respondents

C.P.L.A. No. 832-L of 2016, decided on 29th June 2021

(Against the judgment dated 04.02.2016 passed by Lahore High Court in 2009 CLC 958)

(a) Civil Procedure Code (V of 1908)—

O. XLI, R. 27— Presentation of Additional Evidence in Appellate Court— Scope— The question whether the appellate court, while exercising powers under O. XLI, R. 27, C.P.C., can set aside the decision and order of the trial court—The appellate court itself must decide the application for additional evidence, provide reasons for allowing such an application, and ensure it adheres to the parameters of O. XLI, R. 27, C.P.C.— If such an application is allowed, the appellate court can either record the additional evidence itself or direct the trial court to record it and forward it to the appellate court. However, under no circumstances can the appellate court set aside the trial court’s decision and order, except to remand the case to the same court for recording additional evidence.

Regarding the preparation of additional evidence, the powers of the appellate court under Order XLI, Rule 27, C.P.C., are not absolute but are constrained by the provisions of Rule 27 itself. These powers can only be exercised in instances where: (i) The court whose order is under appeal refused to admit a piece of evidence that should have been admitted; or (ii) The appellate court requires any document to be produced or any witness to be examined to enable it to pronounce judgment; or (iii) For any other substantial cause, provided reasons are recorded.

In the present case, it was not one where the appellate court required additional evidence for pronouncing its judgment or where the trial court had refused to admit additional evidence. Instead, it was a case where the appellate court believed that since the document backed by public record and its authenticity was verifiable, with no possibility of tampering, allowing additional evidence was necessary to do complete justice. However, it must be noted that Rule 27 does not envision providing a second opportunity to a party for collecting evidence or rectifying their negligence or oversight.

In this immediate case, since the appellate court, using its discretion, concluded that the authenticity of the document, being secured, was beyond doubt, it was considered a substantial cause to permit the recording of additional evidence. Since the challenge to this part of the order has rightly been abandoned, we shall not delve further into this issue. However, the trial court must provide the current petitioner with an opportunity to refute, object, and cross-examine the additional evidence to meet the ends of justice.

Detailed Explanation and Importance of Nikah Nama and Its Columns

Introduction to Nikah Nama:

Nikah is a social contract that is completed through the process of offer and acceptance between the parties involved. The Nikah Nama, or marriage contract, is a legal document that outlines the rights and responsibilities of both spouses. Many people are unaware of the importance of the Nikah Nama, so it is essential to highlight its necessity. By correctly filling out the columns of the Nikah Nama, women can secure the protections that religion and law grant them concerning their future. Hence, it is crucial to complete the columns of the Nikah Nama with utmost care.

General Information (Columns 1 to 12): These columns include basic information such as the names and parentage of the bride and groom, district, age, union council, representatives from both parties, witnesses, the date of marriage, and whether the bride is a maiden, widow, or divorcee.

Dower (Haq Mehr) (Columns 13 to 16): The entry of Haq Mehr in the Nikah Nama is mandatory, as it is both a religious and legal right of the bride. According to the teachings and practices of the Prophet Muhammad (PBUH), the Haq Mehr should be an amount that the husband can easily pay and to which the wife agrees.

• Column 14: Specifies whether the Haq Mehr is immediate (Mu’ajjal) or deferred (Muwajjal).
• Column 15: If part of the Haq Mehr was paid at the time of marriage, its amount is entered here.
• Column 16: If the Haq Mehr includes property or assets, full details, including the current value, should be entered to prevent future disputes.

Types of Haq Mehr:

1. Deferred Mehr (Mehr Muwajjal):
   • This refers to the portion of the Mehr that is to be paid at a specified future date.
2. Immediate Mehr (Mehr Mu’ajjal):
   • This portion of the Mehr is to be paid immediately, either at the time of Nikah or whenever the wife demands it.

Special Conditions (Column 17): Column 17 is crucial as it includes specific conditions, such as:

• The arrangement for maintenance and support in case of discord.
• Living arrangements post-marriage (whether in a village or city).
• Permission for the wife to continue her education or employment after marriage.
• Details of the dowry can also be included in this section.

Delegated Right of Divorce (Talaq Tafweez) (Column 18): In this section, a wife can request the right to divorce from her husband. If the husband grants this right, any conditions attached to it should be noted here. The wife can exercise this right by meeting the specified conditions and issuing a notice to the Chairman of the Arbitration Council, declaring her intent to use her delegated right of divorce.

Restrictions on Husband’s Right to Divorce (Column 19): This column specifies any conditions imposed on the husband’s right to divorce, such as:

• Immediate payment of Haq Mehr.
• Custody of children being granted to the mother, etc.

Documentation of Haq Mehr and Maintenance (Column 20): If any documents regarding Haq Mehr and maintenance were prepared at the time of marriage, their details are entered in Column 20.

Permission for Second Marriage (Columns 21 and 22): Under family laws, the husband must obtain permission from his first wife and the Chairman of the Arbitration Council before contracting a second marriage. The date of permission must be entered in Column 21 at the time of the second marriage.

Registration by Nikah Registrar: The Nikah Registrar completes the Nikah Nama and ensures it is registered with the Union Council.

By meticulously filling out the Nikah Nama, both parties can ensure their rights and responsibilities are clearly outlined and protected, preventing potential disputes and misunderstandings in the future.

Mistaken Appointment & locus poenitentiae 

Muhammad Feroz v. Deputy Director Education, etc. (2005 SCMR 1490)

In the case of Muhammad Feroz v. Deputy Director Education, the Supreme Court dealt with the situation where an individual was mistakenly appointed as a Primary School Teacher without having the requisite qualifications for the position.

Key Judgement:

The Supreme Court held that the principle of “locus poenitentiae” could not be applied to protect the petitioner’s appointment. The principle of locus poenitentiae allows a party to withdraw from a legal commitment before a final act or a point of no return. However, the Court clarified that this principle can only be invoked to safeguard legal rights that are founded on lawful orders.

Detailed Explanation:

1. Mistaken Appointment:
   • Muhammad Feroz was appointed as a Primary School Teacher despite lacking the necessary qualifications required for the post. This error in appointment was central to the case.
2. Termination of Service:
   • Upon discovering the mistake, the authorities decided to terminate Muhammad Feroz’s services.
3. Legal Argument:
   • The petitioner’s counsel argued that once appointed, the petitioner’s services should not be terminated based on the principle of locus poenitentiae. This principle generally allows for the withdrawal of a decision before it is finalized to protect the rights of individuals.
4. Supreme Court’s Stance:
   • The Court was not convinced by the argument presented by the petitioner’s counsel. The judgment emphasized that the principle of locus poenitentiae cannot be used to validate or protect appointments or rights that are not founded on lawful orders. Since the initial appointment was not legally valid due to the lack of required qualifications, the termination was justified.

Conclusion:

The Supreme Court’s decision in Muhammad Feroz v. Deputy Director Education underscores the importance of lawful compliance in appointments and the limits of the principle of locus poenitentiae. Appointments made in error, particularly when they involve a lack of necessary qualifications, do not bestow legal rights that can be protected under this principle. Consequently, the termination of the petitioner’s service was upheld as lawful and appropriate.

Powers of a Magistrate: Differentiation Between 1st, 2nd, and 3rd Class Magistrates

Magistrate of the 1st Class:

A Magistrate of the 1st Class has extensive powers which are not exercisable by Magistrates of the 2nd and 3rd Class unless they are specially empowered. These powers include:

1. Power to Act as Magistrate 30 (Section 30):
   • Authority to handle specific cases as outlined in the Criminal Procedure Code.
2. Limitations on Sentences (Section 32):
   • Imprisonment for up to 3 years, including solitary confinement.
   • Imposition of fines up to Rs. 45,000.
   • Authority to impose punishments like Arsh, Daman, and whipping.
3. Issuing Arrest Warrants to Landlords (Section 78):
   • Directing a warrant of arrest specifically to landlords.
4. Issuing Search Warrants (Section 98):
   • Power to issue warrants to search premises suspected of containing stolen property or forged documents.
5. Issuing Warrants for Wrongful Confinement (Section 100):
   • Authority to issue warrants to search for and rescue a person wrongfully confined.
6. Order for Security to Keep the Peace (Section 107):
   • Directing individuals to submit security to maintain public peace.
7. Order for Security for Good Behaviour (Section 108):
   • Ordering individuals spreading seditious material to submit security for good behaviour.
8. Order for Security from Vagrants (Section 109):
   • Requiring vagrants and suspicious persons to provide security for good behaviour.
9. Order for Security from Habitual Offenders (Section 110):
   • Mandating habitual offenders to submit security for good behaviour.
10. Discharging a Surety (Section 126):
    • Authority to release a surety from their obligations.
11. Conditional Orders for Nuisance Removal (Section 133):
    • Issuing conditional orders to remove public nuisances.
12. Prohibition of Public Nuisance Continuance (Section 143):
    • Prohibiting the repetition or continuation of public nuisances.
13. Dispute Concerning Immovable Property (Section 145):
    • Handling disputes involving rights to immovable property.
14. Dealing with Rights of Use of Immovable Property (Section 147):
    • Managing disputes regarding the use rights of immovable property.
15. Order for Investigation in Non-Cognizable Offence (Section 155(2)):
    • Directing an investigation in non-cognizable offences.
16. Recording Statements and Confessions (Section 164):
    • Recording statements and confessions made before the Magistrate.
17. Granting Remand (Section 167):
    • Granting remand for further investigation.
18. Holding Inquests (Section 174):
    • Conducting inquests into deaths under suspicious circumstances.
19. Inquiries into Causes of Death (Section 176):
    • Inquiring into the causes of death.
20. Issuing Summons or Warrants Beyond Jurisdiction (Section 186):
    • Issuing summons or warrants for offences committed outside their local jurisdiction.
21. Taking Cognizance of Offences (Section 190):
    • Taking cognizance of offences as per the Criminal Procedure Code.
22. Stopping Proceedings When No Complaint (Section 249):
    • Authority to stop proceedings in the absence of a formal complaint.
23. Summary Trials (Section 260):
    • Conducting summary trials for minor offences.
24. Selling Unclaimed Property (Section 524):
    • Selling property if no claimant appears within six months.

Magistrate of the 2nd Class:

Magistrates of the 2nd Class have limited powers compared to the 1st Class Magistrates, including:

1. Passing Sentences (Section 32):
   • Imprisonment for up to one year, including solitary confinement.
   • Imposing fines up to Rs. 15,000.
2. Ordering Investigation in Non-Cognizable Offences (Section 155):
   • Directing investigations in non-cognizable offences if specially empowered.
3. Recording Statements and Confessions (Section 164):
   • Recording statements and confessions if specially empowered by the provincial government.
4. Granting Remand (Section 167):
   • Granting remand for further investigation if specially empowered by the provincial government.

Magistrate of the 3rd Class:

Magistrates of the 3rd Class have the most limited powers and can only exercise specific authorities if they are specially empowered.

By understanding the different levels of authority and powers held by Magistrates of various classes, it becomes clear how judicial responsibilities are distributed to ensure that the legal system functions effectively and fairly.

Effect of Non-Presence of the Petitioner in Court at the Time of Hearing His Pre-Arrest Bail Petition: Import of Section 498-A CrPC Explained

The insertion of Section 498-A1 of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1898 (“CrPC”) has significantly impacted the procedure for pre-arrest bail petitions. According to this provision, if the accused seeking pre-arrest bail is not present before the Court, the Court is not authorized to grant bail, resulting in the dismissal of the petition.

Section 498-A CrPC establishes a statutory requirement for the petitioner to be present in person in court for the court to exercise jurisdiction in granting pre-arrest bail. If the petitioner (accused) is not personally present, the Court cannot grant bail, and the petition must be dismissed due to the absence of the petitioner. However, if a satisfactory explanation is provided for the absence, the Court may exempt the petitioner from appearing on that specific day and adjourn the hearing for a short period. The Court cannot proceed to examine the merits of the case without the petitioner’s personal appearance, as doing so would defeat the intent and purpose of Section 498-A CrPC. Once the Court examines the merits, it either dismisses or allows the bail petition, but under Section 498-A CrPC, the Court cannot admit the accused to bail in their absence.

Before the addition of Section 498-A in the CrPC, the prevailing view of the High Courts was that once a pre-arrest bail petition was admitted for hearing and notice given to the State, it had to be decided on merits regardless of the petitioner’s absence on the hearing date. However, post the addition of Section 498-A, there are divergent views: one set of judgments still adheres to the earlier view, while another set holds that the petition must be dismissed if the petitioner is absent on the hearing date unless the Court exempts the petitioner’s presence.

The Supreme Court approves the judgments that consider the change in legal position after the addition of Section 498-A and disapproves those retaining the earlier view, as they fail to account for the true import and meaning of Section 498-A CrPC.

It is also clarified that if a petition is dismissed for non-appearance under Section 498-A CrPC, the petitioner can file a fresh bail petition before the same Court, provided they furnish a sufficient explanation for their non-appearance in the earlier petition. If the Court is satisfied with the explanation, it will decide the petition on merits. However, if the petitioner fails to provide a satisfactory explanation, their second bail petition is liable to be dismissed for misusing the court process.

In the present case, the High Court could not have dismissed the petition on merits in addition to dismissing it for non-prosecution due to the petitioner’s absence under Section 498-A CrPC. Thus, the observations of the High Court regarding the merits of the case are not sustainable and are hereby set aside. The petitioners are free to file a fresh bail petition before the High Court, providing an explanation for their previous absence. If the Court is satisfied with their explanation, it will decide the petition on merits.

It is also clarified that ad interim bail granted in a pre-arrest application at the first hearing is to ensure the petitioner’s presence on all subsequent hearing dates in the pre-arrest bail matter. The petitioner’s presence is required throughout the proceedings of the pre-arrest bail petition, and the fact that they appeared on the first date when ad interim bail was granted does not lessen the rigours of Section 498-A CrPC or absolve the responsibility of appearing in person before the court.

Case Reference: Crl.P.1075-L/2020, Shahzaib, etc. v. The State, etc.

Principle of Laches in Constitutional Petitions

In constitutional law, the principle of laches plays a critical role in determining the admissibility and success of petitions filed before the courts. The principle of laches refers to the neglect or unreasonable delay in pursuing a legal right or claim, which can result in the dismissal of the case if such delay prejudices the other party or hampers the administration of justice.

The jurisprudence surrounding laches has evolved through various judicial precedents, demonstrating that its application is not rigid but rather context-specific. Herein, we explore significant rulings that illustrate how the principle of laches has been applied and interpreted by the courts.

1. General Scope of Laches The principle of laches is not a universal rule; it is applied according to the specific facts and circumstances of each case. It ensures that justice is administered fairly without undue prejudice to either party. In essence, courts exercise discretion in deciding whether a delay is justifiable or if it warrants the dismissal of the petition【2021 SCMR 1313】.
2. Quo Warranto and Laches The writ of quo warranto, an extraordinary discretionary jurisdiction, is particularly sensitive to laches. Courts may refuse to exercise this jurisdiction in cases where the significance of the matter has diminished due to delay, or where minor discrepancies do not warrant intervention. The primary consideration is whether non-interference would result in grave injustice【2019 SCMR 1720】.
3. Pensionary Rights as Recurring Rights Constitutional petitions challenging matters such as pensionary rights, which are recurring, are generally not barred by laches. For instance, a petition filed ten years after the issuance of a circular affecting pensionary rights was deemed admissible because pension entitlements are ongoing and thus constitute a recurring right【2017 SCMR 2066】.
4. Justifiable Dismissal Due to Laches In cases where a petitioner has been unjustifiably negligent, such as filing a petition for regularization of service ten years after de-hiring without any explanation, courts have upheld the dismissal based on laches. This underscores the importance of timely action and adequate justification for delays【2016 SCMR 183】.
5. Additional Compensation Claims Landowners seeking additional compensation under the repealed Section 28-A of the Land Acquisition Act, 1894, after a lapse of fourteen years without any explanation, found their petitions dismissed due to laches. This decision emphasizes that parties must act promptly to enforce their rights【PLD 2016 Supreme Court 514】.
6. Alteration of Date of Birth Efforts to alter official records such as date of birth after an inordinate delay of twenty years, especially without any substantial reason or evidence, have been dismissed on the grounds of laches. Courts have held that once a person submits official documents at the time of joining service, those documents are deemed final unless challenged within a reasonable time【2015 PLC(CS) 267】.
7. Supersession of Boards and Acquiescence Members of a Board of Governors who challenge their removal after significant delay, such as three months, face dismissal of their petitions due to laches and acquiescence. Courts expect immediate action to assert rights and challenge administrative decisions【2014 SCMR 1573】.
8. Recurring Legal Issues Courts recognize that some issues, such as those involving fundamental rights or ongoing injustices, may be exempt from strict applications of laches. For example, constitutional petitions addressing recurring causes of action or ongoing violations are not automatically dismissed due to delay【PLD 2013 Supreme Court 268】.
9. Non-Statutory Limitation and Equitable Principles The distinction between statutory limitations and laches is critical. While statutory limitations require strict adherence to specified timeframes, laches is governed by equitable principles. This means courts consider the behavior and diligence of the petitioner, ensuring that justice is not denied due to mere technical delays【2005 SCMR 126】.
10. Public Interest and Injustice Courts have maintained that no petition should be dismissed on the ground of laches if such dismissal would perpetuate an injustice or if the matter involves significant public interest. This approach ensures that the merits of the case and the overarching principles of justice are prioritized over procedural technicalities【PLD 2006 Supreme Court 602】.

Conclusion

The principle of laches is a safeguard in the judicial process, ensuring that claims are made in a timely manner to prevent undue prejudice. However, its application is nuanced and dependent on the specific facts of each case. Courts balance the need for prompt action with the fundamental principles of justice, equity, and fair play, ensuring that delays do not automatically bar legitimate claims, particularly when significant rights or public interests are at stake【PLD 2003 Supreme Court 132】【2014 SCMR 1008】.

Application of the law of limitation concerning the challenge of inheritance mutations

In the landmark case reported as 2023 SCMR 1928, the Supreme Court of Pakistan delved into the application of the law of limitation concerning the challenge of inheritance mutations. The pivotal question was whether the law of limitation applies when an inheritance mutation is challenged.

In the case at hand, the impugned inheritance mutation was attested on 5th April 1958, favoring the sons exclusively and excluding the daughter. The legal heirs of the daughter initiated a challenge against this mutation through a suit filed on 20th June 2005. The Court held that the law of limitation is indeed pertinent when the claimant’s conduct demonstrates acquiescence, especially when third-party interests have been created in the inherited property.

However, in this particular case, there was no evidence on record indicating that the daughter had relinquished her interest in the disputed property or transferred it in favor of her brothers. The cause of action, therefore, accrued when the appellants/defendants explicitly denied her right. According to the plaint, the plaintiffs (i.e., the legal heirs of the daughter) discovered the wrongful entry for the first time on 22nd December 2004 upon obtaining a copy of the inheritance mutation of their maternal grandfather. Consequently, the suit could not be deemed time-barred under these circumstances.

The appeal was thus disposed of, affirming that the law of limitation must be evaluated in light of the claimant’s knowledge and actions, ensuring that justice prevails without being hindered by procedural technicalities.

Legal Distinctions Between Talaq and Khula

According to the recent judgement reported in 2023 CLC 1673, significant differences exist between Talaq and Khula under the Family Courts Act (XXXV of 1964) and the Muslim Family Laws Ordinance (VIII of 1961).

Talaq and Khula: Distinctions

1. Nature of Divorce:
   • Talaq is the unilateral right of a husband to dissolve the marriage, whereas Khula is a form of divorce initiated by the wife, requiring a court’s intervention.
   • In Khula, the court acts as a substitute for the husband, and the decree for dissolution of marriage effectively partakes the character of a pronouncement of divorce by the husband.
2. Role of Consent:
   • While a husband’s consent is necessary for Talaq, Khula does not require the husband’s consent but mandates that the wife satisfy the court regarding her grounds for seeking divorce.
3. Revocation Rights:
   • A husband has the right to revoke Talaq during the iddat period. In contrast, a wife cannot unilaterally revoke the decree for dissolution once it is granted by the court. Revocation of Khula can only occur through mutual reconciliation and consent of both parties.
4. Remarriage:
   • After a court grants Khula, the wife retains the right to remarry her husband without the intervention of a third person, as the pronouncement of Khula by the court is equivalent to a single divorce.

These distinctions underscore the procedural and substantive differences in the dissolution of marriage through Talaq and Khula.

 Protective Bail

An enlightening and comprehensive judgment on the subject of Protective Bail, delivered by the Honourable Justice Tariq Saleem Sheikh of the Lahore High Court is reported as 2023 P Cr.L J 290. This judgment meticulously covers every aspect of Protective Bail, including an extensive discussion on precedents from higher courts.

Discussion on Access to Justice: The judgment underscores ‘access to justice’ as a fundamental human right, essential for providing remedies for grievances and fostering a just society. It references international agreements that recognize this right, highlighting its global significance.

Historical and Legal Context of Access to Justice in Pakistan: Tracing the historical and legal underpinnings of ‘access to justice’ in Pakistan, the judgment cites pertinent cases and constitutional provisions that enshrine this principle as a fundamental value.

Importance of Access to Justice and Due Process: The judgment emphasizes the critical role of ‘access to justice’ and ‘due process of law’ in safeguarding individual rights and ensuring a fair trial, citing various landmark cases to bolster this argument.

Protective/Transitory Bail as a Constitutional Right: Within the constitutional framework of liberty, dignity, access to justice, and fair trial, the judgment justifies the concept of protective/transitory bail. It explains that this type of bail allows the accused to surrender and participate in legal proceedings without immediate fear of arrest.

Grant of Protective/Transitory Bail: In the specific case, the judgment grants protective/transitory bail to the petitioner, setting specific dates for surrender and requiring sureties. This facilitates the petitioner’s appearance before the competent court to seek pre-arrest bail.

Consideration of Fugitive Status: Addressing the state’s argument regarding the petitioner’s fugitive status, the judgment clarifies that protective/transitory bail is a time-bound restraint order, distinct from pre-arrest bail. Its primary aim is to provide the petitioner with access to justice.

Conclusion and Final Order: The judgment concludes by granting protective/transitory bail to the petitioner for a specified period, enabling him to surrender and seek pre-arrest bail. This ensures the petitioner’s participation in legal proceedings while upholding his fundamental rights.

Key Points from the Judgment:

1. Protective Bail: Object, Purpose, and Scope:
   • No specific provision for protective bail exists in the Criminal Procedure Code, 1898. However, High Courts have invoked Section 561-A of the Cr.P.C. and Article 199 of the Constitution to facilitate accused persons in approaching the concerned court for a remedy.
   • The High Court does not touch upon the merits of the case while allowing requests for protective bail. Such bail has a limited purpose and is granted for a fixed period. It is not in the nature of anticipatory or pre-arrest bail under Section 498 of the Cr.P.C.
   • Once the accused appears before the concerned court, it deals with him independently, and protective bail does not entitle him to pre-arrest bail as of right.
2. Protective/Transitory Bail:
   • The petitioner sought protective/transitory bail to approach the court of competent jurisdiction for pre-arrest bail upon his arrival in Pakistan.
   • The courts, as guardians of fundamental rights, and under Article 199 of the Constitution, are empowered to issue appropriate directions for the enforcement of these rights.
   • When the petitioner was outside Pakistan and wished to surrender before the courts to face pending criminal proceedings, the High Court had ample powers to protect him from being arrested on arrival and allowed him transitory bail.
   • Protective bail was justified because, without it, the petitioner might have chosen not to surrender and remain a fugitive.

This judgment is a significant contribution to the jurisprudence on protective bail, providing a detailed and balanced view of its necessity and application. It reinforces the courts’ role in upholding fundamental rights while ensuring that justice is served.

Can an attorney exercise right of sale or gift in his favour or in favour of next of kin?

In the case of Muhammad Ashraf & 02 others v. Muhammad Malik & 02 others (PLD 2008 SC 389), the Supreme Court of Pakistan held:

“It is well-established law that if an attorney intends to exercise the right of sale or gift in his favour or in favour of his next of kin, he or she must consult the principal before exercising that right. The consistent view of this Court is that if an attorney, on the basis of a power of attorney—even if ‘general’—purchases the property for himself or for his own benefit, he should first obtain the consent and approval of the principal after acquainting him with all the material circumstances. This principle is supported by precedent cases, including Fida Muhammad v. Pir Muhammad Khan (deceased) through legal heirs and others (PLD 1985 SC 341), Mst. Shumal Begum v. Mst. Gulzar Begum and 3 others (1994 SCMR 818), and Nisar Ahmad and others v. Naveed-ud-Din and others (2004 SCMR 619), which are fully applicable to the case at hand.”

Filling FIRs and Complaints : A few cautions 

FIR stands for First Information Report, referred to in Urdu as “Ibtida’i Itla’i Report.” According to the law, it is essential to inform the police as soon as possible after a crime has occurred. Any delay in reporting benefits the accused. The question arises, how does one file an FIR?

When you want to approach the police regarding an issue, it is important to understand that the police do not take action on every complaint. They only record reports for matters within their jurisdiction, known as “cognizable offenses.” These include theft, robbery, murder, kidnapping, rape, harassment of women, severe assault, and threats with serious consequences. The police are also responsible for investigating certain non-cognizable offenses, such as fraud, forgery, public nuisance, and minor injuries.

Suppose you want to file a report for the theft of your motorcycle. Under Section 154 of the Criminal Procedure Code, you will submit an application addressed to the SHO (Station House Officer). You can write the application yourself or have it written by the duty officer at the police station. The application should include the full details of the crime, such as the name, address, and other information about the suspect. If the suspect is unknown, as in many theft and robbery cases, write “unknown.” Specify when and where the crime occurred and provide any information that could help the police apprehend the suspect. It is also necessary to detail the stolen motorcycle, including its make, model, and value. Include your name, address, and phone number, and sign the application before submitting it to the police.

If you have the duty officer write the application, they will ask for the necessary details and then read it back to you. You can request any amendments or changes. After signing the application, a diary number will be recorded on it, and a copy will be given to you. There is no fee for filing a police report. In the case of cognizable offenses, the police begin investigations immediately after registering the case. The police can arrest the suspect without a warrant. For non-cognizable offenses, the police need the court’s permission to register and investigate the case, and they cannot make arrests without a warrant.

Delays in filing a case with the police can occur due to various reasons, such as political influence, favoritism, bribery, or misuse of authority. If the SHO or duty officer refuses to take your application, you can submit it to the Sub-Divisional Police Officer (SDPO). If you do not get a response there, you can then submit it to the District Police Officer (DPO). Both officers have the same powers as an SHO under Section 551 of the Criminal Procedure Code. The DPO can either write the FIR himself or instruct the relevant SHO to register the case.

If no police officer is willing to register your case, do not worry. The government has appointed some District and Sessions Judges as “Justices of Peace” in each district. They can instruct the SHO to register a case based on an application. If the SHO does not comply with the Justice of Peace’s orders, they can be charged with contempt of court. The Constitution of Pakistan guarantees the public prompt, inexpensive, and transparent justice. However, in practice, the system often obstructs justice, which is why sometimes even the Justice of Peace’s orders are ignored by the police.

In such cases, the law provides another avenue. You can file a writ petition in the High Court. The court can then order the registration of an FIR based on the petitioner’s application. Registering an FIR is a legal duty of the police. Any police officers who neglect their duties can face imprisonment for up to three years and a fine under the Police Order 2002. If you believe the duty officer is misrepresenting your information, or if you do not trust the police, or if you do not want to go to the police station, you can file a complaint with a magistrate under Sections 190 and 200 of the Criminal Procedure Code.

There is a slight but fundamental difference between a complaint and an FIR. The magistrate records the complainant’s sworn statement and, after an inquiry, registers the complaint. In a complaint, the accused is not immediately arrested. The magistrate can assign any police officer or other public official to investigate, and the magistrate will supervise the inquiry. After the investigation, the trial proceeds, and if the crime is proven, the accused is arrested. In contrast, once an FIR is registered, the accused is immediately arrested, and the police complete their investigation before presenting the charge sheet in court.

While laws are meant to assist people, in our country, they can sometimes be used against them. Therefore, when filing a report at the police station, go fully prepared.

What are Surety Bonds, and How Does the Court Release an Accused on Their Basis?

You might have often heard that the court released an accused on bail against surety bonds worth Rs. 50,000 or Rs. 500,000. So, what exactly are these surety bonds? Let me explain this to you. As the name suggests, surety bonds refer to a form of guarantee that one person gives on behalf of another. In other words, the guarantor becomes responsible for the accused. Surety bonds, also known as surety bounds in English, are a type of assurance provided by one person for the accused. If the court specifies the value of the surety bond, such as Rs. 50,000 or Rs. 100,000, the guarantor must submit property papers or bonds of equivalent value to the court.

Purpose of Submitting Surety Bonds

From a legal perspective, no individual is considered a criminal until proven guilty through a trial. Until the court convicts a person based on evidence during the case proceedings, the individual is regarded as an accused and presumed innocent. Therefore, the law stipulates that if someone is accused of a crime and arrested by the police, keeping them in jail until the trial concludes contradicts the principles of justice. Suppose a case lasts for two years and it is proven after this period that the accused did not commit the crime. If the person had been in jail for those two years, it would have been an injustice. Thus, the court releases the accused on bail against surety bonds during the trial period.

Responsibilities of the Guarantor

The individual who becomes a guarantor by submitting property papers to the court has the responsibility to ensure that the accused cooperates with the police investigation and attends all court hearings. If the accused fails to comply with the police or court orders, the court may order the confiscation of the submitted surety bonds. It is also important to note that the property used for the surety bond cannot be sold during this period.

Procedure for Retrieving Surety Bonds

The guarantor can request the return of the submitted surety bonds at any time during the bail period by filing an application with the court.

How To Change Date of Birth in NADRA CNIC

If NADRA has incorrectly entered your date of birth on your CNIC, it is your fundamental right to have it corrected. Failure to do so can lead to numerous problems, especially when applying for jobs abroad or pursuing further education.

Common Issues and Corrective Measures

When applying for a CNIC, errors such as an incorrect date of birth or father’s name can occur. For example, someone born on 22nd August 1995 might find that NADRA has recorded their birthdate as 22nd August 1998. Such errors necessitate a correction through legal means, typically requiring a declaration decree from a civil court.

Required Documents for Date of Birth Correction

To file a suit for the correction of your date of birth on your NADRA CNIC, you will need the following documents:

• NADRA Birth Certificate
• Matriculation Certificate
• Your CNIC
• Father’s CNIC (if correcting the father’s name)
• Union Council Birth Registration Certificate (if required)

Time Limitation to File Suit for Date of Birth Change

The process of changing the name or date of birth on a NADRA CNIC falls under declaratory suits, as outlined in Section 42 of the Specific Relief Act 1877. Under Article 120 of the Limitation Act 1908, you have a six-year limitation period to commence legal proceedings in court. As held in 2015 MLD 1481, the plaintiff has six years to file a suit to change the date of birth.

Incorrect Procedures by NADRA

When individuals approach NADRA to change their date of birth, they are often incorrectly advised to bring a notarized affidavit. Despite submitting such an affidavit, NADRA may refuse to correct the date of birth and instruct the individual to obtain a court declaration decree instead. Thus, it is advisable to directly file a suit in the civil court to correct the date of birth on your CNIC.

Correct Procedure to Change Date of Birth in NADRA ID Card

The appropriate procedure involves filing a plaint in civil court, detailing:

• The actual date of birth
• The date of birth as recorded in the union council birth certificate, NADRA B-form, and matriculation certificate

Attach these documents to support your claim. The same procedure applies if you need to change the father’s name on the CNIC.

Upon submission of your case, the court will issue summons to NADRA to appear and submit a written statement. The NADRA counsel will then examine and cross-examine the plaintiff. Ensure all relevant documents are available during cross-examination.

After the examination, the court will pronounce its judgment and direct NADRA to correct the date of birth on the CNIC. This process typically takes about three to four months.

Case Law on Correction of Date of Birth

Several case laws guide NADRA in correcting the date of birth on CNICs:

1. 2016 YLR 323:
   • The plaintiff’s birth date was incorrectly recorded as 22nd May 1990 instead of 22nd May 1993.
   • The suit was dismissed initially but later accepted upon appeal, directing NADRA to correct the birth date.
2. 2012 PLD 378:
   • The Lahore High Court ruled that NADRA could correct the name on a CNIC without a court order.
   • NADRA’s reliance on internal SOPs was found insufficient to deny the correction request. The court ordered NADRA to rectify the mistake as it was a typographic error.

Conclusion

If your date of birth or any other detail on your CNIC is incorrect, it is crucial to follow the correct legal procedure to rectify the error. Filing a suit in civil court and obtaining a declaration decree is the proper course of action, ensuring that your CNIC reflects accurate information. If you encounter issues or need assistance, do not hesitate to seek legal counsel or contact relevant authorities.

Interim injunctions and status quo orders: Extension and Continuity

Case Law: 1999 SCMR 2215 & 2000 MLD 1755

Order XXXIX, Rule 2-A, C.P.C.

The Supreme Court of Pakistan and the Lahore High Court have provided significant interpretations of Order XXXIX, Rule 2-A of the Civil Procedure Code (C.P.C.) regarding interim injunctions and status quo orders. The rulings in “1999 SCMR 2215” and “2000 MLD 1755” clarify the procedural aspects and legal implications associated with such orders.

Key Legal Points:

1. Continuity of Interim Injunctions and Status Quo Orders:
   • When an interim injunction or status quo order is issued, and neither a reply is filed nor a request for its discharge is made, the legal presumption is that the interim order remains in effect. This holds true even in the absence of a specific order extending the status quo.
2. No Requirement for Specific Extension Orders:
   • The provision under Order XXXIX, Rule 2-A, C.P.C., does not mandate a specific order for the extension of the interim injunction beyond 15 days if the defendant has sought time to prepare their defense against the application for injunction. This interpretation prevents the unnecessary procedural burden on the courts to repeatedly extend interim orders.
3. Defendant’s Request for Time:
   • When the defendant requests time to prepare their defense, and the court schedules multiple hearing dates for the submission of the reply, it is not essential for the court to issue explicit orders to extend the interim status quo on each hearing date. The status quo order is presumed to continue until the matter is conclusively resolved.

Practical Implications:

• Litigants and Legal Practitioners:
  • Litigants and their counsel should be aware that once an interim injunction or status quo order is issued, it maintains its effect until explicitly discharged by the court, irrespective of periodic extensions.
  • Defendants should prepare their responses diligently within the allotted timeframes to avoid any negative presumptions or legal disadvantages arising from the continuation of interim orders.
• Judicial Officers:
  • Judges should note that the continuity of interim orders does not necessitate repetitive formal extensions. This streamlines the judicial process and reduces the administrative burden on the courts.

Conclusion

The interpretations provided in the cases “1999 SCMR 2215” and “2000 MLD 1755” underscore the principle that interim injunctions and status quo orders, once issued, remain effective until expressly discharged or modified by the court. The rulings facilitate judicial efficiency and provide clear guidance on the procedural handling of interim orders, ensuring that the parties involved are adequately protected throughout the litigation process.

Judgements on Hiba 

1. 2020 SCMR 276 (d) If the Tehsildar who executed the transfer of gift (Hiba) and the witnesses to the transfer are not presented, the gift (Hiba) cannot be proven.
2. 2018 MLD 739 The beneficiary of the gift (Hiba) is obligated to prove the gift through evidence as per Article 79 of the Qanun-e-Shahadat Order, 1984.
3. 2017 YLR 399 A transfer of gift (Hiba) presented through an attorney is inadmissible as evidence.
4. 2016 SCMR 1417 At the time of the transfer of gift (Hiba), the donor was an approximately 85-year-old elderly patient. The gift (Hiba) will not be considered valid.
5. 2021 SCMR 772 Revenue authorities should not process the transfer of gift (Hiba) in a manner that disinherits the legal heirs.

 Revocation of Khula and Talaq

2023 CLC 1673

Upon examining Section 7(3) of the Muslim Family Law Ordinance, 1961 (“Ordinance”), it becomes evident that a talaq (divorce) pronounced by the husband can be revoked, either expressly or impliedly, before the expiry of 90 days. This provision allows the husband to retract his divorce within this statutory period.

However, Section 21(3) of the Family Courts Act, 1964 (“Act”), operates as a non-obstante clause, meaning it overrides other provisions when it comes to its specific application. Subsection 3(b) of Section 21 of the Act distinctly states that there is no provision for the revocation of a decree of khula (a form of divorce initiated by the wife). The decree of khula can only be rendered ineffective if a reconciliation is achieved between the parties within the prescribed 90-day period, in accordance with the procedures outlined in the Ordinance.

The legislative intent is underscored by the presence of the word “revoke” in Section 7(3) of the Ordinance, which explicitly provides for the possibility of revocation of talaq. In stark contrast, the absence of this term in Section 21(3)(b) of the Act clearly indicates that the legislature did not intend to allow for the revocation of a khula decree. Thus, a decree of khula will only become ineffective if, within 90 days, a reconciliation has been achieved between the spouses based on mutual or bilateral arrangement.

This differential treatment of talaq and khula underscores the distinct legal frameworks governing each process and highlights the importance of mutual consent and procedural compliance in matters of marital dissolution.

Criminal Liability under Section 489-F PPC for Companies and Signatories

2023 PCrLJ 1588

i) Is criminal liability under Section 489-F PPC attributable to a company?

ii) Does the person who signs the cheque on behalf of the company have any criminal liability under Section 489-F PPC?

Generally, liability under criminal law is subject to proof of fault (mens rea) on the part of the accused person coinciding with his act or omission (actus reus). The Latin maxim “actus non facit reum nisi mens sit rea” (an act itself does not constitute guilt unless done with a guilty mind) encapsulates this principle.

In Pakistan, the legislature may allow the prosecution of corporations through a special law. Section 11 of the Pakistan Penal Code, 1860, embodies the concept of corporate criminal liability under the general law. According to this section, the term “person” includes any company, association, or body of persons, whether incorporated or not.

The term “whoever” in Section 489-F PPC encompasses all offenders without distinction, whether natural or juristic persons. Consequently, criminal liability for dishonestly issuing a bad cheque is attributable to a company, and it can be prosecuted under this provision.

The criminal liability under Section 489-F PPC of the person signing the cheque on the company’s behalf should depend on their role, position, and authority within the company. It is established that the mens rea of those managing the company’s affairs, and its directing mind and will, may be attributed to the company in certain circumstances. However, the prosecution must prove that the particular person was in charge of the company’s operations at the time of the commission of the offence.

It is also crucial to point out that the offence under Section 489-F PPC is not one of strict liability. Penal consequences depend on proof of dishonesty. This means that the prosecution must establish that the act of issuing a bad cheque was carried out with dishonest intent.

Therefore, while a company as a juristic entity can be held liable under Section 489-F PPC, the individual who signed the cheque may also be held criminally liable if it can be proven that they acted with dishonest intent and had a significant role in the company’s decision-making process at the time of issuing the cheque.

What is Haq Mehr and How Significant is it for the Bride and Her Family?

Haq Mehr, also known as dower, is an essential component of Nikah (marriage contract) in Islamic law, without which the marriage is considered incomplete. It is a specified amount or valuable item that the husband gives to the wife as a sign of respect and obligation upon entering into the marriage. This amount can be in the form of money, gold, silver, property, land, a car, or a house.

Types of Haq Mehr

Haq Mehr is divided into two types:

1. Prompt Dower (Mahr Mu’ajjal): This is the dower that the wife can demand from her husband at any time. Whether she demands it at the time of marriage or even 20 years later, it is her right, and the husband is obliged to pay it upon her request. If the husband refuses to pay, the wife can seek legal recourse in the court.
2. Deferred Dower (Mahr Mu’ajjal): This type of dower is to be paid after a specified period agreed upon by both husband and wife, or upon the occurrence of certain events such as divorce or the husband’s death. In case of the husband’s death, the widow can claim her Haq Mehr from the deceased husband’s estate if it has not been paid earlier.

Furthermore, after marriage, the amount of Haq Mehr or any additional assets such as property or house can be included in the Nikah Nama (marriage contract). When any additional Haq Mehr is agreed upon, the agreement must be submitted to the relevant union council to ensure that it is officially recorded. It is important to note that Haq Mehr can be increased after marriage, but it cannot be decreased under any circumstances.

Is Haq Mehr a Protection for the Bride?

Unfortunately, in our society, the principles of Sharia are often neglected when demanding dowry, yet strict self-made rules are applied when determining Haq Mehr. It is important to remember that there are no legal or religious restrictions on the amount of Haq Mehr; it can be as much as the parties agree upon.

However, under the Family Court Act 1964, if the wife seeks Khula (divorce initiated by the wife) without a valid reason, she is required to return 25% of the received Haq Mehr and forgive 50% of the deferred dower. Additionally, any other benefits she has received from her husband must also be returned if she seeks Khula unjustly.

Therefore, both families should agree on a reasonable amount of Haq Mehr that is within the husband’s financial capacity and does not place an undue burden on him. Simultaneously, the amount should not be so minimal that it fails to provide adequate protection for the wife’s rights.

Procedure for Obtaining a Death Certificate

A death certificate is an official document issued by the government that records the name, address, date of death, and cause of death of the deceased person. Obtaining a death certificate is crucial for the living relatives of the deceased as it is required for the distribution of inheritance. Additionally, it is necessary to legally declare the person deceased to prevent any potential fraud under the deceased’s name.

How to Obtain a Death Certificate?

The death certificate form can be obtained online or from the relevant Union Council. A close relative of the deceased should acquire this form and complete it. The form will also require the statement of the person who led the funeral prayer, including their signature and thumbprint. If it is a public cemetery, the name and address of the grave digger, along with the names, signatures, and thumbprints of two witnesses, are required. The relationship of the applicant to the deceased should also be stated. Once the form is completed, it should be submitted to the relevant Union Council, where the death certificate will be issued within a few days. The fee for the death certificate is PKR 200.

What If More Than Two Months Have Passed Since the Death?

If more than two months have passed since the death, you will need to approach the court. After obtaining a court decree, the death certificate will be issued by the relevant Union Council. It is important to note that a death certificate is essential for the legal heirs of the deceased. It is required for the transfer of inheritance, bank accounts, vehicles, property, and insurance claims. The certificate is also necessary to prevent fraud under the deceased person’s name.

In some cases, it has been observed that a person passed away, but their death certificate was not obtained. After their death, land or other assets were fraudulently transferred using forged thumbprints and statements. Proving the person deceased in court becomes challenging without a death certificate. Therefore, it is important to complete all necessary documentation, whether it is a birth certificate or a death certificate, promptly.

How to Register Property in Pakistan : Differences between Registration and Mutation

Reference PLD 2019 SC 297

The term “registration” derives from the word “registered,” which means to officially record something. For instance, when we purchase a motorcycle or car, we register it with the relevant excise department, where details such as the vehicle’s number plate, engine number, colour, model, and company name (and if it’s a used vehicle, the name of the previous owner) are recorded in detail. After paying the required excise fee, the vehicle is officially in our name. Similarly, the process applies to the registration of land and houses. According to Section 17 of the Registration Act, 1908, registration is mandatory for the transfer of immovable property.

Procedure for Registering Land or House

Step 1: Obtaining Sale Certificate First, the person from whom you are purchasing the land or house must obtain the “Fard Baye” (sale certificate) of the property. This document confirms that the seller is the actual owner of the property and that there are no legal disputes or stay orders on the land. It is important to note that only one sale certificate can be issued at a time. If the land is not registered within 14 days after obtaining the sale certificate, it becomes invalid.

Step 2: E-Stamp Paper Next, based on the value of the land, obtain an E-Stamp paper. The names of the buyer and seller will be written on this stamp paper, along with the DC (Deputy Commissioner) rate, indicating the sale price of the land. The E-Stamp paper will also include details of the transaction, such as who is selling the land to whom and for what price, along with the names and addresses of the witnesses. Additionally, a map of the plot or house being sold will be drawn on the E-Stamp paper, identifying its boundaries and neighbouring properties. This ensures that the land is protected and ownership is clearly documented.

Step 3: Documentation and Submission After obtaining and completing the E-Stamp paper, attach the following documents:

• Sale Certificate (Fard Baye)
• Copies of the identification cards of both the buyer and seller
• Payment receipts of taxes from FBR (Federal Board of Revenue) and TMA (Tehsil Municipal Administration)

Submit this file to the registrar of the relevant district. In the presence of the registrar, the seller will give a statement in favour of the buyer, and after the photographs and signatures of the witnesses are taken, the registration will be completed. The registration document will then be sent to your address within a few days.

Difference between Mutation and Registration

There is essentially no difference between mutation (Intiqal) and registration (Registry) regarding land ownership. Both serve as proof of ownership. After registration, the next step is mutation. Following the receipt of the registration document, the landowner will go to the relevant Patwari (land record officer), who, after verifying the certified copy of the registration, will transfer the land in your name.

The Supreme Court has established a legal precedent that in urban areas, land transfer must be done through registration rather than mutation.

PLD 2019 SC 297

Importance and Procedure for Obtaining a Birth Certificate

In today’s modern world, the official record of a person is maintained from birth to death. The first official record made after a person’s birth is the registration of their birth, commonly known as a birth certificate. According to Pakistani law, it is mandatory to register the birth of a newborn child. It is the parents’ responsibility to ensure their child’s birth is registered with the relevant Union Council.

Procedure for Obtaining a Birth Certificate

According to Pakistani law, the father or mother, or if both parents are unavailable, the child’s guardian must register the child’s birth with the relevant Union Council within 60 days of birth. The following documents are required for this process:

• Parents’ national identity cards
• If the child was born in a hospital, the hospital-issued receipt

A form will be provided by the Union Council. After filling out the form and signing it, it should be submitted back to the same Union Council. Within three days, a certificate issued by NADRA will be provided. The fee for this process is 100 rupees, which is paid at the Union Council.

If more than 60 days but less than 7 years have passed since the child’s birth, the parents must submit an affidavit along with their national identity cards and the signatures of two witnesses to the relevant Union Council. The Union Council will issue the certificate within seven days.

If the child is older than 7 years and the birth has not been registered, the parents must submit an application for birth registration to the relevant Assistant Commissioner. The Assistant Commissioner will verify the residential address and request a medical examination from a government hospital to determine the child’s age accurately. The medical tests are conducted to ensure that the parents are not falsifying the child’s age. After the medical examination, the Assistant Commissioner will instruct the relevant Union Council to register the child’s birth.

Birth Registration for Pakistani Parents Residing Abroad

If a child is born to Pakistani parents abroad, the parents should submit an application to the relevant Pakistani consulate requesting the registration of their child’s birth in Pakistan. The consulate will process the application and instruct the relevant Union Council in Pakistan to issue a birth certificate, which will include the parents’ names, address, and other necessary information.

Police Procedures for Reporting Cognizable Offences

When the police receive information about the commission of a cognizable offence, they must record all details provided by the informant, read the information back to the informant, and obtain their signature.

It is important to note that the police have the authority to investigate only after an FIR has been lodged.

154. Information in cognizable cases: “Every information relating to the commission of a cognizable offence if given orally to an officer-in-charge of a police station, shall be reduced to writing by him or under his direction and be read over to the informant: and every such information, whether given in writing or reduced to writing as aforesaid, shall be signed by the person giving it, and the substance thereof shall be entered in a book to be kept by such officer in such form as the Provincial Government may prescribe in this behalf.”

COMMENTARY

1. First Information Report: The FIR is not substantive evidence but serves as initial information setting the prosecution in motion. Its importance lies in its depiction of the initial version of events (2003 P. Cr.L.J. 1778 = PLJ 2003 Cr.C. (Qta) 1029 (DB)). The term “every information” pertains to the information supplied and does not necessarily need to be proven true (PLD 2003 Lah. 228). The SHO is required to register a case upon receiving information about a cognizable offence, and a second FIR can be registered if needed (2003 YLR 1834).
2. Evidentiary Value: The FIR is not substantive evidence but is used to corroborate or contradict the maker’s statement (2002 SCMR 1586). It primarily relates to the information about the commission of a cognizable offence and contains the material facts immediately noticed by the complainant (1999 PCr.LJ 1381).
3. Procedure: The procedure for lodging an FIR involves reducing the information to writing, reading it to the informant, and obtaining their signature. The police officer must then enter the substance of the information in a book as prescribed by the Provincial Government (2004 YLR 684).
4. Delay in Lodging FIR: Delay in lodging an FIR can diminish its credibility unless adequately explained. However, not all delays give rise to adverse presumptions (1968 PCr.LJ 1597).
5. Role of Magistrate: A Magistrate can issue directions to the police for the registration of a criminal case (NLR 1979 (Cr.) S.C. 146). The High Court can correct proceedings of the investigating agency based on malafide in fact and law (PLD 2000 Lah 65).
6. Double Jeopardy: The principle of double jeopardy does not apply to FIRs (2004 MLD 1201).
7. Defective FIR: A defective FIR has no evidentiary value (PLJ 2008 Sh.C. (AJ&K) 1).

The object of an FIR is to initiate the legal machinery for investigating a criminal offence, ensuring justice is served by collecting evidence and establishing the facts of the case.

Fresh Grounds for Second Bail Application

When submitting a second bail application, certain new grounds may be considered to bolster the request for bail. These grounds include:

1. Submission of Final Challan: The submission of the final challan can be a pivotal ground for a second bail application. Once the investigation is complete and the final challan has been submitted, it can be argued that the circumstances have changed and that the accused should be granted bail pending trial.
2. Compromise with Parties: If there has been a compromise reached between the accused and the complainant or other involved parties, this can serve as a significant ground for bail. Such a compromise indicates a resolution of the dispute, which can mitigate the perceived threat or risk posed by the accused.
3. Major Contradictions in Evidence: The identification of major contradictions in the evidence presented by the prosecution can form a strong basis for a second bail application. If the evidence against the accused is found to be inconsistent or unreliable, it weakens the prosecution’s case, thereby justifying the granting of bail.
4. Statutory Delay: Statutory delays in the trial process can also be cited as a ground for a second bail application. If the trial has been unduly delayed due to procedural or administrative reasons, the accused may argue for bail on the basis of the right to a speedy trial and avoidance of unnecessary prolonged detention.

It is important to note that if any other grounds were available at the time of the first bail application but were not presented, they cannot be agitated in a subsequent bail application. This principle has been upheld by the Supreme Court in various judgments:

• 2014 PLD 241 SC: The Supreme Court held that grounds not taken in the first bail application cannot be raised in the second bail application.
• 2015 PLD 41 SC: The Court reiterated that failure to present available grounds in the initial bail application precludes their consideration in subsequent applications.

These principles ensure that the judicial process is not misused and that all relevant arguments are presented at the earliest opportunity. The legal precedent established by these judgments underscores the necessity for thorough and comprehensive presentation of all grounds in the first bail application.

By adhering to these principles and presenting new and compelling grounds, the likelihood of success in a second bail application can be significantly enhanced.

Prohibitory Clause, Reasonable Grounds, Further Inquiry, Tentative Assessment in Bail Matters

In the context of bail under Section 497 of the Criminal Procedure Code (Cr.P.C.), several key legal principles come into play when determining whether to grant or deny bail to an accused person. These principles include the interpretation of the prohibitory clause, the establishment of reasonable grounds, the scope of further inquiry, and the process of tentative assessment.

1. Prohibitory Clause: The prohibitory clause under Section 497(1) Cr.P.C. stipulates that bail is generally not to be granted if there are reasonable grounds for believing that the accused is guilty of an offence punishable with death, life imprisonment, or imprisonment for ten years. The term “punishable” refers to the maximum possible punishment for the offence, not the minimum, meaning that if the offence could result in a sentence of up to ten years, it falls within the prohibitory clause. This clause essentially means that for such serious offences, the presumption is against the granting of bail unless the court is satisfied that the grounds for the accused’s detention are insufficient.

2. Reasonable Grounds: The concept of “reasonable grounds” in Section 497(1) requires that the prosecution provide evidence that a reasonable person would believe links the accused to the crime. This standard is higher than mere suspicion but lower than the “beyond reasonable doubt” standard required for a conviction. Reasonable grounds must be based on tangible evidence that, if unchallenged, could lead to an inference of guilt.

3. Further Inquiry: Section 497(2) allows for bail if there are sufficient grounds for further inquiry into the guilt of the accused. This provision acknowledges that not all cases are straightforward and that the available evidence might require deeper examination. Further inquiry typically applies when the evidence is not conclusive and raises questions that need to be resolved through a detailed trial. The specifics of each case determine what constitutes sufficient grounds for further inquiry, but the general principle is that any doubt about the accused’s guilt should weigh in favor of granting bail.

4. Tentative Assessment: At the bail stage, courts are not expected to conduct a mini-trial but to make a tentative assessment of the material produced. This means the court will examine the evidence presented to determine if there are reasonable grounds to believe the accused committed the crime. This assessment should be based on the evidence available at the time and should not delve into a detailed analysis that would be more appropriate for the trial itself.

Bail Context and Background: The background of bail in the criminal justice system is deeply rooted in the principle that an individual is presumed innocent until proven guilty. Denying bail effectively punishes the accused before a conviction, which can undermine the right to a fair trial. The legal framework aims to balance the rights of the accused with the interests of society in prosecuting criminal offences.

Case Reference: In the landmark case of 2022 P Cr. L J 981, the court extensively discussed the scope and implications of Section 497 Cr.P.C. The judgment emphasized that the language of Section 497(1) might have been acceptable in a colonial state where fundamental rights were limited, but in a democratic society, every person is presumed innocent until proven guilty. The court highlighted that denying bail should not be used as a means of punishment and that the threshold for “reasonable grounds” is not as stringent as the “beyond reasonable doubt” standard used for convictions. This case underscores the importance of ensuring that the denial of bail does not contravene the constitutional rights guaranteed under Articles 9 and 10-A of the Constitution of Pakistan.

Conclusion: In summary, the principles of the prohibitory clause, reasonable grounds, further inquiry, and tentative assessment are crucial in determining bail applications under Section 497 Cr.P.C. The judiciary must carefully balance these principles to protect the rights of the accused while ensuring that justice is served. The case law, including 2022 P Cr. L J 981, provides essential guidance on interpreting and applying these principles in bail matters.

For a comprehensive understanding and application of these legal principles, the citations of 2014 PLD 241 SC and 2015 PLD 41 SC further elaborate on the discretionary power of courts in granting bail and emphasize that grounds not taken in the first bail application cannot be raised in subsequent applications, thereby ensuring thorough and complete presentations of all arguments at the 

Partition of House Received as Dower

Case Note: 2018 YLR Note 4

Court: Lahore High Court, Multan Bench

Judge: Mudassir Khalid Abbasi, J.

Parties:

• Petitioners: Ahmad Taqweer and another
• Respondents: Anjum Shahnaz and 8 others

Civil Revision No.: 705-D of 2014

Date of Hearing: 9th February, 2017

Legal Provisions:

• Civil Procedure Code (V of 1908), O.XXIII R.1
• Punjab Partition of Immovable Property Act 2012 (IV of 2013), S.4

Summary of Case:

Background: The suit pertained to the partition of a house, wherein the plaintiff (Anjum Shahnaz) claimed ownership of a share in the house given to her in dower through a registered gift deed. The trial court passed a preliminary decree directing the Tehsildar to ascertain whether the property was partitionable.

Petitioners’ Argument: The petitioners challenged the assertion of the plaintiff, arguing that the previous suit filed by the plaintiff was unconditionally withdrawn and therefore, the fresh suit was not maintainable. They also contended that the preliminary decree was illegally passed because the plaintiff had taken a different stance in her plaint and evidence.

Respondents’ Argument: The respondent (plaintiff) contended that a fresh cause of action had accrued and filing a second suit on the same subject matter was not barred by law. They relied on the registered gift deed executed in her favour, whereby the land was transferred to her in lieu of dower.

Findings:

1. The trial court and the appellate court both concluded that the withdrawal of the earlier suit was a simple withdrawal without seeking permission to file a fresh suit, but in suits for partition, the cause of action is always recurring.
2. The High Court observed that the property in dispute had already been gifted to the respondent through a registered deed in lieu of her dower, making the element of a recurring cause of action plausible.
3. The petitioners’ assertion that the plaintiff was compensated through a payment of Rs.100,000/- was deemed baseless and unproven.
4. The argument regarding the dimension of the suit property was noted, but it was to be considered by the trial court while passing the final decree.

Conclusion: The High Court declined to interfere with the concurrent findings of the courts below. The revision petition was dismissed with no order as to costs.

Referenced Cases:

• Muhammad Chuttal v. Atta Muhammad through L.Rs. (2007 SCMR 373)
• Muhammad Ibrahim v. Muhammad Younas (2004 YLR 2737 Lahore)

Case note 2006 CLC 1754: This case was adjudicated by the Lahore High Court, Lahore, the appellant, Mst. Iqbal Bibi, sought maintenance allowance from the respondent, Bashir Ahmad, her father. This matter involved the interpretation of Sections 5 and the Schedule of the Family Courts Act, read in conjunction with Article 199 of the Constitution of Pakistan, 1973.

The plaintiff, aged 19 years, initiated a suit for maintenance against her father. However, both the trial court and the appellate court rendered concurrent findings against the plaintiff. The defendant contended that the plaintiff was residing with her maternal grandmother and maternal uncle without his consent and had left his house prior to the date set for her marriage, refusing to marry as arranged by the father. Additionally, the plaintiff had filed a criminal complaint against the defendant, which was subsequently dismissed.

The pivotal issue addressed by the court was whether a father is liable to maintain an adult daughter who has attained the age of marriageability and who has chosen to live separately without his consent. The court held that the father was not liable to maintain a grown-up and disobedient daughter, particularly when she was of marriageable age and had left the parental home without his consent. Given these circumstances, the constitutional petition was dismissed, upholding the decisions of the lower courts.

Execution and validity of agreements

In the case cited as 2017 CLC 70, adjudicated by the Lahore High Court, Lahore, the matter involved the appellant, Manzoor Hussain, and the respondent, Haji Khushi Muhammad, concerning the execution and validity of an agreement. The case specifically addressed the requirements for a legally binding agreement under Section 13 of the Contract Act, 1872.

The core issue revolved around the execution of the agreement and the necessary formalities to be observed to ensure its enforceability. The court underscored that while it is standard practice for the parties and witnesses to execute the document at the end, it is equally imperative for the parties to sign each page of the document if it spans multiple pages. This requirement is critical to demonstrate that all parties have acknowledged and agreed to the terms set forth in the entire agreement, thereby preventing any disputes regarding the content of the document.

The Lahore High Court held that adherence to these formalities is essential to fulfil the requirements of a valid agreement. The court’s ruling reinforces the importance of meticulous compliance with procedural norms in contract execution to uphold the integrity and enforceability of legal documents.

Appreciation in the price of dowry articles

In the case cited as PLD 2023 Lahore, the court addressed the issue of appreciation in the price of dowry articles, specifically in a suit for the recovery of dowry articles or their alternate price. The husband’s (petitioner) argument was that there was no evidence to prove that the car was given as part of the dowry at the time of marriage and that the Appellate Court had erroneously decreed the suit. The wife’s (respondent) contention was that the alternate price of the car had not been properly determined by the Appellate Court, and she sought the award of the current market value of the car rather than its value at the time it was given.

The court highlighted the importance of considering the principle of appreciation when determining the alternate price of certain dowry articles, such as a car. It emphasized that just as the principle of depreciation is applicable to dowry articles like furniture, which depreciate due to wear and tear, the principle of appreciation should be applied to articles that increase in value over time. Ignoring this principle would not only be unjust but would also incentivize the unlawful retention of such dowry articles by the husband, even after the dissolution of marriage or a demand for their return by the wife.

Consequently, the court held that the wife was entitled to recover the market value of the car as on the date of realization of the decree, ensuring a fair and equitable resolution.

Recording Confessions:

2022 PCrLJ 1

Sections 164, 340(2), 342, and 364 of the Code of Criminal Procedure (Cr.P.C.) contain provisions for the recording of confessions and statements of accused persons. Section 164 may be invoked at any time before the commencement of the inquiry or trial. In contrast, sections 340(2) and 342 address the examination of the accused during the inquiry or trial, and section 364 prescribes the manner in which the examination is to be recorded.

Each of these sections serves distinct purposes. Section 164 aims to secure a reliable record of statements or confessions made during police investigations, which could be used during the inquiry or trial if necessary. Article 38 of the Qanun-e-Shahadat Order, 1984, renders confessions made to a police officer inadmissible in evidence. Consequently, when an accused confesses during an investigation, the police utilize section 164 Cr.P.C. by producing the accused before a magistrate to record the confession formally.

The object of section 342 is to provide the accused an opportunity to explain their position concerning the evidence presented against them during the inquiry or trial. Section 340(2) stipulates that an accused who does not plead guilty may give evidence on oath in disproof of the charges or allegations levelled against them or their co-accused.

These provisions collectively ensure that the process of recording confessions and statements is conducted fairly and transparently, safeguarding the rights of the accused while maintaining the integrity of the judicial process.

2023 SCMR 1928

An heir in possession is deemed to be in constructive possession of the property on behalf of all heirs, notwithstanding his exclusive possession. For instance, the possession of brothers would be regarded as the possession of their sisters unless there is an explicit repudiation of the sisters’ claims in favour of the brothers. To relinquish or transfer her interest in the property, a sister must undertake a positive and affirmative act.

This principle underscores that the possession held by one heir is not merely for his benefit but extends to all co-heirs, maintaining the integrity of the joint ownership unless a clear and deliberate act is performed to sever this shared interest. Therefore, in the absence of any overt act of repudiation, the presumption remains that the property is held in trust for all heirs equally.

n.

Inheritance Law in Pakistan:

Amendment in Succession Order

376. Extension of Certificate

(1) A District Judge may, upon the application of the holder of a certificate issued under this Part, extend the certificate to include any debt or security not originally specified therein. Every such extension shall carry the same legal effect as if the debt or security included in the extension had been specified in the original certificate.

(2) Upon the extension of a certificate, the powers concerning the receipt of interest or dividends on, or the negotiation or transfer of, any security to which the certificate has been extended, may be conferred. Additionally, a bond or further bond or other security, as mentioned in section 375, may be required in the same manner as upon the original grant of the certificate.

377. Forms of Certificate and Extended Certificate

Certificates and their extensions shall be granted and made, as nearly as circumstances admit, in the forms set forth in Schedule VIII.

Relevant Case Law:

2021 CLC 1712 Karachi High Court (Sindh)

Appellant: Mst. Nadia Shakeel
Opponent: Shagufta Baqar

Sections 278, 376 & 383 of the Succession Act, along with Sections 42 & 54 of the Specific Relief Act, were invoked in a suit for declaration and injunction concerning a gift deed and a succession certificate. The plaintiffs, daughters of the deceased owners of the suit properties, contested the declaration of gifts of immovable properties made by their parents in favour of their deceased brother. After the brother’s death, a succession certificate was issued in favour of the parents regarding the suit properties. The validity of the gift was upheld, as it was a registered document not challenged on grounds of fraud or misrepresentation. No amendment of pleadings could be allowed in the disposed matter. An extension of the Letter of Administration under Section 376 was permissible only for any estate inadvertently or for any reason not mentioned in the original succession petition. Succession certificates could also be revoked on grounds provided in Section 383. A common petition for a succession certificate or Letter of Administration for assets of more than one deceased was not permissible, particularly when legal heirs of the deceased were not common. The suit was dismissed accordingly.

2014 PLD 541 Karachi High Court (Sindh)

Appellant: Muhammad Shafiq

Sections 278 & 376 of the Succession Act, Section 151 of the Civil Procedure Code, and Rule 400 of the Sindh Chief Court Rules were involved in an intra-court appeal concerning the amendment of a succession certificate. The Letter of Administration for the estate of the deceased father was granted, but two legal heirs died before the estate’s distribution. The applicant’s amendment request for the Letter of Administration was initially declined. However, rules of procedure should not be rigidly applied, but rather liberally construed to promote substantial justice. The Division Bench set aside the earlier order, remanding the matter for reconsideration under Section 151 CPC for amending the extended Letter of Administration under Section 376 of the Succession Act, allowing the intra-court appeal.

1993 PLD 619 Karachi High Court (Sindh)

Appellant: Petition for Succession Certification: In Re
Opponent: Petition for Succession Certification: In Re

Sections 375, 376 & 377 of the Succession Act and Rule 400 of the Sindh Chief Court Rules were cited regarding the extension of a succession certificate to additional debts and securities that were originally undiscovered. Such extensions can be granted if just and equitable, subject to necessary formalities. The court may require the petitioner to furnish a bond with sureties as a condition precedent to granting the certificate.

1979 PLD 34 Lahore High Court (Lahore)

Appellant: Majid Qadri
Opponent: Abdul Qadeer

Sections 375 & 376 of the Succession Act were referenced in a case where a succession certificate was granted only concerning the deceased’s debts and securities going to his heirs. Amounts related to group insurance and gratuity collected by some heirs were included in the certificate for distribution.

These precedents emphasize the procedural flexibility and substantial justice approach while dealing with amendments and extensions of succession orders, ensuring that all heirs’ interests are duly protected.

Maintainability of Second Bail Application on Fresh Ground of Delay in Trial

PLD 2023 SC 648

The Supreme Court of Pakistan elucidated the maintainability of a second bail application based on the “fresh ground” of delay in the trial occurring after the rejection of the first bail application on the same ground. The key points of the ruling are as follows:

(i) The third proviso to Section 497, CrPC, becomes operative once a period of one year passes without the trial being concluded in an offence not punishable by death, provided the delay is not attributable to the accused.

(ii) Any delay in the conclusion of the trial that occurs without the fault of the accused, in the year following the rejection of his first bail application on the statutory ground of delay, constitutes a “fresh ground” for the purposes of entertaining a second bail application. This ground is considered new and was not available to the accused at the time of the first application.

Legal Provisions and Constitutional Articles:

• Section 497(1), third proviso, CrPC: This provision mandates that if a trial in an offence not punishable by death is not concluded within one year without the accused’s fault, the third proviso to Section 497(1) CrPC is activated, allowing for the consideration of bail.
• Articles 9, 10A, and 14 of the Constitution of Pakistan: These articles enshrine the rights to life and liberty, fair trial and due process, and dignity of man, respectively, reinforcing the legal framework for evaluating the maintainability of bail applications.

Court’s Interpretation:

The court articulated that the delay in the trial’s conclusion, which occurs for no fault of the accused in the year subsequent to the rejection of the first bail application on the statutory ground of delay, qualifies as a “fresh ground” within the meaning and scope of that term. Therefore, such a delay warrants the consideration of a second bail application, recognizing the accused’s right to fair trial and due process under the law.

In essence, the ruling underscores that delays occurring post the rejection of the initial bail application, due to reasons not attributable to the accused, provide legitimate grounds for reevaluating the bail application afresh. This interpretation ensures that the accused’s right to a fair trial is upheld, and any undue delays in the judicial process are appropriately addressed.

Application filed under S. 12(2) CPC for setting aside a writ of mandamus issued by the High Court

PLD 2023 Lah 694

The respondent had filed a constitutional petition, complaining about the inaction of the Director General, Faisalabad Development Authority (DG, FDA), regarding the non-decision of his pending application. He sought a direction from the High Court for the FDA to dispose of his pending application expeditiously. Consequently, the High Court issued a writ of mandamus directing the DG, FDA, to decide the respondent’s application strictly in accordance with the law, by providing an opportunity of hearing to all concerned, within a period of one month.

The present applicants subsequently filed an application under S. 12(2), C.P.C., seeking the recall and setting aside of the High Court’s order. They contended that, due to the FDA’s inaction regarding the respondent’s application, he had instituted a declaratory suit seeking the same relief, which was dismissed, and the appeal against that dismissal was also withdrawn by the first appellate court. They argued that, in such circumstances, the respondent’s application before the FDA had become infructuous, and thus, there was no occasion for the respondent to file the writ petition to obtain a direction from the High Court. They alleged that the direction was obtained through the concealment of facts and fraud.

Validity:

The court held that if the FDA made an incorrect decision, it did not create any right for any party to approach the High Court to ask for the recall or setting aside of the impugned order of mandamus, as it concerned only the decision of the pending application, which was to be decided in accordance with the law. The High Court’s direction was merely to prompt the FDA to decide on the undecided or unattended application in accordance with the law. The FDA was required to consider all the facts and circumstances of the case, relevant laws, and afford a proper opportunity of hearing to both parties.

If any illegality had been committed by the FDA while deciding the application, such as not giving due weight to the documentary evidence produced by the applicants, the said order could be challenged on the same grounds before an appropriate forum. While concealment of facts may be a valid ground to challenge the validity of an order, it cannot be considered a ground for setting aside an order passed by the High Court. It was never the intention of the High Court, while issuing the impugned direction, to favour any of the parties. The sole purpose of the direction was to remind the FDA to perform its duty concerning a pending issue within the parameters of the law.

Therefore, the application under S. 12(2), C.P.C., was dismissed as not maintainable.

Challenging Gift Mutation on Fraud and Limitation

2022 SCMR 1009

Limitation Act (IX of 1908) Sections 18 & First Schedule, Article 120

Specific Relief Act (I of 1877) Section 42

In a case where a suit for declaration was filed challenging a gift mutation on the grounds of fraud, the Supreme Court addressed the commencement of the limitation period and the scope of the relevant provisions.

Facts and Legal Issues: The respondent challenged the gift mutation of 1977 after 32 years, claiming his right over the suit property based on his inheritance from his father’s estate. He asserted that the mutation was a result of fraud and that he gained knowledge of this fraud only a few days before instituting the suit. Crucially, the respondent failed to assert either in the plaint or in evidence that his father, the purported donor who lived for about 23 years after the sanction of the gift mutation, was unaware of the mutation and thus could not challenge it during his lifetime.

Legal Reasoning: The Court noted that the “person injuriously affected” by the alleged fraud in getting the gift mutation sanctioned was the respondent’s father, the purported donor. Since the respondent derived his right to institute the suit from his father, being his legal heir, the relevant date for computing the limitation period was the date of knowledge of his father, not the respondent. Therefore, the starting point for the limitation period of six years, as provided in Article 120 of the Schedule to the Limitation Act, 1908 (the residuary Article applicable to suits under section 42 of the Specific Relief Act 1877 for declaration of any right as to any property), was the date when the father became aware of the mutation.

Furthermore, the respondent did not assert in the plaint that the appellants, by means of fraud, had kept his father from the knowledge of his right to challenge the gift mutation during his lifetime, nor did he provide particulars of such fraud. The respondent also failed to allege any fraud by the appellants against himself or provide any date of his attaining knowledge of the fraud and his right to institute the suit.

Conclusion: Due to these omissions, the benefit of section 18 of the Limitation Act, 1908, which allows for the extension of the limitation period in cases where fraud is alleged to have concealed the right to institute a suit, could not be extended to the respondent. The appeal was partially allowed, highlighting the critical importance of establishing the date of knowledge of the original party affected by the fraud and providing detailed particulars of the alleged fraud to benefit from an extension of the limitation period.

This ruling underscores the necessity for plaintiffs to meticulously detail the basis of their claims and the timing of their knowledge of alleged fraud to effectively argue against the bar of limitation.

Remand

The term “remand” literally means “to send back.” In the context of legal proceedings, it refers to sending the accused back to custody from the magistrate’s court. Due to police brutality, the term has gained a notorious connotation, which is largely justified.

When a person is arrested for any crime, the police are required to present the individual before a magistrate within 24 hours. If further detention is necessary, the police must obtain a written order from the magistrate, known as a remand request.

If the police do not present the accused in court within 24 hours and fail to obtain an appropriate order, any detention beyond 24 hours is considered illegal.

Typically, a remand request is submitted to the area magistrate. However, in unavoidable circumstances, it can be submitted to any local magistrate. The magistrate before whom the accused is presented for remand can grant a remand for a maximum of 15 days. The High Court rules also provide guidelines for remand. According to the law, the magistrate must allow the accused’s lawyer or relatives to present any objections against the remand.

The magistrate must determine whether it is necessary for the accused to be in police custody. If the magistrate finds that further detention is unnecessary, they can refuse to grant the remand (PLD 1979 Lah 587).

An accused under investigation can only be kept at the police station while on remand, not anywhere else, as any other location would be illegal. Remand requires that the accused be presented before the magistrate. It is illegal for the magistrate to go to the place of detention.

Relatives of the accused are not prohibited from providing food or clothing during remand.

Types of Remand

There are two primary types of remand:

1. Physical Remand: This means that the arrested person remains in custody at the police station. If the magistrate concludes that the police need the accused for recovery or any other purpose, they may grant physical remand intermittently. However, the total duration of physical remand cannot exceed 15 days. The reason for this physical remand must be formally recorded.
2. Judicial Remand: This involves sending the accused directly to jail. If the police officer states that the investigation is complete or further investigation is unnecessary, the magistrate may send the accused to judicial remand in jail. If the investigating officer requests further physical remand, the magistrate may refuse and send the accused to judicial remand in jail, considering several factors:
   • If the magistrate deems the investigation complete.
   • If the magistrate believes further physical remand is unnecessary.
   • If there appears to be no case against the accused.

The High Court guidelines suggest that physical remand should be granted reluctantly and for brief periods. Section 167 of the Criminal Procedure Code provides detailed instructions on this matter.

Illegal Remand

The court must state the reasons for granting remand in its order. It is best to present any objections in writing during the remand process. Any judicial magistrate will neither ignore nor dismiss these objections without noting them in their order.

The High Court has stringent rules that session judges must report any unjust remand orders to the High Court. If an affected party feels that the magistrate did not follow the law in granting remand, they can file a review in the session court. Although such reviews may not always be fruitful, the magistrate can be questioned about their remand order.

In cases of illegal remand, a direct application under Section 491 Cr.P.C. can be filed in the High Court, stating that the remand was granted against the High Court’s guidelines, making the detention illegal and inappropriate.

Section 491 Cr.P.C. addresses both illegal and improper custody, allowing the High Court to intervene.

During remand, the accused has the legal right to meet with friends, relatives, and legal counsel for proper legal advice. The law also entitles the accused to bring their bedding and clothes from home.

Legally, the accused must be kept at the police station. Detaining the accused in private locations for torture or interrogation is illegal. Police officers can be prosecuted for keeping accused persons in such illegal detention facilities.

CIA offices and crime branch offices are not considered police stations, so keeping accused persons there is against the law. When a High Court bailiff raids a location under Section 491 Cr.P.C., they first check the daily diary where the arrest is recorded. If the arrest is not documented, the police officer can be prosecuted.

Admissibility of Call Detail Record (CDR) Data

In order for call record data to be admissible as evidence, it must be accompanied by the complete audio recording of the call. Mere production of CDR data, without the transcripts of the calls or the end-to-end audio recordings, cannot be considered or relied upon as credible evidence. Additionally, it must be firmly established on the record that the callers on both ends were indeed the same individuals whose call data is being used in evidence. Courts must exercise extra caution when considering such evidence, as advancements in science and technology have made it exceedingly easy to edit and manipulate recordings to one’s advantage (2021 SCMR 522)

Legitimacy of Muslim Wills 

The Supreme Court has consistently held in various judgments that if a will (concerning the rights of heirs) is executed in a lawful manner, it is considered a legitimate document and should be enforced accordingly. The legal and Shariah status of wills is elucidated in the following case:

Legal and Shariah Status of Wills:

In 2022 SCMR 2130, the court clarified that a will is a formal document created by an individual expressing how they wish their estate to be distributed after their death. Since wills take effect posthumously, they are considered testamentary instruments. A will ceases to be a will if it is executed and acted upon during the testator’s lifetime, in which case it becomes an inter-vivos instrument (like a gift), which has different legal requirements and standards of proof.

In this case, it was acknowledged that the wills were executed and acted upon during the lifetimes of Abdul Salam Khan and Jameela Begum, raising questions about their validity under Section 2(h) of the Succession Act, 1925. The legal status of these wills was not challenged per se but was questioned concerning their alignment with Shariah principles.

Shariah Compliance of Wills:

The court observed that the sons received the majority of the inheritable properties, including lucrative revenue-generating businesses, to the complete exclusion of the daughters. A Shariah-compliant will cannot pre-determine the inheritable shares of legal heirs before the estate officially opens upon the testator’s death. Even if the ultimate value received by all heirs equaled their Quranic share, pre-determining the shares deprived the daughters of their rightful inheritance.

Equitable Doctrine of Bona Fide Purchaser Without Notice:

For the equitable doctrine of bona fide purchaser without notice to apply, four conditions must be met:

1. The sons were considered ostensible owners due to the unchallenged wills.
2. The wills, not contested by Zakia Begum or other legal heirs at the time of purchase, could reasonably be seen as valid and title-conferring documents.
3. The purchasers needed only the sons’ consent for the sale since they were the ostensible owners.
4. The transfers were made for consideration, and purchasers exercised due diligence by verifying the title through revenue records showing the sons as owners based on the unchallenged wills.

The court concluded that Section 41 of the Transfer of Property Act, 1882, applied to the purchasers, entitling them to equitable protection under this section.

The Supreme Court has thus outlined the critical aspects of the legal and Shariah compliance of wills, emphasizing the necessity for lawful execution and the protection of all heirs’ rights according to Quranic principles.

Family Law some Citations Related to Dower

The dower (haq mehr) is a debt owed by the husband to the wife, and if the wife does not forgive it, it remains payable under all circumstances. 2005 MLD 348

Marriage cannot be solemnized without the dower. 2015 CLC 1374

If gold jewellery is entered as dower in the relevant column of the nikah nama (marriage contract), the wife is entitled to these ornaments without any further evidence or witnesses. 2014 CLC 272

A wife may refuse to perform conjugal rights if the dower is not paid, and the counter-claim will be dismissed. 2012 YLR 277

The jurisdiction to entertain a suit for possession of a house in lieu of dower lies with the Family Court. 2010 CLC 87

If the nikah nama does not specify whether the dower has been paid, it will be presumed that the dower has not been paid. 2017 CLC Note 16

The wife can later file a separate suit for the recovery of the dower. 2012 CLC 206

The limitation period for filing a suit for the recovery of dower is three years. This period begins either from the date the husband refuses to pay the dower or from the date of divorce. 2023 SCMR 1072

Revisional Jurisdiction of the High Court – Recording of Additional Evidence

Ordinarily, at the stage of civil revision, the recording of additional evidence is not a matter of course. However, there may be exceptional cases where, in the interest of justice and if required by the court to enable it to adjudicate on the matter, the court may order that such additional evidence be recorded. In these exceptional circumstances, a court exercising revisional jurisdiction may record clarificatory statements or admit evidence in any other form to determine whether the lower court had acted illegally or with material irregularity, thus attracting clause (c) of Section 115(1) of the C.P.C. Where it is established in a case falling under Section 115(1)(c) of the C.P.C. that the appellate court had exercised its jurisdiction illegally or with material irregularity, the scope of additional evidence is not excluded. Consequently, additional evidence can be admitted in exceptional cases to rectify errors where the court had acted illegally or with material irregularity in the exercise of its jurisdiction, falling justifiably within the four corners of the power vested in the High Court under Section 115 of the C.P.C.

Powers of the Appellate Court to Allow Additional Evidence 

The power under Order XLI Rule 27 of the C.P.C. is not intended to be exercised to fill up lacunas or to compensate for any deficiencies in the case, nor to provide an opportunity for a party to raise a new plea. This power is essentially to be exercised cautiously and sparingly and not to facilitate an indolent litigant. Before exercising its jurisdiction to allow the recording of additional evidence, the court must be satisfied that the document sought to be adduced in evidence is not of a nature that could be easily fabricated, tampered with, or manufactured. PLD 2023 SC 643

Decree and its Execution: A Legal Analysis

A decree is formally defined as the adjudication’s formal expression that conclusively determines the rights of the parties concerning all or any of the matters in controversy in the suit, as articulated by the Court. This definition, given in the first part of the relevant section, highlights the finality and authoritative nature of a decree in resolving the matters at issue between the parties involved.

The second part of the section extends the definition of a decree through a deeming clause to include certain orders that may not strictly fulfill the initial definition. A decree, therefore, signifies the conclusive determination of the rights of the parties, whether plaintiff or defendant, with respect to the issues in controversy within the suit. The term “parties” rather than “plaintiff” or “defendant” underscores that a decree may adjudicate rights in favor of either party. Consequently, if a decree determines certain rights in favor of the defendant(s), they too would be encompassed within the definition of “decree holder.” Hence, the term “decree holder” cannot be narrowly confined to those who were plaintiffs during the case proceedings.

A narrow interpretation would result in redundant litigation, where courts and parties repeatedly engage in adjudicating rights already settled and declared by the courts. In the contemporary, fast-paced legal environment, neither courts nor litigants can afford the luxury of multiple rounds of litigation to establish or revise rights that have already been declared final. Once courts declare a right following due process, and such a decision attains finality, all entitled individuals under such a decree qualify as “decree holders” to file an application for execution under Order XXI, Rule 10, C.P.C., irrespective of their position as plaintiffs or defendants.

The term “decree holder” thus refers to any person entitled to enforce a right under a decree. This entitlement extends beyond the immediate parties to the suit, potentially including strangers upon whom certain rights have been conferred through the decree.

The executing court has several key powers and responsibilities in this context:

1. Determining Executability: The executing court can assess whether the decree or any part thereof is executable. If the decree, or a part of it, has become in-executable for any reason, the court can declare it as such. If the in-executable part is severable from the rest, the court can refuse its execution while proceeding with the rest of the decree (Taugeer Ahmad Qureshi v. Additional District Judge, PLD 2009 Supreme Court 760).
2. Clarifying Property Subject Matter: If the decree is silent regarding the exact property involved, the executing court can refer to the judgment to identify the property subject to execution (Allah Ditta v. Ahmed Ali Shah, 2003 SCMR 1202).
3. Questioning Executability: The executing court can challenge the executability of a decree if it finds that:
   • The decree is a nullity in the eyes of the law.
   • The decree was passed by a court lacking jurisdiction.
   • The execution of the decree, if refused, will not infringe upon the legal rights of the decree holder.
   • The decree was passed in violation of any provision of law (Fakir Abdullah v. Government of Sindh, PLD 2001 Supreme Court 131).

These provisions ensure that the execution process is conducted fairly and in accordance with the law, thereby safeguarding the rights of all parties involved.

Difference between Parole and Probation

(i) Parole 

Parole is a form of conditional release granted to offenders who have committed a crime for the first time and have served one-third of their sentence in prison. These individuals are released to engage in gainful employment while being subject to periodic supervision. The purpose of parole is to remove them from the prison environment promptly to prevent them from becoming hardened or professional criminals. This measure aims to reintegrate them into society and reduce the likelihood of recidivism.

(ii) Probation 

Probation is a complete release for first-time offenders who are deemed likely to reform quickly and have a low risk of re-offending. During the probation period, their behavior is monitored within their domestic environment, allowing them to avoid the stigma and hardships associated with imprisonment. This supervision aims to help them lead a righteous life in a wholesome environment, facilitating their reintegration into society as law-abiding citizens.

Family Law: Sale of Property to Pay Arrears of Maintenance

Case Reference: WP 25771/22 Muhammad Waqas Vs Executing Court Judge Family Court etc

Court: Lahore High Court

Judge: Mr. Justice Anwaar Hussain

Date: 04-09-2023

Citation: 2023 LHC 4846

Facts: The petitioner, the biological father and judgment-debtor, was obligated under a maintenance decree passed by the Family Court in favor of his minor children, respondents No.4 and 5. During the execution proceedings, the petitioner’s property was auctioned and sold to respondent No.3 (the mother of the minors) who adjusted the arrears of maintenance as the sale price. The arrears calculation included future maintenance until the year 2032, which had not yet accrued.

Issue: Whether the future maintenance can be anticipated and included as arrears, and whether the auction and subsequent sale of the petitioner’s property to the mother of the minors were just and equitable.

Holding: The Court held that future maintenance cannot be anticipated as unpaid and admitted notionally as arrears. The auction and sale of the petitioner’s property to respondent No.3 were deemed to reflect an unfair advantage rather than a fair execution of the maintenance decree.

Rationale:

1. Future Maintenance: The Court emphasized that maintenance arrears should not include amounts for future maintenance that have not yet become due. The anticipation of non-payment and inclusion of future maintenance in the arrears was improper.
2. Auction and Sale: The fact that respondent No.3, the mother of the minors, purchased the property herself suggests a manipulation rather than a fair process. The execution proceedings were carried out without notice to the petitioner, raising questions about procedural fairness.
3. Impact on Minors: The Court noted that the sale did not benefit the minors as intended. The property, which could have served as an inheritance for the minors, was transferred to the mother instead of being held for the minors’ benefit. Consequently, the minors were left without maintenance and the potential inheritance.
4. Parental Jurisdiction: The Court, exercising its parental jurisdiction, expressed concern over the state of affairs where the petitioner lost his property, potentially affecting the minors’ future inheritance, without the minors receiving the intended maintenance benefits.

Conclusion: The Court found that including future maintenance in the arrears was unjustified and that the execution proceedings lacked fairness, particularly disadvantaging the minors. The sale of the property to the mother did not fulfill the intended purpose of securing maintenance for the minors, highlighting significant procedural and substantive issues in the execution process.

 Recovery of Dower and Limitation

2016 CLC 313, Islamabad High Court

Case Title: Mst. Rukhsana Kanwal vs. Abdul Jabbar
Legal Principle:

• Statutory Limitation: The court reiterated that the limitation period for filing a suit for recovery of dower is three years, as provided under the Limitation Act (IX of 1908), Art. 103.

2016 MLD 258, Quetta High Court

Case Title: Muhammad Ali Khan Paracha vs. Mst. Binish
Legal Principle:

• Demand and Refusal: Limitation for a suit for recovery of prompt dower starts from the date of refusal to pay the dower amount, not merely from the date of demand.
• Evidence Requirement: Defendant’s failure to prove payment of dower and admission during cross-examination that dower was not paid led the court to determine the suit was within the limitation period.

2015 YLR 2375, Peshawar High Court

Case Title: Mst. Kulsoom Bibi vs. Muhammad Waseem
Legal Principle:

• Exclusion of Absence: When determining the limitation period for a suit for recovery of dower, the period during which the defendant was absent from Pakistan must be excluded.

2007 CLC 1009, Lahore High Court

Case Title: Eyesha Sidiqua vs. Shafqat Hussain Arshad
Legal Principle:

• Delegated Divorce: The court held that a divorce by the wife exercising her delegated right, without notice to the Chairman Arbitration Council, does not become effective. The suit for recovery of dower was within the limitation period as prescribed.

2005 MLD 376, Lahore High Court

Case Title: Mst. Jameela Begum vs. Additional District Judge
Legal Principle:

• Previous Litigation Exclusion: The period spent in previous litigation is excluded under Section 14 of the Limitation Act when calculating the limitation period for a fresh suit for recovery of dower.

2004 PLD 498, Karachi High Court

Case Title: Sohail Majeed Karim vs. IInd Family Judge, South Karachi, and others
Legal Principle:

• Starting Point of Limitation: The three-year limitation period for recovery of dower starts from the notice of divorce to the concerned Council and the wife.

1996 MLD 971, Karachi High Court

Case Title: Shah Muhammad vs. Wahid Bux
Legal Principle:

• Demand and Refusal: Clear and unambiguous refusal to pay dower is necessary. Mere failure to pay does not constitute refusal under the Limitation Act.

 Summary Suit under Order XXXVII CPC – Service of Summons and Leave to Defend

Citation: 2024 CLC 1184

Case Title: Muhammad Ali Khalid v. Muhammad Talha
Court: Lahore High Court
RFA No.: 6825 of 2020

Legal Principles:

1. Order XXXVII CPC – Special Dispensation:
   • Order XXXVII of the Civil Procedure Code (CPC) provides a special procedural mechanism for suits based on negotiable instruments, as per the Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881. This procedure is distinct from regular civil suits and is summary in nature.
2. Procedure for Summary Suits:
   • Under Rule 3 of Order XXXVII, once a suit is filed, the defendant must seek leave to appear and defend the suit within the stipulated time after being served with summons. If leave is granted, the suit converts into a regular civil suit and follows the general CPC procedures.
3. Service of Summons:
   • Unlike regular civil suits where summons are issued under Order V, Rules 1 & 5 CPC using Form No. II, Appendix-B, in summary suits under Order XXXVII, summons must be issued in the format specified in Form No. 4, Appendix-B CPC as per Rule 2 of the said Order.
4. Distinct Requirements for Summary Suit Summons:
   • The summons for a summary suit explicitly cautions the defendant about the requirement to file an application for leave to defend within 10 days of service. This summons must be accompanied by a copy of the plaint. The text of Form No. 4 is distinct from the regular summons format, emphasizing the time-bound nature of the defendant’s response.
5. Non-Compliance with Summons Requirements:
   • In this case, the appellant was not served through the prescribed summons format (Form No. 4, Appendix-B CPC). Consequently, the subsequent publication in the newspaper was invalid, as proper service had not been effected.
   • As the appellant had not been duly served as required, the limitation period for filing an application for leave to defend the suit would commence from the date he entered an appearance in court.

Court’s Decision:

• The trial court erred in dismissing the appellant’s application for leave to defend the suit as time-barred. The correct interpretation of the law dictates that the limitation period starts when the appellant is duly served. Since proper service as per Order XXXVII Rule 2 was not effected, the application was timely when filed upon his appearance in court. The trial court’s decree was thus set aside.

Conclusion: This case underscores the critical importance of adhering to procedural requirements for service of summons in summary suits under Order XXXVII CPC. Failure to follow these prescribed steps can result in the nullification of subsequent proceedings, emphasizing the judiciary’s commitment to procedural fairness and the rights of defendants in summary proceedings.

Case Note: Muhammad Riaz v. Khurram Shehzad, etc.

Citation: 2024 SCMR 51

Case Title: Muhammad Riaz v. Khurram Shehzad, etc.
Court: Supreme Court of Pakistan
Crl.P. No.: 290-L/2015

Legal Principles:

1. Accused as the “Favourite Child of Law”:
   • The adage that the accused is the “favourite child of law” is founded on the principle that it is preferable to acquit numerous guilty individuals than to convict one innocent person erroneously. This maxim underscores the importance of a fair trial and the presumption of innocence until proven guilty, ensuring that no innocent person is wrongfully convicted.
2. Right to Fair Trial:
   • The right to a fair trial is a cornerstone of the safe administration of criminal justice. It is designed to avoid erroneous verdicts and ensure that the accused is given every opportunity to defend themselves adequately. This right is integral to maintaining justice and preventing miscarriages of justice.
3. Presumption of Innocence:
   • The presumption of innocence is a fundamental principle in criminal law. Every individual is considered innocent until proven guilty. This principle is reinforced upon acquittal, further protecting the individual from wrongful conviction.
4. Burden of Proof:
   • In criminal cases, the prosecution bears the burden of proving the guilt of the accused beyond a reasonable doubt. This high standard of proof is essential to safeguard against wrongful convictions. The term “beyond reasonable doubt” implies a substantial level of certainty required to convict the accused.
5. High Court’s Jurisdiction:
   • The High Court possesses broad jurisdiction to deal with appeals against both acquittal and conviction. If the evidence allows for two reasonable conclusions, the one favoring acquittal should be preferred. This principle supports the doctrine of presumption of innocence and ensures that the accused is not wrongfully convicted.
6. Evidence Evaluation:
   • Courts must meticulously evaluate the credibility of witnesses, resolve evidentiary inconsistencies, and consider medical evidence alongside ocular testimony. The aim is to establish whether the prosecution has met the stringent standard of proof required in criminal cases.
7. Role of Police and Prosecution:
   • The philosophy behind considering the accused as the “favourite child of law” is to ensure that the police and prosecution have diligently performed their duties in identifying the actual culprits. It serves as a safeguard against defective or botched investigations that may wrongfully implicate innocent individuals.
8. Victim’s Rights:
   • While the accused is afforded extensive protections, the system must balance this with the rights of the victim. The aim is not to favor the accused unduly but to maintain fairness and justice for all parties involved, ensuring that victims also receive due process and justice.

Case Conclusion:

• The Supreme Court emphasized that the doctrine of presumption of innocence and the right to a fair trial are paramount in the administration of criminal justice. The Court highlighted that these principles are designed to protect the innocent and ensure that only the guilty are convicted. The philosophy that the accused is the “favourite child of law” serves as a safeguard against wrongful convictions, reinforcing the need for a rigorous and fair judicial process.

Case Note: Differentiation Between Release Deed, Gift Deed, and Sale Deed

Citation: 2024 SCMR 916

Case Title: Mst. Farzana Zia & others v. Mst. Saadia Andaleeb & others
Court: Supreme Court of Pakistan
C.A. No.: 1012/2018

Legal Principles:

1. Character and Rights Created by the Instrument:
   • The differentiation between a release deed, a gift deed, and a sale deed hinges on the actual nature of the transaction and the specific rights created by the instrument. Each document serves a distinct legal purpose and has unique legal implications.
2. Release Deed:
   • A release deed involves one of the co-sharers or legal heirs relinquishing their interest in the joint or inherited property. This act separates the individual’s interest from the collective ownership of the property.
   • The principle of “spes successionis,” a Latin term referring to the expectation of succeeding to a person’s property after their death, can be settled through a fair family settlement, succession certificate, letter of administration, or by accepting consideration in lieu of a share and executing a release/relinquishment deed. This prevents future claims by the expectant heir based on the doctrine of spes successionis.
3. Gift Deed:
   • A gift deed, under Muslim Law, involves the voluntary transfer of property ownership without any consideration. The Transfer of Property Act, 1882, does not apply to gifts under Muslim Law, meaning Sections 123 and 129 of the Act do not supersede the matters of gifts.
   • The essential elements of a valid gift in Muslim Law are the offer (tender), acceptance, and transfer of possession. The donor must be of sound mind, free from coercion, duress, or undue influence.
   • Islamic law allows for the gifting of both movable and immovable property, provided the donor has ownership and control over the property.
4. Sale Deed:
   • A sale deed involves the transfer of property ownership in exchange for consideration (payment). It is a formal agreement where the seller transfers their rights in the property to the buyer for a specified price.

Case Conclusion:

• The Supreme Court emphasized the distinct legal frameworks governing release deeds, gift deeds, and sale deeds. Each document serves a specific purpose and is governed by different legal principles. The Court clarified that these instruments cannot be used interchangeably, and the specific legal requirements for each must be adhered to ensure the validity and enforceability of the transaction.

Case Note: Obligation to pay Maintenance by Grandfather

Citation: 2014 SCMR 1481

Key Legal Principle: Grandfather’s responsibility to provide maintenance to his grandchildren

Supporting Judgments:

1. PLD 2012 Lahore 445
2. PLD 2012 Lahore 148
3. PLD 2011 Lahore 610
4. PLD 2010 Lahore 119
5. 2005 SCMR 1293
6. 2004 YLR 616

Case Summary:

In the case of Muhammad Ali Khalid v. Muhammad Talha (2024 SCMR 916), the Supreme Court of Pakistan elucidated the differences between a release deed, a gift deed, and a sale deed. However, the primary focus here is on the responsibility of a grandfather to pay maintenance to his grandchildren, as addressed in various legal precedents.

Grandfather’s Liability: The legal responsibility of a grandfather to provide maintenance for his grandchildren arises only under specific circumstances:

1. Infirmity or Poverty of Father: The liability begins when the father is poor, infirm, or otherwise unable to provide for his children.
2. Incapacity of Mother: The mother must also be unable to maintain the children.
3. Financial Capacity of Grandfather: The grandfather must be in a financially stable position to provide such maintenance.

Execution of Maintenance Decrees: The case law indicates that the execution of a maintenance decree against a grandfather who was not a party to the original suit is not permissible without proper adjudication. This is crucial to ensure fairness and adherence to legal procedures:

• Party to the Suit: The grandfather must be made a party to the suit and be given a fair opportunity to explain his financial status.
• Execution Scope: An executing court cannot extend its jurisdiction beyond the decree and involve individuals who were not parties to the original proceedings.
• Adjudication Requirement: The Family Court must first determine the grandfather’s financial capacity before enforcing any maintenance decree against him.

Specific Case Details:

Judgment Review:

• PLD 2016 Lahore 622: In this case, the Family Court ordered the attachment of the grandfather’s property to satisfy a maintenance decree against the father. The Lahore High Court held that such an order was unwarranted and illegal, as the grandfather was not a party to the suit. The liability of the grandfather must be established through proper adjudication, and the process should follow the Civil Procedure Code, 1908, for execution of decrees.

Judgments on Maintenance by Grandfather:

1. PLD 2012 Lahore 445: Reiterated the circumstances under which a grandfather might be liable for maintenance.
2. PLD 2012 Lahore 148: Addressed similar issues concerning the responsibility of the grandfather.
3. PLD 2011 Lahore 610: Further clarified the conditions for the grandfather’s liability.
4. PLD 2010 Lahore 119: Emphasized the procedural requirements for adjudicating the grandfather’s liability.
5. 2005 SCMR 1293: Supreme Court decision reinforcing the legal principles governing maintenance responsibilities.
6. 2004 YLR 616: Discussed the limitations and procedural aspects in executing maintenance decrees against non-parties.

Conclusion:

The jurisprudence on maintenance obligations highlights the conditional nature of a grandfather’s responsibility to maintain his grandchildren. It underscores the necessity of involving the grandfather as a party in the suit and ensuring that all procedural safeguards are adhered to before enforcing any maintenance decree against him. The courts must balance the rights and obligations of all parties while ensuring that the legal requirements and principles of fairness are meticulously followed.

Case Reference: 2024 SCMR 916 & PLD 2016 Lahore 622

How to Read Jamabandi 

Jamabandi is the most crucial document in the revenue record, known by various names such as fard, parcha, etc., in different regions, but most commonly referred to as JAMABANDI. It is often believed that reading jamabandi is a specialized task exclusive to revenue officials, particularly patwaris or kango. This misconception suggests that acquiring knowledge of the revenue record is beyond the reach of the general public and is only necessary for revenue officials.

However, in today’s context, everyone involved in buying or selling property, agricultural land, securing loans on movable or immovable property, or offering any guarantee for loans/credit (whether short-term, medium-term, or long-term), should have a basic understanding of the revenue record. This knowledge boosts the confidence of investors or borrowers and protects them from fraud, misappropriation, or litigation.

Understanding Jamabandi:

Jamabandi is an extensive record that reveals various aspects of land ownership and possession. It details the type of land, its holding status, irrigation sources if cultivated, the structure built on it, the owner’s nature, location of the land, fragmentation type, and more.

Generally, a Jamabandi comprises twelve columns, each providing unique information. Some columns contain highly critical information, while others are less significant. At the top of the jamabandi, you will find the Hadbast number (indicating the boundary of the revenue village), the year of jamabandi (usually prepared every four years), and the name of the village, tehsil, and district.

Columns in Jamabandi:

1. Khewat Number: This number represents the owner/owners of the land and is written in black ink. It may change in the next jamabandi. Sometimes, a red ink number indicates the khewat number in the previous jamabandi for reference. The term “MIN” signifies a part of a whole khewat number divided into parts. The detailed description of the khewat number is in column 4.
2. Khatauni Number: This number indicates the possessioner or cultivator of the land. The detailed description of the cultivator or possessioner is in column 5.
3. Patti, Taraf, or Numberdar: This column provides information about the physical location of the land. In many villages, specific castes live in particular pattis, so the patti name reflects their caste. The objective is to identify the land’s location.
4. Owners’ Details: This column lists the owners of the land, including their father and grandfather’s names to ensure accurate identification, given the possibility of common names. If the owner is adopted, the term “MATVANA” is used. If the land belongs to panchayat, trust, wakf board, or shamlat, their names are listed here. Any transfers or sales mentioned in the previous jamabandi are also noted.
5. Possessioner or Cultivator Details: If the owners listed in column 4 are also the cultivators, the term “Khudkast va Makboja Malkan” is used. If not, terms like “Gair Marusi” (temporary unauthorized possessioner) or “Gair Dakhildaar” (permanent unauthorized possessioner) are used. Unauthorized possession sometimes occurs to avoid the land ceiling act, though the title remains unclear in such cases.
6. Naam Chah, etc.: This column is not significant.
7. Khasra Number: This critical column contains the land holding number, which remains consistent across all jamabandis.

Further Columns (8-12): These columns include additional details about the land, such as the type of crop grown, the source of irrigation, and any changes in ownership or possession noted during the jamabandi period.

Importance of Understanding Jamabandi:

Possessing a fundamental understanding of jamabandi helps individuals engage confidently in property transactions and protects them from potential legal issues. It empowers them to verify the authenticity of land records, understand the status of ownership, and make informed decisions regarding land investments.

Conclusion: Understanding how to read and interpret jamabandi is essential for anyone involved in land transactions or related financial activities. It provides clarity on land ownership, possession, and legal status, ensuring that individuals can navigate property dealings with confidence and security.

Types of Writs 

A writ is a formal written order issued by a court, particularly a High Court, directing an administrative officer or a relevant person to perform a specific act. In English law, writs hold significant importance and were initially issued by the King, Church, or Chancery. However, in the early 19th century, this authority was transferred to the judiciary. Today, several types of writs are considered important.

1. Writ of Habeas Corpus: The purpose of this writ is to provide immediate relief to release a person from unconstitutional detention or imprisonment. It is based on the protection of individual liberty.
2. Writ of Certiorari: This writ is issued by a High Court to lower criminal and civil courts. Under this writ, the High Court can demand the complete record of a case from a subordinate court that is pending a decision.
3. Writ of Prohibition: Through this writ, the High Court can prevent a subordinate court from making a decision that is beyond its jurisdiction.
4. Writ of Mandamus: This writ allows the court to order a person, officer, corporation, or subordinate court to perform a specific duty. The court can also prohibit the aforementioned entities from performing a particular act.
5. Writ of Quo Warranto: Under this writ, the High Court can ask a person holding a position of authority to explain under what right they hold that position. The responsibility to prove their entitlement lies with the defendant. This writ can also be used to challenge the misuse or wrongful exercise of powers obtained under a position. This is covered under Article 199 of the Constitution of Pakistan.

In summary, writs serve as powerful judicial instruments to ensure the legality and proper execution of administrative and judicial actions.

Essential Guidelines Before Filing a Family Case

If you are a lady planning to file a case against your husband, the case can fall under the following categories:

• Personal maintenance claim.
• Maintenance claim for minor children (if applicable).
• Marriage annulment claim.
• Childbirth expenses claim.
• Dowry articles recovery claim.
• Maintenance during Iddat period claim.
• Dower amount claim.

Personal Maintenance Claim:

Firstly, if you are filing a personal maintenance claim, you will need to bring your original national identity card. If you do not have your identity card, you can attach a passport-size photograph to the application. If your husband is employed in a government or semi-government institution, you should also bring proof of his employment and salary.

Maintenance for Minors:

If you are also claiming maintenance for your children, you should bring their birth certificates/Form B. If your children are attending school, bring their school certificates detailing the monthly fees. Additionally, if your children are attending tuition classes, provide details to your lawyer. If your child has any special medical needs, inform your lawyer about the expenses involved, so these can be included in the case.

Dowry Articles Recovery Claim:

If you are filing a claim to recover dowry articles, try to provide the original list of items prepared at the time of marriage. If no such list was made, prepare a detailed list of all dowry items along with their estimated prices and provide it to your lawyer. If you have receipts for the dowry items, provide these as well. If receipts are not available, it will not adversely affect your case. Identify at least two individuals who witnessed the handing over of the dowry items at the time of marriage so they can be called as witnesses in court. Avoid exaggerating the prices of the items; ensure the listed prices are accurate and based on actual facts.

Childbirth Expenses Claim:

If you are filing a claim for childbirth expenses, it is essential to have all receipts and records from the hospital. If you do not have such records, you can request the court to obtain them from the hospital and present them as evidence.

Dower Amount Claim:

If your claim is for the dower amount, bring the document on which the dower is written.

Marriage Annulment and Iddat Expenses Claim:

When filing for marriage annulment, you should also claim expenses for the Iddat period. The court will determine and decree the Iddat expenses based on a specific ratio upon the annulment of the marriage.

By adhering to these guidelines and preparing the necessary documents, you will be better equipped to file your family case effectively and with a higher likelihood of success.

Whether co-owners of joint property can obtain an injunction against each other?

A question often asked is whether co-owners of joint property can obtain an injunction against each other.

All co-owners are considered equal shareholders in every inch of the jointly owned land, and each is regarded as an owner. Generally, one co-owner cannot file an injunction case against another co-owner. However, there are certain judgments by the High Court and the Supreme Court that outline specific scenarios in which one co-owner can obtain an injunction order against another co-owner.

For instance, if one co-owner is constructing on the land without the permission or consent of the other co-owner, or if one co-owner is attempting to take control of a more valuable part of the land, in such cases, a co-owner can file an injunction case against another co-owner.

References:

• 2011 MLD 1518
• 2009 CLC 92
• 2024 CLC 699

2018 SCMR 762 SUPREME COURT Side Appellant: ZOHRA BIBI Side Opponent: HAJI SULTAN MAHMOOD

Legal Context:

• Section 383, Succession Act, 1925
• Section 198, Penal Code (XLV of 1860)

Case Overview: This case involves the revocation of a succession certificate fraudulently obtained by the respondent, Haji Sultan Mahmood, who falsely claimed to be the sole legal heir of the deceased propositus.

Key Facts: After the death of the propositus, the respondent obtained a succession certificate by falsely presenting himself as the sole legal heir. Subsequently, he undertook in court to submit the details of accounts and accepted responsibility to satisfy any claims from other potential legal heirs. When the daughters of the propositus (appellants) became aware of this fraudulent act, they filed an application under Section 383 of the Succession Act, 1925, seeking revocation of the succession certificate. The Trial Court allowed their application, but the High Court set aside this order.

Supreme Court’s Ruling:

• The Supreme Court held that, when the relationship and status of the parties with the propositus were undisputed, every legal heir was entitled to their Shari share in the deceased’s property.
• The respondent’s claim that all legal heirs were paid their due shares was not substantiated with evidence.
• The record indicated that the respondent had obtained the original succession certificate through fraud.
• The appellants, being poor and illiterate, had no knowledge of the original succession certificate until much later, prompting their application for revocation.

Legal Implications:

• The Supreme Court affirmed the Trial Court’s revocation of the succession certificate, recognizing the fraudulent concealment of facts by the respondent.
• The Court found that the respondent had committed fraud by verifying false statements and concealing the true facts about the legal heirs of the deceased propositus.
• As a result, the Supreme Court directed the Trial Court to proceed against the respondent under Section 198 of the Penal Code, as mandated by Section 372(2) of the Succession Act, 1925.

Conclusion: The appeal was allowed, and costs for the entire litigation were to be borne by the respondent. This case underscores the importance of transparency and truthfulness in succession matters and reaffirms the rights of all legal heirs to their rightful shares in the inheritance.

2022 CLC 1196

Section 43 of the Benami Transaction (Prohibition) Act, 2017

The preamble to the Benami Act indicates that it has been enacted to prohibit benami transactions and the right to recover property held benami, as well as for matters connected therewith or incidental thereto. A comprehensive reading of the Benami Act reveals several key provisions:

1. Prohibition of Benami Transactions: Under Section 3, the Act prohibits any benami transaction. This prohibition applies to both the person who lends their name and the real purchaser. However, there is an exception for transactions where a person purchases property for the benefit of, inter alia, their spouse or child as envisaged under Section 2(8)(A)(b)(ii).
2. Offence and Non-Cognizability: Entering into a benami transaction is declared an offence by virtue of Section 51, which is non-cognizable under Section 57. The Act disables the real owner from enforcing any right in respect of a property held benami or presenting a similar defence unless the person in whose name the property is held stands in a fiduciary capacity to the beneficiary.
3. Authorities and Jurisdiction: The Act establishes various authorities to exercise jurisdiction and initiate proceedings under the law. Section 15 details the roles of the Initiating Officer, Approving Authority, Administrator, and Adjudicating Authority, who are empowered to exercise the functions conferred upon them under the Benami Act or as prescribed by rules.
4. Initiating Officer’s Powers: Section 22 grants the Initiating Officer the power to issue a notice to a person holding benami property, recording reasons for such notice. If the officer believes the property may be alienated during the notice period, they may pass an attachment order for sixty days. Based on the available material, the Initiating Officer may continue or revoke the provisional attachment order.
5. Adjudicating Authority: The Initiating Officer must refer the case to the Adjudicating Authority within 60 days if an attachment order is passed. The Adjudicating Authority, following the procedures prescribed in Section 24, may either set aside the attachment order or confirm it, declaring the property benami.
6. Appeal Process: Any person aggrieved by the Adjudicating Authority’s order may appeal to the Tribunal under Section 44 of the Benami Act. The Tribunal’s decision is further appealable before the High Court as per Section 47. Offences under the Benami Act are triable by designated Sessions Courts under Section 48.
7. Jurisdiction of Civil Courts: Section 43 stipulates a bar on the jurisdiction of civil courts in relation to any proceedings before them regarding benami transactions.

However, civil courts, as per Section 9 of the Civil Procedure Code (CPC), are courts of ultimate and plenary jurisdiction for all civil suits unless jurisdiction is expressly or impliedly barred. The ouster of civil courts’ jurisdiction under legislative instruments must be construed strictly. This principle was reinforced in Hakam and others v. Tassaduq Hussain Shah (PLD 2007 LAH 261), which held that civil courts possess ultimate jurisdiction for all civil suits, except where explicitly or implicitly barred. Such ouster must not be lightly inferred or assumed without clear legislative direction.

In conclusion, the Benami Act provides a structured framework for prohibiting benami transactions, detailing the roles and jurisdictions of various authorities, and clearly outlining the process for handling disputes related to benami properties. This ensures a robust mechanism to tackle benami transactions while limiting the role of civil courts in such matters.

Section 2(a) and 5 of the Dowry and Bridal Gifts (Restriction) Act, 1976: 

Sections 2(a) and 5 of the Dowry and Bridal Gifts (Restriction) Act, 1976, are of paramount significance. In simplified terms, “bridal gifts” refer to any property, which may include gold, land, clothes, or any other item, given as a gift either directly or indirectly by the bridegroom or his parents to the bride in connection with the marriage. This property, once given to the bride, becomes her absolute property.

Key Provisions Explained:

1. Definition of Bridal Gifts: Under Section 2(a), bridal gifts encompass any property bestowed upon the bride at the time of marriage, before, or after, by the bridegroom or his parents, either directly or indirectly, in relation to the marriage. This broad definition ensures that all forms of gifts are covered, safeguarding the bride’s rights to such property.
2. Absolute Vesting of Property: Section 5 mandates that any property given to the bride shall vest absolutely in her. This means that the bride retains complete ownership and control over the property, without any conditions attached.

Legal Precedents:

Numerous judgments reinforce that gifts, once given, cannot be reclaimed if they qualify as gifts. For instance, in the case of Syeda Mehwish vs. ADJ (2018 CLC 1337), the court upheld the principle that gifts given to the bride are irrevocable and vest absolutely in her. This judgment and others like it underscore the irrevocability of bridal gifts, reinforcing the bride’s absolute ownership rights.

These provisions and judicial interpretations play a crucial role in protecting the rights of brides, ensuring that any property given to them in connection with marriage remains their sole property, free from claims by the bridegroom or his family.

In conclusion, Sections 2(a) and 5 of the Dowry and Bridal Gifts (Restriction) Act, 1976, serve as fundamental legal safeguards for brides, ensuring that any property given to them as bridal gifts is their absolute property. Judicial precedents further solidify this protection, preventing any attempts to reclaim such gifts, thereby promoting fairness and justice in matrimonial property matters.

Case Note: Sonia Sharief vs. ADJ Etc.

Citation: 2024 CLC 1170

Court: WP 97-24

Judge: Mr. Justice Mirza Viqas Rauf

Facts: In this case, the petitioner, Sonia Sharief, lodged a complaint under Section 6 of the Muslim Family Laws Ordinance, 1961 (the “Ordinance, 1961”), through her special attorney Naveed Hanif, before the Senior Civil Judge (Family Division), Tehsil Sarai Alambir, District Gujrat. The complaint was dismissed on the ground that it could not be proceeded with through an attorney.

Legal Provisions: Section 6 of the “Ordinance, 1961” restricts a husband from contracting a second marriage without obtaining prior written permission from the Arbitration Council. Sub-section 5 of Section 6 provides for the consequences of contracting a second marriage without such permission, including prosecution, simple imprisonment extending up to one year, and a fine of five hundred thousand rupees.

Procedural Rules: The “Ordinance, 1961” does not specify the procedure for the trial of complaints. However, the Rules framed under Section 11 of the “Ordinance, 1961” (the “Rules, 1961”) provide guidance. Rule 21 of the “Rules, 1961” initially required that no Court could take cognizance of any offence under the Ordinance or these rules unless a complaint in writing was submitted by the Union Council, stating the facts constituting the offence. This rule was later reconstituted by the Governor of Punjab, replacing “Union Council” with “aggrieved party.”

Issues:

1. Whether the complaint under Section 6 of the “Ordinance, 1961” can be lodged through an attorney.
2. The role and necessity of the Arbitration Council’s permission for contracting a second marriage under the “Ordinance, 1961.”

Decision: The Court dismissed the complaint on the basis that it could not be proceeded with through an attorney. The “Ordinance, 1961” and its Rules emphasize that the complaint must be filed directly by the aggrieved party.

Legal Principles:

1. Section 6 of the “Ordinance, 1961” mandates prior permission from the Arbitration Council for a second marriage.
2. Sub-section 5 of Section 6 provides penalties for contracting a second marriage without such permission.
3. Rule 21 of the “Rules, 1961” (as amended) allows an “aggrieved party” to file a complaint, rather than the Union Council.
4. The procedural requirements under the “Ordinance, 1961” and “Rules, 1961” must be strictly adhered to, and complaints must be filed directly by the aggrieved party.

Significance: This case underscores the importance of adhering to procedural requirements under the “Ordinance, 1961” and its Rules, particularly concerning the filing of complaints directly by aggrieved parties rather than through attorneys. It highlights the legal obligations of husbands under Section 6 and the potential legal consequences of contracting a second marriage without the Arbitration Council’s permission.

Case Note: Khaleelullah vs. Muhaim Khan

Citation: PLD 2024 Supreme Court 600

Court: Supreme Court of Pakistan

Case No: Civil Appeal No. 25-Q of 2018

Facts: In this case, the appellant, Khaleelullah, claimed his share of inheritance in the property of a deceased Muslim owner. He sought to assert his proprietary rights despite the creation of third-party interests in the property.

Legal Issues:

1. Commencement of Limitation Period: The primary issue revolved around when the limitation period for claiming inheritance rights begins, especially in cases where third-party interests have been created.
2. Burden of Proof: The burden of proof lies on the claimant heir to establish that he was unaware of having been deprived of his inheritance share.

Principles Stated:

1. Balance of Proprietary Rights: The Court must balance the proprietary rights of the legal heirs with those of third parties who acquired rights in good faith and for valuable consideration.
2. Vigilance of Legal Heirs: Legal heirs must be vigilant regarding their rights in their sharai share of inheritance and must not be indolent.
3. Categories of Cases:
   • Deprivation at Time of Inheritance Mutation: Cases where an heir was disregarded at the time of recording the inheritance mutation are legally less cumbersome, as these cases are not typically hindered by limitations.
   • Creation of Third-Party Rights: Cases where third-party rights have been created are more problematic, as the claimant heir must contend with the period of limitation and provide evidence that they were unaware of their deprivation.
4. Constructive Possession: The possession over the inherited property by one heir is considered as constructive possession on behalf of all heirs. The cause of action arises when the deprived heir seeks his share and is denied.
5. Proving Unawareness of Deprivation: The claimant heir must demonstrate:
   • Lack of awareness of being deprived.
   • Cogent reasons for not challenging the property record sooner.
   • Complicity between the buyer and the seller or that the buyer knew of his interest in the property.
6. Exception to Limitation Bar: Under Section 18 of the Limitation Act, 1908, the claimant heir can seek an exception to the limitation period by establishing that they were kept oblivious to their rights through fraud, making them an “injuriously affected person.”

Decision: The Supreme Court emphasized that legal heirs must be proactive in asserting their inheritance rights. The Court underscored the necessity for the claimant heir to provide substantial evidence if third-party interests have been created. In this case, Khaleelullah needed to prove his unawareness and provide valid reasons for the delay in challenging the property records. The decision reaffirmed the rigorous standards applied to claims of inheritance where third-party interests are involved.

Significance: This case underscores the importance of timely action by legal heirs in inheritance matters and highlights the stringent requirements for challenging property records once third-party interests have been established. The ruling serves as a critical reminder of the legal obligations and burdens of proof placed on heirs seeking to reclaim their sharai share of inheritance in the face of existing third-party rights.

Case Note: Asif Ali S/o Zafar Ali & another v. The State P.G. Punjab

Citation: 2024 SCP 192

Court: Supreme Court of Pakistan

Case No: Crl.P.L.A. 1602/2023

Judgement Date: 22-05-2024

Presiding Judge: Mr. Justice Naeem Akhtar Afghan

Legal Principles and Procedural Requirements:

1. Prosecution’s Duty under CNSA 1997: In cases prosecuted under the Control of Narcotic Substances Act, 1997 (CNSA 1997), the prosecution bears the stringent responsibility of meticulously establishing each critical step of the evidentiary chain. This includes proving the following elements:

• Recovery of the contraband.
• Making of sample parcels.
• Safe custody of the sample parcels.
• Safe transmission of the sample parcels to the designated laboratory for analysis.

Failure to establish any link within this chain results in the benefit of doubt being extended to the accused, potentially resulting in acquittal.

2. Production of Key Witnesses: The prosecution must produce the witness responsible for transmitting the samples to the Chemical Examiner’s office. Any failure in this regard has severe and irreversible consequences, potentially nullifying the prosecution’s case.

3. Timely Dispatch of Samples: According to Rule 4(2) of the Control of Narcotic Substances (Government Analysts) Rules 2001, the sample for analysis must be dispatched to the testing laboratory at the earliest opportunity, but no later than seventy-two hours from the time of seizure. This ensures the integrity of the sample and the reliability of the analysis.

4. Maintenance of Proper Records: Rule 22.70 of the Police Rules, 1934 mandates the maintenance of Register No.XIX in Form 22.70 at the police station. This register must include entries for every article placed in the storeroom (Malkhana), excluding those already recorded in Register No.XVI. The removal of any such article must also be noted in the appropriate column, thereby ensuring a transparent record of the handling of seized items.

Facts: The appellants, Asif Ali and another, were charged under CNSA 1997. The prosecution’s case hinged on proving the chain of custody of the seized narcotics. The appellants contested the prosecution’s failure to establish the required procedural steps.

Issues: The core issue was whether the prosecution had fulfilled its duty to establish the chain of custody from recovery to the laboratory analysis and whether the failure to produce the witness responsible for transmitting the samples impacted the case’s integrity.

Judgment: The Supreme Court, presided over by Mr. Justice Naeem Akhtar Afghan, emphasized the critical nature of adhering to procedural requirements under CNSA 1997 and related rules. The Court reiterated that the prosecution’s failure to produce the key witness responsible for transmitting the samples to the laboratory constituted a significant lapse. Additionally, any deviation from the mandated seventy-two-hour timeframe for sample dispatch, as per Rule 4(2) of the Rules of 2001, undermined the reliability of the analysis.

Conclusion: The Court underscored the importance of strict compliance with procedural requirements to ensure the integrity of the prosecution’s case in narcotics-related offences. The benefit of any procedural lapses or omissions must be extended to the accused, highlighting the paramount importance of the prosecution’s duty to meticulously establish the chain of custody.

Significance: This ruling reinforces the necessity for the prosecution to adhere to procedural protocols in narcotics cases, emphasizing the importance of maintaining the chain of custody and the production of key witnesses. It serves as a critical reminder that any failure in these aspects can significantly impact the outcome of the case, providing vital protection to the rights of the accused.

Case Note: Jurisdiction of Family Courts in Dual Citizenship Cases

Citation: 2024 S C M R 634

Court: Supreme Court of Pakistan

Issue: Whether Family Courts in Pakistan have jurisdiction to entertain a case when the plaintiff (wife) is a dual citizen of Pakistan and the USA, residing in the USA at the time of the institution of the suit, whereas the husband is a national and permanent resident of Pakistan.

Relevant Legal Provision: Rule 6 of the West Pakistan Family Courts Rules, 1965.

Facts: The petitioner raised a question concerning the jurisdiction of Family Courts in Pakistan. The specific issue was whether the courts could entertain a case initiated by the plaintiff (wife), who holds dual citizenship of Pakistan and the USA and was residing in the USA at the time of filing the suit. The husband, in this case, is a national and permanent resident of Pakistan.

Legal Analysis: The Court referred to Rule 6 of the West Pakistan Family Courts Rules, 1965, which provides guidance on the jurisdictional reach of Family Courts in such scenarios. The rule is instrumental in determining whether the geographical location of the parties, particularly when involving international residency and dual citizenship, affects the jurisdiction of Pakistani Family Courts.

Conclusion: The Supreme Court emphasized the need to interpret Rule 6 of the West Pakistan Family Courts Rules, 1965, to ascertain whether it accommodates cases involving dual citizenship and international residency of the parties. This interpretation is crucial to ensuring that jurisdictional challenges are appropriately addressed, balancing the legal rights and obligations of both parties involved in such international family disputes.

Significance: This ruling highlights the complexity of jurisdictional issues in family law cases involving dual citizenship and international residency. It underscores the importance of clear legal provisions and their interpretation to address such matters effectively, ensuring access to justice for individuals with cross-border familial ties.

This case sets a precedent for handling similar jurisdictional questions in future cases, providing clarity and guidance to Family Courts in Pakistan. It reinforces the principle that legal frameworks must adapt to the evolving dynamics of modern, globalized family structures.

Case Note: Christian Divorce or Separation

Citation: P L D 2021 Peshawar 41

Legal Provisions:

• Divorce Act (IV of 1869), Sections 10 & 22
• Family Courts Act (XXXV of 1964), Section 5

Key Issue: Validity of a Christian divorce or judicial separation granted merely on the statement of the wife without mentioning specific reasons.

Facts: In this case, both parties were Christians, and the Family Court dissolved the marriage solely based on the statement of the wife. The bond of marriage between a Christian husband and wife is of a permanent nature, requiring substantial proof for dissolution.

Legal Analysis: The Court emphasized that for a decree of judicial separation or divorce under Sections 10 and 22 of the Divorce Act, 1869, the wife must substantiate her claim with reliable and cogent evidence. This evidence must concretely support the facts upon which the claim for dissolution of marriage is based. Only after such evidence is presented can the court grant a decree for judicial separation or divorce.

Conclusion: The Court held that merely relying on the statement of the wife without concrete evidence was insufficient to dissolve a Christian marriage, given its permanent nature. The Muslim Family Law Ordinance, 1961, does not apply to Christians, as explicitly provided in Section 1(2) of the Ordinance. The case was remanded to ensure that the wife presents concrete evidence to substantiate her claim for the dissolution of the marriage.

Significance: This decision underscores the necessity for concrete evidence in cases of Christian divorce or judicial separation. It reinforces the principle that the permanence of Christian marriage requires a higher burden of proof for dissolution. The ruling clarifies the non-applicability of the Muslim Family Law Ordinance, 1961, to Christians, thereby guiding the Family Courts in handling such cases.

Disposition: Case remanded for further proceedings to allow the wife to present substantial evidence supporting her claim for dissolution of marriage.

Queries and Blogs from January 2024

Query : We,  five applicants filed an application u/s 12 (2) r/w s.151 CPC along with the suspension of the impugned decree.

 To the extent of four applicants, ‘ application u/s (12)2 r/w s.151 was dismissed due to non-prosecution, and to the extent of 5th applicant, the application for suspension of the impugned decree was dismissed by the trial court.

What is the proper remedy next?

Answer : In the matter you presented, where an application under section 12(2) read with section 151 of the Civil Procedure Code (CPC) was filed by five applicants, it appears that the court has dismissed the applications for four of these applicants due to non-prosecution. Simultaneously, the application for the suspension of the impugned decree for the fifth applicant was also dismissed. The dismissal of these applications necessitates careful consideration of the next legal steps.

The remedy available to the applicants whose application was dismissed due to non-prosecution is to file an application for restoration under Order IX, Rule 9 of the CPC. This provision allows a plaintiff whose suit has been dismissed for non-appearance to apply to the court for an order to set the dismissal aside and to restore the suit. It is crucial, however, to demonstrate sufficient cause for non-appearance on the dates in question. The applicants must provide a convincing explanation for their absence, which prevented them from prosecuting their case, along with the application for restoration.

For the fifth applicant, whose application for suspension of the decree was dismissed, the next step would be to file an appeal against the order of the trial court. This appeal should be made to the appropriate appellate court, as per the hierarchy established in the judicial system. In the appeal, it is necessary to challenge the findings of the trial court and present arguments and evidence to demonstrate why the suspension of the impugned decree is justified.

It is also advisable to carefully review the trial court’s order to understand the reasons for dismissal and to address these issues in the subsequent applications or appeals. This might involve providing additional evidence or clarifications that could alter the court’s perspective on the matter.

In both cases, it is essential to adhere to the time limits prescribed by law for filing these applications or appeals. Delay beyond these prescribed periods may require additional steps, such as filing an application for condonation of delay, where the applicants must justify the reasons for the delay in taking legal action.

As always, the specific facts of your case and the reasons provided by the court in its order will significantly influence the strategy to be adopted. Hence, a thorough review of the order and the facts of the case is paramount before deciding on the appropriate legal remedy.

You can get in touch for further legal advice at [email protected] 

Labour Courts and PESCO promotion cases

In the realm of labour law and employee promotion within Peshawar Electric Supply Company (PESCO), several notable cases have come to light, each contributing to the understanding of legal jurisdiction and the framework governing promotions.

The 2021 SCMR 637 and 2021 PLC 148 cases from the Supreme Court pivotally highlight the jurisdictional limits of Labour Courts in Pakistan. These cases involve PESCO employees seeking promotion to higher positions within the company, specifically from Upper Technical Subordinate (UTS) to Junior Engineers/Assistant Managers (BPS-17). A critical point of contention is the interpretation of a 5% quota reserved for UTS graduate engineers, which PESCO asserted was for direct recruitment rather than promotion. The Labour Court initially ruled in favor of the employees, suggesting that PESCO should follow the broader policy of the Pakistan Water and Power Development Authority (WAPDA). However, the Supreme Court overturned this decision, emphasizing that PESCO, as a distinct statutory entity with its own rules, is not bound to adopt the policies of WAPDA or similar entities. This ruling underscores the autonomy of statutory bodies in determining their internal promotion policies and delineates the extent of jurisdiction that Labour Courts hold in matters of internal promotions within such entities.

In a contrasting scenario, the 2013 PLC(CS) 223 case from the Peshawar High Court presents a situation where an employee of PESCO was denied promotion despite being qualified and senior to his colleagues. This case underlines the right to fair promotion practices and the need for adherence to established criteria and legal rights concerning promotions. The High Court directed authorities to consider the employee’s case for upgradation/promotion from the date when his junior was promoted, acknowledging the legal right to promotion based on merit and seniority.

These cases collectively highlight the complexities involved in promotion policies within organizations like PESCO. They shed light on the nuanced interpretation of quota systems, the autonomy of statutory bodies in framing their internal policies, and the legal rights of employees concerning fair and merit-based promotions. The legal precedents set by these cases are instrumental in guiding future disputes and administrative decisions related to employee promotions within such entities.

Query December 2023: Definitions of commonly used financial instruments 

1. Standby Letters of Credit: A Standby Letter of Credit (SBLC) is a guarantee of payment issued by a bank on behalf of a client. It serves as a safety net for the beneficiary. In the event that the client fails to fulfill a contractual commitment with a third party, the bank is required to cover the full or remaining amount of the payment. It is generally used as a backup plan for contractual or payment obligations.
2. Bank Guarantees: A Bank Guarantee represents a bank’s promise that the liabilities of a debtor will be met. In other words, if a debtor fails to settle a debt, the bank covers it. This financial instrument is often used in trade finance, project finance, and situations requiring a secure promise of payment.
3. Deferred / Documentary Letters of Credit: A Deferred or Documentary Letter of Credit refers to a letter of credit that provides a deferred payment undertaking by the issuing bank. Payment to the beneficiary is made after a specific period, allowing the buyer time to inspect or sell the goods before payment is due.
4. Red Clause Letters of Credit: A Red Clause Letter of Credit is a specific type of credit in which an advance is made to the beneficiary before the goods are shipped. This advance is typically used to finance the production or procurement of the goods to be shipped under the credit.
5. Usance Letters of Credit: A Usance Letter of Credit is a specific type of Letter of Credit in which there is a deferred payment term. The beneficiary is paid upon expiry of a specified period after presentation of the documents in compliance with the terms of the Letter of Credit.
6. Performance Guarantees: Performance Guarantees are bonds issued by a bank or an insurance company to ensure satisfactory completion of a project by a contractor. They are used to mitigate the risk for the project owner in case the contractor fails to deliver the project as per agreed specifications.
7. Demand Guarantees: A Demand Guarantee is an undertaking by a guarantor (usually a bank) to pay the beneficiary a certain amount upon demand and without any conditions, provided the demand complies with the terms of the guarantee.
8. POF Messages (Proof of Funds): Proof of Funds messages are documents provided by a bank or financial institution confirming that an individual or entity has the financial ability and necessary funds available to complete a transaction.
9. Pre Advice Message: A Pre Advice Message is typically a preliminary notice sent by the issuing bank to the beneficiary or an advising bank, indicating that a Letter of Credit or similar instrument is forthcoming.
10. Comfort Letters: A Comfort Letter, often issued by a parent company or a reputable third party (like an accounting firm), is a document intended to provide assurance or comfort to a potential lender or business partner about the financial soundness or the ability of a company to meet its obligations.
11. Ready Willing and Able (RWA) messages: RWA messages are communications typically issued by a bank or financial institution indicating that a client is ready, willing, and able to proceed with a transaction. It implies that the client has the necessary funds and is prepared to complete the transaction within a specified timeframe, often 48 to 72 hours, depending on the requirement of the Lessee/Buyer Side.

It should be noted that the definitions provided are general in nature and the specific terms and conditions of each instrument may vary based on the jurisdiction, the issuing institution, and the specific arrangement between the parties involved.

Query December 2023 :I get disturbed by  SMS transaction alerts and I want to know whether they can be disabled?

The State Bank of Pakistan (SBP) has issued clear instructions to banks and microfinance banks (MFBs) regarding the mandatory sending of SMS and email alerts for transactions. According to the policy, with effect from January 1, 2019, banks and MFBs are required to send transaction alerts free of cost for all international and domestic digital transactions. This includes transactions made via ATMs, Point of Sale (POS) terminals, and internet banking, among others. The directive specifies that the alerts should be generated and sent to customers immediately following the transaction.

Despite this clear directive, it has been observed that compliance has been lacking, with customers often not receiving SMS alerts in a timely manner. The SBP has emphasized the importance of these alerts for the security of digital payments and has warned of penal action for non-compliance with the instructions.

Regarding the ability to disable SMS transaction alerts, the SBP’s instructions do not explicitly mention this option. Given that the purpose of these alerts is to enhance the security of digital payments, it seems unlikely that the policy would allow customers to opt-out of such security measures. However, if there is a provision for such a preference, it would typically involve contacting the bank to request that these alerts be disabled. Since the SBP has been stringent about enforcing these alerts for the sake of security, any such request might require a valid reason and is subject to the bank’s policies and SBP’s regulations.

For more detailed information and any updates to the policy, it would be best to contact the bank directly or refer to the official SBP communications.The relevant link of SBP on this subject matter is here https://www.sbp.org.pk/psd/2022/CL1.htm

Query November 2023: I am DV Lottery winner  which is in pending with US embassy Islamabad .My case was created in 2020 and my interview date was March 28, 2022. I have not heard back from the US embassy ever since nor received any emails.What should I do? 

Answer:  It’s important to understand that Administrative Processing is a common step in visa applications, especially for DV lottery winners. This process can take varying amounts of time, often depending on the specifics of the individual case. It’s not unusual for AP to extend for several months.
As your Visa is a DV Lottery case, if your visa is not issued by the end of the fiscal year for which you won the lottery (September 30, 2022, for DV-2022), you may lose the chance to receive a DV visa, as these visas cannot be carried over to the next fiscal year.

More Context

 The information regarding the expiration of Diversity Visa (DV) opportunities at the end of the fiscal year is rooted in the regulations governing the DV program. According to the U.S. Department of State, which administers the Diversity Visa Lottery Program, Diversity Visas are only available during the fiscal year for which the individual is selected. The U.S. government’s fiscal year runs from October 1 to September 30 of the following year.This means that DV lottery winners must obtain their visa and enter the United States within that fiscal year. If a visa is not issued by September 30 of the respective fiscal year, the opportunity to immigrate under that year’s DV program is lost, as these visas do not carry over into the next fiscal year.

This rule is part of the legal framework of the DV program and is intended to ensure fairness and adherence to the numerical limits set by law for DV visas each year. It’s crucial for applicants to be aware of this deadline, as it has significant implications for their ability to immigrate under the DV program.

• Timeline of Notification and Visa Processing: Typically, DV Lottery winners are notified about 7 months after their entry submission, and the whole process from selection to visa issuance can take up to 14 months. This timeline can vary based on several factors, including how quickly you submit your application and your individual case circumstances.
• Fiscal Year Application Window: For your DV-2022 program, you would have been required to apply for your visa during the fiscal year 2022, which ran from October 1, 2021, to September 30, 2022. Considering your interview was scheduled for March 28, 2022, and you entered into Administrative Processing (AP) shortly after, the entire process needed to be completed by September 30, 2022.
• Impact of Delays: If a DV visa is not issued by the end of the respective fiscal year, the opportunity to receive the visa under that year’s program is lost. This is crucial for you. Given that there has been no update since July 2022 and the fiscal year 2022 ended on September 30, 2022, if your visa was not issued by that date, you would no longer be eligible under the DV-2022 program.
• Visa Validity: Once issued, a DV visa is typically valid for up to 6 months, meaning you must enter the United States within that timeframe. However, if you did not receive your visa by the end of the fiscal year 2022, this point is not applicable in your situation.
• Next Steps: If you did not receive your visa by the end of the DV-2022 fiscal year, unfortunately, you would no longer be eligible under that program. Your options might include re-applying for the DV Lottery in a future year or exploring other types of visas or immigration pathways.
• Communication with the Embassy: It is still advisable for you to seek a definitive update from the US Embassy in Islamabad, especially to confirm the status of your application as of the end of the fiscal year 2022.

In conclusion It is  essential to understand that the DV Lottery process adheres to strict fiscal year deadlines, and unfortunately, processing delays can significantly impact applicants’ eligibility.

November 2023:Guidelines for Procedure to Change, Correct, or Amend the Date of Birth on Educational Documents and Identity Cards

Changing or correcting the name or date of birth on educational documents or identity cards is a very common issue faced by almost every third or fourth individual due to their own mistakes or errors made by office staff. If someone is facing this issue, the affected person can correct the name or date of birth through the following legal procedure:

According to Section 42 of the Specific Relief Act, the affected person can file a claim in court for the correction of name or date of birth. This claim is also known as a Suit For Declaration. Before this claim, you will submit an application to NADRA for the correction of your name or date of birth on your identity card. Usually, NADRA makes the name changes, but for the date of birth, they will ask you to get a court decree, meaning you have to go to court to correct your date of birth.

How will the case proceed in court?

As mentioned above, the affected person will file a Suit For Declaration in court, making NADRA a party to it. After sending notice to NADRA, a formal trial will begin where the court will ask the person to present evidence proving the incorrect entry of their date of birth on the identity card. The person can present a Birth Certificate issued by the Union Council, Union Council records if there is no Birth Certificate, or matriculation degree result card or other evidence in court to prove that NADRA made an incorrect entry of date of birth or name. The court will then issue a decree, after which NADRA will correct your date of birth.

Change of Name or Date of Birth on Educational Documents?

Once the date of birth or name is corrected on the identity card, the relevant educational board and university are also obliged to change your name or date of birth. After paying the fee to the university or educational board, you can get your name or date of birth corrected on your educational documents.

How much will this entire case cost?

There is not much expense involved in this entire matter and the court case, except for the lawyer’s fee. There is no court fee in a Suit For Declaration.

Blog Posts from October 2023

Understanding Contempt of Court: An Introduction

Contempt of Court has been a contentious issue in Pakistan’s legal landscape, leading to various legislative changes over the years. Originally governed by the Contempt of Court Act of 1976, it was later replaced by the Contempt of Court Ordinance in 2003. Further amendments were made in 2012, but were largely annulled by a bench led by Chief Justice Iftikhar Chaudhry. In 2016, Sections 3 and 5 were amended, giving it the form of an Act.

Types of Contempt of Court

The law identifies three kinds of contempt:

• Civil Contempt: Deliberately making a mockery or violating any judgment, order or decree passed by the court.
• Criminal Contempt: Obstructing the path of justice by bribing or intimidating a judge or witness.
• Judicial Contempt: Engaging in disgraceful or mocking conversation about the court or criticising the personal character of a judge.

The Judicial Process and Penalties

High Courts and the Supreme Court have the power to take suo moto notice of contempt cases. Importantly, a judge against whom contempt has been committed will not preside over the case; it will be forwarded to the Chief Justice, who may either hear it himself or delegate it to another judge.

The court can issue an immediate arrest warrant for the individual committing contempt. These proceedings are held in open court, and the records are kept separate from other cases. According to Section 5 of the law, the penalties may include imprisonment for up to six months, a fine of up to one lakh rupees, or both. However, in cases of civil contempt, imprisonment is not a prescribed penalty.

Appeals Against Convictions for Contempt of Court

• If the initial decision is by a single judge of the High Court, an intra-court appeal will be heard by a bench comprising two or more judges of the High Court.
• If the initial decision is by a Division Bench or larger, the appeal will be in the Supreme Court.
• If the initial decision is by a single judge or a bench of two judges in the Supreme Court, an intra-court appeal will be heard by a bench of three judges in the Supreme Court.
• If the initial decision is by a Supreme Court bench of three or more judges, an intra-court appeal will be heard by a bench of five or more judges in the Supreme Court.

The legislative framework for contempt in Pakistan, encapsulated in the Contempt of Court Ordinance, 2003 and the Contempt of Court (Amendment) Act, 2016, seeks to maintain the dignity and authority of the judiciary. It serves as a reminder that the rule of law is the cornerstone of any democratic society.

By understanding the legal facets and implications of contempt of court, we can better appreciate the pivotal role it plays in safeguarding the sanctity and functionality of the judicial system in Pakistan. 

Case Note: Recording of Statement Through Video Link in Pakistan

Citation:

P L D-2021-Peshawar-105

Legislation Referred:

Qanun-e-Shahadat (10 of 1984), Article 164

Summary:

The High Court of Peshawar issued a comprehensive set of guidelines to be observed by trial courts in Khyber Pakhtunkhwa for the recording of statements through video link technology. This decision aims to modernise the judicial process and adapt to technological advancements.

Guidelines:

• Trial Court and Witness End: The guidelines distinguish between the “trial court,” where the trial is pending, and the “witness end,” where the witness appears for statement recording via video link.
• Initiation and Application: The trial court may direct or allow a witness to be examined via video link either on its own initiative or upon an application from a party.
• Conditions for Video Link: An application must be submitted at the earliest to indicate the witness’s inability to appear in person. Consent or a written order is required to proceed.
• Conduct of Proceedings: The same courtesies, protocols, and legal provisions, including those of the Qanun-e-Shahadat Order, apply to video-linked proceedings.
• Coordinators: Both ends will have coordinators. A range of officials, depending on the location of the witness, can act as coordinators.
• Attendance and Records: The attendance of the witness is ensured through the legal provisions, and prosecutors assist the court at both ends. Attested copies of records are provided to enable proper examination.
• Language Barriers: If language is a barrier, a translator/interpreter is to be arranged.
• Expenses: Any costs associated with the video link are to be borne by the requesting party.
• Privacy: The court can pass directions to protect the privacy of the witness.
• Record Keeping: Audio and video records may be saved for future reference.
• Timing: Generally, the proceedings should take place during local hours in Pakistan, with flexibility for overseas witnesses.
• Technical Support: An IT expert may be present to manage the technical aspects.
• Identification and Oath: Identification procedures and oath-taking are to be strictly observed before the commencement of the video link.
• Witness Integrity: The court must ensure that the witness is not coached or prompted.
• Continuity: The recording should proceed without interruption or adjournment.
• Observations: Any observations regarding the witness’s demeanor may be recorded and transmitted electronically.
• Equipment: The Registrar is to ensure that all district courts have the required electronic/digital appliances.
• Flexibility: These guidelines are not exhaustive and may be adapted as per the specific needs of a case.

Analysis:

This landmark decision provides a structured approach to the use of video link technology in legal proceedings. It takes into consideration various practical aspects, from the initiation of the process to the conduct of proceedings and record-keeping. It aims to streamline the process while ensuring the sanctity and integrity of the court proceedings are maintained.

Importance:

The guidelines are particularly significant in the current digital age, allowing for more efficient, yet just, proceedings. They have the potential to set a precedent for other jurisdictions in Pakistan and contribute to the broader discourse on the modernisation of the legal system.

Title: The Shield of Law: Safeguarding the Elderly Through the Protection of Parents Ordinance, 2021

The socio-legal fabric of any society is often tested on the anvil of how it treats its most vulnerable. Among such groups, the elderly, often find themselves at the receiving end of neglect and abandonment, sometimes, shockingly, at the hands of their own offspring. Recognizing the gravity of this issue, Pakistan promulgated the Protection of Parents Ordinance, 2021, a legal instrument aimed at providing a safety net for the aged against such maltreatment. A notable case shedding light on the practical implications of this Ordinance is the citation PLD 2022 Lahore 559, which underscores the punitive measures awaiting those who evict their elderly parents from their homes.

The core objective of the Protection of Parents Ordinance, 2021, is to foster a culture of respect, care, and protection towards parents, deterring actions that lead to their distress and homelessness. This is articulated within the provisions of the Ordinance, particularly Sections 3 and 4, which elucidate the illegality and the subsequent punitive measures pertaining to the eviction of parents by their children.

Section 3 of the Ordinance unequivocally categorizes the eviction of parents by a child from a house – be it owned or rented by the said child, or in its possession by any other means – as a criminal offence. The law doesn’t mince words when it states that such heartless acts may lead to rigorous imprisonment for a term extending up to one year, or a fine, or both.

The law, however, balances the scales by also addressing the rights of the child in such property disputes. Under Section 4, it permits a parent to evict a child, his spouse, or offspring from a house owned or rented by the parent. Yet, the law mandates a process, requiring a written notice of eviction to be served, and if the child and his family fail to vacate the house within seven days of receiving the notice, they may face simple imprisonment for up to thirty days or a fine of Rs. 50,000/-.

A crucial aspect of this legal framework is the role of the Deputy Commissioner as an adjudicating authority. Sub-section (2) to Section 4 allows a parent to file a written complaint with the Deputy Commissioner if a child fails to vacate the house. Upon receiving such a complaint, the Deputy Commissioner, after due satisfaction and hearing the parties, is empowered to pass an eviction order against the child, even if the child puts up a defence concerning the construction or purchase of the house through his funds. This order is appealable under Section 7 of the Ordinance, which ensures a fair trial and due process.

The procedural aspect of the Ordinance, as highlighted in PLD 2022 Lahore 559, distinguishes between different types of orders. While an order under sub-section (5) doesn’t necessitate the recording of evidence as outlined under Chapter XX of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1898, an order under sub-section (2) of Section 4, being a penal provision, attracts the procedure relatable to trial under the same Chapter of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1898.

In essence, the Protection of Parents Ordinance, 2021, signifies a commendable step towards creating a legally enforceable duty of care towards parents, ensuring they live their twilight years with dignity and security. Through the lens of PLD 2022 Lahore 559, it is apparent that the law has begun to cast its protective shadow, promising a refuge for the elderly against the cold winds of abandonment and eviction. The Ordinance, in its spirit and letter, calls upon the societal and legal conscience to uphold the venerable bonds of family, especially when the frail hands that once nurtured, need holding.

Title: Unveiling Progressive Legal Avenues: A Husband’s Right to File for Return of Dowry Articles

In a recent groundbreaking judgement by the esteemed Lahore High Court, a new dimension of family law has been explored, challenging conventional norms and paving the way for a more equitable legal framework in matters of dowry. The case in focus is Writ Petition No. 46842/ 2022, titled Uzair Azmat Versus Judge Family Court etc., which centers around the right of a husband to initiate legal proceedings for the return of dowry articles to his wife.

In an unprecedented move, a husband voluntarily approached the Family Court to facilitate the return of dowry articles received at the time of marriage. This proactive stance was, however, dismissed by the Family Court, prompting the husband to seek redress from the Lahore High Court.

The cornerstone of the dispute hinges on the interpretation of the Family Courts Act, 1964. Specifically, Serial No.8 of Part-I of the Schedule to the Act, 1964 designates matters concerning dowry as the exclusive domain of Family Courts. The contention arose when the Impugned Order dictated that only a wife could initiate a suit for the recovery of dowry articles. This stance was challenged on the grounds that Section 7 of the Act, 1964, does not prescribe such a restriction.

The case delves into an interesting legal debate: Can a husband, finding himself an unwilling custodian of dowry articles abandoned by his wife, seek the aid of the Family Court to relinquish such items? The Act, 1964, does not specifically bar such a claim nor does it delineate the type of suits that can be brought forth by a husband or a wife. This absence of express prohibition or allowance brings forth a larger question concerning the scope and jurisdiction of Family Courts.

The petitioner argued for a broader interpretation of the term “Plaintiff” under Section 7, as the Act does not specify the gender of the Plaintiff when referring to dowry matters. This implies that both husband and wife should have equal standing to initiate proceedings concerning dowry articles, whether it be for return or retrieval.

Furthermore, the refusal of the Family Court to assume jurisdiction over dowry matters initiated by a husband was critiqued as restrictive and contrary to the purpose of the Family Courts Act, 1964. The Act was enacted to provide a unified forum for the expeditious settlement and disposal of disputes relating to marriage and family affairs. Restricting the term “Plaintiff” in Section 7 without any legislative distinction or justification arguably undermines this objective and curtails the equitable resolution of family disputes.

The guiding principle from precedent cases underscores the flexibility afforded to Family Courts in adjusting procedures unless expressly barred. This principle supports a more inclusive interpretation of provisions conferring jurisdiction, enabling Family Courts to effectively administer justice in a manner consistent with the evolving dynamics of family relationships.

This case, Writ Petition No. 46842/ 2022, marks a significant stride towards a more inclusive and equitable legal framework, challenging traditional norms and encouraging a dialogue on the rights of both husbands and wives within the legal realm of dowry matters. The Lahore High Court’s inclination towards a broader, more inclusive interpretation of the Family Courts Act, 1964, not only fosters legal innovation but also resonates with the evolving societal norms and the ethos of justice.

Title: A Milestone Verdict by the Supreme Court: Expanding the Horizon of Bail for Women Accused

In a landmark decision by the Supreme Court of Pakistan, the parameters governing the grant of bail to women accused have been astutely evaluated and expanded. The judgment, delivered by Mr. Justice Syed Mansoor Ali Shah on 19th August 2022, in the case of Mst. Tahira Batool v. The State thr. A.G. Islamabad and another [Crl.P.910/2022], delves into the intricate details of Section 497(1) of the Criminal Procedure Code (CrPC) concerning bail, with particular emphasis on its first proviso.

Section 497(1) CrPC serves as the cornerstone for bail provisions in Pakistan. The section bifurcates into two parts; the first part allows for the grant of bail in non-bailable offences, making bail a rule and its denial an exception for offences not encapsulated in the second part. The second part, often referred to as the prohibitory clause, delineates offences deemed severe enough to warrant a denial of bail, such as those punishable with death, life imprisonment, or imprisonment extending to ten years.

At the crux of this discussion is the first proviso to Section 497(1) CrPC, which carves out exceptions for specific categories of accused persons – individuals under sixteen years of age, women, and those who are sick or infirm. This proviso empowers the Court to grant bail to these categories of accused, even in cases falling within the prohibitory clause, aligning the power to grant bail on par with offences outside the prohibitory clause.

The verdict accentuates that for women and other categories mentioned in the first proviso, the grant of bail remains a rule rather than an exception, irrespective of the offence’s gravity. This aligns with the broader principles of criminal justice, ensuring a humane and just treatment of vulnerable or marginalized segments of society within the legal framework.

The judgement meticulously outlines the exceptions that could warrant a refusal of bail, harmonizing them with established precedents. These exceptions encompass the likelihood of the accused absconding to evade trial, tampering with prosecution evidence or influencing witnesses, or repeating the offence given their previous criminal record or the nature of the offence.

This seminal judgement, by meticulously dissecting the first proviso to Section 497(1) CrPC, has not only clarified the legal position concerning bail for women accused but has also reaffirmed the judicious application of law, keeping in stride with the principles of justice, equity, and good conscience. It underlines the Court’s cognizance towards ensuring a balanced and fair legal process, particularly for women, who often find themselves at the receiving end of a patriarchal societal setup.

In conclusion, the verdict in Mst. Tahira Batool v. The State thr. A.G. Islamabad and another serves as a beacon of progressive judicial interpretation, reflecting a balanced approach between the rigid contours of law and the fluid, humane principles of justice. It’s a stride towards a more inclusive and empathetic legal framework, ensuring that the scales of justice evenly balance the rights of individuals and the broader societal interests.

Title: Analysis of 2022 P Cr. L J 664: A Scrutiny into the Evidentiary Value of CCTV Footage and Call Data Records

In the adjudication encapsulated in 2022 P Cr. L J 664, the court meticulously examined the evidentiary weight of CCTV footage and Call Data Record (CDR) in a case of murder. The accused were charged for the murder of the complainant’s brother, with the prosecution heavily relying on the evidence provided by CCTV footage and CDRs pertinent to the accused’s cell phones.

A critical aspect of the case revolves around the admissibility and reliability of the CCTV footage. The footage, as conceded, did not offer clear visuals of the incident, and the facial features of the alleged culprits were blurred. This deficiency rendered the CCTV footage evidence to be discarded as it failed to meet the requisite standard of clear and unambiguous identification of the accused.

Concerning the Call Data Records (CDR), the court found a glaring lacuna in the prosecution’s case due to the absence of a representative or record keeper from the cellular company to testify the veracity of the CDR, rendering this piece of evidence inadmissible.

A significant discussion unfolded regarding the role and significance of Deoxyribonucleic Acid (DNA) as evidence. The judgment elucidated that DNA, encapsulating the genetic blueprint of an individual, serves as a robust form of evidence. The incontrovertible nature of DNA, derived from various biological materials, and its resilience to tampering make it a formidable tool in criminal cases where the identity of the accused is under scrutiny.

Furthermore, the judgment under 2022 M L D 523 delved into the right of the accused to access certain statements and documents before the framing of charges. The court upheld the accused’s entitlement to both inculpatory and exculpatory evidence, which could have an impact on the prosecution’s case or could be utilized by the defence.

The adjudication also touched upon the fundamental right to a fair trial under Article 10-A of the Constitution of Pakistan, particularly focusing on the provision of CCTV footage to the accused. The court expressed concerns over the potential public release and tampering of the footage, which could prejudice the trial and lead to complications. However, it was deemed appropriate to provide a copy of the CCTV footage to meet the ends of justice and for safe administration, albeit at a later stage in the trial.

In a separate yet related matter (2022 P L C (C.S.) 474; 2021 SCMR 1077), the Supreme Court deliberated on a case concerning bribery, where a major penalty was imposed based solely on CCTV footage without a forensic audit to ascertain its authenticity. The court denounced such casual departmental proceedings, emphasizing the necessity of a forensic audit to validate the authenticity of CCTV footage before it can be relied upon as evidence.

This series of judgments reflect a judicious approach towards the examination of modern forms of evidence, underscoring the imperative for a meticulous process to ensure the reliability and admissibility of such evidence. The discourse also accentuates the inherent rights of the accused to fair trial and access to evidence, promoting a balanced justice system that aligns with constitutional mandates and principles of natural justice.

Title: Unveiling Judicial Prerogatives: Supreme Court’s Stance on Witness Credibility Assessment in 2022 SCMR 1187

The adjudication of criminal cases often hinges on the veracity and reliability of the testimonies presented before the court. A recent landmark decision by the Supreme Court of Pakistan, cited as 2022 SCMR 1187, delved into the judicial prerogatives concerning the evaluation of witness credibility, particularly in cases falling under ‘qisas’ (retributive justice) as stipulated under Sections 302(a) and 304 of the Penal Code (XLV of 1860).

Central to the discourse is the concept of Tazkiya-tul-shahood, a traditional Islamic principle employed to ascertain the credibility of witnesses. The judgement elucidates that the foremost qualification for a person to serve as a truthful witness in ‘qisas’ cases is the fulfilment of Tazkiya-tul-shahood. This principle mandates that the credibility of a witness be examined by a credible person from the same walk of life as the witness, thereby ensuring a nuanced understanding of the witness’s standing and reputation within their respective community.

The judgement further expounds on the modalities available to judges for conducting Tazkiya-tul-shahood – an open inquiry and a confidential inquiry. These inquiries aim to meticulously evaluate the conduct and credibility of the witness, which are pivotal for the just adjudication of the case at hand.

The judge, as underscored by the Supreme Court, is vested with the authority to embark on both open and confidential inquiries concerning the witness’s credibility. Such inquiries can be conducted personally by the judge or delegated to a trusted individual capable of discerning the truthfulness of the witness in relation to the facts and circumstances of the case.

A novel aspect of the judgement is the acknowledgement of modern technological advancements as viable tools in aiding the assessment of witness credibility. The Supreme Court posits that the utilisation of modern devices or technical assistance to gauge the veracity of a witness is a permissible venture, reflecting a progressive judicial outlook adapting to the evolving dynamics of the modern era.

This judgement reinforces the pivotal role of Tazkiya-tul-shahood in ensuring the integrity of the judicial process, especially in serious criminal cases governed by the doctrine of ‘qisas’. It also sheds light on the extensive judicial prerogatives accorded to judges in their quest for truth, embodying the essence of justice envisioned by both statutory and Islamic jurisprudence.

The Supreme Court’s decision in 2022 SCMR 1187 is a significant stride towards delineating the contours of judicial authority and discretion in the realm of witness credibility assessment. It harmonises traditional principles with modern technological advancements, paving the way for a more robust and nuanced approach to truth-seeking in the criminal justice system of Pakistan.

Title: Delving into the Grandfather’s Liability: A Look at Maintenance Allowance Legal Framework

The jurisprudence surrounding the maintenance allowance, particularly the liability shouldered by grandparents, has always been a nuanced yet contentious aspect within the legal landscape. The case 2014 SCMR 1481 along with several other judgements elucidates the scenario under which a grandfather can be deemed responsible for the maintenance of his grandchildren. This discourse has been enriched by a myriad of judgments, including those cited as PLD 2012 Lahore 445, PLD 2012 Lahore 148, PLD 2011 Lahore 610, PLD 2010 Lahore 119, 2005 SCMR 1293, 2004 YLR 616, and 2016 PLD 622 LAHORE, each contributing to a multi-faceted understanding of this legal obligation.

The paradigm was significantly illuminated in 2016 PLD 622 LAHORE, where minors initiated a maintenance allowance suit against their father. Following a decree, the father (judgment debtor) was incarcerated until the decree’s satisfaction, and an attachment order concerning the grandfather’s property was issued. The contention from the grandfather was his non-party status in the suit, rendering the execution against him invalid.

The crux of the liability hinges on the financial and health conditions of the parents. The liability of a grandfather commences when the father is financially incapacitated and the mother is unable to provide maintenance, contingent on the grandfather being financially stable. This financial stability, termed as being in ‘easy circumstances’, necessitates adjudication by the Family Court, an action that requires the grandfather to be a party to the suit to fairly elucidate his financial standing.

The procedural integrity emphasized that a decree could not be executed against an individual who wasn’t a party to the proceedings, underscoring a fundamental principle of natural justice. The execution could not transgress the decree’s scope, thus the liability could not arbitrarily shift towards the grandfather based on the judgment debtor’s (father’s) inability to fulfill his obligation under the decree. The Family Court, as per the Civil Procedure Code, 1908, could enforce its decree by incarcerating the judgment debtor for up to one year.

The impugned order for the attachment of the grandfather’s property was deemed unwarranted by law, thereby being declared illegal and unlawful. This case alongside the cited judgments accentuates the conditional liability of a grandfather, hinged on meticulous judicial scrutiny to uphold the principles of justice and fairness.

The exploration of these judgments reveals a layered legal framework guarding against arbitrary enforcement, thus ensuring that the rights and obligations of all parties are meticulously evaluated and upheld. This corpus of jurisprudence serves as a beacon, guiding the adjudication of maintenance allowance cases, ensuring that the veil of justice envelops the tender lives of minors, shielding them from the harsh winds of financial destitution.

Title: Exploring The Nuances of Bonafide Belief in Filing FIRs: A Judicial Perspective

The essence of a judicial system is rooted in its ability to discern the truth and administer justice accordingly. However, the journey to unearthing the truth is often paved with myriad legal intricacies. A significant facet of this journey is the lodging of First Information Reports (FIRs) which set the wheels of justice into motion. The case 2021 P Cr. L J 1648 delves into the realm of bonafide belief and knowledge in the context of lodging FIRs and the subsequent implications under Section 182 of the Pakistan Penal Code (PPC).

Section 182 PPC addresses the scenario of providing false information with the intent to cause a public servant to use his lawful power to the injury of another person. The judgement accentuates that the mere acquittal of an accused individual does not automatically render the information provided as false. It underscores the importance of a bonafide belief and knowledge when lodging an FIR, indicating that if an FIR is lodged with a genuine belief and understanding of its truth, it cannot be deemed false merely because it wasn’t proved up to the legal or procedural standard of proof. The distinction is clear; such a complaint or information can be termed as not proved, but not false, hence not attracting the penal provisions of Section 182 PPC.

Muhammad Murad v. The State 1983 PCr.LJ 1097 and Muhammad Juman v. The State 2005 YLR 1785 are referenced to bolster the narrative, elucidating that a person who lays information to the police has an inherent right to have his case judicially determined before being called upon to answer the charge of giving false information.

The judgement also highlights a fundamental principle of justice – no one should be condemned unheard. The issuance of a show-cause notice, as a mandatory requirement under proceedings of Section 182 PPC, epitomises the essence of providing an opportunity of hearing to the individual. In the absence of such a notice, the individual is deprived of a chance to explain her position, thereby contravening the core tenets of natural justice.

In the case at hand, the proceedings under Section 182 PPC were quashed, owing to the lack of issuance of a show cause notice and the understanding that acquittal of the accused did not automatically translate to the falsity of the information provided.

This judgement, along with the referenced cases, illuminates the nuanced understanding required in navigating the waters of legal proceedings, especially when it pertains to lodging FIRs. It emphasises the necessity of a judicial determination to ascertain the veracity of the information provided, thereby upholding the sanctity of the justice system.

In conclusion, the legal framework as elucidated through these judgments showcases a balanced approach, ensuring that individuals lodging FIRs with bonafide belief are not unjustly penalised, while also maintaining a rigorous standard of proof to uphold justice.

Title: Bridging the Digital Gap: Admissibility of Screenshots and SMS under the Law of Evidence

In the digital age, evidence transition from paper to pixels is inevitable. Legal frameworks across the globe are evolving to accommodate the digital footprints as admissible evidence in the court of law. Pakistan is no exception to this evolution, with its legal system taking strides to bridge the digital gap.

Under Article 164 of the Law of Evidence, modern devices such as screenshots and SMS fall within the definition of evidence and courts can admit them as proof. However, the journey from digital screens to the courtroom isn’t without scrutiny. Before exhibiting them as evidence, courts will act according to the principles laid down in Article 98, requiring verification from the mobile company to ascertain whether the screenshot or SMS presented in court was indeed sent to or by the individual in question.

Post verification from the mobile company, if the evidence in question is a screenshot of an internet or Facebook message, an additional layer of authentication from the IT department is mandated. This two-tier verification system ensures the authenticity and integrity of the digital evidence before it’s exhibited in court as proof.

Furthermore, the higher judiciary has reinforced the principle that unless it’s proven that the telegraphic message or screenshot presented in court is authentic, it cannot be admitted as evidence (1990 MLD 276, PLD 1958(S.C) 115P 139). This precedent underscores the importance of authenticating digital evidence to uphold the sanctity of the judicial process and ensure a fair trial.

The aforesaid legal provisions and judicial precedents reflect a balanced approach towards the admissibility of digital evidence. While on one hand, they facilitate the inclusion of digital evidence, on the other, they ensure that such evidence is subjected to rigorous scrutiny to ascertain its authenticity.

The legal landscape concerning digital evidence is a testament to the judiciary’s adaptability and its endeavor to keep pace with technological advancements. By establishing clear guidelines on the admissibility of digital evidence, the legal framework in Pakistan is not only ensuring the rightful administration of justice but also acknowledging the pervasive influence of digital communication in contemporary society.

Title: A Comprehensive Look into Section 489-F of the Pakistan Penal Code and its Implications on Cheque Bounce Cases

In recent times, the courts in Pakistan have been inundated with cases involving the dishonour of cheques under Section 489-F of the Pakistan Penal Code. A noteworthy judgment was delivered by Justice Fahim Ahmed Siddiqui in the case of Sheikh Rehan Ahmed vs Judicial Magistrate-II, South, Karachi and 2 others (2019 M L D 636) on December 15, 2017, which shed significant light on the nuances surrounding cases of cheque bounce in Pakistan.

In the aforementioned case, the applicant and respondent No. 2 were engaged in business dealings, during which certain amounts were invested by the respondent with the applicant. Due to certain discrepancies, the applicant failed to fulfill his obligations, leading to a dispute. Consequently, a settlement was reached, and the applicant issued post-dated cheques to the respondent. However, upon presenting the cheques, they were dishonoured due to insufficient funds. The respondent then lodged FIRs under Section 489-F, and criminal cases were initiated, which were later compromised as the amount due on those cheques was paid by the applicant.

The crux of the matter highlighted in this case was the practice of lodging subsequent FIRs by the respondent, having already in possession other bounced cheques from the same party at the time of lodging the first FIR. It was contended that the respondent aimed to use the subsequent FIRs as a tool for recovering the amount due, by lodging one FIR after another, thereby coercing the applicant into compromise.

Justice Fahim Ahmed Siddiqui observed that the essence of Section 489-F of PPC is to ensure credibility in business transactions by penalizing those who issue cheques dishonestly. The provision was not intended to serve as a tool for recovery of amounts due in business dealings. Referring to the precedent set in the case of Muhammad Afzal v. The State and others (2012 YLR 2780), it was emphasized that civil remedy is already provided by law for recovery of amounts due in business transactions.

The judgment elucidated that if it’s proven that at the time of lodging the initial FIR, the complainant already had another bounced cheque(s) from the same party and intentionally avoided lodging FIR with a view to use it at a later stage for recovery, then subsequent FIRs should not be allowed. If such FIRs were lodged, it’s the duty of the concerned Magistrate to nip the evil in the bud by employing the provision of Section 63, Cr.P.C. However, the dishonoured cheques could still be used for filing a suit for recovery as per the law.

The case of Sheikh Rehan Ahmed is pivotal as it underscores the importance of not misusing the legal provisions for undue advantage, ensuring that the process of law is not twisted for arm-twisting and recovery purposes. It also brings forth the duty of the concerned Magistrate to ensure fairness and propriety in dealing with such cases, thereby upholding the sanctity of law.

The judgment serves as a cornerstone in Pakistan’s jurisprudence concerning cheque bounce cases, setting a precedent that aims to curb the misuse of Section 489-F of PPC as a recovery tool, ensuring that the legal provisions serve their true purpose in maintaining the credibility and transparency in business transactions.

This case is a significant step towards streamlining the process of dealing with cheque bounce cases, ensuring that the justice system is not misused for personal gains, and the principles of fairness and equity are upheld in the business realm.

Title: A Closer Look at Document Reliability and Legal Rigour in Property Transactions

The legal fabric governing property transactions in Pakistan is both intricate and robust, requiring a meticulous adherence to established procedures to ensure the authenticity and legality of such transactions. This blog post aims to delve into some pivotal judicial precedents and legal provisions that underscore the importance of document reliability and the stringent legal rigour required in property transactions.

One of the fundamental principles in property law is that a registered document serves as a notice to the public at large. This principle has been reiterated in various judgments including 2021 SCMR 1986, 2017 YLR 1422, and 2012 YLR 2246. The registration of documents concerning property transactions is imperative as it provides a layer of transparency and legal validity to such transactions.

Furthermore, the onus of producing the document, upon which a case is predicated, rests with the party relying on it. The opposing party must be afforded an opportunity to cross-examine the document to ascertain its validity. In the case of 2007 SCMR 996 and PLD 2021 SC 715, it was held that documents produced by the respondent’s counsel could not be relied upon as valid evidence unless the party itself produced them and allowed the other party an opportunity for cross-examination.

Moreover, Article 79 of the Qanun-e-Shahadat Order, 1984 mandates the beneficiary to prove an agreement by producing two marginal witnesses. A blatant disregard for this provision, as witnessed in cases 2002 SCMR 1089, PLD 2011 SC 241, and PLD 2015 SC 187 among others, leads to a failure in proving the execution of the agreement as per law. The non-production of one of the two required marginal witnesses is considered a withholding of material evidence, triggering a legal presumption against the party under Article 129(g) of the Qanun-e-Shahadat Order, 1984, as highlighted in 1995 SCMR 137 and 2022 SCMR 309.

In scenarios where a General Attorney is involved in property transfer, obtaining special permission from the principal is obligatory, especially when the property is being transferred to the General Attorney or their close relatives, as per judgments PLD 2003 SC494, PLD 2008 SC 389, and others. This provision safeguards against potential conflicts of interest and ensures the principal’s consent in crucial property transactions.

Furthermore, the court’s jurisdiction to reverse illegal and perverse concurrent findings of lower fora under section 115 CPC is well established as in 2016 SCMR 24. This provision reflects the oversight and corrective mechanism within the judiciary to uphold justice and legal correctness.

Lastly, the act of gifting property requires explicit approval and consent from the principal regarding the property to be gifted, along with a specific mention of the name of the donee in the general attorney, as seen in cases 1994 SCMR 818, PLD 1985 SC 341, and others. The owner must exhibit a clear mental decision towards the gifting, distinguishing it from other forms of alienations like sales.

In conclusion, the meticulous legal framework governing property transactions in Pakistan serves to uphold the integrity and reliability of such transactions. Through a series of judicious precedents and robust legal provisions, the law ensures that every property transaction is conducted transparently, and with full adherence to the established legal norms, thereby safeguarding the rights and interests of the parties involved.

Title: Unveiling the Scope of Inheritance Rights: An Insight into Section 4 of the Muslim Family Laws Ordinance, 1961

The sphere of inheritance rights is a nuanced domain of law, having profound implications on familial relationships and the distribution of assets posthumously. Among the legislations governing these rights in Pakistan, the Muslim Family Laws Ordinance, 1961 (the “Ordinance”) holds a significant place. This piece aims to dissect a particular aspect of this Ordinance, spotlighting a critical judicial interpretation concerning the rights of great-grandchildren in the backdrop of Section 4 of the Ordinance, as per the case delineated in 2022 SCMR 1131.

Section 4 of the Ordinance has been a subject of legal scrutiny, especially after being declared contrary to the Injunctions of Islam by the Federal Shariat Court (FSC) in the case of Allah Rakha and others v Federation of Pakistan and others PLD 2000 FSC 1. However, this verdict is under appeal before the Shariat Appellate Bench of the Supreme Court, as outlined in the case Tanveer Jehan v Federation of Pakistan and others, etc. (C.Sh.A 1/2000 and connected cases). The constitutional provision, Article 203G, underscores that no court shall interfere in matters within the jurisdiction of the FSC, save for the appeals provisioned under Article 203F. Given an appeal has been lodged, the decision by the FSC stays pending, rendering Section 4 of the Ordinance operational for legal interpretation.

The core of Muslim inheritance law is the determination of legal heirs at the precise moment of death, a principle duly reflected in Section 4 through the phrase “opening of succession.” This section specifically mentions the rights of the grandchildren, living at the time of the propositus’s demise, of a predeceased son or daughter, thereby setting a clear demarcation on the scope of heirs. This pivotal aspect was reinforced in the case under discussion, 2022 SCMR 1131, where the court accentuated the clear language of the statute barring any extension to include great-grandchildren within the ambit of “children” as per Section 4.

The argument put forth for extending the scope of Section 4 to include great-grandchildren sought to delve into a broader interpretation. However, the court, adhering to well-established interpretation rules, refuted this argument, emphasizing the precise wording of the section which limited its applicability only to those grandchildren alive at the time of the propositus’s death. The case highlighted that an over-extension to include great-grandchildren would essentially alter the statute’s language, a move contrary to the established interpretation norms.

Moreover, the court elucidated that Section 4 crafted a meticulously constructed exception to the general rule, where the legal heirs of a predeceased son or daughter do not inherit from the parent of the predeceased. The exception was carefully worded to include only “the children of such son or daughter” and explicitly excluded any legal heirs, underlining a cautious approach to ensure the section’s applicability remains circumscribed.

This case reaffirms the necessity of adhering to the literal statutory language while interpreting inheritance rights under Muslim law, thereby upholding the sanctity and precision of legal provisions. The case sets a precedent, fortifying the established inheritance norms while providing a clear interpretation of the rights of great-grandchildren, significantly contributing to the rich tapestry of inheritance law in Pakistan.

In conclusion, the meticulous framework of the Muslim Family Laws Ordinance, 1961, coupled with judicious interpretations, continues to provide a solid foundation for addressing complex inheritance issues, ensuring a fair and lawful distribution of assets among the rightful heirs.

Title: Navigating the Evidentiary Maze in Narcotics Litigation: A Glimpse into Recent Jurisprudential Trends

The adjudication of narcotics-related cases often navigates a labyrinth of evidentiary challenges, where the sanctity of the legal process and the rights of the accused hang in the balance. A recent case encapsulated in 2022 PCrLJ 1088 sheds light on pivotal evidentiary aspects that could significantly impact the outcome of narcotics litigation. This piece endeavors to unravel the crux of this case, reflecting on the jurisprudential principles underscored therein.

A cornerstone of a fair trial, the cross-examination of witnesses, emerged as a focal point in the case. The examination-in-chief of Israr Ahmad A.S.I./complainant was conducted, but the absence of his cross-examination, despite efforts to ensure his attendance, rendered his statement as an “unreliable piece of evidence.” The court emphasized that a statement sans cross-examination couldn’t be termed a “legal statement” and thus, loses its evidentiary value (2022 PCrLJ 1088).

The narrative then veers towards the critical issue of safe custody of the recovered substance, a linchpin in narcotics cases. The court opined that if the safe custody of the allegedly recovered substance isn’t established, discussing other merits becomes moot, leading straightaway to the acquittal of the accused (2022 PCrLJ 1088). This stance echoes the overarching principle that the onus of proof lies with the prosecution to establish the chain of custody, ensuring the integrity of the evidence.

Delving deeper into the custody conundrum, the case highlights the procedural ambiguities surrounding the handling of the recovered substance. The narrative unveils that the Punjab Forensic Science Agency, Lahore, received two “sealed parcels” for analysis from Israr Ahmed A.S.I./complainant, yet the trail of custody post-analysis remained shrouded in uncertainty. The report lacked clarity on key details such as the quantity retained for analysis, and the process of returning the remaining substance to the concerned authorities. This lacuna in establishing the “safe custody” of the case property post-analysis until its production in court rendered the evidence questionable (2022 PCrLJ 1088).

Furthermore, the witness’s silence on crucial aspects of the post-analysis custody and the non-production of any corroborative witness to substantiate the chain of custody exacerbated the evidentiary dilemma. The absence of a clear delineation of the custody trail, coupled with the non-cross-examination of the primary witness, underscored the unreliability of the evidence, favouring the accused’s acquittal.

This case epitomizes the intricate dance between procedural rigour and evidentiary reliability in narcotics litigation. It underscores the imperativeness of cross-examination and the meticulous documentation of the evidence custody trail to uphold the justice system’s integrity. As narcotics cases continue to burgeon, the legal fraternity must heed the lessons embedded in such jurisprudential narratives to ensure that the scales of justice remain balanced.

Through a meticulous examination of cases like 2022 PCrLJ 1088, stakeholders in the justice system can glean invaluable insights to fortify the evidentiary framework governing narcotics litigation, paving the path towards a more robust and just legal apparatus.

Title: Navigating the Complex Waters of Bail under Section 322 PPC: A Legal Exploration

The tragic incident of a young child succumbing to the waters of a school swimming pool opens a window into the complex legal dynamics surrounding bail under Section 322 of the Pakistan Penal Code (PPC). This case sheds light on the legal intricacies involved when addressing negligence and incompetency claims against educational institutions’ staff, vis-à-vis the entitlement of bail under the Cr.P.C. The narrative unfurls at Habib Public School, where an unfortunate event translated into a legal quagmire, intricately documented in 2020 YLR 1045.

The focal point of the legal discourse orbits around whether the accused, in this case, the school principal, coaches, and administrator, could be granted bail under Section 497(2) of the Cr.P.C, particularly when the accusations are grounded in negligence leading to qatl-e-khata (homicide by mistake) or qatl-bis-sabab (homicide for a reason). The journey from the incident to the courtroom entails a meticulous examination of the applicable legal provisions, primarily Section 322 PPC, which encompasses the punishment of ‘Diyat’ (financial compensation) in cases of unintentional homicide.

A distinctive feature of this case is the evolution of the charges. Initially, the First Information Report (FIR) was lodged under Sections 320, 279, & 427 PPC, transitioning later to the application of Section 322 PPC by the police. This transition is pivotal, as Section 322 PPC solely carries the punishment of ‘Diyat’, without any express provision indicating that such punishment would engage the prohibitory clause of Section 497 Cr.P.C, as elucidated in 2018 YLR NOTES 283.

The legal waters become murkier with the delayed lodging of the FIR, a span of two days post-incident, coupled with the bail-able nature of the initially applied sections of the Penal Code. The High Court, while adjudicating on the bail, found itself amidst a conundrum, unable to resolve at the bail stage whether the application of Section 322 PPC by the police was justified. It underscored the necessity for further inquiry into the matter, particularly focusing on the nature of the offence – whether it was an outcome of negligence or an intentional act.

The Court, cognizant of the unchartered legal terrain and the lack of previous convictions or similar indulgences on part of the accused, leaned towards granting bail under Section 497(2) Cr.P.C. This stance was fortified by the overarching principle that deep merits of the case at the bail stage couldn’t be appraised, and the accused couldn’t be incarcerated for a matter that beckoned further probe.

This case serves as a legal beacon, illuminating the multifaceted nature of bail considerations under Section 322 PPC, especially when the veil of negligence shrouds the circumstances leading to a fatal outcome. It beckons a deeper exploration and perhaps a legislative revisit to ensure the law adequately addresses the nuances involved in such tragic incidents, balancing the scales of justice and the rights of the accused.

Title: The Interplay of Contract Act and Guardians and Wards Act: A Closer Look at PLD 2020 SC 508

The juxtaposition of contractual agreements and guardianship laws often presents a complex scenario, especially when it revolves around the delicate matter of child custody. The Supreme Court of Pakistan, through its judgment dated 17th July 2020 in PLD 2020 SC 508, provides a significant insight into this interplay, shedding light on the legal bounds and the sanctity of child custody amidst marital discords.

In the case at hand, a mother, amidst the tumult of a Khula’ (a form of divorce initiated by the wife) agreement, penned down her relinquishment of the child’s custody in favor of the father. However, this contractual agreement found itself in the legal crosshairs, scrutinized under the lens of Islamic injunctions and the prevailing guardianship laws.

The apex court, delving into the essence of the Guardians and Wards Act (VIII of 1890) alongside the Contract Act (IX of 1872), unearthed the fundamental repugnancy of such an agreement to the Islamic injunctions. The sacred bond of Hizanat (custody) that vested within the mother was underscored, establishing that such a right could neither be bartered nor be deemed as consideration for a Khula’ agreement. The Holy Quran, while facilitating the avenue of Khula’, never envisaged the trading of a child’s custody as a bargaining chip in this marital exit.

The court further elucidated the void nature of such a stipulation under Section 25 of the Contract Act, 1872, due to its lack of consideration. Additionally, echoing the ethos of Section 23 of the same Act, the judgment highlighted that any agreement with an object or consideration against public policy is rendered void.

Beyond the legal tapestry, the judgment resonated with the fundamental premise of a child’s welfare. The Family Judge, whose decision was later upheld by the Appellate Court, rightly discerned that the child’s welfare was intricately tied to the mother’s custody. The mother’s disability and financial incapacity were deemed irrelevant in depriving her of custody. On the contrary, the onus of child maintenance was shifted onto the father’s shoulders, aligning with the inherent guardianship responsibilities.

This landmark judgment serves as a legal beacon in guiding the murky waters of marital disputes, especially when entangled with child custody issues. It accentuates the imperativeness of upholding the child’s welfare over contractual agreements, reiterating the indissoluble bond of Hizanat that a mother holds. Moreover, it delineates the legal boundaries within which contractual agreements, especially in the realm of marital dissolutions, should operate, ensuring they are in harmony with the overarching Islamic injunctions and the statutory guardianship provisions.

Title: The Scope and Admissibility of Police Investigation: A Deep Dive into Recent Judicial Remarks

In the realm of criminal law, the process of investigation holds a paramount position as it lays down the foundation for the prosecution or defence in a trial. The Supreme Court of Pakistan, in a recent judgment, shed light on the role of police investigations and the value of police opinions in determining the guilt or innocence of an accused person. The case, Muhammad Idrees v. The State, etc., brought forth significant observations regarding the reliability and admissibility of police diaries and the opinions formed by investigating officers during the investigation phase.

The focal point of the discussion was Section 172 of the Criminal Procedure Code (Cr.P.C), which mandates the maintenance of a police diary by every officer conducting an investigation. The diary is to record specific details concerning the investigation on a day-to-day basis. The primary objective behind this provision is to provide a mechanism for the courts to check the method and manner of investigation undertaken by the police. However, the Supreme Court emphasized that the contents of such a diary are not to be used as evidence in the case but to aid the court in understanding the evidence brought on record by the prosecution. This position is enshrined in Section 172(2) Cr.P.C, which allows the court to send for the police diaries of a case under inquiry or trial to use them for resolving obscurities in evidence or for introducing new dimensions to the case through legally admissible evidence.

Furthermore, the Court delved into the admissibility of the opinion formed by the investigating officer regarding the guilt or innocence of an accused person. It was held that such an opinion is not a relevant fact under the Qanun-e-Shadat Order, 1984, and is therefore inadmissible. The Court reiterated that determining the guilt or innocence of an accused person is a judicial function that cannot be delegated to a police officer. The power of investigation granted to police officers under Chapter XIV of the Cr.P.C does not extend to forming an opinion on the guilt or innocence of the accused persons. Such opinions, the Court observed, could range from correct and fair to premature, biased, or incorrect, reflecting the potential infirmities that may creep into police investigations.

This judgment underscores the importance of maintaining a clear demarcation between the roles of the investigating agencies and the judiciary. It reiterates the principle that the determination of guilt or innocence is a judicial function that should be based on admissible evidence produced before the court, and not on the opinions formed by the police during the investigation. Moreover, it highlights the need for ensuring that the police maintain a proper record of their investigations in the police diary, albeit clarifying that such records are to aid the court in its quest for truth and justice, rather than to serve as evidence in themselves.

The observations made by the Supreme Court in this case contribute to the broader discourse on the need for procedural fairness and the adherence to the principles of natural justice in the criminal justice system. By delineating the scope and limitations of police investigations and emphasizing the importance of relying on legally admissible evidence, the Court has reinforced the fundamental tenets of a fair trial and due process, which form the bedrock of a just legal system.

Title: Revisiting The Rights of Women in Divorce: A Look at PLD 2022 FSC 25

In a notable decision by the Federal Shariat Court (FSC), the rights and obligations of women initiating a divorce on grounds of disliking, without any fault on the part of the husband, have been elucidated. The case in focus, cited as PLD 2022 FSC 25, highlights a significant change in the legal landscape concerning the financial implications in a divorce scenario, particularly when initiated by the wife merely on the grounds of displeasure.

The Federal Shariat Court, revisiting the provisions of the Punjab Family Courts Act 1964, nullified sub-sections 5 and 6 of Section 10, which accorded women certain rights to the dower (Mehr) even if they initiated Khula (a form of divorce initiated by the wife) without any substantiated reason. As per the now-nullified sub-sections, women were entitled to retain 75% of the prompt dower and 50% of the deferred dower, irrespective of the grounds on which Khula was sought.

The ruling underscores the importance of a substantive reason for a woman seeking a divorce from her spouse. If a woman exercises her right to Khula solely based on disliking and without any fault attributable to the husband, she is obligated to return the full amount of Mehr received.

This judgement invites us to reflect on the balance between personal autonomy and financial rights in marital relationships. It aims to foster a sense of responsibility and fairness, ensuring that the rights of both parties are protected, and that the dissolution of marriage is based on justifiable grounds.

The doctrine of Khula has always been a topic of legal and social discussion. It empowers women with the right to seek separation from an undesirable marital relationship. However, this recent judgement brings a nuanced understanding of the financial implications tied to it, emphasising the need for a fair balance between the rights of both parties involved.

Furthermore, the judgement reflects an attempt to align the legal framework with the core Islamic principles regarding marital relationships and their dissolution. The financial aspect, particularly the right to retain the Mehr, is intertwined with the grounds on which the divorce is sought, aiming to uphold the sanctity and seriousness of the marital bond.

The case PLD 2022 FSC 25 is a reminder of the evolving nature of family law, aiming to strike a balance between individual rights and collective responsibilities within the marital relationship. It prompts a re-evaluation of existing legal frameworks, fostering a discourse on the rights of women and the underlying financial implications in divorce scenarios.

This judgement is not just a mere exposition of law; it’s a narrative that incites a dialogue on the dynamics of marital relationships, individual rights, and the legal frameworks that govern them. Through such judicial pronouncements, the essence of fairness and justice is sought to be upheld, ensuring that the rights of all parties within a marital relationship are well-protected and balanced.

Title: The Continuation of Interim Injunction/Status Quo Orders: A Legal Exploration Through Case Law

In the realm of civil litigation, the issuance of interim injunctions or status quo orders play a pivotal role in ensuring that the rights and interests of the parties are safeguarded pending the final adjudication of the matter. The legal framework governing the extension and continuation of such orders is a nuanced one, and an exploration of case law provides insightful interpretations of the relevant legal provisions.

A key precedent in this regard is the judgement rendered in 1999 SCMR 2215. This case elaborates on the scenario where an interim injunction/status quo order is deemed to continue even in the absence of a specific extension order, provided that the defendant has not submitted a written statement. The court noted that the interim order would persist despite the absence of a specific order extending the granting of status quo, particularly in situations where no reply has been filed nor any request has been made for the discharge of the interim injunction.

Similarly, the case of 2000 MLD 1755 further elaborates on this legal principle. It was underscored that the provision of Order XXXIX, Rule 2-A of the Civil Procedure Code (C.P.C.) does not necessitate a specific order for the extension of the interim injunction post the expiry of 15 days if the defendant seeks time for the defence of the application for injunction. The legal position is that the interim status quo order would be considered to have continued if the defendant sought time for defence and various dates of hearing were accorded for filing a reply, without the need for specific orders of extension on each date of hearing.

The essence of these judgments lies in the understanding of the legal provisions encapsulated in O.XXXIX, R.2-A, C.P.C., which seek to maintain the sanctity and effectiveness of interim orders, ensuring that they continue to serve their purpose even in the absence of formal extension orders. This legal principle is crucial as it strives to uphold the integrity of the judicial process, ensuring that the rights and interests of the parties are not compromised due to procedural lapses.

Moreover, these cases reflect the judiciary’s attempt to balance the procedural requisites with the practical realities of litigation. The acknowledgment that the interim status quo order would be deemed to have continued in the absence of a specific extension order, particularly when the defendant is accorded time for defence, signifies a pragmatic approach towards ensuring justice and equity.

In conclusion, the judgments of 1999 SCMR 2215 and 2000 MLD 1755 provide a comprehensive understanding of the legal position concerning the continuation of interim injunction/status quo orders. They offer a pragmatic interpretation of O.XXXIX, R.2-A, C.P.C., which underscores the importance of preserving the effectiveness of interim orders in safeguarding the rights and interests of the parties involved, thereby contributing to the broader discourse on procedural fairness and judicial efficiency in civil litigation. Through such jurisprudential explorations, the legal community is better equipped to navigate the complex terrain of interim injunctions and status quo orders, ensuring that justice is served in a timely and effective manner.

Title: The Imperative of Recovery Memo in Narcotics Seizures: A Legal Study Through Case Law

The legal landscape surrounding narcotics offences is a meticulously structured one, and the adherence to procedural protocols is quintessential in ensuring a fair and just adjudication. One such pivotal protocol is the creation of a recovery memo by the Seizing Officer at the scene, which acts as a crucial piece of evidence in substantiating the recovery of narcotics. The case of 2022 SCMR 864 sheds light on the importance of this procedural requirement and its legal implications.

According to the cited judgement, a recovery memo is deemed a fundamental document that ought to be prepared by the Seizing Officer at the time of recovery of narcotic substances. This memo should encompass a detailed list of the recovered articles and must be prepared in the presence of two or more respectable witnesses. Further, it is imperative that this memo is signed by the said witnesses at the scene. The primary objective behind this procedural protocol is to ensure an honest and fair recovery process in the presence of marginal witnesses, thus eliminating the possibility of false implications and fabrications.

The case underscores that the essence of having the recovery memo prepared on spot and signed by witnesses is to corroborate the recovery process, making it transparent and credible. This step is seen as a safeguard against potential miscarriages of justice that could arise from wrongful recoveries or accusations. Once the recovery memo is diligently prepared, the prosecution is then tasked with producing this document before the Trial Court to validate the recovery of narcotics and the preparation of the memo through the testimony of the Scribe and the marginal witnesses.

Moreover, given the severity of the punishments prescribed under section 9(c) of the Control of Narcotic Substances Act (CNSA), the onus is heavily upon the prosecution to demonstrate the recovery of contraband material from the accused diligently. This includes ensuring the safe custody of the recovered material and dispatching the samples for chemical analysis without undue delay.

In the broader legal narrative, the meticulous preparation and presentation of the recovery memo are not mere procedural formalities but a cornerstone for establishing the prosecution’s case. This practice underlines the judicial system’s commitment to upholding truth and fairness, especially in cases bearing grave legal and societal implications such as narcotics offences.

In conclusion, the judgement of 2022 SCMR 864 elucidates a significant procedural requisite in narcotics cases, reinforcing the importance of adhering to legal protocols to uphold justice. The emphasis on the creation of a recovery memo, signed by witnesses at the scene, reflects a robust legal framework designed to mitigate false implications and ensure a transparent judicial process. Through such insightful jurisprudential explorations, the legal fraternity is better positioned to navigate the challenges posed by narcotics offences, aligning the judicial process with the principles of fairness and truth.

Title: A Nuanced Examination of Divorce, Khula, and Annulment Through the Lens of Lahore High Court: PLD 2021 757

The Lahore High Court, in a recent noteworthy judgment (PLD 2021 757 Lahore), navigated the intricate landscape of marital disputes, particularly focusing on the facets of Khula, divorce, and annulment. This judgment serves as a guiding light for individuals entangled in family disputes, offering a deep dive into the legalities involved.

The case emerged when a woman filed a petition in the family court, articulating her dissatisfaction with her spouse owing to alleged physical abuse and sought her rightful Mehr (a substantial sum exceeding three million) alongside the return of her dowry items. She implored the court to dissolve her marriage with her spouse. The family court, in its verdict, granted Khula (a form of divorce initiated by the wife) as opposed to annulling the marriage, urging the woman to relinquish her claim on Mehr. Dissatisfied with the verdict, the woman appealed, but the appellate court upheld the decision, compelling her to seek redress in the Lahore High Court through writ jurisdiction.

The esteemed court elucidated that Khula is indeed a woman’s Islamic right; however, it is not within the court’s jurisdiction to enforce this right unasked. If the woman seeks dissolution on the grounds of annulment, the court does not possess the authority to grant Khula instead. In such instances, the court must delve into testimonies and conduct a proper trial to ascertain the grounds upon which a divorce or annulment can be granted.

The pivotal point highlighted by the honourable judge was that in cases of Khula, if a woman consents to it but the husband denies permission, such Khula would not be deemed valid both religiously and legally, as Sharia dictates the necessity of the husband’s consent in Khula. Should a woman seek Khula and the husband declines, the concept of Khula would not be upheld in Sharia and law, hence, the consent or acceptance of the husband is imperative (refer to paragraph number 14 of the mentioned judgment).

The honourable judge further remarked that the woman, citing the reasons for seeking annulment from her spouse, if unable to substantiate those reasons, the court cannot unilaterally decree Khula; rather, it would need to explore other grounds and decide upon those grounds whether annulment can be granted but not on the basis of Khula (see paragraph number 12).

Expanding on this, it was determined in paragraph number 15 that in the scenario of Khula, the court cannot deliver an ex parte (unilateral) decision, meaning a verdict on Khula cannot be rendered in the husband’s absence. If the husband disagrees with the conditions under which the wife seeks Khula, the court cannot issue a decree of Khula until both parties agree on certain conditions and decide on Khula.

Furthermore, it was noted that if there is discord between the husband and wife, and the husband is unwilling to grant divorce but treating the wife in a manner forcing her to seek Khula, thereby saving himself from paying Mehr, the courts should tread cautiously. They should delve deeply into the matter to ascertain who is at fault or committing oppression.

This elaborate judgment also referenced the Holy Quran and Hadith, providing a thorough examination of the topic at hand, thus enriching the legal discourse surrounding marital disputes in Pakistan.

In conclusion, PLD 2021 757 Lahore is a hallmark judgment that meticulously explores the dimensions of marital legal disputes, bringing clarity to the often convoluted arena of family law. Through a careful interpretation of religious and legal texts, it illuminates the path for individuals seeking justice in the realm of marital discord.

Title: An Exposition on Discharge and Cancellation under Criminal Procedure Code, 1898

The Criminal Procedure Code, 1898 (CrPC) is a comprehensive document that lays down the framework for the conduct of procedural aspects in criminal law in Pakistan. Amongst its various provisions, the sections pertaining to the discharge and cancellation of cases warrant a meticulous understanding. These sections operate as safeguards, ensuring that the rights of the accused are upheld, especially in scenarios where the evidence is insufficient or where malicious intent in filing a case is discovered.

Section 63 of the CrPC elucidates the procedure for the discharge of a person who has been apprehended by a police officer. According to this section, no individual arrested by a police officer shall be discharged unless it’s on their own bond, or on bail, or under the special order of a Magistrate. This provision ensures that the discharge of an arrested individual is carried out under a structured legal framework, providing a requisite check on the powers of the police while safeguarding the rights of the accused.

On the other hand, Section 169 of the CrPC deals with the release of the accused when evidence is found to be deficient. It mandates that if, upon investigation, the officer in charge or the officer conducting the investigation finds insufficient evidence or reasonable ground of suspicion to forward the accused to a Magistrate, such officer shall release the individual. This release, however, is contingent upon the accused executing a bond, with or without sureties, to appear before a Magistrate when required. This section aims to prevent undue detention of individuals when there’s a lack of substantial evidence against them.

Moreover, Section 173(3) of the CrPC provides the Magistrate with the authority to discharge the bond of an accused individual who has been released, as per the report forwarded under this section. This provision ensures that the bond obligations of the accused are discharged judiciously by the Magistrate, based on the circumstances and the merits of the case.

In addition to the aforementioned sections, Rule 24.7 of The Police Rules, 1934, stipulates the procedure for the cancellation of cases. It specifies that no First Information Report (FIR) can be cancelled without the orders of a First Class Magistrate, unless the investigation is transferred to another police station or district. This rule is instrumental in averting the arbitrary cancellation of cases and mandates a judicial oversight over the cancellation process, ensuring a thorough review and validation of the reasons leading to such cancellation.

In summation, the provisions under the Criminal Procedure Code, 1898, along with the Police Rules, 1934, lay down a robust mechanism for the discharge and cancellation of criminal cases. They act as bulwarks against potential misuse of the legal system, ensuring that the rights of the accused are protected while maintaining the sanctity and the credibility of the judicial process. Through these provisions, a balanced approach towards the administration of criminal justice is achieved, marking a significant stride towards a just and equitable legal framework.

Title: A Deep Dive into the Legal Remedy against Irregular Electricity Bills: A Case Study

The issue of irregular electricity billing is not a mere administrative anomaly; it has significant implications on the consumers, both financially and emotionally. The case in point, adjudicated in 2020 under the citation 2020 YLR 1026 Sindh, sheds light on the legal recourse available to aggrieved consumers and underscores the accountability of electricity supply companies in Pakistan.

In this particular case, the appellant, an electricity supply company, had continually issued incorrect meter readings and subsequent bills to the respondent. The trial court, recognising the wilful harm and financial loss caused to the respondent, ordered the electricity company to pay damages. The court’s order stemmed from the premise that the right to legal compensation could not materialise without resorting to the available legal remedies.

The electricity company’s plea, suggesting that the respondent had no cause of action, was dismissed as it carried no weight. The fact that the company did not dispute the issuance of wrong meter readings invalidated their plea, and it was established that the respondent had indeed suffered mental agony due to the wrongful acts of the company’s officials. Unlike tangible financial loss, the proof of suffering and mental agony may not always be encapsulated in written documents but can be discerned from the surrounding circumstances.

The respondent in this case successfully established a pattern of wrongful action on the part of the appellant, along with his attempts for redressal. Legally, the onus was on the electricity company to prove the bona fides of its actions. The failure to do so shifted the burden onto the company, mandating them to compensate the aggrieved party.

The High Court, upon reviewing the case, declined to interfere with the order passed by the trial court and the lower appellate court. It found no illegality in the judgment and decree of the court below, thereby dismissing the second appeal.

This case serves as a paradigm of legal remedy against irregular electricity billing, amplifying the importance of accountability and redressal in such matters. It underscores the pivotal role of the judicial system in upholding the rights of consumers and ensuring that electricity supply companies adhere to their administrative and legal obligations. The judgment delivered in 2020 YLR 1026 Sindh is a testament to the legal provisions aimed at safeguarding consumers from wilful harm and financial loss, marking a significant stride towards fostering a more accountable and consumer-friendly environment in the realm of utility services.

Title: Unveiling the Judicial Scrutiny: Supreme Court on Bail in Light of Delayed Trials

The Supreme Court of Pakistan, through its verdict reflected in 2022 SCMR 1, has elucidated the scope and extent of the 3rd and 4th proviso to section 497(1) of the Criminal Procedure Code (Cr.P.C) concerning the grant of bail owing to delay in the conclusion of a trial. This judgement unfolds a significant right of an accused who has already spent a year or two in jail without the trial being concluded. The court, through this decision, has established that under such circumstances, the accused shall be considered entitled to bail.

However, this statutory right to bail is enveloped with two exceptions as set forth in the said provisos. The first exception highlights that if the delay in the conclusion of the trial is a result of any act or omission by the accused or anyone acting on his behalf, the right to bail would be forfeited. The court further clarified that mere adjournments sought by the accused’s counsel wouldn’t amount to an act or omission causing delay unless these adjournments are sought without any significant cause on crucial hearings or are reflective of a deliberate attempt to procrastinate the trial. This distinction underscores the importance of a fair trial and the constitutional right to liberty under Articles 9 and 10A of the Constitution, thereby urging a thorough examination of the third and fourth provisos to section 497(1) Cr.P.C.

The second exception encapsulated within the fourth proviso limits the right to bail for individuals who are convicted offenders of grave offences punishable with death or life imprisonment or are perceived by the court as hardened, desperate, or dangerous criminals or are accused of acts of terrorism. This exception, as outlined by the court, resonates with a higher level of judicial scrutiny required to assess the gravity of the offence and the character of the accused, keeping societal safety at the forefront.

The terminology – hardened, desperate, or dangerous, as interpreted by the court, is to be understood collectively and through the lens of legal principles like ejusdem generis and noscitur a sociis, which necessitates understanding these terms in conjunction with each other and in the context they are placed. The term ‘dangerous’ is highlighted as the focal point to regulate the meaning of the other two terms, painting a picture of an individual who is likely to pose a serious threat to society if released on bail.

This judgement by the Supreme Court not only sheds light on the legislative intent behind the provisions of section 497(1) Cr.P.C but also sets a precedent for lower courts to follow, ensuring that the rights of the accused are balanced with the safety and concerns of society. Moreover, it reiterates the importance of a speedy trial in the justice system and emphasizes the need for the prosecution to present a strong case to deny bail to the accused based on these exceptions. This comprehensive elucidation by the Supreme Court serves as a guiding light for both the legal fraternity and the accused awaiting justice, hoping for a more expeditious and fair trial process in the future.

Title: A Judicial Precedent: Lahore High Court’s Verdict on Legal Status of Challan under Section 512 Cr.PC

In a historic verdict by the Lahore High Court, delineated in PLJ 2022 Lahore 268, a comprehensive judicial analysis was made regarding the legal standing of Challan under Section 512 of the Criminal Procedure Code (Cr.PC). This judgement is an emblematic reminder of the principle that while courts have the authority to interpret legal provisions, they cannot alter or substitute them nor can they transcend the wisdom of the law. The concept of judicial restraint was also emphasised, reminding that judges must operate within the defined limits of their powers while interpreting laws.

A critical aspect of this judgement was the examination of Section 19 of the Act, which does not empower the Special Court to constitute a Joint Investigation Team (JIT) or direct the government in this regard. The exclusive domain of constituting a JIT, as per the judgement, resides with the government, underlining the notion of separation of powers.

The court noted an illegal practice prevalent in the designation of Challans, particularly where the accused is declared a Proclaimed Offender, marked as “چالان زیر دفعہ 512 ض ف”. This observation led the court to explore the correct legal position. The term ‘investigation’ as defined under Section 2(L) of Cr.PC encompasses all proceedings under the Code for evidence collection, conducted by a police officer or any person authorised by a Magistrate.

The judgement clarified that upon completion of an investigation, a report under Section 173 Cr.PC (Challan) must be forwarded to a Magistrate in the prescribed form by the Provincial Government, irrespective of the nature of the offence being cognizable or non-cognizable. It was stated that the procedure under Section 512 Cr.PC comes into play post-submission of the Challan when it’s before the competent court, particularly when there’s no immediate prospect of arresting the absconder.

A significant note was made on the incorrect practice of terming proceedings under Section 512 Cr.PC as “trial in absentia”. The judgement elucidated that while the general rule requires evidence to be recorded in the presence of the accused or his advocate, proceedings under Section 512 Cr.PC are an exception aimed at preserving evidence to prevent the accused from taking advantage of absconding. This provision ensures that the prosecution doesn’t find itself at a defeating end due to clever moves by an absconder.

The Lahore High Court directed that this illegal practice of mentioning “Challan under Section 512 Cr. PC” (چالان زیر دفعہ 512 ض ف) should be discontinued forthwith. Copies of this order were instructed to be sent to the Inspector General of Police and Prosecutor General of Punjab for circulation to all concerned, ensuring adherence to the correct legal position and procedures in future.

This verdict serves as a cornerstone for legal practitioners, law enforcement agencies, and judicial officers in understanding and rectifying the procedural inaccuracies surrounding the issuance of Challans, especially under Section 512 Cr.PC, thereby upholding the sanctity and precision of legal procedures in the justice system.

Title: The Correction of a ‘Slip of Tongue’: Delving into the 2022 SCMR 667 Ruling

In the realm of legal proceedings, the accuracy of recorded evidence is paramount. The Supreme Court of Pakistan, in its judgement indexed as 2022 SCMR 667, elucidated the procedure for correcting a ‘slip of tongue’ in a witness’s testimony. This verdict sheds light on the mechanism to ensure that the evidence recorded reflects the true testimony of the witness, which is a cornerstone for the dispensation of justice.

The court underscored the importance of scrutinising the material on record to ascertain whether a particular statement by a witness was indeed a slip of tongue. It was highlighted that when evidence of a witness is being recorded in appealable cases, the procedure outlined under Order XVIII, Rule 5 of the Code of Civil Procedure (C.P.C.) comes into play.

A significant aspect of this procedure is the practice of reading back the recorded statement to the witness post-recording. This stage presents an opportunity for the witness to identify and assert if any part of the recorded information was a result of a slip of tongue or was recorded inaccurately. It empowers the witness to seek corrections before the conclusion of the proceedings on that particular date.

The court elaborated that once a statement is recorded, and subsequently read over to the witness, the witness has the right to move for correction if any portion of the statement has been wrongly recorded. This procedural step is crucial as it serves as a safeguard to ensure the authenticity and accuracy of the evidence being recorded, which in turn, significantly impacts the course of justice.

This judgement, 2022 SCMR 667, therefore, serves as a critical reference for legal practitioners and judicial officers to understand the procedural rights of a witness and the corresponding responsibility of the court to ensure that the recorded testimony accurately reflects the witness’s statements. It emphasizes the collaborative effort between the witness and the court to achieve a comprehensive and accurate record of evidence, which is fundamental for a fair adjudication.

The ruling highlights the meticulous nature of judicial proceedings and underscores the importance of procedural correctness in recording evidence, thereby reinforcing the integrity of the judicial process. Through this verdict, the apex court has reiterated the significance of upholding procedural sanctity to ensure that justice is not only done but is seen to be done.

Title: The Legality of Stipulations on Divorce in Nikahnama: A Deep Dive into Recent Judgements

In the Islamic marriage contract, known as the Nikahnama, provisions and conditions are stipulated to govern various aspects of the marital relationship. Among these, conditions regarding divorce, particularly financial penalties or compensations linked to it, have been a matter of legal and theological debate. Two recent judgements, 2022 CLC 729 and PLJ 2021 Lahore 485, shed light on the legal standing of such conditions in Pakistan.

According to these judgements, any condition set in the Nikahnama obliging the husband to pay a certain amount to the wife upon divorcing her is deemed non-Sharia compliant and hence, unenforceable in the court of law. The judgement from 2022 CLC 729 elucidates that the Holy Qur’an grants uncovenanted powers to the husband to pronounce Talaq (divorce) to his wife, to prevent any transgressions of Islamic bounds. It further posits that a husband possesses an absolute right to divorce his wife, a right that is unconditioned in both Sharia and codified law.

In the case referenced in PLJ 2021 Lahore 485, the respondent (wife) claimed a recovery of Rs. 500,000 from the petitioner (husband) on the grounds of a second marriage, as stipulated in Clause 19 of their Nikahnama. However, the judgement underscored that no condition could be imposed on the husband’s right to divorce, rendering such stipulations in the Nikahnama as non-binding.

These rulings highlight a significant point of intersection between religious doctrine and legal adjudication in Pakistan. While the Nikahnama allows for the inclusion of various conditions and stipulations, the courts have clarified that when it comes to divorce, the unconditioned right of the husband to divorce his wife remains paramount and unassailable by any contractual stipulations.

The impact of these judgements reverberates beyond the immediate parties involved, offering a clarion call to legal practitioners, religious scholars, and the society at large, to engage in a deeper examination of the interplay between religious tenets, legal frameworks, and the rights and responsibilities of individuals within the marital contract.

These judgements serve as a pertinent reminder of the nuanced and often complex relationship between religious doctrine, personal law, and the overarching legal framework within which they operate. Through a meticulous examination of the stipulations in the Nikahnama against the backdrop of Islamic jurisprudence and codified law, the courts have provided a lucid interpretation of the legal landscape governing marital relationships and divorce in Pakistan.

Title: A Glimpse into Judicial Interpretation: Grant of Bail in Narcotics Case

In a notable judgement by the Supreme Court of Pakistan, detailed in 2017 SCMR 1194, the apex court deliberated on the pivotal issue of granting bail to an individual accused under the stringent provisions of the Control of Narcotic Substances Act, 1997. The case in spotlight involved an accused, Imtiaz Ahmed, allegedly in possession of a substantial amount of 69 kg heroin powder, prosecuted under Section 9(c) of the said Act.

Justice Mushir Alam and Justice Dost Muhammad Khan, while adjudicating on the criminal petition No. 105 of 2017, addressed the significant aspect of a delayed trial and its impact on the fundamental right of the accused to a speedy trial. The judgement underscores the principle that when any statute infringes on the rights of a subject, concerning his person or property, it should be construed in a manner that preserves such rights to the extent possible1.

The cornerstone of the judgement lies in the interpretation of Section 46 of the Control of Narcotic Substances Act, 1997, which encapsulates the right to a speedy trial. The judgement vehemently articulates that the principle of a speedy trial holds paramount importance, especially in cases trialed before Special Courts, such as those constituted under the narcotics law. It was elucidated that any unreasonable delay in concluding the trial before Special Courts tantamount to a denial of justice2.

Delving into the specifics of the case, it was observed that the accused had been languishing in jail for almost three years without any sight of conclusion of the trial, primarily due to the non-appearance of prosecution witnesses despite coercive process. The trial judge’s negligent conduct was also highlighted as a contributing factor to the delay, having neglected his obligatory duty to expedite the trial3.

The judgement culminated in granting bail to the accused, Imtiaz Ahmed, predicated on the undue delay in the trial’s conclusion coupled with medical grounds. This case manifests a significant judicial interpretation, harmonizing the rigors of narcotics law with the fundamental right to a speedy trial, thereby striving for a balanced approach in the dispensation of justice.

The references to the cases of The State v. Syed Qaim Ali Shah 1992 SCMR 2192 and Khan Asfandyar Wali Khan v. The Federation of Pakistan and others PLD 2001 SC 607 were instrumental in fortifying the argument for preserving the rights of the accused amidst the stringent legal framework governing narcotics offences4.

This judgement serves as a precedent, shedding light on the critical balance between the stringent legal frameworks aimed at curbing narcotic substances and upholding the fundamental rights of the accused, thereby contributing to the rich tapestry of Pakistan’s jurisprudential landscape.

Title: Upholding Law: A Deeper Look into the Power of Re-arrest by Police

In the legal landscape of Pakistan, the power and actions of law enforcement agencies are often brought under scrutiny to ensure they align with the stipulations of law. One such notable point of discussion has been the authority of a police officer to re-arrest an individual who has already been granted bail under Section 497, Cr.P.C. This issue was thoroughly examined in a case before the Peshawar Bench (D.I. Khan) as documented in 2018 P Cr. L J Note 196.

The case in focus involves an accused who had sought pre-arrest bail, which was confirmed by the court. However, the prosecution, later on, added Section 376, P.P.C. to the FIR to further aggravate the charges against respondent No.1. The legal contention here revolves around whether a police officer holds the power to re-arrest the accused on the grounds of the addition of a new section in the FIR.

The court, drawing upon the precedent set in the case of Amanat Ali v. The State (1981 PCr.LJ 100), elucidated that the essence of the FIR lies in the allegations made, rather than the specific sections or ordinances mentioned by the recording officer. The court highlighted that the recorder of the FIR, who is not even an Investigating Officer, does not possess the authority to alter the sections or ordinances at his discretion as it may change the course of the trial and potentially lead to the ouster of jurisdiction of superior courts.

Further reinforcing this argument, reference was also made to the case of Mst. Shahida Parveen v. The State and another (1995 MLD 1082), showcasing a consensus in legal circles regarding this matter.

The crux of the discussion hinges on Chapter XXVI, Rule 21(6) of Police Rules, 1934 which stipulates that a police officer does not have the power to re-arrest an individual who has been released on bail under Section 497, Cr.P.C. The rule clearly mandates that in scenarios where re-arrest is deemed necessary, the police are required to seek formal orders from a competent court for the cancellation of the bail bond and the issuance of a warrant as per the provisions of Section 497(5), Cr.P.C. The excerpt from the rule states:

“No Police Officer has power to re-arrest an accused person who has been released on bail under section 497, Code of Criminal Procedure. When re-arrest is deemed necessary, the police shall apply to a competent Court for the cancellation of the bail bond and the issue of a warrant in accordance with the provisions of section 497(5), Code of Criminal Procedure.”

Through the lens of this case, the judiciary has once again underscored the sanctity of law, reinforcing the boundaries within which law enforcement agencies are to operate. This case serves as a stern reminder of the procedural correctness that must be adhered to, thereby ensuring that the rights of individuals are not trampled upon arbitrarily. The mention of previous judgements and the clear citation of rules provide a robust basis for this legal stance, contributing to the rich jurisprudential dialogue surrounding the powers and limitations of law enforcement in Pakistan.

Title: The Limits of Justice of Peace: A Critical Examination of Imposing Costs on FIR Registration Applications

In the realm of legal procedures, the registration of a First Information Report (FIR) signifies a crucial step towards the initiation of criminal proceedings. However, the pathway to getting an FIR registered is not always straightforward, often necessitating judicial intervention. This intricate dynamic came under the spotlight in a notable case annotated in PLJ 2022 Cr.C. (Note) 19, which delved into the powers of a Justice of Peace concerning applications for FIR registration under Section 22-A & B of the Criminal Procedure Code, 1898 (V of 1898).

The crux of the matter revolved around an application filed under Section 22-A & B, Cr.P.C., seeking the registration of an FIR. The Justice of Peace, while disposing of the application, imposed a cost of Rs. 25,000 to be deposited with the library of Taluka Bar Association Mirwah. This aspect of the order triggered a grievance, leading to a deeper examination of the legal standing behind such a directive.

The scrutinisation of this case brings to the forefront a significant point of law: the absence of any provision under the existing legal framework that empowers a Justice of Peace to impose costs in such a manner while adjudicating on applications for FIR registration. The narrative established in the impugned order faced contention, urging a revisitation and amendment of the said order.

The legal discourse underscores that applications filed under Section 22-A & B, Cr.P.C. may either be allowed or dismissed, but the law does not provide for any action against the applicant in the form of imposing costs. This salient feature of the legal procedure is instrumental in preserving the rights and interests of individuals seeking to initiate criminal proceedings by registering an FIR.

The adjudication on this matter culminated in the amendment of the impugned order, with the directive concerning the imposition of a cost of Rs. 25,000 being set aside. The resolution of this grievance aligns the order with the established legal provisions, ensuring that the actions of the Justice of Peace remain within the defined legal boundaries.

This case embodies a significant precedent, reiterating the necessity for judicial actions to be rooted in the stipulations of law. It accentuates the importance of adherence to the established legal procedures, especially in matters as pivotal as the registration of an FIR, which sets the wheels of justice in motion.

The discourse surrounding this case not only enriches the legal narrative concerning the powers of a Justice of Peace but also fortifies the procedural integrity associated with the commencement of criminal proceedings. Through such examinations and rectifications, the legal system continues to evolve, ensuring that the scales of justice remain balanced and the rights of individuals are upheld.

Title: Navigating the Terrain of Interim Maintenance: A Pragmatic Approach by Family Courts

In the intricate fabric of family law, the provision of interim maintenance stands as a pivotal aspect, ensuring the sustenance and well-being of dependents amidst legal proceedings. The Family Courts Act of 1964 empowers the courts to deliberate on such financial sustentions. A noteworthy elucidation of this provision is found in the 2021 MLD 337 case, where the court outlines a pragmatic methodology for determining interim maintenance, shedding light on the nuanced considerations entailed.

The court underscored the importance of a pragmatic approach, emphasizing that the financial circumstances surrounding each case are unique and demand a thorough yet flexible examination. The objective is to ascertain a fair amount that caters to the needs of the dependents, particularly minors, without financially incapacitating the responsible party, typically the father.

A salient feature of the court’s methodology is the emphasis on a well-rounded scrutiny of the father’s financial standing. This is achieved through a meticulous review of various financial documents including salary slips, bank statements, income tax records, and any other relevant documentary proof reflecting the father’s economic capacity.

The court acknowledged the necessity for a tentative perspective rather than adhering to rigid principles. This approach encapsulates the evolving nature of financial circumstances, allowing for adjustments as the case progresses.

A key concern addressed by the court is the avoidance of an excessively burdensome maintenance amount that could lead to a “technical knockout” of the father, rendering him incapable of fulfilling the obligation. This pragmatic stance underlines the essence of fairness and feasibility ingrained in the legal discourse surrounding interim maintenance.

In instances where the father either withholds information regarding his financial standing or fails to provide a comprehensive disclosure, the court exemplifies a proactive role. By analyzing the facts narrated in the plaint and other attached documents, the court navigates through the opacity of financial disclosures, ensuring a just determination of the interim maintenance.

Additionally, the court stresses the importance of consulting with the father while keeping in view the day-to-day requirements of the minor. This collaborative approach fosters a more accurate assessment of the necessary maintenance amount.

The narrative extends to the examination of the family’s social stratification, the living standard, and the lifestyle prior to the separation or divorce, offering a holistic view of the minor’s accustomed living conditions.

Moreover, the court unveils a mechanism to ensure truthfulness in financial disclosures, particularly from fathers employed in formal sectors. By requiring an affidavit or undertaking regarding the salary, and verifying the same through direct communication with the employer or relevant departments, the court aims to foster transparency and accountability.

This case mirrors a meticulous and pragmatic approach, striving for a judicious balance between the financial capacity of the father and the sustenance needs of the minor. Through a detailed examination of financial circumstances and a collaborative dialogue with the involved parties, the Family Courts demonstrate a robust framework ensuring the rightful and fair determination of interim maintenance, aligning with the quintessence of justice and welfare embodied in family law.

Title: The Veil of Ignorance: Safeguarding the Rights of Parda Nasheen Women in Transactions

In the realm of legal transactions, the protection of vulnerable individuals, particularly illiterate and Parda Nasheen (veiled) women, from exploitation and fraud, stands as a cornerstone of just jurisprudence. The case of Ghulam Muhammad versus Zohran Bibi, reported in 2021 SCMR 19, illuminates this aspect profoundly, highlighting the safeguards ingrained in the legal system to shield such women from illicit manoeuvres aimed at depriving them of their rightful entitlements.

The appellant, Ghulam Muhammad, sought to appeal against a judgment by the Lahore High Court, which upheld the decree of the lower courts, vindicating the respondent, Zohran Bibi, who alleged fraudulent dispossession from her lawful share in her mother’s estate. The fraud allegedly perpetrated involved an impersonation scheme, wherein a woman impersonated Zohran Bibi, selling her share of the estate to the petitioner through an oral sale mutation.

The case delves into the intricate narrative of legal transactions involving Parda Nasheen women, reiterating the established principle that beneficiaries of transactions with such women bear the burden of proving the free consent and awareness of the women involved. The court accentuated that such transactions must be underpinned by the availability of independent and objective advice, either from a lawyer or a male member of the woman’s immediate family, to guide her through the transaction.

The judgement, delivered by Justice Ijaz Ul Ahsan, underscores that the onus squarely falls on the beneficiary to establish the voluntariness and informed consent of the Parda Nasheen woman in such transactions. This paradigm not only safeguards the rights of these women but also imposes a stringent standard of proof on those seeking to benefit from transactions with them.

The case also reflects on the importance of accurate representation in legal documents and the repercussions of fraudulent mutations in revenue records. The Court’s meticulous examination of documentary evidence to unearth the fraud and impersonation is emblematic of the rigorous scrutiny applied to uphold justice and protect the rights of vulnerable individuals.

Furthermore, the judgement dismisses the petitioner’s argument concerning the non-impleading of Revenue functionaries, clarifying that such impleading is not a universal requirement but hinges on the specific facts and circumstances of each case.

In essence, the case of Ghulam Muhammad versus Zohran Bibi embodies a robust affirmation of the legal protections accorded to Parda Nasheen and illiterate women, fortifying the barriers against fraudulent and exploitative transactions aimed at usurping their lawful entitlements. This judgment, thus, stands as a quintessential precedent, reinforcing the equitable principles that undergird the legal discourse surrounding transactions with vulnerable individuals, especially Parda Nasheen women, in the judicial landscape.

Title: Birth Certificate Registration in Pakistan: A Vital Step Towards Legal Recognition

In today’s modern era, a person’s documented record is maintained from birth to death. The very first record established upon a person’s birth is the birth certificate, a fundamental document affirming the birth of an individual. According to Pakistani law, it’s imperative to register the birth of a child. It’s the responsibility of the parents to ensure the registration of their child’s birth at the respective union council.

Procedure for Obtaining a Birth Certificate

According to Pakistani law, within 60 days following the birth, either parent or the guardian of the child, if both parents are unavailable, should register the birth at the respective union council. During this process, the following documents are required:

• Parents’ identification cards and, if the child is born in a hospital, the receipt issued by the hospital.
• A form will be obtained from the union council, which, after filling out and signing (or thumb impression), will be submitted back to the same union council. After three days, a certificate issued by NADRA will be provided.
• The fee for this process is PKR 100, which will be deposited in the union council.

In cases where the birth registration is carried out between 60 days to 7 years of age, along with the identification card, an affidavit, signatures of two witnesses, etc., will be submitted by the parents to the respective union council. The union council will then issue the certificate within seven days. However, if the child is over 7 years old and the birth has not been registered, the parents will submit an application for birth registration to the respective Assistant Commissioner. The Assistant Commissioner will verify the residential house and instruct the doctor of the concerned government hospital to carry out medical tests to ascertain the child’s correct age. The medical tests are conducted to ensure that the parents are not misreporting the child’s age. After the medical examination, the Assistant Commissioner instructs the respective union council to register the birth.

Procedure for Overseas Birth Registration

For Pakistani parents residing abroad whose child is born outside Pakistan, the process entails a different approach. The parents will submit a request to the concerned Pakistani consulate to register the child’s birth in their residential union council in Pakistan. The consulate, acting upon the request, will instruct the union council in Pakistan to issue the birth certificate, which will contain the names, addresses, and other details of the child’s parents.

The birth registration process, both within Pakistan and for Pakistani citizens abroad, underscores the significance of legal documentation from the outset of an individual’s life. It’s a crucial step towards ensuring a child’s legal recognition and securing their rights in the socio-legal framework of Pakistan.

Title: The Judicial Scrutiny of Call Data Records: Unveiling the Parameters

In the contemporary judicial realm, the summoning and admissibility of Call Data Records (CDRs) have emerged as instrumental facets in unraveling the truth. The courts, armed with the authority to summon necessary records, delve into the intricacies of digital footprints to ensure justice. This blog sheds light on two seminal cases from Pakistan, exploring the judicial approach towards the summoning and evaluation of CDRs.

In the case of 2022 P Cr. L J 59, under the aegis of the Criminal Procedure Code (V of 1898), Section 94, the court’s power to summon records or things is highlighted. The sole pre-condition for invoking this provision is the court’s satisfaction that the document or thing’s production is indispensable for a just decision. The scope of Section 94, Cr.P.C. is extensive, and the term “whenever” underscores that the court can exercise this power at any inquiry or trial stage. This case pivoted on an accused who, during cross-examination, sought the summoning of the Call Data Record of the prosecution witnesses’ cellular phones. The Trial Court initially declined to summon the record, a decision that was challenged due to the accused facing a capital sentence charge. The prosecution witnesses were members of a raiding party who acknowledged that the telephone numbers were personally used. The High Court, recognizing the pivotal role of CDRs in reaching a just decision, directed the Trial Court to summon the Call Data Record as desired by the accused, thereby allowing the appeal.

Further delving into the evidentiary realm of CDRs, the Supreme Court of Pakistan, in the case of 2021 SCMR 522, evaluated the evidentiary value and admissibility of Call Detail Record (CDR) data. The apex court elucidated that mere production of CDR data sans transcripts of the calls or end-to-end audio recordings couldn’t be deemed reliable evidence. It was underscored that, alongside call transcripts, it should be ascertained that the callers at both ends were the individuals whose call data was being employed as evidence. This case epitomized the judicial prudence required while appraising such evidence, given the ease of editing and altering digital data due to technological advancements.

These cases collectively signify a judicial paradigm where the summoning and evaluation of Call Data Records are meticulously undertaken to uphold justice. They epitomize the Pakistani judiciary’s prudent approach in navigating the digital evidentiary landscape, ensuring that justice is not just done, but seen to be done.

Title: Navigating the Path of Rectification: Correcting Date of Birth in NADRA CNIC

In the journey of life, authenticity and accuracy of personal information serve as the foundation for many pivotal aspects, ranging from educational pursuits to professional endeavours. The National Database and Registration Authority (NADRA), the guardian of citizens’ data in Pakistan, plays a critical role in this domain by issuing Computerized National Identity Cards (CNICs) reflecting correct personal information. However, the path may not always be devoid of errors. There have been instances where incorrect dates of birth are recorded on the CNIC, necessitating a rectification process. This blog aims to elucidate the legal pathway to rectify such errors, ensuring alignment with factual data.

An incorrect date of birth on a CNIC can potentially lead to a myriad of challenges including but not limited to, complications while seeking employment or pursuing further studies, especially abroad. Despite its critical importance, a significant number of individuals remain unaware of the procedure to correct or change the date of birth on their CNIC or Birth Certificate. This post seeks to illuminate the procedural landscape for such rectifications, catering to the necessity for accurate personal data.

The problem usually arises when NADRA, inadvertently or otherwise, records an incorrect date of birth during the CNIC issuance process. For instance, if someone is born on 22nd August 1995 but NADRA records it as 22nd August 1998, it births a problem that requires legal redress. Similar issues can arise with incorrect entries of the father’s name.

The procedural odyssey to correct the date of birth on a CNIC necessitates a suit filed in a civil court to obtain a declaratory decree. The documents required for this endeavor include the NADRA Birth Certificate, Matriculation Degree, CNIC, Father’s CNIC, and the Union Council birth registration certificate if necessary.

NADRA name change procedure, and by extension, date of birth correction falls under the ambit of declaratory suits as per Section 42 of the Specific Relief Act 1877. The limitation period for initiating such legal proceedings is six years as stipulated under Article 120 of the Limitation Act 1908. A precedent in the case 2015 MLD 1481 further reinforces the six-year limitation for commencing legal proceedings to change the date of birth.

A common misconception often leads individuals to the NADRA office with a notarized affidavit asserting the correct date of birth. However, this approach is usually met with refusal from NADRA, advising the individual to obtain a court declaration decree instead. The correct procedure entails filing a plaint in the civil court, elaborating the facts, and attaching the necessary documents to substantiate the claim. Upon submission, the court issues summons to NADRA, setting the stage for a legal examination and cross-examination, eventually leading to a judgment directing NADRA to rectify the error.

Two significant case laws further delineate the legal landscape concerning date of birth corrections in NADRA CNIC. In the case [2016 Y L R 323], the plaintiff’s plea for correction of date of birth on his CNIC from 22nd May 1990 to 22nd May 1993 was upheld, directing NADRA to rectify the mistake. In another hallmark judgment [2012 PLD 378], the Lahore High Court elucidated that NADRA could rectify errors in CNIC even without a court order, particularly in cases of typographical errors.

Embarking on the legal voyage to rectify date of birth on a NADRA CNIC is quintessential for avoiding potential hurdles in personal and professional arenas. The provision of a well-drafted suit, adhering to the legal prerequisites, can significantly smoothen this journey, ensuring the accuracy and authenticity of personal data as enshrined in the legal and national database frameworks.

For individuals confronting similar issues, engaging with legal professionals adept in navigating the procedural intricacies can be a prudent step towards ensuring the correctness of personal information, a cornerstone for a hassle-free journey through various life ventures.

Disclaimer: This blog post provides general information and discussions about legal procedures, and is not intended to provide legal advice. For legal consultation and advice, it is advisable to contact [email protected] 

Queries , Notes and Observations from October 2023:

Oaths in Family Proceedings 

Legal Note: The Complexities of Producing Witnesses in Criminal Trials: A Legal Examination

The role of witnesses in criminal trials is crucial for the establishment of guilt or innocence. The way these witnesses are produced, and the factors that influence their credibility, can significantly affect the trial’s outcome. In this article, we delve into the nuances of witness production, particularly in the context of Pakistani jurisprudence and the Criminal Procedure Code (Cr.P.C).

The Right to Produce Witnesses

The Cr.P.C outlines the procedure for introducing witnesses in court. According to (PC) 47 Cr.LJ 356, Bhup Lal v. K.E., if a witness is not mentioned in the list of defence witnesses, the defence does not have the right to introduce them in court, except by application under section 540, Cr.P.C.

Surprise Witnesses

In a situation where a witness not listed in the calendar is introduced as a surprise, leading to material prejudice against the accused, the defect is considered incurable under section 537 of the Cr.P.C. This was established in (DB) PLD 1976 Lah. 1240, Rab Nawaz.

Conditions for Summoning Witnesses

An order summoning witnesses under section 540, Cr.P.C., can be set aside if such witnesses are not mentioned in the calendar of witnesses, FIR, or police challan. This was determined in PLJ 1991 Cr.C. (Kar.) 175, Muhammad Usman etc.

Non-production of Witnesses

Failure to produce certain types of witnesses can lead to different consequences. In PLJ 1986 SC 540, Dost Muhammad Khan v. Fateh Khan etc., it was held that if injured witnesses are not produced, it can be presumed that they were not subjected to a murderous assault. Similarly, non-production of eye-witnesses creates a presumption that they would not support the prosecution, as established in 1976 P.Cr.LJ 28, Shamman etc.

No Adverse Inference

In (DB) 1976 P.Cr.LJ 214, Shaukat Ali, it was established that no adverse inference can be drawn against the prosecution for not producing a specific witness. The principle was further endorsed in (DB) PLD 1975 Pesh. 131, Kifayatullah etc., stating that failure to produce material witnesses doesn’t impact the case if the offence is proven beyond reasonable doubt.

Reluctance of Independent Witnesses

The general reluctance of independent witnesses to get involved in criminal cases is often acknowledged by the courts. In (DB) 1976 P.Cr.LJ 311, Ghulam Mohi-ud-Din, it was held that the non-production of nearby residents and shopkeepers as witnesses doesn’t necessarily draw an adverse inference against the prosecution.

Duty of the Prosecution

The prosecution is obligated to produce all available evidence in the case. Withholding evidence can lead to a presumption against the prosecution’s truthfulness, as per PLD 1994 FSC 37, Wasal Khan. However, the prosecution is not bound to examine a witness who has been won over by the accused, according to 1993 SCMR 155, Zia Ullah.

Repercussions of Non-production

The failure to produce independent witnesses can sometimes raise an adverse inference against the prosecution, as stated in NLR 1984 Cr. 595, Manzoor etc. However, this is not always the case, especially when independent witnesses are generally reluctant to come forward, as noted in (DB) PLJ 1981 Cr.C. (Pesh.) 74, Haji Mir Aftab.

Recall for Cross-examination

The right to cross-examine witnesses is fundamental. In PLJ 1992 Cr. C.(Kar.) 146, Altaf Hussain Shamim, it was ruled that if the defence counsel was not present for cross-examination, the High Court could order all prosecution witnesses to be recalled for this purpose.

In summary, the production of witnesses in criminal cases is a complex issue, governed by various statutes and legal precedents. The credibility and admissibility of witnesses are critical factors, and each case must be scrutinised individually to ensure the principles of justice are upheld.

Legal Note : The Intricacies of Relying on a Single or Solitary Witness

When it comes to the credibility and reliability of a witness, the legal system often grapples with the dilemma of quality versus quantity. This debate is especially poignant in the context of solitary witnesses. The following discussion explores this nuanced area of law, specifically focusing on Pakistani jurisprudence and the Qanun-e-Shahadat Order of 1984.

Quality Over Quantity

The initial question that arises in cases involving a solitary witness is whether the court should focus on the quality or quantity of the evidence. This is addressed in 1980 P.Cr.LJ 898, Abdul Nasir and PLD 1980 SC 225, Allah Bakhsh v. Shammi etc., where it is established that the quality of evidence takes precedence over the number of witnesses.

Types of Solitary Witnesses

Different cases present different kinds of solitary witnesses—interested, disinterested, related to the parties, or completely independent. According to (DB) 1971 SCMR 659, Muhammad Siddiq etc., conviction can be based on the evidence of an interested solitary witness, depending on the circumstances of the case. On the other hand, a conviction may also be grounded on the evidence of a single disinterested witness, as per (SC) PLD 1962 SC 102, Ali Ahmad.

Reliability and Dependability

The quality of a solitary witness’s testimony is often determined by its reliability and dependability. For instance, in 1995 SCMR 1979, Gulistan, it was stated that a solitary witness should be ‘absolutely dependable’ for a conviction to be based on their statement.

Corroboration and Support

While solitary evidence might be sufficient, corroboration adds weight to the testimony. In (SC) 1973 SCMR 437, Fazal Diyan, the solitary eye-witness was a cousin of the deceased, and his statement was supported by a dying declaration, leading to an upheld conviction.

Risks and Caveats

Despite the potential for solitary witnesses to be reliable, there are situations where caution is advised. For example, in (DB) 1978 PCr.LJ 157, Jahana and 1978 PCr.LJ 222, Zulfiqar, it was held unsafe to maintain a conviction based solely on the evidence of a solitary witness in the recovery of an illicit gun.

Quranic Guidelines

Islamic principles, as codified in Pakistani law, also have a bearing on the reliance on solitary witnesses. As per (DB) PLD 1989 Kar. 293, Ghulam Murtaza, two adult male witnesses of unquestionable integrity are required in murder cases under Quran and Sunnah, although Article 17(2) of the Qanun-e-Shahadat Order 1984 allows for some flexibility.

Judicial Precedent and the Supreme Court

The Supreme Court has variously interpreted the role of a solitary witness. In (SC) 1972 SCMR 620, Mahmood Khan v. Ahmad etc., the High Court refused to rely on the statement of a solitary witness, and the Supreme Court upheld this decision. Conversely, in PLJ 1991 Cr.C. (Lah.) 233, Rab Nawaz, it was stated that a conviction could be based on the evidence of a single dependable witness alone.

In conclusion, while the role of a solitary witness in legal proceedings is complex, the key determinant is the quality of the evidence they provide. This quality is often assessed based on the reliability, context, and corroborative evidence that supports the solitary witness’s testimony. The jurisprudence around this subject is comprehensive, and each case must be evaluated on its own merits to ensure a just outcome.

Legal Note: The Role of Status and Character in Assessing Witness Credibility

The matter of assessing witness credibility is one of the most nuanced aspects in the field of law, requiring a meticulous understanding of both legal principles and human behaviour. The Qanun-e-Shahadat Order of 1984, among other legal frameworks, offers guidelines for determining the competence of a witness. Let’s examine how the character and status of a witness influence their credibility, drawing on relevant jurisprudence in Pakistan.

The Interplay of Religious and Legal Norms

According to PLJ 1996 Kar 229, Muhammad Din, the Qanun-e-Shahadat Order of 1984 provides a comprehensive framework for evaluating witness competency, informed by the Holy Quran. This fusion of religious and legal guidelines adds a layer of complexity to witness assessment.

Socioeconomic Status

A common misconception is that a witness’s socio-economic status can be a determinant of their credibility. Case law, such as (PC) AIR 1924 PC 106 Waman Ganesh v. Sarubai, clearly states that low status is not a ground to discredit a witness. Further reinforcement comes from (DB) AIR 1938 Lah. 534 Abdul Majeed v. Crown, which posits that poverty is no ground for discrediting a witness.

Character and Past Convictions

The character of a witness, including past criminal history, is another contentious area. While one might be inclined to discredit a witness with a criminal past, jurisprudence suggests caution. For example, (DB) AIR 1925 Lah. 397 Nawab v. Crown advises that evidence from a criminal under police surveillance should not be accepted without corroboration. On the other hand, (DB) PLD 1962 Lah. 58 Mela etc., states that being convicted of theft and under police surveillance is not sufficient to render a witness’s evidence unreliable.

Credibility of Prosecutors and Victims

The need for corroboration varies based on the nature of the case. In sexual assault cases, corroboration is often required for the prosecutor’s statement as noted in (SC) PLD 1967 SC 326 Mumtaz Ahmad. However, PLD 1950 Lah. 189 states that a prosecutor’s statement does not always require corroboration.

Unnatural Conduct and False Implication

The credibility of a witness can be questioned if they engage in unnatural conduct or falsely implicate someone. For example, in (SC) 1968 SCMR 161 Mehr Ali, running unarmed after armed culprits was considered unnatural conduct. In (DB) PLD 1958 Lah. 242 Rang Ali, false implication of one innocent person led to the outright rejection of witness evidence.

Special Categories: Convicts and Persons of Ill-Repute

Witnesses with past convictions or of ill-repute pose a particular challenge. While some cases like PLJ 1979 SC 172 Ghulam Safdar etc., suggest that convicts should not be preferred over other witnesses, (DC) PLD 1971 Kar. 239 Abdul Hakim notes that a person of bad character can be a reliable witness.

Unimpeachable Source and Capital Charges

In capital cases, the evidence must come from an unimpeachable source or be supported by strong circumstances, as per (SC) PLD 1973 (SC) 321 Bagh Ali etc. The need for unimpeachable character is further emphasized in 1975 P Cr.LJ 1058 Muhammad Aslam etc.

In summary, the evaluation of a witness’s credibility is a complex task that requires a holistic approach, encompassing their status, character, conduct, and the nature of the case. Legal precedents provide a robust framework for this evaluation, ensuring that justice is not only done but seen to be done.

Notes on Zimni

In the realm of criminal law, the term “Zimni” holds substantial importance. Originating from the procedures outlined in Pakistan’s legal framework, Zimni refers to the Police Diary, a comprehensive record maintained by the investigating officer. This record serves as a day-to-day account of the developments during the investigation of a criminal case. Formally, the creation and maintenance of the Zimni are governed by Section 172 of the Code of Criminal Procedure (Cr.P.C) and Rule 25.53 of the Police Rules (Police Rules, Ch. 25, Rule 53).

The Zimni is a confidential document, only accessible by the court for the purposes of inspection. It is considered a privileged document under Article 6 of the Qanun-e-Shahadat Order (QSO) read in conjunction with Police Rules Chapter 27, Rule 16(II). Notably, the defence counsel does not have the right to inspect the Zimni, thereby safeguarding the details of the police investigation from potential misuse.

The Zimni encapsulates every action and detail the investigation officer undertakes in relation to the case. For example, it includes the statements of witnesses or persons involved, any remands taken, visits to the crime scene, and any site plans created, among other details (Section 172 Cr.P.C).

Interestingly, Zimni can be categorised into two types: Anderoni Zimni and Beroni Zimni.

• Anderoni Zimni: This type of Zimni is drafted at the police station. It usually includes internal proceedings and records that are integral to the case but are compiled within the confines of the police station.
• Beroni Zimni: In contrast, Beroni Zimni is drafted at the place of occurrence, such as the crime scene, or any place where evidence is recovered. This external drafting allows for the incorporation of real-time observations and findings into the investigative process.

In summary, Zimni serves as a cornerstone in the investigative process under Pakistan’s criminal justice system, maintained diligently under specific legal provisions such as Section 172 of the Cr.P.C, Article 6 and 155 of the QSO, and Section 25.53 of the Police Rules. Its privileged status ensures that the document remains a confidential part of the legal process, accessible only by the court and shielded from the defence counsel. It provides a thorough, day-to-day account of an ongoing investigation, capturing both internal and external activities through its two types: Anderoni and Beroni Zimni. 

Some common queries answered :

• Writs are typically filed under Article 199 of the Constitution of the Islamic Republic of Pakistan.
• The Writ of Habeas Corpus is usually filed in a Sessions Court, as per Section 491 of the Code of Criminal Procedure (CRPC).
• Inherent powers bestowed upon Civil Courts may be invoked according to Section 151 of the Civil Procedure Code (CPC).
• Courts possess the authority to appoint a local commission under Order 26 of the CPC.
• In matters involving contempt of court in relation to a temporary injunction, a local commission is designated under Order 39 Rule 7 of the CPC.
• Property can be attached, and the accused can face imprisonment for up to six months for contempt under Order 39 of the CPC.
• The review process is conducted by the same court that initially passed the judgement.
• A Review Petition is generally filed under Order 47 Rule 1 of the CPC.
• Execution proceedings are governed by Order 21 of the CPC.
• The plaintiff has a six-year window to file for execution.
• The limitation period for civil suits is generally three years from the time the cause of action arises.
• A plaint can be rejected under Order 7 Rule 11 of the CPC.
• A plaint may be returned according to Order 7 Rule 10 of the CPC.
• Section 10 of the CPC addresses the legal principle of Res Sub Judice.
• Section 11 of the CPC focuses on the doctrine of Res Judicata.
• Amendments to a plaint can be made under Order 6 Rule 17 of the CPC.
• A written statement can undergo amendments as per Order 8 Rule 10 of the CPC.
• Order 7 of the CPC pertains to the plaint.
• Order 8 of the CPC deals with the written statement.
• During the appeals and revisions process, respondents are generally not obligated to file replies.
• The standard time allowed for filing a written statement is 30 days.
• For government institutions, the time period for filing a written statement extends to 90 days.
• If an organisation has its head office in one city and a branch office in another, a suit can be filed in either location.
• A civil suit is generally filed where the cause of action occurs or where the defendant resides.
• The police are obligated to produce the accused in court within 24 hours of arrest.
• Police are not permitted to conduct searches without search warrants.
• A female child typically remains with the mother until she reaches puberty.
• A male child generally stays with the mother until he turns seven.
• Regardless of custody arrangements, the father is responsible for maintaining his children.
• If a mother enters into a second marriage, she forfeits her right to child custody.
• Khula can be sought on grounds specified in Section 2 of the Dissolution of Muslim Marriages Act, 1939.
• If a woman has the right of talaq-e-tafweez under column 18, she can seek a divorce directly from the Arbitration Council.
• A husband may enter into a second marriage only if the Arbitration Council grants permission.
• Before entering a second marriage, a husband is obligated to fully pay the Haq Mehr to his first wife.
• In cases of Khula, the wife must return the Haq Mehr.
• If a wife is financially unable to return the Haq Mehr, the Khula decree cannot be halted.
• A Khula decree becomes effective after a six-month period.
• In Pakistan, Khula is considered as a single instance of talaq.
• A Suit for Declaration is filed under Section 42 of the Specific Relief Act, 1877.
• A declaration can either be in rem or in personam.
• In the case of private employment, a dismissed employee may only seek damages (based on Justice Iftikhar’s Judgement).
• A nominee is not an inheritor but is obligated to distribute shares according to the Islamic Law of Inheritance.
• A wife’s share in her deceased husband’s inheritance is one-eighth if there are children and one-fourth if there are none.
• Both parents have a one-sixth share each in inheritance.
• In the wife’s property, the husband’s share is one-fourth if there are children and one-half if there are none.
• A single daughter inherits half of the property, while two or more daughters inherit two-thirds.
• A son inherits the entirety of the property.
• Both parents are the natural guardians of their children.
• The Banking Court holds jurisdiction equivalent to that of a district court.
• A murderer is disqualified from inheriting.
• Specific relief cannot be granted solely for the purpose of enforcing a penal law.

The Veracity and Reliability of Witnesses in the Legal Landscape

The concept of witness credibility is a cornerstone in the administration of justice. The jurisprudence around this subject is replete with guidelines, tests, and principles that courts employ to assess the reliability and veracity of a witness’s testimony. In this context, let’s delve into some of the key legal principles and case laws in Pakistan that provide a framework for understanding this critical subject.

General Rule for Witness Reliability

The Supreme Court of Pakistan laid down a general rule in Haroon, 1995 SCMR 1627, that a witness’s statement must align with probabilities and inspire confidence in the mind of a reasonable, prudent person. Here, even the statement of an accused’s worst enemy may be relied upon if it meets these criteria.

Determining Inherent Worth

The inherent worth of a witness’s evidence is an essential factor. As per PLJ 1997 S.C. 946 Aslam etc., the relationship between a witness and the deceased or other witnesses is not the ultimate guidance for their reliability. An ‘interested witness’ is defined as one who has a motive to falsely implicate an accused.

Test of Veracity

In Abdul Latif, (DB) 1975 P Cr. LJ 897, it is highlighted that the inherent merit of a statement is the real test of its veracity. This concept is essential when evaluating a witness’s credibility.

Factors to Consider

The credibility of a witness can be gauged based on several factors, including knowledge of facts, disinterestedness, integrity, veracity, and the bond to speak the truth on oath, as pointed out in 1980 PCr.LJ 898 Abdul Nasir.

Impeachment and Corroboration

The principle of “Falsus in uno, falsus in omnibus” is not universally accepted in Pakistani jurisprudence. As per PLD 1958 Lah. 242 Rang Ali, if eyewitnesses falsely implicate one accused, their evidence against other accused must be corroborated by other evidence.

Divisibility of Credibility

The question of whether credibility is divisible is contentious. Some judgments, like (DB) PLJ 1976 Kar. 438 Rashid Ahmad, suggest that credibility is not divisible, and if a witness is disbelieved in one aspect, their entire testimony may be rejected.

The Role of the Trial Court

The trial court’s assessment holds weight as it has the advantage of observing the demeanour of witnesses. This was reinforced in PLD 1958 SC (Pak.) 290 Allah Ditta.

Tazkia Al-Shahood

In religious contexts like Had cases, a unique verification process known as Tazkia Al-Shahood is employed. As per PLD 1990 FSC 38 Mumtaz Ahmad etc., the court can employ various methods to satisfy itself about a witness’s credibility and piety.

In conclusion, the landscape of witness reliability is complex and multi-faceted. It is vital for courts to meticulously apply these principles and guidelines to uphold the sanctity and efficacy of the justice system.

Case Note on Prevention of Electronic Crimes Investigation Rules of 2018 (PECIR)

The Prevention of Electronic Crimes Investigation Rules of 2018 (PECIR) serve as a pivotal framework for dealing with cybercrimes in Pakistan. However, recent judgements have thrown light on some ambiguities and complexities embedded within its clauses, particularly Rule 7. This rule delineates the procedure and scope of investigation in non-cognizable cases. Two key citations from the Lahore High Court in 2022, both under the case name of Meera Shafi vs. Federation of Pakistan (2022 PLD 773 LAHORE-HIGH-COURT-LAHORE), offer profound insights into its interpretation and application.

The first aspect to consider is Rule 7(5), which petitioners claimed had not been adhered to in their cases. The court opined that even if the petitioners were correct in their assertion, they could not benefit from this oversight unless they could demonstrate that they had been prejudiced or that the investigating officers acted with malice. Here, the court invoked Section 537 of the Criminal Procedure Code (Cr.P.C.) to argue that any irregularity or defect in the investigation stands cured under this section. This interpretation suggests a leaning towards procedural flexibility, provided that there is no demonstrable malice or prejudice against the petitioners.

The second focal point is the inconsistency and tension between various sub-rules within Rule 7. For instance, Rule 7(1) allows the Circle in-charge to permit registration of a case upon receiving a complaint under Rule 6(3), which permits complaints to be filed via various means including email and fax. Conversely, Rule 7(4) mandates that for cognizable offences, the Circle in-charge must seek legal opinion and additional director approval in the zone before registering the case. Rule 7(5) further states that non-cognizable offences require permission from a competent court for investigation, essentially tying it to Section 155 of the Cr.P.C.

The court resolved this apparent tension by holding that a complaint received at the Cybercrime Reporting Centre could be registered for further processing by the Circle in-charge. However, a First Information Report (FIR) would only be lodged if it was determined that a cognizable offence had been committed under the Prevention of Electronic Crimes Act (PECA), and only after fulfilling the requirements of Rule 7(4). For non-cognizable offences, the Circle in-charge must seek permission from the competent court for the investigation to proceed.

In conclusion, the cited cases underline the imperative for legal practitioners to be vigilant in understanding the nuances of Rule 7 of the PECIR. They also highlight the court’s stance on balancing procedural flexibility with legal rigidity, thereby setting a precedent for future cybercrime investigations.

Financial Fraud and the PECA 2016

In the case of financial fraud, the following sections of the Prevention of Electronic Crimes Act (PECA) 2016 of Pakistan could potentially be invoked when drawing up an FIR (First Information Report):

• Section 3: Unauthorized Access to Information System or Data – If unauthorized access to a system or data was involved in the financial fraud, this section could be cited.
• Section 4: Unauthorized Copying or Transmission of Data – If the fraudulent activity involved the unauthorized copying or transmission of data, then this section would be applicable.
• Section 13: Electronic Forgery – This section is directly related to the act of committing fraud through electronic means, and thus would likely be cited in cases involving financial fraud.
• Section 14: Electronic Fraud – This section specifically deals with wrongful gain through the use of an information system or device, making it highly relevant to financial fraud cases.
• Section 15: Making, Obtaining, or Supplying Device for Use in Offence – If the financial fraud involved using a device specifically designed for committing the offence, this section could be invoked.
• Section 16: Unauthorized Use of Identity Information – In cases where someone’s identity information is used without authorization for financial fraud, this section is particularly relevant.
• Section 26: Spoofing – If the fraud involved the use of a counterfeit source to deceive the victim, this section could be cited.

The applicability of these sections would depend on the specific circumstances of the case. The FIR would generally outline the sections under which the accused is being charged, based on the nature and evidence of the fraudulent activities committed.

Depending on the level of complexity and the methods used in the financial fraud, multiple sections could be invoked simultaneously to cover all aspects of the crime. It’s important to note that the above sections are not exhaustive, and additional sections could be applied depending on the specific facts of the case.

The inclusion of various sections in the FIR is a matter of legal strategy and is usually determined after a thorough investigation of the case at hand. In complex cases of financial fraud involving electronic systems, a combination of multiple sections of the PECA might be necessary to capture the full scope of the criminal activities involved.

Moreover, other laws and statutes might also come into play in addition to the PECA 2016, such as those relating to money laundering, fraud, or other financial crimes. The aim would be to ensure that the FIR is comprehensive enough to withstand legal scrutiny and is strong enough to lead to a conviction. Therefore, the legal team should work closely with investigators, cyber forensic experts, and financial auditors to gather sufficient evidence that justifies invoking each cited section.

Also, it’s crucial to consider that some sections carry heavier penalties than others, which can affect the gravity of the case and the level of scrutiny it may receive. For instance, Sections 13 and 14, directly addressing forgery and fraud, carry significant penalties and would likely be central in a financial fraud case.

It’s also worth noting that the Prevention of Electronic Crimes Act also has provisions for companies, making it possible to hold a legal entity responsible for financial fraud, dependent on the circumstances. This could be particularly relevant if the fraud involves or implicates a business entity.

Lastly, the jurisdictional aspects should also be considered. If the financial fraud involves cross-border transactions, international laws and treaties might also come into play, adding another layer of complexity to the case.

Given the gravity and complexity often associated with financial fraud, especially one involving electronic means, a meticulous approach to drafting the FIR is crucial. This ensures that all potential legal avenues are explored and maximises the chances of a successful prosecution.

_________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

Question on Mental Health Ordinance 2001: I want to know my brother’s rights under the Mental Health Ordinance 2001  of Pakistan. He has BPD 1 (BiPolar Disorder) and has been manhandled and forced to go to medical facilities and forced to take medicines by his in-laws.He has a wife but he was taken by his parents and in-laws without any court order under this Act. What can he do while he is in forced detention and under forced assessment and we suspect the doctors are making false reports of his current condition ?

To answer your questions let’s break down the relevant provisions of the Mental Health Act 2001 below: 

Provision 10: Admission for assessment

Subsection (1) stipulates that a patient may be admitted to a psychiatric facility and detained for a period as specified in subsection (4), based on an application made in accordance with subsections (2) and (3).

Subsection (2) sets forth the grounds for admission, which include the patient suffering from a mental disorder that warrants detention for assessment or initial treatment, and the inability to care for and treat the patient in a community setting on a voluntary basis.

Subsection (3) requires that two medical practitioners must provide written recommendations to support the application.

Subsection (4) allows for the patient to be detained for up to 28 days, with the possibility of extension under a subsequent application, order, or direction.

Subsection (5) allows the psychiatrist to discharge the patient to continue treatment on a voluntary basis.

Subsection (6) provides the right for the patient, relative, or guardian to file an appeal against the detention order to a Court of Protection within 14 days.

Implication for Your Brother :

Given that your brother was forcibly taken to the medical facility without a court order, his detention may contravene subsections (2) and (3). If the required medical practitioners’ recommendations were not obtained, then his detention could be unlawful. Additionally, he has the right to file an appeal within 14 days.

Provision 11: Admission for Treatment

This provision also sets out criteria for the patient’s admission for treatment, which are similar to those in Provision 10, but focuses more on the necessity of treatment in a psychiatric facility.

Implication for Your Brother :

If the conditions set forth in subsection (2) were not met, his detention for treatment may also be in violation of this provision.

Provision 12: Admission for Assessment in Cases of Urgency

This provision allows for urgent applications for admission and specifies the criteria that must be met. An urgent application expires after 72 hours unless further medical recommendations are provided.

Implication for Your Brother :

If your brother was admitted under this provision, it would be crucial to check whether the conditions for an urgent admission were genuinely met and whether the 72-hour limit was adhered to.

Provision 13: Emergency Holding

This clause allows for a medical officer to detain a patient for up to 24 hours if the patient attempts to leave the facility and it is deemed necessary for his health, safety, or the protection of others.

Implication for Your Brother :

If your brother tried to leave the facility and was detained under this provision, the medical officer’s justification for doing so would need to be closely scrutinized. If the criteria were not genuinely met, this could be a violation of Your Brother’s rights.

Provision 14: Emergency Powers

This provision enables a medical practitioner to administer treatment in emergency situations without informed consent.

Implication for Your Brother :

If your brother was subjected to any treatment without his informed consent under the guise of “emergency,” it would be vital to evaluate whether the situation genuinely constituted an emergency under this provision.

Provision 15: Application by Whom to Be Presented

This clause specifies who can present the application for admission. It primarily focuses on the spouse or the nearest relative but allows for other applicants under certain conditions.

Implication for Your Brother :

Since your brother was taken by his parents and in-laws without his wife’s involvement, this could be a potential point of contention, especially if the wife was available and capable of making the application.

Provision 16: Effect of Application for Admission

This provision states the authority granted by an application for admission.

Implication for Your Brother :

If the application was not duly completed or was made without following proper procedures, Your Brother ‘s detention might be unlawful.

Provision 17 and 18: General Provisions and Rectification

These clauses provide general guidelines about applications and medical recommendations and allow for the rectification of errors within 14 days.

Provision 19: Mentally Disordered Persons Found in Public Places

This provides police officers with the authority to take mentally disordered persons found in public places to a place of safety.

Provision 51: Informed Consent

This clause stipulates that written informed consent is required before starting any treatment.

Implication for Your Brother :

If your brother was forced to take medication without his informed consent, this would be a clear violation of this provision.

Provision 52: Penalty for Making False Statements

This provision outlines the penalties for making false statements or reports, including imprisonment or fine.

Implication for Your Brother :

If false reports were made about Your Brother ‘s condition, the individuals responsible could be liable under this provision.

Provision 53: Indemnity

This provision protects persons acting in good faith under the Ordinance.

Summary and Implications for Your Brother

In Your Brother’s case, several potential violations of the Mental Health Ordinance 2001 could be argued. These include, but may not be limited to, the absence of informed consent, lack of proper application and medical recommendation, and possibly false reports regarding his mental condition. He also has the right to appeal within specific timeframes, as stipulated in the Ordinance. Legal action may be pursued based on these potential infringements upon his rights.

I hope this analysis provides a thorough understanding of Your Brother ‘s legal position under the Mental Health Ordinance 2001. Please let me know if you require further clarification or additional actions. For more information please email us at [email protected]

Follow up Question: So What would be your overall advice for my Brother on a more practical note ?

On a practical note, your brother has a multifaceted situation that necessitates immediate and strategic legal action.

Firstly, I would recommend that your Brother , if not already done, urgently consult with a psychiatric expert to obtain an independent medical evaluation. This would not only confirm or refute the diagnosis of BPD (BiPolar Disorder) but also serve as crucial evidence in any legal proceedings.

Secondly, given that he was forcibly taken to the medical facility and subjected to treatment, immediate legal action should be considered to challenge the legality of his detention and treatment. As per the Mental Health Ordinance 2001, he has the right to file an appeal to a Court of Protection within 14 days from the day of his detention. This is crucial to establish whether the detention was carried out in compliance with the law.

Thirdly, if your brother was admitted without proper informed consent, and if there is any evidence to suggest that false reports were made regarding his condition, he may also consider initiating criminal proceedings under Provision 52 of the Ordinance. This could hold the responsible parties liable for making false statements.

Furthermore, the involvement of his parents and in-laws, as opposed to his wife, in his admission presents another legal angle to explore. If his wife was neither consulted nor informed, this could potentially be another violation of the Ordinance and might warrant further legal action.

Lastly, it might be prudent to issue legal notices to the medical facility and to those involved in his admission and treatment. This would not only put them on notice but also serve as a preliminary step in gathering evidence and information that could be pivotal in any legal proceedings.

Given the sensitivities and complexities involved, your brother should act swiftly but cautiously. He should also consider involving human rights organisations or advocacy groups, as this could add an additional layer of scrutiny and support.

In summary, the situation calls for a well-coordinated legal and medical strategy to not only secure his immediate rights but also to safeguard him against future infringements.

Follow up question: Even if my brother is lawfully detained as per the provisions of assessment etc, what are his rights in detention and how can he leave the facilities?

Please refer to the following provisions of the Mental Health Ordinance 2001.

Provision 20: Order of Leave

This section allows for a relative of a mentally disordered person to apply for a leave of absence for that individual. The psychiatrist in charge may either approve or deny this application. If approved, certain conditions must be met, such as ensuring the patient’s safety and that he or she will return to the facility after the leave period has expired. If the patient is not returned, the psychiatrist can report to the magistrate, who may direct the police to return the patient to the facility.

Provision 21: Discharge of a Patient

This provision allows the psychiatrist in charge to discharge a patient at any time they deem appropriate. However, if the psychiatrist believes that the patient is unfit to be discharged due to safety concerns, then the patient will not be discharged.

Provision 22: Application by a Patient for Discharge

The patient himself can apply to the Magistrate for discharge if he believes he has recovered. The Magistrate has the discretion to either approve or dismiss this application.

Provision 23: Discharge of a Person Found Not Mentally Disordered

If an admitted person is later found not to be mentally disordered, they must be discharged immediately, and this fact must be notified to the referring authority and the nearest relative.

Provision 24: Duty to Inform Relatives of Discharge

The hospital management is obligated to inform the patient’s relatives at least seven days before the date of discharge, provided it is practicable to do so.

Provision 25: Application for Discharge to Magistrate by Relatives

Relatives can also apply to the Magistrate for the discharge of a patient. The Magistrate will consult with the psychiatrist in charge and may either allow or dismiss the application.

Provision 26-28: Notice about Serious Illness, Transfer and Foreign Nationals

These provisions deal with notifying relatives about serious illness or death, transferring patients between facilities, and the procedures for foreign nationals.

In light of these provisions, your brother has several rights and possible courses of action:

• His relatives can apply for his leave or discharge.
• He himself can apply to the Magistrate for discharge if he believes he’s recovered.
• If he’s found not to be mentally disordered, he should be discharged immediately.
• His relatives should have been informed before his discharge, according to Provision 24.

Given these rights, immediate legal steps can be considered to ensure that the client’s treatment and detention are in strict accordance with these provisions. Additionally, these provisions can be leveraged in any legal action challenging the validity of his detention and treatment.

To ensure that your Brother’s rights are upheld, it would be prudent to start by reviewing all available medical records and consultation notes. This would allow you to ascertain whether the psychiatric facility has been in compliance with the relevant legal provisions. If you find any discrepancies, these could form the basis for a legal challenge.

Moreover, if your brother or his relatives have not been adequately informed about the possibility of leave, discharge, or any other rights outlined in these provisions, this could be another point to consider for legal action. Failing to inform the relatives or the patient himself of these rights could be construed as a violation of the Ordinance.

If your brother feels that he has recovered and is fit for discharge, guiding him through the process of making an application to the Magistrate, as per Provision 22, would be advantageous. Preparing a robust application supported by medical evidence could increase the likelihood of a successful outcome.

Additionally, if your brother has been found not to be mentally disordered after subsequent assessments and is still detained, then immediate steps should be taken for his release as per Provision 23. In such a scenario, you may even consider seeking damages for unlawful detention.

Finally, regular communication with the psychiatrist in charge and the Magistrate could provide more clarity and potentially expedite the process. This is particularly crucial if you find that the treatment or detention does not align with the Ordinance’s provisions, and immediate corrective measures are needed.

In sum, your brother has several legal avenues open to him under the Mental Health Ordinance 2002. A meticulous review of his case, supported by medical records and other evidence, will be essential in deciding the most effective legal strategy.

Wrongful Detention under the MHA 2001

Wrongful detention in the context of the Mental Health Ordinance 2002 could manifest in various ways. The relevant provisions you’ve provided outline specific conditions and procedures that must be adhered to when detaining, granting leave to, or discharging a patient from a psychiatric facility. Failure to comply with these conditions could potentially result in wrongful detention.

• Failure to Grant Leave or Discharge: According to Provisions 20 and 21, if a patient is eligible for leave or discharge and the psychiatrist in charge unreasonably denies this, it may amount to wrongful detention.
• Failure to Inform: Provision 24 states that the facility must inform the relatives of a patient before discharge. If this is not done and the patient is detained as a result, it might be considered wrongful detention.
• Unlawful Continuation of Detention: Provisions 23 and 25 allow for the discharge of a patient found not to be mentally disordered or if relatives apply for his discharge and it’s deemed fit. If the facility continues to detain the individual despite these circumstances, it could be construed as wrongful detention.
• Improper Use of Legal Procedures: If the psychiatric facility or the Magistrate does not follow the legal procedures set out in the Ordinance for the detention, leave, or discharge of a patient, such actions could potentially be challenged as wrongful detention.
• Failure to Reassess: If a patient is kept detained without periodic reassessment as to the necessity of such detention, especially when the patient or their relatives have made an application for discharge, it could be considered wrongful detention under Provision 22.
• Violation of Rights During Transfer: According to Provision 27, failure to provide notice of intended transfer to another facility could also lead to a case for wrongful detention, especially if the transfer results in an extension of the detention period without proper justification.
• Failure to Notify in Case of Serious Illness or Death: As per Provision 26, not notifying the nearest relatives in such circumstances may not directly amount to wrongful detention, but could be seen as a breach of the facility’s duties, adding weight to any legal argument against them.

Each of these scenarios would need to be evaluated within the context of Your Brother’s specific circumstances and existing case law to determine the strength of a wrongful detention claim.

To proceed, you may want to gather evidence that demonstrates non-compliance with any of these provisions, consult with medical experts to bolster your Brother’s case, and potentially initiate legal proceedings seeking his release and possibly damages for the period of wrongful detention.

Provision 10: Admission for Assessment

Your brother could challenge the legality of his detention by arguing that his condition did not warrant forced detention for assessment. He might also question whether care and treatment on a voluntary basis were truly impossible as required by 10(2)(c). Sub-section 6 gives him or his relative the right to appeal the detention order within 14 days, which could be crucial for him.

Provision 11: Admission for Treatment

The forced medication and treatment could also be contested. Sub-section 2 requires that the patient’s mental disorder be of such a nature or degree that it makes it appropriate for him to receive medical treatment in a psychiatric facility. If Your Brother’s condition could have been managed effectively in a less restrictive setting, this would be a point of contention. Furthermore, he or his relatives can appeal against the detention as per sub-section 5.

Provision 12: Admission for Urgent Assessment

In cases of ‘urgent necessity,’ as your brother has been forcefully taken, it would be crucial to examine whether the procedures laid down in section 12 have been followed. Your brother could have been detained for no more than 72 hours without a second medical opinion, per sub-section iii. If this was violated, it could amount to wrongful detention.

Provision 13: Emergency Holding

This provision could be relevant if your brother tried to leave the facility. If the medical officer’s written record does not sufficiently show that your brother needed to be detained for health or safety reasons, there might be grounds for wrongful detention.

Provision 14: Emergency Powers

If the medical practitioner administered treatment without obtaining informed consent under the pretext of an ’emergency,’ your brother could challenge this, especially if there was no immediate threat to his life or safety.

Provision 15 and 16: Application by Whom to be Presented and Effect of Application

Given that your brother was taken by his parents and in-laws without a court order, these provisions could be particularly relevant. Your brother could challenge the authority of those who had him admitted, especially if they did not meet the criteria laid out in these sections.

Provision 52: Penalty for Making False Statement

If any false statements or documents were made to have your brother admitted, those involved could be subject to imprisonment or a fine.

Provision 51: Informed Consent

Your brother has the right to informed consent before any treatment or investigation. Since he has been forcibly medicated, this could be a strong point for wrongful detention and unauthorised treatment.

Provision 53: Indemnity

While this provision protects healthcare workers and the government from lawsuits for actions done in ‘good faith,’ if your brother can prove that his detention or treatment was not done in good faith, then this indemnity would not apply.

However, here are some additional considerations:

Provision 19: Mentally Disordered Persons Found in Public Places

If your brother was initially found in a public place and detained by the police, it would be important to check whether the procedures in this provision were followed. Specifically, the police should only detain a person for a maximum of 72 hours for psychiatric examination. Any deviation could be grounds for wrongful detention.

Provision 50: Confidentiality

The Ordinance also provides for the confidentiality of the patient. If Your Brother ‘s condition or identity has been disclosed to the public without his consent, this could be another point to challenge his treatment and potentially claim damages.

Provision 52: Penalty for Inhumane Treatment

Sub-section 5 of this provision could be particularly relevant if your brother has been manhandled or mistreated in any way. This could not only be grounds for wrongful detention but could also result in criminal charges against those responsible.

Provision 53: Indemnity

As mentioned earlier, this provision provides indemnity for actions done in ‘good faith.’ However, if you can demonstrate that any actions taken were not in good faith, or were intentionally misleading or harmful, then this indemnity would not apply.

Legal Remedies and Steps:

• Filing an Appeal: The first step would be to file an appeal to the Court of Protection as allowed under provisions 10(6) and 11(5).
• Habeas Corpus: If immediate release is sought, a writ of habeas corpus could be filed, claiming wrongful detention.
• Criminal Charges: If false statements were made or if your brother was mistreated, criminal charges could be filed under Provision 52.
• Civil Suit for Damages: A separate civil suit could also be considered for any physical or emotional distress caused.
• Professional Misconduct: If medical professionals have acted improperly, a complaint could be lodged with the relevant medical boards for professional misconduct.

Each of these steps would require careful preparation, including gathering all relevant medical records, eyewitness accounts, and expert opinions to substantiate the claims. Your Brother’s own medical history and current mental state would be particularly crucial, requiring in-depth analysis and potentially new assessments by independent medical experts.

Connected Question

In general if someone close to a possibly mentally disordered person (not a spouse or relative) feels they need to be assessed what should they do as per the above provisions?

Under the provisions of the Mental Health Ordinance 2001 of Pakistan, the mechanisms for initiating an involuntary mental health assessment are largely restricted to close relatives and medical professionals. However, in situations where someone who is neither a spouse nor a relative is concerned about a potentially mentally disordered person, they do have a few options:

• Police Intervention (Provision 19): According to Provision 19, an officer in charge of a police station has the authority to remove a person who appears to be suffering from a mental disorder from a public place to a place of safety (i.e., a government-run health or psychiatric facility). The officer may take such action if they believe it’s in the individual’s interest or for the protection of others. After removal, the person may be detained for up to 72 hours for psychiatric examination and necessary treatment arrangements. If you are close to the person in question and are genuinely concerned for their well-being, you may consider informing the police so that they can take appropriate action under this provision.
• Consult Medical Professionals: While the Ordinance places much of the authority for involuntary admission on medical professionals, it doesn’t strictly limit who can consult them. If you are concerned about someone’s mental health, you might consider consulting a psychiatrist or other medical professional for advice on how to proceed.
• Inform Relatives or Guardian: The Ordinance does provide for applications for involuntary assessment to be made by relatives or guardians. If you are in contact with the person’s family or legal guardian, you might consider informing them of your concerns so they can take appropriate action.
• Legal Advice: Consulting a lawyer familiar with mental health law might provide additional options, especially if there are complicating factors such as a lack of close relatives or concerns about the individual’s immediate safety.
• Community Services: Depending on the severity of the situation, community or social services might be another route for intervention, although they would likely still need to proceed through one of the mechanisms outlined in the Ordinance for formal involuntary assessment or treatment.

Given the restrictions in the Ordinance, acting under Provision 19 by notifying the police seems to be the most direct route for someone who is neither a spouse nor a relative but is concerned about an individual’s mental health. However, it would be essential to ensure that any actions taken are in the best interests of the individual concerned and that you are prepared to cooperate fully in any subsequent legal or medical procedures.

It’s also worth noting that Provision 19 is specific to situations where the person is found in a public place and appears to be in immediate need of care or control. This provision might not apply if the person is in their own home or another private setting, which could limit your options for intervention.

Certain provisions Chapter III of the Mental Health Ordinance 2001 of Pakistan outline the framework for the assessment and treatment of mentally disordered persons. Here is a breakdown of what each section tells us about detention under this Ordinance:

7. Care in the Community

This section emphasizes community-based mental health services, which aim to provide mentally disordered persons and their families with support, guidance, education, and preventive measures. The term “community” here is broadly defined to include family, home, workplace, educational institutions, and other places where mental health care can be offered informally or voluntarily. The idea is to decentralize mental health care and make it more accessible.

8. Care and Treatment on an Informal or Voluntary Basis

This provision allows for the voluntary admission of a person for psychiatric assessment. A person can seek help themselves, be brought in by a relative, be referred by a medical practitioner, or be referred for forensic psychiatric assessment. Treatment can occur on an outpatient basis or otherwise, as determined by a psychiatrist or nominated medical officer. Importantly, this section allows for the withdrawal of consent, after which the person may be discharged according to the Ordinance’s provisions.

9. Duration for Periods of Detention

This section categorizes the types of detention into four main types: admission for assessment, admission for treatment, urgent admission, and emergency holding. Each type has a specific duration:

• Admission for Assessment: Up to 28 days from the date of the application made under section 10.
• Admission for Treatment: Up to six months from the date of the application made under section 11. This period is renewable.
• Urgent Admission: Up to 72 hours from the time of application made under section 12.
• Emergency Holding: Up to 24 hours from the time of application made under section 13 if the patient is already in the hospital.

These sections collectively outline a framework that balances involuntary detention with voluntary and community-based care. They specify the conditions under which a person can be detained for mental health treatment, the professionals authorized to make such determinations, and the time limits for various types of detention. This framework aims to safeguard the rights of the individual while ensuring public safety and facilitating effective mental health treatment.

The provisions try to strike a balance between individual liberties and societal safety concerns. They provide a legal basis for temporary detention for assessment and treatment, but with defined time limits to prevent indefinite detention. Moreover, they emphasize the importance of community and informal care, indicating a preference for less restrictive forms of intervention whenever possible.

__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

September 2023: Admissibility of WhatsApp messages 

Question : Can WhatsApp messages be accepted in a court of law as evidence given that the messages are stored in the phone and can be fabricated? Please also give context of Pakistani case law.

Answer : Yes, WhatsApp messages have been accepted as evidence in various court cases in different parts of the world. However, the admissibility of WhatsApp messages as evidence depends on several factors, including their authenticity and how they are presented in court. Here are some key considerations:

• Authentication: To be accepted as evidence, WhatsApp messages must be properly authenticated. This means that the court needs to be reasonably sure that the messages were sent or received by the individuals claimed and have not been tampered with or fabricated. Courts often require additional evidence, such as metadata or testimony from the parties involved, to establish authenticity.
• Chain of Custody: It’s important to maintain a proper chain of custody for the digital evidence, including WhatsApp messages. This ensures that the messages have not been altered or tampered with between the time they were obtained and their presentation in court.
• Expert Testimony: In some cases, digital forensics experts may be called upon to testify about the authenticity and integrity of WhatsApp messages. Their expertise can help establish the credibility of the evidence.
• Consent and Privacy: The admissibility of WhatsApp messages may also be influenced by considerations of consent and privacy. Courts may assess whether the messages were obtained legally and whether any privacy laws or regulations were violated.
• Relevance: WhatsApp messages must be relevant to the case at hand to be admitted as evidence. They should have a direct bearing on the legal matter being litigated.
• Hearsay: In some jurisdictions, WhatsApp messages may be considered hearsay evidence. Whether they are admissible or not depends on the rules of evidence in the specific jurisdiction.
• Corroborating Evidence: Courts often consider whether there is other corroborating evidence to support the content of WhatsApp messages. Corroboration can strengthen the reliability of the evidence.

It is worth noting that the admissibility of digital messages, including those from WhatsApp, is an evolving area of law. Courts are increasingly dealing with cases involving digital evidence, and legal standards are adapting accordingly. Overall, while WhatsApp messages can be used as evidence in court, their admissibility depends on various factors, and they must meet the legal standards and requirements of the jurisdiction in which the case is being heard.

Pakistani Law and WhatsApp messages: In the context of Pakistan many recent cases provide valuable insights into the use of WhatsApp messages and their admissibility as evidence in Pakistani law, as well as the legal consequences associated with such evidence.

In the case of Mst. HAJIRA BIBI alias SEEMA vs. ABDUL QASEEM (Citation: 2023 SCMR 870), the prosecution presented voice messages from WhatsApp chats as evidence. However, it is noteworthy that the court found that the transcript of these messages did not constitute any offence. This emphasizes the importance of the content of WhatsApp messages when assessing their admissibility as evidence. The court ultimately acquitted the accused due to the lack of specific details regarding the conspiracy and the content of the messages.

In the case of FAKHAR ZAMAN vs. State (Citation: 2023 PCrLJ 496), the accused was alleged to have used his WhatsApp account to harass and blackmail a woman, which included displaying images and videos to harm her reputation and privacy. The court refused bail to the accused, highlighting the serious nature of the allegations. This case underscores that WhatsApp messages can be used as evidence in cases related to cyber stalking and harassment, and their content can have legal consequences.

The case of ROHAN AHMAD vs. State (Citation: 2022 SCMR 1511) involved the dissemination of religious beliefs through social media, including WhatsApp. The accused in this case was found to have publicly uploaded proscribed and blasphemous content through WhatsApp. The court refused bail to the accused, indicating that WhatsApp messages can be used to establish the dissemination of illegal content, including religious offences, and such evidence can lead to legal consequences.

In  ZAHEER AHMAD vs. State (Citation: 2022 SCMR 1477), the case centered around the propagation of Qadiani faith through social media, including WhatsApp. The accused was a WhatsApp group administrator where proscribed material was shared. The investigating officers conducted a detailed forensic analysis of cell phones, which revealed the accused’s involvement. The court refused bail, emphasizing that WhatsApp messages can serve as evidence in cases related to religious offences, and such evidence can lead to the denial of bail.

In the case of Syed WAQAS HASSAN RIZVI vs. State (Citation: 2022 MLD 975), WhatsApp messages played a role in a case involving criminal charges. However, the court noted that the messages reflected an unhappy and obsessive relationship between the lady and one of the accused persons. The court also considered the absence of narcotic or poisonous substances in the blood samples from the scene. It raised questions about the complainant’s motives and potential mala fide intentions. In this case, the court granted pre-arrest bail to the accused, suggesting that WhatsApp messages alone may not be sufficient to establish guilt, and other factors must be considered.

The case titled Competition Commission of Pakistan (Citation: 2022 CLD 152) involves allegations of deceptive marketing practices. WhatsApp messages were mentioned in the context of false and misleading information being disseminated through social media. The court emphasized the need for evidence to substantiate claims made in WhatsApp messages. It found that the complainant failed to conclusively prove that the deceptive WhatsApp groups were created and managed by the respondent. This case highlights the importance of providing strong evidence to support claims made in WhatsApp messages.

In ACTION AGAINST DISTRIBUTION OF DEVELOPMENT FUNDS TO MNAs/MPAs BY PRIME MINISTER (Citation: 2021 PLD 446), WhatsApp messages played a role in a constitutional petition before the Supreme Court. The case revolved around the distribution of development funds to legislators. One of the judges sought to place WhatsApp messages, received from an anonymous source, on record as evidence. However, the authenticity of the documents was questioned. The case demonstrates that WhatsApp messages, even if received anonymously, can become a part of legal proceedings and may need to be examined for their veracity.

In MUHAMMAD ISRAR vs. State (Citation: 2021 PLD 105), WhatsApp calls and video links were discussed in the context of recording evidence. The court noted that while courts are allowed to record evidence through video conferencing, there are challenges, including maintaining court decorum and supervision of witnesses. The case highlights the considerations and potential limitations associated with using WhatsApp and video links for evidence recording.

The case of MUHAMMAD USMAN vs. State (Citation: 2020 PCrLJ 705) involved the recovery of objectionable pictures through WhatsApp, leading to charges of blackmail and cheating by impersonation. The court emphasized that WhatsApp messages could be used as evidence to support allegations of blackmail and other offences. In this case, bail was denied to the accused due to the severity of the allegations and the evidence presented.

In Mir NISAR HASSNAIN RAMAL vs. State (Citation: 2018 PCrLJN 187), WhatsApp messages were mentioned in a case involving charges related to sedition and terrorism. The court considered the content of WhatsApp messages and the timing of the case’s submission. It also questioned the mala fide intentions of the prosecution. The case resulted in the grant of bail to the petitioner, highlighting that WhatsApp messages alone may not always lead to conviction, and other factors, including the intentions of the parties involved, must be considered.

In summary, these cases illustrate the varied roles that WhatsApp messages can play in legal proceedings in Pakistan. The admissibility and significance of such messages depend on the specific circumstances of each case and the supporting evidence available.

Observation Note (2) September 2023

Observation note (1): September 2023: The role of national law in protecting human rights is significant, as it serves as the primary mechanism for ensuring the rights and freedoms of individuals within a particular country. Here are the key aspects of the role of national law in human rights protection:

Legal Note: The Defence of BiPolar Disorder in Criminal Law Proceedings in Pakistan  (September 2023)

In recent Pakistani legal cases, we see that the issue of how the law views bipolar disorder in the context of criminal proceedings has been examined. These cases provide valuable insights into how the Pakistani criminal justice system approaches individuals with bipolar disorder.

The case of AKHTAR ZAMAN vs. State (2022 PCrLJ 1822) from the Peshawar High Court involved a defendant seeking bail on medical grounds, claiming to suffer from bipolar affective disorder. Notably, the accused’s mental health condition was not raised in the initial stages of the legal proceedings. It was only later, during the trial, that the accused claimed to have a mental ailment. Subsequent Medical Boards provided conflicting opinions on the defendant’s mental state. Given these contradictions and the accused’s criminal history, the court refused to grant bail on medical grounds, emphasizing the need for a clear diagnosis and consistency in such cases.

In Mst. RAHILA vs. NATIONAL ACCOUNTABILITY BUREAU (2019 PLD 96), the Karachi High Court dealt with a case where the petitioner asserted that her husband, who was facing trial under the National Accountability Ordinance, 1999, was of unsound mind due to bipolar affective disorder. However, the court found that the husband was not presently confined to a psychiatric hospital and was regularly attending trial proceedings. The court ruled that he was not of such an unsound mind that would prevent him from understanding the nature of the proceedings or making a defense. This case underscores the importance of evaluating the defendant’s current mental state during legal proceedings.

Another case, ABDUL GHAFFAR vs. State (2017 PLD 46), discussed the nature of bipolar disorder. It described bipolar disorder as a brain disorder causing unusual shifts in mood, energy, and activity levels. The court emphasized that a person suffering from bipolar disorder cannot be declared a person of unsound mind and noted that it is characterized by periods of depression and elevated mood. This decision highlights the need for a careful evaluation of mental health conditions in criminal cases.

In GHULAM MUSTAFA WASEEM vs. State (2013 PLD 643), the Lahore High Court considered a case where the accused, who claimed to suffer from bipolar affective disorder, sought bail on the grounds of unsound mind. The Medical Board’s examination revealed that the accused had bipolar affective disorder, and he was granted bail as per Section 466 of the Cr.P.C., which allows for release on bail for individuals with unsound minds.

Lastly, IRFAN UL HAQ vs. State (2012 PCrLJ 1328) dealt with an accused who moved an application under Section 466, Cr.P.C., for his release on the grounds of being of unsound mind due to bipolar affective disorder. The court observed that the accused had moments of soundness and rationality, as evidenced by his coherent statements during the trial. This case underscores the importance of assessing the defendant’s mental state at the time of the trial and considering medical opinions alongside the observations of the court.

In summary, these cases demonstrate that the Pakistani legal system takes a cautious approach when dealing with individuals claiming to have bipolar disorder. The courts emphasize the need for a thorough evaluation of the defendant’s current mental state, considering both medical assessments and the defendant’s behavior during legal proceedings. Consistency in the presentation of mental health issues and the impact on the defendant’s ability to understand and participate in legal proceedings are key factors in determining the outcome of such cases.

Archives from International General Queries on Drafting Contracts (published September 2023)

Limitation on liability for ‘Intentional or criminal misconduct or wilful violation of this Agreement.’

Q1: I have encountered a contractor request for a limitation on liability for “intentional or criminal misconduct or willful violation of this Agreement”? What is your view on this ?

A1: It is indeed a rare request, and generally, it would be considered inappropriate to include such an explicit limitation of liability in a contract. Whether such a limitation is enforceable would depend on the applicable law and jurisdiction. Under Dutch law, for instance, such a limitation might be null and void, especially if it goes against public order or good morals. In most cases, it’s not advisable to accept such a limitation, unless it pertains to an industry where there’s a fine line between expected behavior and performance, and the customer requires a specific behavior, shifting related risks and liabilities to that party. Even then, enforceability might remain a concern.

Follow up from Querent Q2: Is there a reasonable reason for a limitation of that nature that I’m just not seeing?

A2: One possible scenario where such a limitation could be used is as a preamble to a broader limitation of liability section. For instance, it might read, “Except for Intentional or Criminal Misconduct of Seller or willful violation of the agreement by Seller, Seller’s liability shall not exceed….” However, from a legal and business perspective, there is no reasonable reason to agree with such a request, and it can be deemed inappropriate. It’s essential to engage in negotiations when faced with such non-standard provisions, especially if they lack a strong justification.

Follow up from Josh and Mak International Q3: Have you asked them why they want this limitation?

A3: Indeed, we have inquired about their reasoning behind such requests. In most cases, such requests cannot be justified, neither legally nor from a business standpoint. They pose significant risks for the company, as they may discourage the counterparty from acting in compliance with the agreement. It’s crucial to firmly reject such requests, and it’s worth noting that many national laws may render such clauses unenforceable. For instance, Italian law prohibits the limitation of damages caused by gross negligence or willful misconduct.

Follow-up from Querant Q4: Are there alternative ways to address limitations on liability?

A4: Certainly, one alternative approach is to consider limitations on liability that focus on direct damages. For example, in a situation where a supplier fails to deliver, the limitation could cover the excess cost of re-procurement. However, in cases where a contractor starts work and then abandons it, you might need to account not only for re-procurement costs but also the expenses related to correcting any faulty work that was done. So, in some instances, you might require more comprehensive limitations on liability to safeguard your interests.

Follow up from Querent Q5: Are there specific scenarios where limitations on gross negligence or willful misconduct might be justified?

A5: In certain international oil joint operating agreements (JOA), limitations on gross negligence or willful misconduct may be tailored to apply only to senior supervisory personnel. This approach is often taken in regions where hiring local national personnel is mandated, even if their training is questionable. Additionally, some petroleum projects are located in areas with complex socio-political dynamics, where ethnic, tribal, or religious tensions can lead to safety concerns. In such cases, operators might opt for limited liability for accidents resulting from issues unrelated to safe operations, such as sabotage. However, it’s crucial to acknowledge that blanket limitations on gross negligence or willful misconduct may not be enforceable in many jurisdictions.

In conclusion, navigating limitations on liability, especially when it comes to intentional or criminal misconduct, requires a careful evaluation of legal, ethical, and business considerations. Such provisions should be approached with caution and thoroughly scrutinized to protect the interests of all parties involved.

Clause for specific performance in contracts for personal services, despite courts often being reluctant to enforce such clauses.

Q1: Does it make sense to include the clause of specific performance in contracts for personal services even though courts are reluctant in enforcing such a clause?

A1: Including a specific performance clause in contracts for personal services can be a complex decision and often depends on the jurisdiction and specific circumstances. Here are some insights:

• Consider Jurisdiction: In some jurisdictions, including such a clause may be deemed misleading and deceptive if it’s known to be unenforceable. It’s essential to understand the legal landscape in your jurisdiction.
• Courts’ Reluctance: Courts are generally reluctant to enforce specific performance for personal service contracts because they consider money damages as an adequate remedy. This is based on the principle that forcing an individual to perform personal services may not be practical or equitable.
• Alternative Approach: Instead of specific performance, you can consider contractual provisions that stipulate that only a specified individual or company can perform the work under the contract. This can help protect against subcontracting or assigning the work to someone else.
• Context Matters: The appropriateness of a specific performance clause can depend on the nature of the personal service. For example, it might make sense for hiring a high-profile entertainer like Beyoncé but may not be applicable to most personal service contracts.
• Equitable Remedy: In some legal systems like English law, specific performance is an equitable remedy. Courts may have the discretion to grant specific performance when damages wouldn’t provide an adequate remedy. This depends on the specifics of the case.
• Added Value: Consider whether the party you’re contracting with brings unique value to the performance that couldn’t be easily replaced. If their contribution is irreplaceable, a specific performance clause might be more justifiable.

In conclusion, the decision to include a specific performance clause in personal service contracts should be made carefully, taking into account the jurisdiction, the specific nature of the service, and the potential added value it brings to the contract. It’s also crucial to understand that the enforceability of such clauses can vary widely, and in some cases, damages may be the more practical solution.

Difference between the “right of lien” and the “right of retention,”

Q1: Is there any difference between the “right of lien” and the “right of retention,” or are they synonymous?

A1: The “right of lien” and the “right of retention” are distinct legal principles, and they are not synonymous. Here’s a breakdown of the differences:

• Right of Lien: The right of lien typically involves a situation where a party retains possession of goods or property until a debt or payment is settled. This right is often statutory and can be applied unilaterally. For example, a garage might hold onto your car until you pay for the repairs. It’s usually a mechanism used to secure payment for services or work performed on the property.
• Right of Retention: The right of retention, on the other hand, pertains to withholding property or goods due to a contractual or legal entitlement. It’s not necessarily tied to possession but rather ownership. For instance, a seller may retain ownership of goods until the buyer has fully paid for them. This is often governed by contractual agreements or laws related to property rights.

It’s crucial to distinguish between these two concepts, as they have different legal implications and applications. In some cases, the right of retention may involve holding property or goods in possession, but it primarily concerns ownership and the conditions under which ownership is transferred.

Additionally, it’s important to be aware of the specific legal terminology and regulations in your jurisdiction, as the terminology and rules related to lien and retention can vary from one place to another. Careful drafting of contracts is essential to ensure that the rights and obligations of the parties involved are clearly defined and compliant with the relevant laws.

Q1: What is the difference between the “Right of lien” and the “Right of retention”?

A1: The “Right of lien” and the “Right of retention” are distinct legal principles. The main difference lies in control and ownership. A lien involves retaining possession of goods or property until a debt is paid, whereas retention concerns withholding ownership until certain conditions, often contractual, are met.

Q2: Can anyone exercise the right of lien and the right of retention?

A2: Generally, the right of lien is often applied by a creditor (such as a service provider) who retains control of goods or property until payment is received. In contrast, the right of retention may be exercised by owners who withhold ownership rights until specified conditions are fulfilled, whether by law or contract.

Q3: Are there ethical considerations related to the right of lien or retention?

A3: In some cases, ethical considerations come into play. For example, lawyers typically do not have the right of lien or retention over their client’s files for unpaid fees. They usually address unpaid fees through legal actions rather than withholding documents.

Q4: How can businesses protect their interests when drafting contracts involving these rights?

A4: Businesses can protect their interests by carefully drafting contracts. For instance, they can include lien-waiver clauses to prevent contractors from applying liens over their property. Additionally, they can incorporate clear language to ensure that goods subject to retention are recoverable in case of non-compliance or insolvency.

Q5: Do these rights have equivalents in different legal systems?

A5: Yes, these rights have equivalents in various legal systems. For instance, the right of lien in France is referred to as “droit de rétention,” where a seller can withhold goods until payment. The right of retention for certain privileged creditors, like tax debts or unpaid employees, is known as “droit de suite.” Contracts may also include a “clause de reserve de propriété” for ownership retention.

Q6: What happens if a right of retention is incorporated into a fixture or another product?

A6: If a right of retention is incorporated into another product or becomes part of a fixture, it may fail. To avoid this, it’s essential to include appropriate wording in contracts to ensure that the goods subject to retention remain recoverable in various scenarios.

Q7: Are there advantages to requiring upfront payment in contracts?

A7: Requiring upfront payment in contracts can be a better policy to avoid the complexities and potential disputes associated with liens and retentions. Many businesses, like criminal defense lawyers and contingent fee-based tort lawyers, often demand upfront payments or settlements to ensure they are compensated for their services without relying on these legal mechanisms.

Follow up question: legal implications when the seller no longer has possession of goods covered by the right of retention, especially concerning the recovery of money from the resale of these goods:

• Automatic Right to Recover Money: In many legal systems, when a seller has a valid right of retention over goods, and those goods are subsequently sold by the purchaser to a third party, the law often automatically vests in the seller the right to recover the money from the resale. This is typically a statutory provision that doesn’t require specific agency-type wording in the contract.
• Recovery from Third Party: You are correct in noting that the third party who purchased the goods from the initial purchaser is generally not obliged to return the goods to the seller. However, there’s an important caveat: if the third party bought the goods in bad faith, knowing that a retention right was attached to the goods at the time of resale, they may be subject to legal consequences.
• Fairness in Third-Party Transactions: The principle that the third party can keep the goods purchased from the initial purchaser unless they had knowledge of the retention right is rooted in fairness. It protects innocent third parties from unknowingly becoming entangled in disputes between the seller and the initial purchaser. If the third party had no reason to suspect that the goods were subject to a retention right, they are typically not required to return the goods.
• Legal Framework: The specifics of how these situations are handled can vary based on the legal framework of each jurisdiction. It’s essential for parties involved in such transactions to understand their rights and obligations under the relevant laws and contracts.

To conclude the law often provides sellers with the automatic right to recover money from the resale of goods subject to a right of retention. However, the return of the goods themselves from third parties is usually contingent on whether the third party purchased the goods in good faith or with knowledge of the retention right, which aims to strike a balance between protecting the seller’s interests and ensuring fairness in third-party transactions.

FAQs on Drafting Contracts: Contact Information for Notices

Q1: In business contracts, what is the better contact email address for notices: a personal name@company website, info@company website, or marketing@company website?

A1: The choice of contact email address for notices in business contracts depends on various factors. Here are some insights:

• Individual Name: Using a personal name (e.g., [email protected]) is often not recommended because people change positions or leave the company, leading to outdated contact information. It can also create uncertainty in the event of disputes.
• Info@ or Marketing@: Addresses like [email protected] or [email protected] may not be suitable for notices in contracts, as they are typically used for general inquiries or marketing purposes. They may not be regularly monitored for important contractual notifications.
• Consider the Notices Clause: Whether to include a notices clause at all should depend on the specific needs of the contract. In many cases, the day-to-day people involved in the contract can find each other without a formal notices clause. However, in complex contracts with multiple stakeholders, it may be prudent to include a notices clause.

Q2: Is it advisable to use a personal name for receiving legal notices in a contract?

A2: Using a personal name for receiving legal notices in a contract can be problematic because personnel may change roles or leave the company, rendering the contact information outdated. It’s often more practical to use a position or title, such as “General Counsel” or “Contract Manager,” as they are less likely to change frequently.

Q3: How can I ensure that legal notices are effectively sent and received in contracts?

A3: To ensure effective communication of legal notices, consider these approaches:

• Use a position or title (e.g., Contract Manager, General Counsel) rather than personal names.
• Include both a postal address for physical notices and a CC email address for electronic notifications.
• Specify in the contract the preferred mode of communication for legal notices (e.g., registered mail, email).
• Keep contact information up to date and regularly review and update the notices clause as needed.

Q4: When are legally effective notice provisions important in contracts?

A4: Legally effective notice provisions become crucial when parties have stopped communicating effectively or when a dispute arises. These provisions help ensure that critical information, such as breach notifications or contract termination, reaches the intended parties in a legally recognized manner. They become especially important if the matter proceeds to formal dispute resolution.

Q5: What is the role of a notices clause in a contract?

A5: A notices clause in a contract specifies how and where important communications and legal notices should be sent. It helps streamline communication between parties and ensures that contractual obligations and rights are upheld. When disputes arise or formal actions are required, the notices clause provides clarity on how notifications should be delivered, enhancing the contract’s enforceability.

Q&A on Drafting Contracts: CGL and Waiver of Workers’ Comp (WC) Immunity through Indemnity

Q1: In some U.S. states, employers can waive protection against employee lawsuits in case of work-related incidents covered by Workers’ Comp (WC) insurance. Does Commercial General Liability insurance (ISO Form CG 00 01 04 13) coverage get triggered when a WC claim against an Indemnified Party (such as a General Contractor or Client) by a Subcontractor’s employee is tendered back to the Subcontractor due to the Subcontractor’s duty to indemnify coupled with a waiver of WC immunity?

A1: Yes, the triggering of Commercial General Liability (CGL) insurance coverage depends on several factors:

• CGL Policy of Subcontractor (Sub): The CGL policy of the subcontractor may be triggered if it includes contractual liability coverage for parties indemnified by the sub, such as the general contractor (GC) and the client.
• Additional Insured (AI) Status: If the GC and client have AI status under the sub’s CGL policy, this status can provide coverage for claims made by the sub’s employee.
• Nature of the Claim: The claim made by the sub’s employee should not be considered a WC claim against the indemnitee (GC or client) unless the employee falls under specific legal categories like a borrowed servant or statutory employee of the indemnitee.
• Alternate Employer Endorsement: In some cases, the GC or client may require an alternate employer endorsement for the WC/EL (Employer’s Liability) policy, treating them as the payroll employer for scenarios involving subcontractors.

It’s important to note that the payment of employee claims by their employer is a matter of employment law and insurance, while CGL insurance may come into play when there are contractual indemnification obligations. However, CGL coverage may be subject to any contractually agreed-upon limits on liability.

Q2: Can a company waive carrying WC insurance, and what happens if they do?

A2: While companies can often choose whether or not to carry Workers’ Comp (WC) insurance, most states have laws that require employers to provide WC coverage for their employees. If a company were to waive WC insurance where allowed, injured employees would no longer be limited to filing claims under WC. In such cases, injured individuals may pursue personal injury lawsuits, and the company’s Commercial General Liability (CGL) insurance could come into play for coverage.

Q3: What happens if a subcontractor (SC) waives immunity under a Workers’ Comp law in an indemnification agreement with a client?

A3: If a subcontractor (SC) waives immunity under a Workers’ Comp law in an indemnification agreement with a client, it generally means that the SC agrees not to invoke WC immunity as a defense against claims arising from work-related injuries. If an SC’s employee gets injured and sues the client for passive negligence (e.g., failure to provide a safe work environment), and the client invokes the indemnification clause, the SC’s Commercial General Liability (CGL) coverage may be triggered, provided the subcontract qualifies as an “insured contract.” The CGL’s “Employer’s liability exclusion” would not apply in this scenario.

Q4: How does the additional insured (AI) status affect the coverage in such scenarios?

A4: Having additional insured (AI) status under the subcontractor’s CGL policy can be advantageous for the client. If the client is an AI, it may receive direct coverage under the subcontractor’s CGL policy for claims made by the subcontractor’s employee. AI status ensures that defense costs are covered over and above indemnity limits in the policy, providing an added layer of protection for the client.

Q5: Is there a limit on liability in contracts between a general contractor (GC) and a client that could affect the coverage under the subcontractor’s CGL policy?

A5: Yes, there may be a limit on liability specified in the contract between the general contractor (GC) and the client. This limit could affect the coverage provided under the subcontractor’s CGL policy. It’s essential for all parties involved to carefully review the contract terms and understand how they impact the insurance coverage and potential liability in case of claims.

In summary, understanding the complex interplay between Workers’ Comp immunity waivers, indemnification clauses, Commercial General Liability (CGL) insurance, and contractual obligations is essential when drafting contracts involving subcontractors and clients in the context of work-related injuries and claims. 

Q&A on Drafting Contracts: Understanding CGL “Insured Contract” and Indemnity

Q1: What does the term “Insured Contract” cover explicitly in a Commercial General Liability (CGL) policy?

A1: In a CGL policy, the term “Insured Contract” explicitly covers specific types of contracts and agreements. These include lease of premises, sidetrack agreements, easement or license agreements, indemnity to a municipality, and elevator maintenance agreements.

Q2: Can a CGL policy cover contracts pertaining to the named insured’s business under which they assume the tort liability of another party?

A2: Yes, a CGL policy can provide coverage for contracts pertaining to the named insured’s business under which they assume the tort liability of another party. This coverage is not limited to specific industries and can extend to various types of contracts where one party assumes the liability for another’s actions.

Q3: What is the significance of the phrase “arising out of” in the context of indemnity for death?

A3: The phrase “arising out of” is crucial in the context of indemnity for death. It implies that the indemnity extends to liabilities and claims that have a causal connection or relationship to the activity or contract in question. This means that indemnity can cover death-related claims if they can be traced back to the actions or events arising from the contract.

Q4: How common are activity-based indemnities in contracts, and what risks do they entail?

A4: Activity-based indemnities are not uncommon in contracts. These provisions may obligate one party to indemnify another for a wide range of activities or events. However, they can pose significant risks, especially if not carefully reviewed and negotiated. Indemnifying parties should be cautious, as such provisions may extend to situations where the other party’s negligence is involved.

Q5: How can the inclusion of another party as an additional insured (AI) impact indemnity clauses?

A5: Including another party as an additional insured (AI) on your insurance policy without limiting the AI’s status to liability assumed by you under the contract can impact indemnity clauses significantly. In such cases, the AI may bypass the indemnity clause and directly invoke the CGL policy of the named insured for claims, including those related to death. This has complex implications and may affect CGL policy terms, including potential cancellation or higher premiums.

Q6: Can indemnity cover incidents resulting in death, and what conditions should be met for such indemnity?

A6: Indemnity can cover incidents resulting in death under certain conditions. Generally, for such indemnity to be valid, the act during the performance of which the incident occurred should be lawful. Death injuries can be indemnified through insurance, as they typically don’t fall under exception categories, unlike limitations of liability.

Q7: Why is it important for lawyers and contract drafters to understand the scope and implications of indemnity clauses beyond negligence?

A7: Understanding the scope and implications of indemnity clauses beyond negligence is crucial because contracts can involve a wide range of liabilities and scenarios. Relying solely on indemnity for negligent acts may not adequately protect parties in complex business situations. I

Q&A on Drafting Contracts: Rescission in Power Purchase Agreements (PPAs)

Q1: What are the instances where a purchaser might seek to rescind a Power Purchase Agreement (PPA) due to a change in technology?

A1: Instances where a purchaser might consider rescinding a Power Purchase Agreement (PPA) due to a change in technology could include situations where the technology used in the PPA becomes obsolete or no longer economically viable for the purchaser. This can happen when advancements in technology render the original PPA terms disadvantageous for the purchaser.

Q2: Can a purchaser typically terminate a PPA without cause if their industry becomes obsolete, and they are unable to purchase the power specified in the agreement?

A2: In many cases, a PPA may not include a provision for the purchaser to terminate the agreement without cause. However, if the purchaser’s industry becomes obsolete, and they are unable to utilize the power specified in the agreement, they may be in a challenging situation. Negotiating with the supplier for an amicable settlement might be the best course of action before considering other options, such as bankruptcy.

Q3: What options does a purchaser have if they are unable to fulfill their obligations under a long-term PPA due to changes in technology or market conditions?

A3: If a purchaser finds themselves unable to fulfill their obligations under a long-term PPA due to changes in technology or market conditions, they should first review the terms of the agreement to see if there are any termination or renegotiation clauses that apply. If not, negotiating with the supplier for a possible resolution is a recommended step. In more extreme cases, filing for bankruptcy protection might be considered, but this should be a last resort.

Q4: What should be considered when drafting a Power Purchase Agreement to address the possibility of technological changes affecting the purchaser’s ability to fulfill the agreement?

A4: When drafting a Power Purchase Agreement, it’s essential to consider including clauses that address the possibility of technological changes affecting the purchaser’s ability to fulfill the agreement. This might involve specifying termination conditions or renegotiation mechanisms in case the technology becomes obsolete or economically unviable for the purchaser.

Q5: In the context of a PPA, what are some considerations for addressing potential changes in technology or industry obsolescence in the agreement?

A5: When addressing potential changes in technology or industry obsolescence in a PPA, it’s important to:

• Include termination or renegotiation clauses that account for these changes.
• Define the circumstances under which the purchaser can seek modifications to the agreement.
• Specify the process for negotiating changes, including dispute resolution mechanisms.
• Consider the financial implications for both parties in case of termination or modification.
• Ensure that the agreement provides flexibility to adapt to evolving technological and market conditions.

Q6: Can bankruptcy be a viable option for a purchaser stuck in a long-term PPA when their industry becomes obsolete?

A6: Bankruptcy can be a viable option for a purchaser stuck in a long-term PPA when their industry becomes obsolete. In such cases, filing for bankruptcy protection might help the purchaser address their contractual obligations, especially if they are unable to fulfill the PPA and negotiate a resolution with the supplier. However, bankruptcy should be considered carefully and as a last resort, as it has significant legal and financial implications.

Q&A on Contract Drafting Styles: Prescriptivist vs. Descriptivist

Q1: What are the key differences between prescriptivists and descriptivists in contract drafting?

A1: Prescriptivists and descriptivists represent two different approaches to contract drafting. Prescriptivists prefer a more traditional and strict approach, favoring words like “shall” and seeking to eliminate ambiguity. Descriptivists, on the other hand, take a more descriptive and flexible approach, allowing for language that reflects the real-world understanding of the parties, even if it might be considered less precise.

Q2: Can you provide an example of a word or phrase often debated in contract drafting, such as “shall” or “and/or”?

A2: Certainly. “Shall” is a classic example. Prescriptivists argue that it should be used to indicate a mandatory obligation, while descriptivists might argue that it can lead to ambiguity and prefer using language that directly conveys the parties’ intentions, such as “must” for mandatory obligations.

“And/or” is another contentious phrase. Prescriptivists often discourage its use due to potential ambiguity, while descriptivists might argue that it can accurately reflect the parties’ intent in certain situations.

Q3: Why do certain ambiguous words and phrases persist in contract drafting, despite efforts to eliminate them?

A3: Ambiguous words and phrases persist in contract drafting because language is dynamic, and contracts must often reflect the evolving understanding of parties and courts. Additionally, some ambiguity is intentional, as parties may want flexibility or room for interpretation in certain clauses. While efforts are made to draft contracts with clarity, the complexities of transactions and the desire to account for various scenarios can lead to persistence of ambiguity.

Q4: Is there a specific type of contract where ambiguity is particularly persistent?

A4: Insurance contracts, such as Commercial General Liability (CGL) policies, are known for their persistence of ambiguity. These contracts often involve complex scenarios and a wide range of potential claims. As a result, they may use language that appears ambiguous to account for various contingencies, making them a unique challenge for both prescriptivists and descriptivists.

Q5: How does the choice of governing law impact contract drafting styles?

A5: The choice of governing law is crucial in contract drafting. Different jurisdictions have varying legal standards and interpretations of contract language. Drafters must have a solid understanding of the chosen governing law to ensure that the contract is enforceable and reflects the parties’ intentions. Knowledge of the applicable law helps in crafting language that aligns with legal principles and expectations in that jurisdiction.

Q&A on the Importance of Governing Law in Contract Drafting

Q1: Why is it crucial to understand the governing law when drafting contracts?

A1: Understanding the governing law is essential because it dictates how a contract will be interpreted and enforced. Different legal systems and jurisdictions have their own rules and standards for contract language. Failing to align the contract with the appropriate governing law can lead to disputes, unenforceable terms, or unintended consequences.

Q2: Can you provide an example of how the choice of governing law can impact contract drafting?

A2: Certainly. Let’s say you’re drafting a contract for an international transaction between parties from the United States and the United Kingdom. The choice of governing law (U.S. law vs. U.K. law) will determine how terms like “best endeavors” or “reasonable efforts” are interpreted. In the U.S., these terms may be considered similar, but in the U.K., they can have distinct meanings. Failing to use the appropriate term according to the chosen governing law could lead to misunderstandings and disputes.

Q3: What challenges can arise when drafting contracts that are subject to multiple jurisdictions?

A3: Drafting contracts subject to multiple jurisdictions can be complex. In such cases, it’s crucial to clearly specify which jurisdiction’s law governs different aspects of the contract. Failure to do so can result in conflicts between legal systems, making it challenging to determine which laws apply to specific clauses or disputes.

Q4: Are there instances where seemingly subtle distinctions in contract language can have significant effects?

A4: Yes, seemingly subtle distinctions in contract language can indeed have significant effects, especially in international transactions. For example, the use of different terms for the same concept, like “best endeavors” vs. “reasonable efforts,” can lead to varying interpretations and potential disputes. It’s essential to be aware of these nuances and ensure that the contract language aligns with the chosen governing law.

Q5: How can parties drafting international contracts navigate these differences in governing law effectively?

A5: Parties drafting international contracts should consult with legal experts who are knowledgeable about the governing law in both jurisdictions involved. Clear and precise language should be used to specify which jurisdiction’s law applies to different aspects of the contract. Additionally, parties should be aware of the potential differences in terminology and interpretation and strive for clarity to minimize the risk of disputes arising from these distinctions.

Q&A on the Principle of “It’s Always Been Done This Way” in Contract Drafting

Q1: What does the principle of “it’s always been done this way” mean in contract drafting?

A1: This principle essentially refers to the tendency to follow established practices and precedents in contract drafting. It suggests that certain terms, clauses, or language have become customary in contracts due to historical usage, and parties often include them because they are the accepted norm.

Q2: Are there any exceptions or limitations to this principle in contract drafting?

A2: Yes, there are a couple of exceptions to this principle. First, insurers may disapply this rule if there is a large claim involved. In such cases, the standard practices may be set aside to address the unique circumstances of a significant claim. Second, this principle always applies “unless the insurer says so,” meaning that insurance contracts may deviate from standard practices if explicitly stated in the policy.

Q3: How does the principle of “it’s always been done this way” relate to insurance contracts?

A3: In the context of insurance contracts, this principle is particularly relevant. Insurance policies often have standardized language and clauses that have evolved over time. Insurers and industry professionals typically adhere to these standards unless there are compelling reasons to deviate from them.

Q4: Can you provide an example of how this principle operates in insurance contracts?

A4: Certainly. Take the standard terrorism exclusion in insurance policies. This exclusion is widely used in the insurance industry and has been thoroughly reviewed and vetted by various experts and committees. It is considered the norm for excluding coverage related to acts of terrorism. However, as the nature of risks evolves, such as in the case of cyberattacks, there may be discussions about revising or adapting these standard clauses to address new challenges.

Q5: How does this principle apply to the evolving field of cyber insurance?

A5: In the field of cyber insurance, the principle of “it’s always been done this way” is being challenged due to the changing landscape of cyber risks. Traditional insurance clauses may not adequately cover all aspects of cyberattacks, leading to discussions about revising standard clauses to address property damage caused by cyber incidents, for example. This illustrates that even in well-established fields like insurance, contract language may need to evolve to reflect current realities.

Question on Power Purchase Agreements (PPAs) from the independent energy generator’s perspective in a developing country:

Q&A on Power Purchase Agreements (PPAs) in Developing Countries

Q1: What are the most common risks that an independent energy generator should identify, remove, or mitigate when reviewing a Power Purchase Agreement (PPA) in a developing country?

A1: Common risks to address in a PPA include:

• Commitment on available capacity or uptime.
• Termination clauses and obligations, especially in case of power outages.
• Fixed and variable pricing components.
• Liquidated damages and force majeure provisions.
• Independent testing of capacity.
• Termination for various reasons, including bankruptcy, default, or convenience.
• Scheduled outages, maintenance, and emergencies.
• Change of law or rates.
• Warranty, indemnity, insurance, and liability limits.
• Sovereign immunity waivers.

Q2: How can the risk of regular power outages in a developing country be fairly allocated between the seller and purchaser in a PPA?

A2: Fair allocation of power outage risk can involve:

• Clearly defining the responsibilities of both parties during outages.
• Ensuring that the PPA includes provisions for planned shutdowns, maintenance, and communication of expected outages.
• Allowing for flexibility in the agreement to accommodate unexpected outages or changes in the grid system.
• Establishing a dispute resolution mechanism to address disputes related to outages fairly.
• Consideration of minimum guaranteed take by the buyer and excusable delay clauses related to force majeure events.

Q3: What other critical considerations should be taken into account when negotiating a PPA in a developing country?

A3: Important considerations in negotiating a PPA include:

• Minimum guaranteed take by the buyer.
• Flexibility to sell power to third parties when necessary.
• Revision of pricing based on market trends.
• Pre-commissioning flexibility to sell capacity to third parties.
• Lender’s step-in rights in case of project financing.
• RoFR (Right of First Refusal) clauses.
• Mechanisms for addressing off-take failures by the buyer.

Q4: How can an independent energy generator protect its interests in case the buyer fails to off-take power as per the PPA?

A4: To protect their interests, the generator can include provisions that allow them to:

• Sell excess power to third parties.
• Impose fixed cost obligations on the buyer in case of non-off-take.
• Define lender’s step-in rights in case of financing.
• Address disputes related to off-take failures through dispute resolution mechanisms.

Q5: Are there any specific clauses or terms that should be carefully negotiated in a PPA in a developing country?

A5: Yes, specific clauses to pay attention to include those related to:

• Termination and exit strategies.
• Pricing and rate adjustments.
• Force majeure provisions.
• Insurance requirements and liability limits.
• Flexibility in selling power to third parties.
• Communication and response protocols during power outages.
• Rights of the lender in project financing scenarios.

These considerations can vary depending on the specific circumstances and the regulatory environment of the developing country in question.

 Enforcing regulations and applying them under a contract:

Q&A on Enforcing Regulations vs. Applying Them in Contracts

Q1: Is there a practical difference between enforcing regulations and applying them under a contract?

A1: Yes, there can be practical differences between these terms in a contract. Enforcing regulations typically implies taking active steps to ensure compliance with the regulations, which may involve monitoring, reporting, and penalizing violators. Applying regulations, on the other hand, might suggest a passive role in merely acknowledging and following the regulations without necessarily taking proactive steps to ensure compliance. The distinction can be significant when it comes to the obligations and liabilities of the parties involved.

Q2: When there are significant differences between potentially applicable laws, should contracts be explicit about regulatory compliance?

A2: Yes, it’s advisable to be explicit about regulatory compliance in contracts, especially when dealing with multinationals or complex regulatory environments. Explicit clauses can help ensure that both parties are on the same page regarding their obligations and responsibilities in adhering to various laws and regulations. This clarity can be crucial in avoiding disputes and facilitating smooth contract execution.

Q3: In a contract involving a government entity, should the government’s obligation to enforce regulations be specified as “enforce” or “enforce and apply”?

A3: The choice between “enforce” and “enforce and apply” may depend on the specific context and the desired level of commitment. “Enforce” typically implies taking action against violations, whereas “enforce and apply” could suggest a broader commitment to both ensuring compliance and actively implementing the regulations. It’s essential to clearly define these terms within the contract to avoid misinterpretation.

Q4: What legal implications might arise from using “enforce” vs. “apply” in a contract with a government entity?

A4: The legal implications can vary based on the interpretation of these terms and the regulatory framework in the jurisdiction. “Enforce” may imply a duty to actively penalize violators, while “apply” could be seen as a commitment to implementing the regulations without specifying enforcement measures. Careful drafting is crucial to ensure that the government’s obligations align with the desired outcomes and legal requirements.

Q5: Should contracts include a warranty for compliance with all applicable laws and regulations?

A5: Including a warranty for compliance with all applicable laws and regulations is a prudent practice. Such a warranty provides a separate cause of action for the contracting party if the counter-party fails to adhere to the regulations. However, in some cases, contractual provisions may not be sufficient, and external monitoring or regulatory checks may also be necessary to ensure compliance.

Q6: How much weight does a contractual provision hold when telling a regulator to create or enforce a law?

A6: The weight of a contractual provision in influencing a regulator’s actions can vary widely depending on the jurisdiction and the specific circumstances. In many cases, a contract alone may not be sufficient to compel a regulator to create or enforce a law. Regulatory authorities typically operate independently and are governed by their own legal frameworks and mandates. Contractual provisions may serve as agreements between private parties but may not directly bind government agencies to specific regulatory actions.

Q&A on Contracts Involving Government Discretion and Legislation

Q1: Can contracts obliging a government entity to exercise its discretion under legislation in a specific way be legally enforced?

A1: Contracts that obligate a government entity to exercise its discretion in a specific manner may not be legally enforceable in many jurisdictions. Government entities often have statutory discretion to make decisions based on circumstances, and binding them to a particular decision may contravene their legislative obligations. Such contracts may even risk being considered illegal or void as they attempt to dictate government actions.

Q2: How can parties address this issue in contracts involving government discretion?

A2: To address this issue, contracts can include clauses that do not directly dictate or warrant a specific government decision. Instead, these clauses can stipulate financial compensation to the non-government party or provide the option to terminate the contract if the government’s exercise of discretion deviates from what the parties originally expected when entering into the contract. This approach allows for flexibility while protecting the interests of both parties.

Q3: What is the purpose of including a compensation or termination clause in such contracts?

A3: The inclusion of a compensation or termination clause serves several purposes. First, it acknowledges the government’s statutory discretion and avoids creating a binding obligation to make specific decisions. Second, it provides a mechanism for the non-government party to seek redress or exit the contract if the government’s actions are inconsistent with their mutual expectations. This approach strikes a balance between respecting government discretion and protecting contractual interests.

Q4: Are similar legal principles applicable in other common law countries?

A4: Yes, similar legal principles are often applicable in other common law countries. These principles recognize the limits of contracts in attempting to control government discretion under legislation. Government entities in various jurisdictions typically have legal obligations to exercise their discretion impartially and in accordance with the law. Contracts that try to dictate specific government decisions may encounter legal challenges or be deemed unenforceable.

Q5: How should parties approach negotiations and drafting when government discretion is a key element of the contract?

A5: Parties involved in contracts where government discretion plays a significant role should approach negotiations and drafting with care. It’s essential to understand the limitations imposed by legislation on government actions. Rather than attempting to bind government decisions, focus on creating contractual mechanisms that protect the parties’ interests, such as compensation provisions or exit options if government discretion diverges from expectations.

Q6: Can government entities still be held accountable for their actions under such contracts?

A6: While government entities may have discretion in making decisions, they can still be held accountable under the terms of the contract. If the contract includes compensation or termination clauses for deviations from expected actions, the non-government party has legal recourse to seek remedies or exit the contract if necessary. These mechanisms help maintain a level of accountability while respecting government discretion.

Q&A on Important Points in Drafting Design and Build Contracts

Q1: Where can I find resources for drafting design and build contracts?

A1: You can start by obtaining a copy of the FIDIC Yellow Book, which is their standard Design-Build contract. It’s available for purchase and provides a comprehensive framework for such contracts. Additionally, there are many articles and textbooks on this topic, along with various standard forms like JCT and the Design-Build Institutes of America and Canada contracts. The choice of which resource to use depends on the project type, location, and parties’ risk tolerance.

Q2: What are some essential points to consider when drafting design and build contracts?

A2: When drafting design and build contracts, several key considerations are vital:

• Clearly define project specifications and scope of work.
• Ensure that any changes to the project are documented through written change orders.
• Address conflicts and inconsistencies that may arise between the legal, commercial, and technical components of the contract.
• Establish a robust design review process.
• Plan for the transition to the owner’s operation and maintenance.
• Collaborate closely between lawyers and engineers, especially when drafting performance guarantees.
• These considerations are crucial to the success of a design and build contract.

Q3: Are there differences between standard forms for building works and civil works in design and build contracts?

A3: Yes, there can be differences between standard forms for building works and civil works in design and build contracts. For civil works, contracts like FIDIC are commonly used, while JCT is often applied to building works. Another option is the NEC3 suite of contracts, which includes provisions for both types of projects. The choice depends on the specific project, its location, and whether it involves civil or building works.

Q4: Can you explain the role of collateral warranties in design and build contracts?

A4: Collateral warranties are commonly used in design and build contracts to transfer obligations and liabilities from subcontractors. In some cases, the main contractor may seek to impose similar obligations and liabilities upon each subcontractor as those it has with the client. However, this can lead to disproportionate obligations. An alternative approach is to use novation agreements. Each subcontractor, the main contractor, and the end-customer can enter into novation agreements for each contract. This approach simplifies the process of transferring rights and responsibilities and avoids creating imbalanced obligations among parties.

Q5: What is the significance of distinguishing between the Core Conditions and Works Documents in design and build contracts?

A5: In design and build contracts, distinguishing between the Core Conditions and Works Documents is crucial. The Core Conditions typically set out the general terms and conditions of the contract, while the Works Documents contain project-specific details, including design, specifications, and scope of work. This separation allows for flexibility and customization, ensuring that project-specific requirements are adequately addressed while maintaining a consistent framework for contract administration. It helps avoid conflicts and provides clarity on the overall contractual structure.

Q&A on Limitation of Liability and Indemnification in Contracts

Q1: Does the Limitation of Liability (LOL) also automatically cap the liability for indemnification under the same contract?

A1: The impact of a Limitation of Liability (LOL) clause on indemnification within the same contract depends on how the contract is drafted and the specific language used. Generally, if the LOL clause does not contain carve-outs or specific language exempting indemnities, it may apply to indemnification claims. However, it’s essential to carefully review the entire contract to understand how LOL interacts with other clauses.

Q2: Are there specific carve-outs that should be considered in the LOL clause regarding indemnification?

A2: Yes, it’s common to include carve-outs in the LOL clause to exclude certain liabilities from the limitation. These carve-outs should be explicit and tailored to the specific needs of the parties. For example, carve-outs may be necessary for indemnities related to intellectual property rights infringement, breaches of confidentiality, or specific warranties. The goal is to ensure that these indemnities are not subject to the caps imposed by the LOL clause.

Q3: How should LOL and indemnification clauses be drafted to avoid ambiguity?

A3: To avoid ambiguity and ensure that LOL and indemnification clauses operate as intended, the contract should clearly state whether indemnities are subject to LOL caps or not. For example, the contract can expressly mention that certain indemnities are exempt from LOL limitations. Clarity in language and precise drafting is essential to avoid disputes and legal uncertainties.

Q4: Can you provide an example of a well-drafted LOL clause with carve-outs for indemnification?

A4: Certainly, here’s an example of a well-drafted LOL clause with carve-outs for indemnification:

“The total aggregate liability of Party A under this contract, including any attorney fees and litigation or arbitration expenses, is limited to the amount of compensation actually paid by Party B to Party A under this Contract, including any change order or amendment. This limitation does not apply to indemnity for § X for infringement of intellectual property rights and § Y for breach of confidentiality and use restriction. [optional: and § Z for damage or injury arising from breach of warranty].”

This clause explicitly carves out certain indemnities from the LOL limitations, providing clarity and ensuring that these indemnities remain uncapped.

Q5: Are there any legal constraints or mandatory laws that affect the limitation of liabilities in contracts?

A5: Yes, legal constraints may apply, depending on the jurisdiction and the nature of the contract. For example, in the UK, the Unfair Contract Terms Act restricts the ability to limit liabilities for death, personal injury caused by negligence, or fraud. Other specific exceptions may also exist, such as those related to title under sales of goods legislation. These constraints can apply regardless of the choice of law and are often added as additional carve-outs in LOL clauses to comply with mandatory laws.

Q&A on Survival of Contract Rights and Limitation Laws

Q1: In the UK, when would the audit rights in the cited case be cut off, as the 6-year statute only deals with breach?

A1: The termination of a contract doesn’t automatically cut off audit rights or other non-breach-related rights. Audit rights and other contractual provisions can continue to exist beyond the termination of the contract unless the contract itself specifies otherwise or unless there are legal constraints in place. The 6-year statute of limitations typically applies to breach of contract claims but doesn’t necessarily affect other contractual rights that survive termination.

Q2: Are there specific criteria for determining which contract rights should survive, absent an express survival clause?

A2: Without an express survival clause, the criteria for determining which contract rights should survive termination can be complex and may depend on the nature of the contract, the applicable law, and the intentions of the parties. Generally, rights related to future obligations, options, and performance guarantees may be more likely to survive. However, it’s advisable to include explicit survival clauses in contracts to avoid ambiguity and ensure that specific rights continue to exist after termination.

Q3: How does the Limitation Act or statutes of limitations affect the survival of contract rights?

A3: Statutes of limitations, such as the Limitation Act in the UK, primarily govern the time within which parties can bring legal actions for breach of contract or other claims. These statutes don’t automatically impact the survival of contract rights but can limit the period during which claims related to those rights can be pursued. Contractual rights, including those that survive termination, can continue to exist within the limitations imposed by the relevant statute of limitations.

Q4: Are there specific contract rights that should always be considered for survival clauses?

A4: While the inclusion of survival clauses should be tailored to the specific contract and the parties’ intentions, certain rights are commonly considered for inclusion in survival clauses. These may include obligations related to confidentiality, limitations of liability (LOL), accrued rights, dispute resolution, and any rights that are intended to extend beyond the termination of the contract. The key is to clearly define which rights survive in the contract language.

Q5: How does the choice of law and jurisdiction clause in a contract affect the survival of rights?

A5: Choice of law and jurisdiction clauses typically determine which laws and courts will govern any disputes arising from the contract. These clauses themselves often survive termination to ensure that disputes related to the contract are resolved according to the agreed-upon terms. However, the choice of law and jurisdiction clause is separate from the survival of specific contract rights, which may be addressed through explicit survival clauses in the contract language.

Q&A on Indemnification Clauses in Supply Contracts

Q1: The indemnification clauses in supply contracts can be very wide in scope and expose the indemnitor to significant financial liability, including remote consequential damages and expenses. What are your thoughts on the following requirements for indemnification, specifically for breach?

A1: Indemnification clauses in supply contracts can vary widely in scope and impact. The language used in these clauses is critical. Here are some considerations:

• Intentional Act or Omission: Indemnifying for any intentional act or omission by the supplier is an extremely broad requirement. It essentially means the supplier would have to indemnify the buyer for any deliberate action or inaction, regardless of the consequences or fault. This can be excessive and may warrant negotiation.
• Performance of Work: Requiring indemnification for any liability arising from or connected with the performance of work under the agreement is also very expansive. It essentially makes the supplier responsible for any legal claims related to the work, regardless of fault. This should be carefully reviewed and potentially negotiated to limit its scope.
• Breach of Obligations: Indemnifying for any breach of obligations under the agreement is ambiguous. It’s important to clarify whether this means indemnifying for damages or injuries caused by the breach, which would align with the typical use of indemnification clauses.

Ultimately, these requirements should be scrutinized in the context of the specific contract and the parties’ intentions. It’s common practice to negotiate and tailor indemnification clauses to ensure they are fair and reasonable for both parties.

Q2: Can you provide more insight into the types of indemnities, such as promise-based, fault-based, activity-based, and control-based, and how they might impact contract negotiations?

A2: Certainly, different types of indemnities can have varying impacts on contract negotiations:

• Promise-Based Indemnity: This type of indemnity typically arises when one party commits to indemnify the other party for specific actions or outcomes, regardless of fault. It can be quite favorable for the indemnitee but may be challenging for the indemnitor, as it doesn’t consider fault or negligence.
• Fault-Based Indemnity: In contrast, fault-based indemnities are more focused on indemnifying for damages caused by a party’s fault, such as negligence or intentional misconduct. They provide a degree of fairness and accountability based on fault.
• Activity-Based Indemnity: Activity-based indemnities pertain to indemnifying for specific activities or work performed under the contract. These can be broad or narrow in scope, depending on the contract language. They are often used in construction and project contracts.
• Control-Based Indemnity: Control-based indemnities come into play when one party wants to indemnify the other for events or outcomes they have control over. For example, a landlord may require a tenant to indemnify them for damage to the leased property caused by the tenant’s actions.

The impact on contract negotiations depends on the industry, risk tolerance, and the parties’ relative bargaining power. Some industries, like construction and oil, may have a history of using extensive indemnities. However, it’s essential for parties to assess the fairness and reasonableness of the indemnities and negotiate as needed to protect their interests.

Q3: Can you explain the significance of carve-outs within indemnification clauses?

A3: Carve-outs in indemnification clauses are essential for limiting the scope of indemnity obligations. They specify exceptions to what the indemnitor is required to cover. Here’s why they’re significant:

• Scope Control: Carve-outs help both parties control the extent of indemnification. They clarify that certain types of claims or losses are not subject to indemnity, which prevents overreaching indemnity requirements.
• Fairness: Carve-outs ensure fairness by excluding specific scenarios or liabilities that shouldn’t be the responsibility of the indemnitor. This helps balance the interests of both parties.
• Risk Allocation: Parties can use carve-outs to allocate risk appropriately. For example, if a specific risk should be borne by the indemnitor, it can be carved out from the limitations or exclusions.
• Clarity: Including carve-outs makes the indemnification clause clearer and more specific. It reduces ambiguity and the potential for disputes regarding the scope of indemnity.

Carve-outs are a valuable tool for tailoring indemnification clauses to suit the unique circumstances of each contract. Parties should negotiate and include them thoughtfully to ensure that the indemnity obligations align with their intentions and risk-sharing preferences.

Q&A on Outsourcing Models and Liability Limitations in NDA Agreements

Q1: The traditional single outsourcing model seems to be evolving into multi-vendor outsourcing managed by a service integrator or managing contractor. Is this trend becoming too complex for most businesses to manage effectively, and are government agencies shifting away from PFI and PPP towards simpler micro-outsourcing models?

A1: The shift towards multi-vendor outsourcing managed by service integrators or managing contractors has indeed become more prevalent in recent years. While this approach can offer greater flexibility and specialization, it also introduces complexities in managing multiple vendors and ensuring seamless coordination. Whether it becomes too complex to manage depends on the organization’s capacity for effective vendor management and the specific industry and context.

As for government agencies, many have recognized the challenges associated with large-scale PFI (Private Finance Initiative) and PPP (Public-Private Partnership) projects, such as cost overruns and delays. Some are exploring alternative models like micro-outsourcing or smaller, more manageable contracts to reduce risk and improve efficiency. However, the trend can vary from country to country and even within different sectors.

Q2: I’ve come across an extended limitation of liability clause in an NDA agreement for the first time. It states that neither party shall be liable to the other for any indirect, consequential, special, incidental, exemplary, and punitive damages. What does this clause mean, and how might it affect the parties involved?

A2: The extended limitation of liability clause you’ve encountered is designed to restrict the types of damages that one party can seek from the other in case of a breach or other legal dispute. Here’s what it means:

• Indirect and Consequential Damages: These refer to damages that are not the direct result of a breach but are incurred as a consequence of the breach. For example, lost profits due to a contract breach.
• Special and Exemplary Damages: Special damages are specific and quantifiable losses resulting from a breach. Exemplary damages, also known as punitive damages, are intended to punish the breaching party for wrongdoing.
• Incidental Damages: These are minor damages that arise directly from a breach, such as the cost of returning a defective product.

The clause essentially limits the types of damages that can be sought to direct damages, which are the immediate and foreseeable losses resulting directly from the breach. This limitation can protect both parties from excessive liability in case of a dispute.

However, it’s crucial for parties to carefully review and negotiate such clauses, especially in more complex agreements. The extent to which these limitations apply can vary, and parties may want to tailor them to their specific needs or consider exceptions for certain types of breaches or misconduct.

Q&A on Liquidated Damages in NDA Agreements

Q1: Is there a need for a liquidated damages clause in NDA (Non-Disclosure Agreement) agreements, and how dangerous is it to have this clause in an NDA?

A1: The inclusion of a liquidated damages clause in an NDA is a matter of negotiation and risk assessment between the parties involved. Here are some considerations:

• Need for Liquidated Damages: Liquidated damages clauses can serve as a pre-agreed remedy for a specific type of breach, such as unauthorized disclosure of confidential information. They simplify the process of determining damages in case of a breach, as the amount is predetermined.
• Pros of Liquidated Damages:
  • Certainty: It provides a clear and predetermined amount as compensation in case of a breach, which can be beneficial for both parties by eliminating disputes over the extent of damages.
  • Deterrence: It can discourage the breaching party from violating the NDA, knowing the exact financial consequences.
• Cons of Liquidated Damages:
  • Cap on Liability: Liquidated damages can limit the potential recovery for the injured party. In some cases, actual damages may exceed the predetermined amount, but the injured party is restricted to claiming only the liquidated amount.
  • Subject to Challenge: In some jurisdictions, liquidated damages clauses may be challenged as being excessive or unreasonable, leading to potential legal disputes.

Q2: Is there a danger in including a liquidated damages clause in an NDA?

A2: Including a liquidated damages clause in an NDA can be both beneficial and potentially risky, depending on the circumstances. The danger lies in how the clause is structured and enforced:

• Overly Restrictive: If the liquidated damages amount is set too low and does not reasonably reflect the potential harm caused by a breach, it may be considered unenforceable or challenged in court.
• Loss of Flexibility: Having a liquidated damages clause may limit the ability to pursue other legal remedies or claim actual damages that exceed the predetermined amount.
• Mutual or Unilateral: Whether the liquidated damages clause is mutual (applies to both parties) or unilateral (applies to one party) can impact the balance of power and fairness in the NDA.
• Jurisdictional Differences: The enforceability of liquidated damages clauses can vary by jurisdiction, so it’s essential to consider local laws when drafting or enforcing an NDA.

In summary, the inclusion of a liquidated damages clause in an NDA should be carefully considered and tailored to the specific needs and risks of the parties involved. Legal advice and negotiation may be necessary to strike the right balance between providing certainty and protecting the parties’ interests.

Q&A on Analyzing Payment Delays for Extension of Time (EOT) in Projects

Q1: In a project, if there are consistent delays in the release of payment by the Employer, how can the Contractor analyze or claim an Extension of Time (EOT) with respect to the delay in payment release?

A1: Analyzing and claiming an Extension of Time (EOT) due to consistent delays in payment release by the Employer can be a complex process. While there is no well-settled formula for calculating this, here are steps and considerations that can help the Contractor:

• Contract Review: Begin by thoroughly reviewing the project contract. Look for any clauses related to payment terms, delays, and EOT provisions. The contract may contain specific provisions that address delays in payment and their impact on the project schedule.
• Document Delays: Keep detailed records of payment delays, including the dates on which payments were due and when they were actually received. Also, document any communication with the Employer regarding payment delays.
• Analyze Impact: Assess how payment delays have affected the project. This may include looking at the cascading effects on performance, such as resource allocation, worker morale, and productivity. Consider whether there were any work stoppages or slowdowns directly attributable to payment issues.
• Review Suspension Clauses: Check if the contract includes clauses that allow the Contractor to suspend work in case of extended payment delays. If such clauses exist and were invoked, calculate the duration of work suspension.
• Consult Legal Counsel: Seek legal advice to understand the contractual obligations and rights related to payment delays and EOT. Legal counsel can help interpret contract language and navigate dispute resolution processes.
• Communicate with the Employer: Clearly communicate the impact of payment delays to the Employer. Present your analysis, including evidence of how these delays have affected the project timeline. Request an EOT based on the documented delays and their consequences.
• Negotiate: Be prepared to negotiate with the Employer regarding the EOT claim. It’s essential to engage in constructive discussions and potentially reach a mutually agreeable solution.

Remember that the success of an EOT claim due to payment delays depends on the specific contract terms and the ability to demonstrate a direct causal link between the delays in payment and project delays. Legal advice and clear communication with the Employer are often crucial in resolving such disputes effectively.

Q&A on Acquisition and Assignment in Contracts

Q1: In our contracts, we typically included a clause allowing assignment between entities within our group of companies. Now that our holding company has been acquired through a direct stock purchase, do we need to get the client’s consent and send an assignment notice?

A1: The need for client consent and sending an assignment notice in the case of an acquisition can depend on the specific contract and its provisions. Here are some considerations:

• Change of Control vs. Assignment: Determine whether the contract contains a “Change of Control” provision or clause. In many cases, a change in control (acquisition) is treated differently from an assignment. If there’s a Change of Control provision, it may address the procedure or requirements related to such changes.
• Review Contract Language: Carefully review the contract language related to assignment, change of control, or transfer of interests. Look for any specific requirements, restrictions, or obligations imposed by the contract.
• Consent Requirements: If the contract explicitly requires client consent for assignment or change of control, you should seek that consent. However, if the contract is silent on this matter or only addresses assignment and not change of control, you may not need to obtain client consent.
• Notice of Change of Control: Even if client consent is not required, sending a notice of change of control can be a prudent step. It informs the client of the change in ownership and provides transparency about the new structure. This can help maintain a good working relationship.
• Consult Legal Counsel: It’s advisable to consult with legal counsel who specializes in contract law and mergers and acquisitions. They can provide specific guidance based on the contract terms and applicable laws.
• Consider the Impact: Consider the potential impact of the acquisition on the contract. Some contracts may allow the other party to terminate the agreement in case of a change of control. Understanding these consequences is essential.

In summary, the need for client consent and sending an assignment notice depends on the contract terms and whether it explicitly addresses change of control. Legal counsel can help you navigate the specific requirements and implications of the acquisition in relation to your contracts

Q&A on Maintenance Obligations in a Sales and Purchase Agreement (SPA)

Q1: If there’s a clause in a SPA stating that the company will be responsible for the maintenance of the product sold, and there’s no termination clause in the agreement, do I have the right to withdraw from this maintenance service, or will this be considered a breach?

A1: The answer depends on various factors, including the governing law and the specific circumstances of the contract. Here are some considerations:

• Governing Law: The rules governing contract termination can vary by jurisdiction. In English law, for example, the concept of repudiatory breach is relevant. If the breach deprives the other party of the whole or substantially the whole benefit of the contract, it might be considered repudiatory. However, this can be very fact-specific.
• Termination Without a Termination Clause: In many jurisdictions, you can terminate a contract without a termination clause by providing reasonable notice. The reasonableness of the notice period may depend on the nature of the contract, the products or services involved, and industry practices.
• Purpose of the Contract: Consider whether the purpose of the contract can still be achieved without the maintenance services. If the product can be maintained by other providers or if it’s essential for the ongoing use of the product, termination without a valid reason might constitute a breach.
• Costs and Performance: Ensure that the agreement specifies the terms and costs of maintenance. If the maintenance is subject to costs, these should be clearly defined in the contract. The maintenance should also be performed in line with ordinary business practices.
• Performance Guarantees: Contracts may include performance guarantees or security, such as a guarantee that can be encashed in case of a breach. These provisions can provide additional protection.

In summary, while a termination clause would have been ideal for clarity, you may still have the right to withdraw from maintenance services with reasonable notice, depending on the circumstances and applicable law. However, it’s essential to consider the contract’s purpose, industry practices, and any performance guarantees or obligations defined in the agreement. Consulting with legal counsel experienced in contract law in your jurisdiction is advisable for a precise assessment.

Q&A on Drafting Investment Agreements for the Receiver of Investment

Q1: What are the key points that we have to remember in drafting an investment agreement when we are acting for the receiver of the investment?

A1: When drafting an investment agreement on behalf of the receiver of the investment, there are several crucial points to consider:

• Clarify the Nature of the Transaction: Clearly specify in the agreement whether the transaction involves a loan or an investment. Loans must be repaid, while investments typically do not require repayment. This distinction is especially important when family members are involved to avoid future disputes.
• Investor Protections: Recognize that investors, especially venture capitalists (VCs) and private equity firms (PE), are typically savvy and seek various protections. They often secure liquidation rights and exit options, such as put options or mechanisms that force the promoters to find a buyer for a secondary sale. Understanding the investor’s perspective on exits and returns is crucial.
• Hybrid Instruments: Be aware that investors might use hybrid instruments or equity-linked quasi-debt instruments. These instruments offer investors an upside if the company performs well while also securing some form of repayment or exit option. However, this approach can vary based on whether the investor has a short-term or long-term interest in the company.
• Dispute Resolution: Consider the dispute resolution mechanism in the agreement. Ensure that it is efficient and effective in resolving potential disputes between the receiver and the investor. Common methods include arbitration, mediation, or specific clauses addressing deadlock situations.
• Resource Allocation: Recognize that until the investment funds have actually been received and are in the bank, there may be uncertainties. Therefore, avoid resource-intensive obligations for the receiver until the funds are secured. Be cautious about making commitments that rely on the investment until it is confirmed.
• Reverse Termination Fee: In the context of terminating the contract before closing, especially at the investor’s request, consider the use of a reverse termination fee. This fee can provide compensation to the target company if the investor seeks termination prior to closing. However, be prepared to address issues such as material adverse changes or unsatisfactory fulfillment of condition precedent clauses that may lead to disputes and potential litigation.

These key points can help guide the drafting of an investment agreement when representing the receiver, ensuring clarity, investor protection, and effective dispute resolution mechanisms are in place. Additionally, seeking legal counsel experienced in investment agreements and financing transactions is advisable to navigate complex negotiations and ensure the receiver’s interests are safeguarded.

Q&A on Common Law and Non-Monetary Consideration for Shares

Q1: Under the common law, it appears that where a company enters into a contract to take property, services, or other consideration not possessing an obvious money value in payment for its shares, the value placed by the parties on such consideration will be accepted by the Court. The Court will only examine the adequacy of the non-monetary consideration for the shares if there is an action to set aside the contract, taking into account matters such as whether the consideration is illusory or not equivalent to the stated value of the shares. Is a company free to contract to sell its shares for past non-monetary consideration (in the absence of specific legislation allowing past consideration as good/adequate/sufficient consideration for shares issued)?

A1: Under common law principles, a company is generally free to contract to sell its shares in exchange for non-monetary consideration, which may include property, services, or other forms of value that do not possess an obvious money value. The common law allows parties to determine the value of such non-monetary consideration, and the Court typically accepts the value assigned by the parties.

However, it’s important to note that past consideration is generally not considered valid consideration in contract law. Past consideration refers to actions or services performed before the contract was formed. In many jurisdictions, including under common law principles, past consideration is not considered adequate or sufficient consideration to support a contract.

In the scenario described, if the consideration being offered for the shares is based on past non-monetary efforts or services, it may not be considered valid consideration unless specific legislation in the jurisdiction allows for past consideration as adequate. To ensure the legality and enforceability of such a contract, it is advisable to consult with legal counsel who can provide guidance based on the specific laws and regulations applicable in the relevant jurisdiction.

In summary, while common law generally allows for the exchange of shares for non-monetary consideration, past consideration may not be considered valid unless there is specific legislation permitting it. Legal advice should be sought to ensure compliance with applicable laws and regulations.

Q&A on Contract Negotiation Strategies

Q1: Any tips on addressing contract negotiation strategies that you recommend?

A1: Negotiating contracts effectively is a crucial skill in business. Here are some tips and strategies to consider when approaching contract negotiations:

• Preparation is Key: Thoroughly understand the contract terms, your goals, and potential concessions you’re willing to make. Know your counterparty’s motivations and priorities as well.
• Set Clear Objectives: Define your objectives clearly before entering negotiations. Know what you want to achieve and where you’re willing to compromise.
• Establish Trust: Building trust with your counterpart is essential. Be transparent, honest, and respectful throughout the negotiation process.
• Active Listening: Listen carefully to the other party’s concerns and interests. Understanding their perspective can help find mutually beneficial solutions.
• Be Patient: Negotiations can take time. Avoid rushing the process, and be prepared for back-and-forth discussions.
• Focus on Interests, Not Positions: Instead of sticking to fixed positions, focus on underlying interests. This can lead to creative solutions that satisfy both parties.
• Leverage Legal Expertise: If you have a legal team, involve them early in the process. They can provide legal insights and help draft favorable terms.
• Use Silence Effectively: Don’t be afraid of silence during negotiations. Sometimes, the other party will fill the silence with concessions or additional information.
• Manage Emotional Responses: Stay composed and avoid reacting emotionally to counteroffers. Keep your focus on the overall goals.
• Document Everything: Ensure that all agreements and concessions are documented clearly within the contract to avoid misunderstandings later.
• Prepare for Deadlocks: Discuss in advance how to handle situations where an agreement can’t be reached. Consider mediation or alternative dispute resolution methods.
• Cultural Sensitivity: If negotiating internationally, be aware of cultural differences in negotiation styles and customs. Cultural intelligence can help bridge gaps.
• Keep a Win-Win Perspective: Aim for mutually beneficial outcomes whenever possible. Building positive long-term relationships can lead to future opportunities.
• Know When to Walk Away: Sometimes, it’s best to walk away from a deal that doesn’t align with your objectives or is too one-sided.
• Post-Negotiation Follow-Up: After an agreement is reached, ensure that both parties understand their obligations and monitor contract compliance.

Remember that negotiation is an ongoing process, and flexibility is often key to successful outcomes. Adapt your strategies as needed to achieve the best results for your organization.

Q&A on Contract Clauses and EU Trade Regulations

Q1: Can a manufacturer tie its distributor in a contract to prevent the distributor from exporting to or importing from an EU country outside their designated geographical remit? Wouldn’t this violate the EU principle of free parallel trade?

A1: In the EU, restrictions on parallel trade can be a complex issue. Such restrictions should be carefully reviewed to ensure they comply with EU competition law. Here are some considerations:

• Market Share Thresholds: If the manufacturer’s market share is below certain thresholds, restrictions on parallel trade may be more permissible. However, even in such cases, the restrictions should not go beyond what is necessary to protect legitimate business interests.
• Exclusivity and Designated Distributors: Prohibiting the distributor from selling to exclusive distributors in other countries may be more acceptable under competition law.
• Business Approach: Consider addressing parallel trade issues as a business concern rather than a legal one. Building a cooperative relationship with your distributor and discussing these concerns openly can often be more effective.
• Contract Duration: Avoid automatic renewal clauses in contracts. Make renewals mutual and subject to agreement at the end of each contract period.
• Antitrust Guidelines: Familiarize yourself with the EU Commission’s guidelines on vertical restraints, which provide guidance on competition law compliance.
• Threats and Penalties: Avoid any implied threats or penalties related to observance of price levels. Such practices can be considered anti-competitive.
• Legal Counsel: Given the complexity of EU competition law, it’s advisable to seek legal counsel with expertise in this area to ensure compliance.

Remember that the EU’s single market principle is fundamental, and restrictions on parallel trade should be carefully crafted and analyzed to avoid violating EU competition law.

Q&A on Negotiating SaaS Agreements

Q1: How many hours does it actually take to negotiate a medium to large-scale SaaS agreement for a corporate enterprise to completion?

A1: Negotiating a SaaS agreement’s duration can vary based on several factors, such as the complexity of the deal, the parties involved, and their negotiation skills. Here’s an estimate for two scenarios:

Scenario 1: Buyer contracting for services using vendor paper:

• Estimated time: 15–20 hours
• Factors impacting duration: Vendor size, flexibility in contract policies, negotiator skill, and priority.
• Key issues: License restrictions, security breach indemnity, liability cap, insurance, warranty/disclaimer, termination terms, assignment restrictions, fault grid for mission-critical software, and change orders.

Scenario 2: Same as Scenario 1, but contract starts on Buyer’s paper:

• Estimated time: 20–35 hours
• Factors impacting duration: Customizing buyer’s form, size of the vendor/buyer, flexibility in policies, skill of negotiators, and priority.
• Similar key issues as Scenario 1 but with added complexity due to customizing the buyer’s form to fit specific software, hosting, and service modules.

These estimates include time spent redlining, meetings with clients, negotiations with the vendor, and updating contract management systems. Keep in mind that these are rough estimates, and the actual time may vary based on unique circumstances and the level of detail involved in negotiations.

Q&A on Negotiating SaaS Agreements – Part 2

Q1: What happens alongside our SAAS agreement is that we need to fill in extensive questionnaires addressing security, hosting, technical support, etc. Is there a more standardized approach to these?

A1: It’s common to encounter extensive questionnaires in SaaS agreements, and while they may vary slightly, they often cover similar topics. To streamline this process and save time, adopting a more industry-standard approach to these questionnaires could be helpful. Creating a standardized set of responses or templates for common questions can expedite the process and ensure consistency in your responses.

Q2: Does your version of the agreement include a cap on vendor liability? If so, does the client indemnify the vendor for liability above the cap? Is data breach insurance required for “sensitive data”?

A2: Yes, many SaaS agreements include a liability cap on the vendor’s liability. Whether the client indemnifies the vendor for liability above the cap depends on the specific terms negotiated. Data breach insurance requirements, especially for “sensitive data,” can also vary and should be outlined clearly in the agreement. These aspects often require negotiation and can impact the overall duration of the agreement.

Q3: How long negotiations take can depend on the involvement of parties and when legal counsel becomes engaged. What’s the best approach to ensure smooth negotiations?

A3: Involving both sales and legal teams from the outset of negotiations is advisable. Establishing clear term sheets in plain language to outline commercial and contract terms, reflecting company policy, before drafting can help align expectations and reduce delays. Early collaboration and communication between teams can prevent misunderstandings and expedite the negotiation process.

Q&A on Contract Clauses Limiting Liability and Damages

Q1: If a contract has a clause that limits liability and another clause allowing the seeking of damages, can a party still be exposed to paying damages exceeding the contract amount?

A1: The language in such clauses can be critical. In your example, there is a potential conflict between the two clauses. The first clause limits X’s liability to the monies paid by Y under the contract. The second clause allows Y to seek “appropriate damages.” This ambiguity could lead to misinterpretation. To clarify, you might revise the second clause to explicitly state the scope and limitations of damages, ensuring it aligns with the intent of the parties.

Q2: From Y’s perspective, can the limit on X’s liability be clarified to ensure it’s based on compensation payable under the contract, not necessarily the amount actually paid by Y?

A2: Yes, you can clarify the limit on X’s liability by specifying that it’s based on the compensation payable under the contract, regardless of whether Y has actually paid that amount to X. This helps protect Y’s rights and ensures that X’s liability is not reduced simply because Y hasn’t made payments due to X’s non-performance.

Q3: How can the second clause be revised to better express the intention of seeking damages without imposing mandatory damages?

A3: To express the intention of seeking damages without imposing mandatory damages, you can rephrase the second clause. For example: “Y may seek damages, subject to proof, in the event of X’s breach or threatened breach. Such damages shall be limited to direct losses incurred by Y and shall be subject to determination by a court of law.” This revision clarifies that damages are not mandatory but may be sought if certain conditions, such as a breach, are met.

Q&A on Contract Law and Limitation of Liability

Q1: Which law applies to your contract, and is it considered a cross-border contract? Additionally, what specific outcome are you seeking by considering the second sentence, and are there legal limits to how much you can limit liability?

A1: The applicable law for your contract is Indian law, and it’s a domestic contract. Considering the second sentence might be necessary due to specific instructions, but it’s important to draft it carefully to avoid ambiguity or conflicts with the first sentence. Legal limits to the limitation of liability often depend on factors such as reasonableness and the specific facts of the contract.

Q2: Is there a reason to distinguish between monetary damages and damages for the threat of a breach in your contract?

A2: Distinguishing between monetary damages and damages for the threat of a breach can be important for clarity and precision in your contract. Monetary damages typically refer to compensation for actual losses suffered, while damages for the threat of a breach might relate to potential future losses or harm caused by a breach. This distinction helps define the scope of damages more clearly.

Q3: What are the potential consequences of a poorly drafted and conflicting limitation of liability clause?

A3: A poorly drafted and conflicting limitation of liability clause can lead to ambiguity and disputes regarding the extent of liability. It may result in increased legal fees and costs to resolve conflicts. To avoid such issues, it’s advisable to draft limitation of liability clauses clearly and coherently from the outset, considering the specific legal requirements and objectives of the parties involved.

Q&A on Dealing with Language Differences in Cross-Border Contracts

Q1: In cross-border contracts involving parties without a common language, what are the common approaches to addressing this issue?

A1: In cross-border contracts involving parties with different languages, several approaches can be taken:

• Use Chinese or English only (though English-only is less common in China).
• Use Chinese only with a “reference” translation to English.
• Use English only with a “reference” translation to Chinese.
• Provide both Chinese and English versions of the same contract as a single document or set of documents.

The choice depends on the preferences and requirements of the parties involved.

Q2: How does certification of a translation affect the contract when there are language differences, and what if the certified translation is manifestly incorrect?

A2: Certification of a translation can provide some level of assurance regarding accuracy. However, if a certified translation is manifestly incorrect, it may still pose problems. Certification shifts the risk but may not be sufficient when dealing with languages that others may not understand well. In such cases, precision and clarity in drafting the contract in the primary language is crucial.

Q3: How do you handle situations where reference translations are provided but may not be given adequate attention or where translation precision is critical for legal concepts?

A3: Providing reference translations can be a helpful compromise, but it’s essential to ensure that both versions of the contract are treated with equal importance. In practice, reference translations may receive less attention, especially when there are complex technical or legal terms involved. In such cases, it’s advisable to draft the contract in the primary language with utmost precision and clarity, as translation may not capture the full legal nuances.

Q4: Are there any legal implications or considerations when determining the language of the contract, especially in arbitration clauses or when parties are from different legal systems?

A4: Yes, there are legal implications to consider, particularly when it comes to arbitration clauses. The choice of language can impact the conduct of arbitration proceedings and the enforceability of arbitral awards. It’s essential to define the language of arbitration clearly in the contract. Additionally, parties from different legal systems may have different interpretations of legal terms, which should be addressed to avoid misunderstandings or disputes.

Q&A on Dealing with Language Differences and Local Authorities in Contracts (1)

Q1: How can translations impact contracts when local authorities require a local language version, and what are the potential consequences of unclear translations?

A1: Local authorities often require contracts to be in the local language for official purposes. In such cases, it’s crucial to ensure that the translation is accurate and clear. Unclear translations can lead to adverse consequences, especially in tax and foreign clauses. Local authorities may construe and form opinions based on the local language version, which could result in misunderstandings or disputes.

Q2: Is it realistic to expect 100% accuracy in translations of lengthy contracts, and what challenges are involved in translating legal documents?

A2: Achieving 100% accuracy in translations of lengthy contracts can be challenging. Translating legal documents requires precision and clarity, and it’s often a complex process. Typically, it involves at least two translators—a general translator and an attorney. It’s not cost-effective for an attorney to do the entire translation, but it’s crucial for an attorney who is a native speaker to review and approve the final version of the contract. Translating technical exhibits and drawings can be particularly challenging and should be approached with caution.

Q3: What are the considerations when including clauses that address conflicts between different language versions of a contract, especially in cross-border agreements?

A3: In cross-border agreements where language differences exist, it’s essential to address potential conflicts between language versions. The choice of clause can depend on various factors:

I. If dispute resolution takes place outside mainland China or allows English as the language for arbitration in China, a clause stating that the English version prevails can be suitable.

II. If the contract must be submitted to Chinese authorities for legal effect, a clause stating the prevailing version might not be accepted during registration. This applies to Chinese employment contracts as well.

III. In scenarios neither I nor II, it might be wiser to state that “in case of a conflict between the two versions, the Chinese version will prevail.” This ensures that parties have control over the translation presented to a Chinese court if a dispute arises over the English version’s meaning.

Each approach has its considerations, and the choice should align with the specific circumstances of the contract and jurisdiction.

Q&A on Dealing with Language Differences and Local Authorities in Contracts (2) 

Q1: When local authorities require a local language version of a contract, how can this impact the interpretation of tax and foreign clauses, and what precautions should be taken?

A1: Local authorities often insist on contracts being in the local language, and this can have implications for the interpretation of clauses, especially those related to tax and foreign matters. To avoid misunderstandings or adverse consequences, it’s crucial to ensure that translations are clear and accurate. Careful attention should be given to translating clauses that are likely to be scrutinized by local authorities.

Q2: Is it feasible to expect 100% accuracy in translating lengthy contracts, and what challenges arise when translating legal documents?

A2: Achieving 100% accuracy in translating lengthy contracts can be challenging. Legal document translation requires precision and clarity. Typically, two translators are involved—a general translator and an attorney. While it’s not cost-effective for an attorney to perform the entire translation, it is essential for an attorney who is a native speaker to review and approve the final version of any contract. Translating technical exhibits and drawings can be particularly challenging and may not be advisable in some cases.

Q3: In cross-border agreements with language differences, what are the considerations for including clauses addressing conflicts between different language versions?

A3: In cross-border agreements, addressing conflicts between different language versions is essential. The choice of clause depends on various factors:

I. If dispute resolution occurs outside of mainland China or allows English as the language for arbitration in a Chinese arbitral tribunal, a clause stating that the English version prevails can be suitable.

II. If the contract must be submitted to Chinese authorities for legal effect, the above clause may be denied registration. This applies to Chinese employment contracts as well.

III. In scenarios not falling into categories I or II, it may make more sense to state that “in case of a conflict between the two versions, the Chinese version will prevail.” This allows parties to have control over the translation presented to a Chinese court if disputes arise over the English version’s meaning. While it requires extra work during drafting, it provides more certainty than relying on a local translator.

The choice of clause should align with the specific circumstances and jurisdiction of the contract.

Q&A on Including Indemnity and Damages Clauses in Contracts

Q1: In a contract that includes an indemnity clause, what’s the relevance of having a separate clause for damages?

A1: Including both an indemnity clause and a separate damages clause in a contract can serve distinct purposes:

• Liability Cap: In some contracts, particularly those governed by specific laws like Russian law, damages might be regulated by law. In such cases, it can be beneficial to stipulate a liability cap or limitation of liability in a separate damages clause.
• Liquidated Damages: A damages clause can specify liquidated damages, providing predetermined compensation for particular breaches. This helps avoid disputes over the quantum of damages.
• Clarity and Precision: Separating the two clauses allows for clarity and precision in outlining what constitutes indemnifiable losses and what falls under the damages clause.
• Defense and Attorney Fees: Including a damages clause can address important issues like attorney fees and defense obligations, which may be crucial in legal disputes.

Having both clauses is not illegal and can provide a more comprehensive approach to addressing breaches and their consequences. It offers flexibility in determining compensation and can help minimize disputes.

Q2: Are there any legal restrictions or requirements when including both indemnity and damages clauses in a contract?

A2: There are no legal restrictions against including both indemnity and damages clauses in a contract. In fact, having both can be advantageous in addressing different aspects of potential breaches and their consequences. However, it’s essential to draft these clauses clearly and precisely to avoid ambiguity and disputes. Additionally, you should consider the governing law of the contract, as some jurisdictions may have specific rules or limitations regarding damages and indemnity.

Q3: How do indemnity and damages clauses differ in practice, and how can they impact compensation for breaches of contract?

A3: Indemnity and damages clauses serve different functions:

• Indemnity Clause: An indemnity clause is like an assurance that one party will take responsibility for compensating the other party for losses arising from specific events or breaches. It often provides broader coverage and can extend to third-party claims. Indemnity doesn’t require the injured party to prove the exact quantum of damages, making it a powerful mechanism for compensation.
• Damages Clause: A damages clause specifies predetermined compensation for particular breaches, such as liquidated damages. It requires the injured party to demonstrate the breach and quantify the damages suffered. Damages clauses can be more specific but may require a party to prove their losses in case of a breach.

The choice between these clauses depends on the parties’ preferences, the specific contract, and the governing law. While indemnity can provide more comprehensive coverage and potentially higher compensation, damages clauses can offer clarity and specificity in compensation terms. Ultimately, both have their place in contract drafting, depending on the parties’ goals and the contract’s context.

Q&A on Understanding Contract Language

Q1: I want to improve my understanding of contract language, but I’m not sure where to start. Any suggestions for learning or getting better at comprehending contract language?

A1: Understanding contract language can be a valuable skill. Here are some suggestions to help you get started:

• Legal Training: Consider taking a basic legal course or workshop focused on contract law. Many universities and online platforms offer courses that cover contract terminology and principles.
• In-House Legal Support: If your organization has an in-house legal department, reach out to them for guidance and training. They can provide tailored insights into contract language specific to your industry and company.
• Online Resources: There are numerous online resources, blogs, and articles that break down contract language and explain common clauses. Look for reputable sources that provide practical explanations.
• Legal Dictionary: Invest in a legal dictionary or use online legal dictionaries to look up terms and phrases you encounter in contracts. Understanding the definitions is essential.
• Contract Templates: Examine contract templates relevant to your industry. Compare them to see common language and clauses used in similar agreements.
• Seek Guidance: Don’t hesitate to ask colleagues or mentors who have experience in contract negotiation and drafting. They can provide real-world insights and explanations.
• Practice: Practice makes perfect. As you review contracts, take notes, and create summaries of key terms and clauses. This can help reinforce your understanding.
• Stay Updated: Contract law evolves, so stay updated on legal developments and changes in industry standards.

Remember that contract language can vary by jurisdiction and industry, so it’s essential to tailor your learning to your specific needs and context.

Q2: How can understanding contract language benefit my role, particularly in negotiations and contract management?

A2: Understanding contract language can offer several benefits in your role:

• Effective Negotiation: When you understand contract language, you can negotiate with more confidence. You’ll recognize key terms and potential pitfalls, allowing you to advocate for favorable terms.
• Risk Mitigation: Comprehending contract language helps you identify and mitigate risks. You can spot clauses that may expose your organization to liability and work to address them during negotiations.
• Contract Management: In contract management, understanding the language allows you to monitor compliance, track deadlines, and ensure that all parties fulfill their obligations as outlined in the contract.
• Cost Savings: By spotting ambiguities or unfavorable terms early in the negotiation process, you can avoid costly disputes or legal actions down the road.
• Faster Decision-Making: Familiarity with contract language enables you to review and assess agreements more efficiently, reducing the time it takes to finalize contracts.
• Enhanced Communication: You can communicate more effectively with legal teams, clients, and stakeholders when discussing contract-related matters.

Overall, improving your understanding of contract language can enhance your negotiation skills, reduce legal risks, and contribute to successful contract management in your role.

Q&A on Contract Language Interpretation

Q1: When dealing with contract language, particularly in insurance contracts, what is the significance of the term “deliberate” in the context of a carve-out to an exclusion clause?

A1: The term “deliberate” in the context of an exclusion clause, especially in insurance contracts, is significant because it determines the threshold for a breach that can trigger certain consequences, such as avoiding a payment liability. The interpretation of “deliberate” can vary, and it’s essential to understand its precise meaning in the specific contract.

• Strict Liability: If “deliberate” is interpreted as requiring solely intentional behavior, regardless of the actor’s belief or intent, it implies a form of strict liability. In this case, even unintentional but deliberate (purposeful) non-disclosure or actions could trigger the exclusion clause.
• Intentional Non-Disclosure: If “deliberate” is understood as intentional non-disclosure, it may not necessarily require dishonest intent. It implies that the actor’s intent to withhold information intentionally, even without dishonesty, could fall within the carve-out, resulting in no payment liability.

The exact interpretation depends on the contract’s wording and the applicable legal principles. Courts often analyze the specific language and context of the contract to determine the meaning of terms like “deliberate.” It’s crucial to consult legal experts or carefully review contract provisions to understand their implications fully.

Q2: In the context of insurance contracts, does “deliberate” necessarily imply dishonest intent, or can it also cover intentional actions without dishonesty?

A2: The interpretation of “deliberate” in insurance contracts can vary, and it may not always imply dishonest intent. It depends on the specific contract wording and the legal principles applicable in the jurisdiction. Here are two possible interpretations:

• Strict Liability: In some cases, “deliberate” may be interpreted as requiring solely intentional behavior, irrespective of the actor’s belief or intent. In this strict interpretation, dishonesty may not be a necessary element. Even an intentional but honest mistake or omission could be considered “deliberate” and trigger the exclusion clause.
• Intentional Non-Disclosure: Alternatively, “deliberate” might be understood as intentional non-disclosure, which may not necessarily involve dishonesty. This interpretation implies that the actor’s intent to withhold information intentionally, even without dishonesty, could fall within the carve-out, resulting in no payment liability.

The exact meaning of “deliberate” should be determined based on the contract’s specific language, the applicable legal framework, and any relevant court decisions. To avoid ambiguity and potential disputes, it’s advisable to seek legal counsel and clarify the intended meaning of such terms during contract negotiations.

Q3: How do insurance contracts balance the concept of “deliberate” non-disclosure with the principle of utmost good faith?

A3: Insurance contracts are founded on the principle of utmost good faith, also known as uberrimae fidei. This principle places a high duty of disclosure on both the insured party and the insurer. When it comes to balancing “deliberate” non-disclosure with this principle, several factors come into play:

• Duty to Disclose: Under the principle of utmost good faith, both parties have a duty to disclose all material information that could impact the insurance contract. Failure to do so could void the contract or affect its terms.
• Interpretation of “Deliberate”: The interpretation of “deliberate” in the context of non-disclosure can vary. If “deliberate” is interpreted strictly as intentional behavior, it could encompass both dishonest and non-dishonest intent. However, if it requires dishonesty, it may align better with the principle of good faith.
• Contract Wording: The specific wording of the insurance contract plays a crucial role. If the contract explicitly defines “deliberate” and its consequences, it provides clarity regarding the parties’ obligations and liabilities.
• Legal Framework: The applicable legal framework and court decisions in the jurisdiction can influence how “deliberate” non-disclosure is interpreted and whether it aligns with the principle of utmost good faith.

Balancing these factors requires careful drafting of insurance contracts, clear definitions of terms, and adherence to legal standards. Legal experts can help navigate these complexities and ensure that insurance contracts are consistent with the principle of utmost good faith while addressing issues of “deliberate” non-disclosure.

Q&A on Ambiguities in Contract Language

Q1: In contract language, what is the significance of the term “wilful default,” and how does it relate to liability caps and termination of contracts?

A1: The term “wilful default” in contract language often relates to the behavior or actions of one party (let’s call them “X”) in the context of contract termination. The significance of “wilful default” can vary, but it generally involves determining whether X’s actions in terminating the contract were morally blameworthy, deliberate, or in good faith.

• Economic Breach Theory: Sometimes, “wilful default” may not be solely about moral blameworthiness but also consider the economic aspect. For instance, if X terminates a contract because it’s economically advantageous to do so, it might be seen as a “wilful default” even if it’s not morally blameworthy.
• Liability Cap: Contracts often include liability caps that limit the amount of damages or liability a party can incur. “Wilful default” may sit outside of this liability cap, meaning that if X’s behavior is determined to be a “wilful default,” they could be held liable beyond the cap.

Q2: Why do some contracts, particularly in the insurance industry, contain ambiguities related to terms like “wilful default,” and why are they not promptly corrected?

A3: The presence of ambiguities in contracts, including terms like “wilful default,” can be attributed to several factors:

• Complexity: Contracts, especially in industries like insurance, can be highly complex and involve various parties, regulations, and risks. Ambiguities may unintentionally arise due to the complexity of the subject matter and the drafting process.
• Evolution of Language: Language evolves over time, and terms may acquire new meanings or interpretations. What was clear when a contract was drafted might become ambiguous or open to different interpretations later.
• Lack of Clarity: Drafting a contract without ambiguities requires meticulous attention to detail, legal expertise, and a deep understanding of the industry. Not all contract drafters may possess these qualities, leading to ambiguities.
• Legal Precedents: Ambiguities may persist in contracts because legal precedents and court decisions sometimes clarify the meaning of ambiguous terms. Parties may rely on these precedents rather than revising the contract.

While many parties would prefer to avoid ambiguities, fixing them often requires careful revision and negotiation, which can be time-consuming and complex. Additionally, some parties may choose to rely on legal interpretations and precedents rather than addressing ambiguities proactively.

Q&A on the Validity of Term Sheets and Scanned Contracts

Q1: Is there any jurisdiction in which a Term Sheet or a scanned copy of a Contract is not valid and unenforceable in the courts?

A1: The enforceability of a Term Sheet or a scanned copy of a Contract generally depends on the jurisdiction and the specific circumstances. Here are some key points:

• Consensus is Essential: In many jurisdictions, the enforceability of a contract, regardless of its form (including scanned copies), hinges on the existence of consensus or agreement between the parties on all essential provisions. The absence of consensus on essential terms may render the contract unenforceable.
• Formality Requirements: Some jurisdictions may have specific formality requirements for certain types of contracts. For example, contracts related to real property or shares might require a formal deed, while others can be in writing or even oral. The failure to meet these formality requirements could affect enforceability.
• Signature Validity: In some jurisdictions, the validity of signatures on scanned copies may be challenged. Some require all signatures to be original, while others accept electronic signatures in accordance with electronic signature laws.
• Intent Matters: The intent of the parties when drafting a document like a Term Sheet is crucial. If the Term Sheet clearly states that it is not intended to create binding obligations and merely serves as a guideline for a future contract, it may not be considered a binding contract itself.
• Evidence vs. Originals: In legal proceedings, scanned copies may be used as evidence, but there could be a requirement to produce the original or a certified copy during the proceedings, especially if the validity of the scanned copy is challenged.
• Legal Capacity: Parties to a contract must have the legal capacity to enter into it. If one of the parties lacks legal capacity (e.g., is a minor or mentally incapacitated), the contract may be deemed invalid.
• Jurisdiction-Specific Rules: Specific rules and requirements regarding the validity and enforceability of contracts can vary widely from one jurisdiction to another. It’s essential to consult legal experts familiar with the laws of the relevant jurisdiction.

In summary, the enforceability of a Term Sheet or scanned copy of a Contract is influenced by various factors, including the jurisdiction, the intent of the parties, formality requirements, and the specific content of the document. It’s advisable to seek legal advice to ensure compliance with applicable laws and to clarify the enforceability of such documents in a particular jurisdiction.

Q&A on Drafting Legal Agreements

Q1: What are your thoughts on the statement “Draft for an ordinary reader, not for a mythical judge who might someday review the document.” Especially in the context of drafting legal agreements, particularly agreements where all the parties are commercial entities. 

A1: The statement encourages plain and clear drafting, but there are nuances to consider in the context of legal agreements:

• Plain and Clear Drafting: The principle of drafting for an ordinary reader promotes clarity and avoids ambiguity in contracts. A contract that is readily understandable to the parties involved is less likely to lead to disputes.
• Natural and Ordinary Meaning: Courts generally interpret contracts based on the natural and ordinary meaning of the language used. If the drafting is clear, it may not need to be placed before a judge.
• Understanding by Industry Professionals: In certain industries like construction, contracts are not just legal documents but also serve as practical guides for professionals implementing the contract. Therefore, industry professionals need to understand the contract’s provisions, and clear drafting facilitates this.
• Consideration of Judges: While drafting for clarity is essential, it’s also important to consider how a judge might interpret the contract in case of a dispute. Judges may apply legal principles to resolve issues, and contracts should align with these principles.
• Definition of “Ordinary Reader”: The “ordinary reader” in legal contexts may not be an entirely uninformed person but rather a reasonable person with the background knowledge that the parties would reasonably have had at the time of the contract. This definition may vary depending on the legal jurisdiction.
• Complex Contracts: In some commercial contracts, especially complex ones, the drafting may need to cater to the understanding of industry professionals, lawyers, and judges. In such cases, plain language should still be used whenever possible to enhance comprehension.

In summary, drafting for an ordinary reader is a valuable guideline, but the context of the agreement, the industry involved, and the potential for legal disputes should all be considered. Balancing clarity with legal precision is the key to effective contract drafting.

Q&A on Drafting Contracts for Non-Disclosure Agreements (NDAs)

Q1: European/Swiss SME suppliers find that their standard NDA templates are often heavily edited when doing business in the U.S. SMEs want to streamline this process by providing a “minimum requirements list” instead of a full NDA template to potential U.S. customers. What insights can you offer on this issue?

A1: NDAs can indeed be a complex and potentially problematic area, especially when dealing with international parties. To streamline the process and provide a minimum requirements list for NDAs with U.S. customers, consider the following:

• Clear Definition of Confidential Information: Ensure the NDA includes a specific and clear definition of what constitutes Confidential Information. This definition should leave no room for ambiguity.
• Limited Term for Disclosures: Define the period during which Confidential Information will be shared. It should be clear when the confidentiality obligation begins and ends.
• Expiration of Confidentiality: Specify the duration for which the parties are obligated to keep the Confidential Information secret. This can vary based on the nature of the information and the needs of the parties.
• Exceptions to Disclosure Restrictions: Include a provision outlining exceptions to the disclosure restrictions. There is usually a standard list of acceptable exceptions that most parties can agree upon.
• Exclusions for Legal Disclosure: Address situations where Confidential Information may need to be disclosed for legal or regulatory reasons. This should be clear to both parties.
• Destruction of Confidential Information: Detail the process for the destruction or return of Confidential Information once the NDA’s term expires. Allow for reasonable retention of some Confidential Information for internal compliance purposes.
• Dispute Resolution Venue: Clearly define the venue for resolving disputes related to the NDA, such as the choice of jurisdiction or arbitration provisions.

By providing this minimum requirements list, you can offer a framework for NDAs that is concise, yet covers essential elements to protect both parties’ interests. However, keep in mind that legal requirements and industry practices can vary, so it’s advisable to consult with legal counsel familiar with U.S. contract law for specific situations.

Q2: What are some key considerations when drafting a contract for asset management in the Netherlands? I have experience with Nordic and German law, but I’m looking for insights into Dutch law. Is it more similar to French or German law?

A2: When drafting a contract for asset management in the Netherlands, here are some key considerations:

• Choice of Law: Determine the governing law of the contract. Dutch law is a civil law system, similar to French law. However, it’s also influenced by EU law and has unique aspects. You may want to consult with a Dutch legal expert to decide whether to adopt Dutch law or another jurisdiction.
• Regulatory Compliance: Ensure compliance with Dutch financial regulations and licensing requirements if the asset management involves financial services. The Netherlands Authority for the Financial Markets (AFM) and the Dutch Central Bank (DNB) regulate financial activities.
• Contractual Clauses: Include standard contractual clauses, such as rights and obligations of parties, fee structures, performance benchmarks, and dispute resolution mechanisms. Dutch contracts often follow a civil law tradition with detailed provisions.
• Confidentiality and Data Protection: Address confidentiality and data protection requirements, as the Netherlands has specific data protection regulations (GDPR). Ensure that you handle personal data in compliance with EU and Dutch privacy laws.
• Dispute Resolution: Determine the preferred method for resolving disputes, which can include litigation in Dutch courts or alternative dispute resolution methods like arbitration.
• Termination and Exit Strategies: Clearly outline termination procedures and exit strategies, including notice periods and consequences of termination for both parties.
• Language: Dutch is the official language, but many business contracts are drafted in English. Ensure that the language of the contract is clear and unambiguous.
• Tax Considerations: Consider tax implications related to asset management in the Netherlands, including withholding tax on income, VAT, and other tax obligations.

It’s important to work with a legal expert who specializes in Dutch law or has expertise in international contract law to draft a contract tailored to your specific asset management arrangement. Dutch law shares some similarities with both French and German law but also has its unique characteristics, so understanding the nuances is essential.

Q&A on Drafting Force Majeure Clauses

Q1: Is there a specific format for drafting a standard Force Majeure clause?

A1: While there isn’t a one-size-fits-all format for Force Majeure clauses, they should be tailored to the specific situation, location, and industry. However, there are common elements to consider when drafting such a clause:

• Definition of Force Majeure: Start with a clear definition of what constitutes a Force Majeure event. This definition should be broad enough to encompass unforeseeable events beyond the parties’ control.
• List of Force Majeure Events: Enumerate the types of events that qualify as Force Majeure events. Include a non-exhaustive list to cover a range of possibilities but avoid overly specific examples.
• Exclusions: Specify what should not be considered a Force Majeure event. This helps prevent the clause from being invoked in situations that the parties want to exclude.
• Consequences: Detail the consequences of a Force Majeure event, such as granting time extensions for performance but typically not additional costs.
• Mitigation: State that both parties have a duty to mitigate the impact of a Force Majeure event to the extent possible.
• Payment Obligations: Clarify that payment obligations remain in effect even during a Force Majeure event unless expressly stated otherwise.
• Prolonged Force Majeure: Address prolonged Force Majeure events by including a backstop date that allows either party to terminate or suspend the contract if the event persists beyond a specified timeframe.

Remember that Force Majeure clauses should be location and industry-specific. Consider the local conditions, potential risks, and any unique aspects of the transaction. Additionally, the wording of the clause can vary based on the negotiation power of the parties involved. Consulting with legal experts is advisable to ensure the clause aligns with your specific needs and potential risks.

Q&A on the Difference Between Gross Negligence and Plain Negligence

Q1: What is the difference between gross negligence and plain negligence?

A1: The difference between gross negligence and plain negligence lies in the degree of fault and carelessness involved in a person’s actions or omissions. Here’s an explanation with examples:

Plain Negligence: Plain negligence refers to a failure to exercise reasonable care or caution that a prudent person would under similar circumstances. It involves inadvertent mistakes, carelessness, or a lack of proper judgment. For instance, if someone accidentally leaves their keys inside a locked car, it would be considered plain negligence.

Gross Negligence: Gross negligence, on the other hand, is a higher degree of negligence characterized by a conscious or reckless disregard for the safety and well-being of others. It involves a more extreme level of carelessness and indifference. An example of gross negligence would be if someone intentionally parked their car without applying the handbrake on an inclined driveway, fully aware of the potential risks, and a serious accident occurs as a result.

In summary, while plain negligence is the failure to meet the standard of care expected of a reasonable person, gross negligence involves a level of recklessness or intentional misconduct that goes beyond ordinary negligence. The distinction between the two can have legal implications, particularly in cases involving liability and damages.

Q&A on Drafting Contracts for Affiliate Relationships

Q1: We often sign agreements with procurement companies, but we end up delivering services to their affiliates. How can we mitigate this risk and ensure the affiliate complies with the agreement?

A1: To mitigate this risk, you can include specific provisions in your agreements. Here are some considerations:

• Affiliate Liability: State that when you deliver services to an affiliate, the contracting entity remains responsible and liable for the performance of its obligations under the agreement. This means the contracting entity is accountable for any acts, omissions, or breaches by the affiliate.
• Obligation Procurement: Include a clause where the contracting entity must ensure that the affiliate complies with the terms of the agreement. This emphasizes their responsibility for the affiliate’s compliance.

Q2: Many group companies require their affiliates to have the benefit of the agreement and the ability to enforce it. How can we address this, especially concerning the “benefit language”?

A2: To address this issue, consider the following steps:

• Reject Benefit Language: You can outright reject the inclusion of “benefit language” in your agreements. This ensures that only the contracting entity is party to the agreement.
• Enforcement Rights: Specify that the contracting entity has the right to enforce the agreement on behalf of its affiliates. However, make it clear that the contracting entity remains responsible and liable for its obligations under the agreement and for any actions or breaches by the affiliate.
• Compliance Obligation: State that the contracting entity must procure that its affiliate complies with all the terms of the agreement.
• Loss Recovery: Include a provision allowing the contracting entity to recover losses on behalf of an affiliate as if they were its own losses.
• No Double Recovery: In any legal proceedings initiated on behalf of the affiliate(s), specify that there should be no double recovery, ensuring clarity in case of claims.

These measures can help you address the concerns raised by group companies while still maintaining control and minimizing risks in your agreements.

Q&A on Assignment Clauses and Third-Party Enforcement

Q1: In Sweden, we often use “Assignment clauses” in contracts, but can they be enforced against third parties when one party wants to sell the invoice to a bank, for example?

A1: The enforceability of assignment clauses can vary depending on the jurisdiction. Here’s some information from different countries:

• France: French law has seen conflicting decisions. One ruling prioritized the privity of contract rule, suggesting that a bank purchasing accounts receivable may not be bound by the assignment prohibition. (Cass. com, 21 novembre 2000). However, another decision allowed the assigned party to invoke the contractual restrictions against the assignee (Cass. Com, 22 octobre 2002).
• France (Updated): The French Commercial Code now prohibits clauses preventing a creditor from assigning their claim to a third party (Code de Commerce L-442-6). This generally favors the assignee, who is not obliged to check if the assignor is allowed to assign the claim.
• Sweden: In Sweden, assignment clauses are recognized as valid between the parties but may not necessarily be enforceable against third parties. Specific Swedish legal references would be needed to provide more details.
• India: In India, the nature of the transaction and the terms of the contract matter. Absolute transfers may not be bound by assignment clauses, but conditional transfers could be. However, this depends on the specifics of the contract.
• Japan: Japanese law allows assignment of rights to third parties unless prohibited in the contract. Non-assignment clauses are generally valid. The contract is valid only between the parties, and third parties cannot claim rights under it.
• United States: In some U.S. jurisdictions, unless a contract specifies novation, the assigning party remains secondarily responsible. This allows you to hold the assignor secondarily responsible if the assignee fails to perform.

Enforceability can vary significantly, so it’s essential to consider the specific jurisdiction and contract terms when dealing with assignment clauses and third-party involvement.

Q2: In jurisdictions that prevent assignment, does the concept of novation exist?

A2: In many jurisdictions, including the United States, the concept of novation exists. Novation occurs when the parties to a contract agree to substitute one party with another, effectively releasing the original party from all obligations. Novation is typically used when both parties agree to transfer all rights and obligations to a third party, essentially creating a new contract.

Novation can be a useful tool when dealing with assignment clauses, as it provides a clear mechanism for transferring responsibilities and liabilities to a third party. However, novation typically requires the consent of all parties involved, and the contract often explicitly states that novation is occurring. It’s crucial to understand the legal requirements and implications of novation in your specific jurisdiction and contract situation.

Q&A on Managing Contracts with Subsidiaries and Affiliates

Q1: How do you (as a company manage contracts with subsidiaries and affiliates, considering liability, separate agreements, and local laws?

A1: Managing contracts with subsidiaries and affiliates involves several considerations:

• Separate Agreements: Depending on the situation, it may be prudent to have separate agreements with subsidiaries or affiliates. This allows you to isolate risks and liabilities. For example, if one subsidiary fails to meet its obligations, only its agreement is at risk of termination.
• Liability Protection: To protect against the potential liabilities of subsidiaries or affiliates, consider the following:
  • Parent Company Guarantee: Ensure the parent company provides a guarantee for the subsidiary’s obligations. This gives you recourse to the parent company’s resources.
  • Financial Security: Require financial securities, such as bank guarantees or letters of credit, from subsidiaries or affiliates to cover potential breaches or defaults.
  • Indemnification: Include subsidiaries and affiliates as indemnities in the contract to hold them responsible for their actions.
• Choice of Law and Jurisdiction: Specify the applicable law and jurisdiction in the contracts. Ensure these terms comply with local laws in the jurisdictions where subsidiaries or affiliates operate.
• Inter-Company Contracts: If services are provided by subsidiaries or affiliates, have inter-company contracts in place with agreed charges. This is crucial, especially for services that are challenging to quantify.
• Parental Guarantee: If the parent company has partial ownership, a parental guarantee should provide you with rights to the full amount stated in case of a breach. Ensure that the parent company indeed has the financial capacity to fulfill the guarantee.
• Assess Financial Health: Regularly assess the financial health of subsidiaries and affiliates to gauge their ability to fulfill contract obligations.
• Risk Mitigation: Be proactive in identifying and mitigating risks rather than waiting for disasters to occur.

Remember that the approach can vary depending on the specific subject matter of the contract and the jurisdiction in which subsidiaries and affiliates operate.

Q2: What should you do if a subsidiary fails to meet its contractual obligations with a supplier, and the supplier is starting the termination process?

A2: If a subsidiary is at risk of not meeting its contractual obligations with a supplier, and termination is looming, consider the following actions:

• Assess the Situation: Carefully assess the reasons for the subsidiary’s failure to meet obligations. Determine if it’s a temporary issue or a systemic problem.
• Parent Company Guarantee: If a parent company guarantee is in place, notify the parent company of the situation. They may need to step in to fulfill the subsidiary’s obligations to prevent termination.
• Negotiation: Engage in negotiations with the supplier to find a solution that satisfies their concerns and keeps the contract intact. This could involve financial compensation, revised timelines, or other mutually agreeable terms.
• Payment: If necessary, consider making the payment on behalf of the subsidiary to the supplier to prevent termination. You can then seek reimbursement from the subsidiary or parent company based on the contractual arrangements.
• Review Contract Terms: Evaluate the contract terms and obligations to ensure they are fair and realistic, and adjust them if necessary to prevent future breaches.
• Prevent Future Issues: Take steps to prevent similar issues in the future, such as improving communication, monitoring subsidiary performance, and addressing root causes.

Remember that every situation is unique, and the appropriate course of action may vary based on the specific circumstances and contractual arrangements.

Q&A on Defining Losses in Limitation of Liability Clauses

Q1: How can losses be defined in limitation of liability clauses?

A1: Defining losses in limitation of liability clauses is essential for clarifying the scope of damages that can be claimed in case of a breach or dispute. Here are some considerations:

• Direct vs. Consequential Losses: Clearly distinguish between direct losses and consequential losses. Direct losses are typically the immediate and foreseeable damages that directly result from a breach. Consequential losses, on the other hand, are indirect or remote damages that result from the breach but are not the immediate consequence.
• Natural, Probable, and Reasonably Foreseeable: In many jurisdictions, damages are limited to those that are a natural, probable, and reasonably foreseeable consequence of the breach. This inherent limit excludes damages that are too remote or speculative.
• Specific Categories: If the contract involves specific categories of damages, such as loss of profits or property damage, explicitly mention these categories and whether they are considered direct or consequential.
• Exclusions: Specify any excluded damages explicitly. For example, you may want to exclude remote or speculative damages, emotional distress, or punitive damages.
• Indemnity and Caps: Consider using financial caps on damages or indemnity provisions to provide additional clarity on liability limits. These can help avoid disputes over the extent of liability.
• Jurisdiction-Specific Considerations: Be aware of jurisdictional quirks and legal limitations on limiting or excluding certain types of damages. In some jurisdictions, personal injury or serious property damage may not be subject to limitations.
• Attention to Special Provisions: If there are unique or special aspects of the contract that may affect the scope of damages, ensure these are explicitly addressed in the limitation of liability clause.

Remember that clear and precise drafting is crucial to avoid misunderstandings and disputes over the scope of damages that can be claimed. However, keep in mind that overly complex or sophisticated drafting may not always be effective and could be challenged on public policy grounds in some jurisdictions.

Q&A on Drafting Contracts and Liability for High-Risk Work

Q1: How can contractors protect themselves when undertaking high-risk work, such as performing hot cutover in a live refinery?

A1: Contractors can protect themselves in high-risk situations by negotiating clear contract terms and indemnities. In scenarios like performing hot cutover in a live refinery, where potential catastrophic consequences exist, indemnification clauses can be crucial. The refinery owner may indemnify the contractor for any damages, injuries, or pollution resulting from the work. This shifts the liability from the contractor to the owner, making it feasible for the contractor to undertake the work.

Q2: Is there a difference in how liability for damages is handled in different legal systems, such as China or India?

A2: Yes, liability for damages can vary significantly between different legal systems. In some jurisdictions, like China, liability provisions may produce draconian results, holding contractors strictly liable for damages even in high-risk scenarios. In India, the law generally allows for direct damages caused by a breach, while indirect or consequential damages are not allowed, except in specific circumstances. It’s essential to consider the legal framework and consult with legal experts when drafting contracts in different jurisdictions.

Q3: What is the role of liquidated damages in contracts, and how do they differ from general caps on liability?

A3: Liquidated damages are predetermined amounts specified in a contract that parties agree to pay in case of a breach. They serve as a pre-established measure of damages and can simplify the process of assessing and proving losses in case of a breach. General caps on liability, on the other hand, limit the overall liability of the parties but may not specify the exact amount. Both can be useful in contracts, depending on the circumstances and the types of risks involved.

Q4: What’s the benefit of clearly defining risks in a contract rather than relying on a general liability cap?

A4: Clearly defining risks in a contract provides greater transparency and specificity regarding the types of risks that parties are willing to accept. It allows parties to allocate responsibility for specific risks and ensures that both parties understand their obligations and potential liabilities. While general liability caps provide an upper limit on overall liability, defining risks explicitly can help avoid disputes and ensure that each party bears the appropriate responsibility for identified risks.

Q5: In India, how are damages typically handled when they are not predetermined or liquidated?

A5:As far as we know about Indian law, when damages are not predetermined or liquidated, they can be challenging to assess and prove. Typically, Indian law allows for the recovery of direct damages that result directly from a breach of contract. Indirect or consequential damages are generally not awarded unless specific circumstances apply. The burden of proving damages may be on the party seeking compensation, and courts will assess the damages based on the evidence presented.

Q&A on Drafting Contracts: Time of the Essence and Liquidated Damages

Q1: Is there a conflict between the “Time is of the Essence” provision and a “Liquidated Damages” clause for late delivery of goods when both are stipulated in the contract?

A1: There isn’t necessarily a conflict between a “Time is of the Essence” (TOE) provision and a “Liquidated Damages” (LD) clause in a contract. These two provisions serve different purposes.

• TOE Clause: It emphasizes the importance of adhering to the agreed-upon schedule and makes timely performance a fundamental aspect of the contract. It typically implies that any delay in performance is considered a material breach, allowing the innocent party to terminate the contract if the timeline is not met.
• LD Clause: This clause sets out predetermined damages that a party must pay if they fail to meet the agreed-upon deadlines. LDs are designed to compensate the innocent party for losses incurred due to the delay.

In practice, the presence of both clauses serves to ensure that time is indeed of the essence, but the LD clause provides a specific remedy for delays. The LDs act as a form of compensation while TOE reinforces the importance of meeting deadlines.

Q2: Can an LD clause be considered the exclusive remedy for a specific breach, or can other remedies still be pursued?

A2: An LD clause can indeed be structured as the exclusive remedy for a specific breach, such as late delivery of goods. When properly drafted, it can limit the remedies available to the innocent party solely to the liquidated damages specified in the contract. However, the exclusivity of the LDs depends on the language and intent of the clause.

It’s essential to make it clear within the contract that LDs are the sole and exclusive remedy for a particular type of breach, leaving no room for additional remedies, including common law claims. Poorly drafted clauses that do not specify exclusivity may leave room for other remedies to be pursued.

Q3: Are there circumstances where LDs and other remedies can coexist in a contract?

A3: LDs and other remedies can coexist in a contract, but it’s crucial to define how they interact to avoid ambiguity or conflicts. The contract should explicitly outline:

• Which types of breaches or defaults trigger LDs.
• The specific amount of LDs for each type of breach.
• Whether LDs are the exclusive remedy for those breaches.
• Any other remedies available for different types of breaches.

By clearly delineating the role of LDs and other remedies in the contract, parties can effectively manage their rights and obligations in case of a breach.

Q4: How can a “Time is of the Essence” clause and an LD clause work together effectively in a contract?

A4: “Time is of the Essence” (TOE) and an LD clause can work together effectively by reinforcing the importance of meeting deadlines and providing a remedy for delays. Here’s how they can complement each other:

• TOE Clause: Emphasizes the critical nature of timely performance, making it clear that any delay is a material breach. This encourages both parties to prioritize meeting deadlines.
• LD Clause: Specifies the predetermined damages that the party responsible for a delay must pay. It serves as a financial incentive to prevent delays and compensates the innocent party if delays occur.

Together, these clauses create a framework where parties are motivated to meet deadlines, and if they fail to do so, there’s a clear mechanism for compensation. The TOE clause sets the expectation, while the LD clause provides a quantifiable remedy in case of a breach.

Q5: How can LDs be structured to progressively reduce as work progresses, and what happens if they are exhausted before the end of the maximum time?

A5: LDs can be structured to progressively reduce as work progresses by calculating them based on the remaining work or time. This approach encourages contractors to expedite their work and meet milestones.

If LDs are exhausted before the end of the maximum time, it typically means that the contractor’s performance is significantly delayed and poor. In such cases, the contract may have provisions for other remedies, such as termination, and may also address the liquidation of performance bonds or guarantees. Exhaustion of LDs serves as a signal that the delay is severe, and other contractual mechanisms come into play to protect the interests of the innocent party.

Q&A on Drafting Contracts: Signatures and Authorization

Q1: Are there any legal consequences if a party to a contract discovers that the other party’s signature is not the authorized signatory, and is it necessary for every party to sign every page, or are initials enough?

A1: The legal consequences can vary depending on the jurisdiction and the specific circumstances. Here are some general considerations:

• Signature Authority: It’s essential to ensure that the person signing the contract on behalf of a company or organization has the proper authority to do so. If an unauthorized signatory signs a contract, the contract might be voidable or unenforceable, especially if the other party was unaware of the lack of authority.
• Ratification: In some cases, a contract signed by an unauthorized person may be ratified by the company or organization if they later acknowledge and accept the contract’s terms. However, ratification isn’t guaranteed and may depend on various factors.
• Verification: To avoid disputes, it’s common practice to request proof of the signatory’s authority, such as a copy of a resolution passed by the company’s board of directors authorizing the signing party to enter into the contract.
• Initials vs. Full Signatures: While initialing every page can be a practical way to confirm that the entire document has been reviewed, the most critical aspect is the full signature on the final page where the contract’s terms are accepted. Initials on other pages may serve as an additional form of confirmation but are not a substitute for the final signature.

It’s crucial to consult with legal counsel and follow the specific legal requirements and practices in your jurisdiction when dealing with signature authorization in contracts.

Q2: How can the authorization of signatories be ensured in contracts?

A2: Ensuring the authorization of signatories in contracts can be done through several measures:

• Authorizing Resolutions: Require the party signing on behalf of an organization to provide a certified copy of a resolution passed by the organization’s board of directors or governing body authorizing that person to sign the contract.
• Certificate of Non-Revocation: Include a provision in the contract where the signatory certifies that their authority to sign has not been revoked or altered in any way.
• Official Stamps or Seals: In some jurisdictions, official company stamps or seals are used in conjunction with signatures to signify authorization. Ensure that the stamp or seal is registered and legitimate.
• Confirmation of Identity: Verify the identity of the signatory through appropriate identification documents, especially if there is any doubt about their authority.
• Legal Review: Have legal counsel review the contract to ensure that the signatory has the proper authority and that the contract is legally sound.
• Notary Public: Consider having the contract notarized, which provides an additional level of verification of the signatory’s identity and authority.

Ultimately, the specific measures taken may vary based on legal requirements and industry practices in your jurisdiction. Consulting with legal experts is advisable to ensure proper authorization in contracts.

Q&A on Drafting Contracts: Drop Dead Date Provision in Lease Agreement

Q1: Does anyone have any suggestions on wording for a drop dead date provision to be included in a lease agreement as the last possible date on which the Landlord shall complete its construction works and deliver the premises to the Tenant for starting business?

A1: Crafting a drop dead date provision in a lease agreement requires careful consideration of the specific circumstances and the desired remedies for potential delays. Here are some suggestions for wording:

• Definition of Drop Dead Date: “The ‘Drop Dead Date’ shall mean [insert specific date], which shall be the final date by which the Landlord shall complete all construction works and deliver the premises to the Tenant in accordance with this lease agreement.”
• Remedies for Delay: Specify the remedies available to the Tenant in case of a delay, such as:
  • Liquidated Damages: “In the event the Landlord fails to meet the Drop Dead Date, the Landlord shall pay to the Tenant liquidated damages in the amount of [insert specific amount] for each day of delay beyond the Drop Dead Date, not to exceed a total of [insert maximum amount].”
  • Right to Terminate: “If the Landlord fails to meet the Drop Dead Date, the Tenant shall have the right to terminate this lease agreement with immediate effect upon written notice to the Landlord.”
• Tenant’s Rights: Consider including provisions regarding the Tenant’s rights during the construction phase, such as the ability to make tenant improvements, subject to Landlord’s approval, with costs reimbursed by the Landlord.
• Force Majeure: Address whether the Landlord may be excused from delays due to force majeure events beyond their control, but clearly define what constitutes a force majeure event.
• Tenant’s Costs: Specify whether the Landlord is responsible for any costs incurred by the Tenant, such as hotel accommodation, storage, or commuting expenses, in case of delay.
• Tenant’s Right to Extend: If Tenant’s actions or approvals are necessary for completion, include a clause allowing the Tenant to grant reasonable extensions to the Drop Dead Date if the Tenant’s actions cause delays.
• Default Remedies: Include language about default remedies in case the Landlord fails to pay liquidated damages or address delays appropriately.

Remember that the specific wording and details should align with the legal requirements and practices in your jurisdiction. Consulting with legal counsel is advisable to ensure the provision is comprehensive and enforceable.

Q&A on Drafting Contracts: Neutral Choice of Law and Jurisdiction

Q1: What factors do you consider while deciding a neutral choice of law (governing laws) and jurisdiction? And the reason for the same?

A1: The choice of law and jurisdiction in a contract is a crucial decision that depends on various factors. Here are considerations and reasons for selecting a neutral choice:

• Enforceability: One of the primary factors is the enforceability of decisions in the chosen jurisdiction. Parties often opt for jurisdictions that are signatories to international conventions like the New York Convention on Arbitration to ensure enforceability worldwide.
• Legal System: The legal system, whether common law or civil law, can significantly impact how disputes are resolved and how contracts are interpreted. Consider which legal system aligns best with the contract’s nature.
• Neutrality: Neutrality refers to selecting a jurisdiction that is not the domicile of either party to avoid home court advantages. This fosters fairness and impartiality in dispute resolution.
• Language: The language of the chosen jurisdiction should be practical for contract interpretation and dispute resolution. Multilingual jurisdictions may offer advantages.
• Experience: Jurisdictions with well-developed bodies of contract law and experienced judges or arbitrators provide predictability and reliability in contract enforcement.
• Costs: Consider the costs associated with litigation or arbitration in the chosen jurisdiction. Some jurisdictions may be more cost-effective than others.
• Conventions and Treaties: Analyze whether the chosen jurisdiction is a party to international conventions and treaties that affect contract enforcement, such as the Hague Convention on Choice of Court Agreements.
• Cultural Alignment: Parties may prefer jurisdictions that align culturally or economically with their business operations to facilitate understanding and compliance.
• Security of Transactions: Assess the legal infrastructure and stability of the chosen jurisdiction to ensure security and protection of contractual rights.
• Practicality: Consider the practical aspects of litigation or arbitration in the chosen jurisdiction, such as the availability of experienced legal counsel and ease of travel.

The choice of law and jurisdiction should be made carefully, taking into account these factors to ensure a fair, efficient, and enforceable contract. Consulting with legal experts with knowledge of international contract law is advisable to make an informed decision.

Q&A on Drafting Contracts: Limitation of Liability and Consequential Damages

Q1: How do you draft a limitation of liability clause to avoid having to pay for loss of profits as a result of breach? Also, can a party claim a refund of the purchase price plus interest as well as loss of profit? Is that not a double penalty? However, I find the difference between direct and consequential damages is not so straightforward. Is there a way to draft a clause that limits damages to direct losses only, or will the court still interpret the clause based on the facts despite what we draft?

A1: Drafting a limitation of liability clause to exclude liability for loss of profits or other consequential damages requires careful consideration of language and specific terms. Here are some points to consider:

• Clear Language: Use clear and unambiguous language in the clause to specify the types of damages that are excluded. State explicitly that consequential damages, including loss of profits, are not recoverable.
• Enumerate Categories: Enumerate specific categories of damages that are excluded, such as indirect, consequential, incidental, special, or punitive damages.
• Define Direct Damages: Define “direct damages” in the contract to make it clear what is meant by this term and that it is the only category of damages recoverable.
• Reasonableness: Ensure that the limitation of liability clause is reasonable and not overly broad. Some jurisdictions may require reasonableness to uphold such clauses.
• Negotiation: Discuss the clause with the other party during contract negotiations to reach a mutual understanding and agreement on the scope of liability.
• Mitigation: Consider including a clause that requires both parties to take reasonable steps to mitigate damages in case of a breach.

Regarding the claim for a refund of the purchase price plus interest and loss of profit, this can be seen as a double penalty. To address this, you can include a provision that limits damages to the greater of either the purchase price or direct losses incurred. This would prevent the double recovery of the purchase price plus profit.

However, it’s important to note that the interpretation of such clauses can depend on the specific facts of each case, and courts may consider whether the parties reasonably foresaw such damages. Consulting with legal experts and having clear, well-drafted clauses is essential to minimize the risk of disputes and ensure the enforceability of the limitations of liability.

Q&A on Contract Interpretation: “Price Modification Clause”

Q1: I would like to receive your feedback on the interpretation of the following sentence: “the price agreed upon can be modified by both parties.” According to your interpretation, does this mean that the price can be modified unilaterally by each party or that it needs the agreement of both parties together for modification?

A1: The interpretation of this sentence can vary depending on the specific contract language and the legal principles in play. Here are some responses from legal professionals:

• Consent of Both Parties: Many responders interpret this sentence to mean that the price can only be modified with the mutual agreement of both parties. They emphasize that any modification should be jointly agreed upon.
• Ambiguity: Some note that the sentence is ambiguous and lacks clarity, which can lead to different interpretations. They suggest that it’s better to explicitly state whether unilateral modifications are allowed.
• Contract Completion: Others point out that an agreement should first allow for the fixation of a price. If the price is not fixed or there’s no indication of how to fix it, the agreement may not be complete. Therefore, they interpret it as requiring mutual agreement for any price modification.
• Clarity in Wording: Suggestions are made to improve the clarity of the clause by explicitly stating, “the contract price may be modified at any point by consent of both parties.”
• Unilateral Modification: Some responders caution against unilateral modifications, emphasizing that once a contract is signed, neither party should be allowed to unilaterally change terms, including the price, without the other party’s consent.
• Contract as a Whole: It’s highlighted that the interpretation should consider the entire contract rather than just an isolated sentence.

Ultimately, while the preferred interpretation is that price modifications require the agreement of both parties, the lack of clarity in the sentence may lead to differing viewpoints, making it essential to draft contracts with precision and clarity to avoid disputes.

Q&A on Fixing Breach Notification Terms in International Contracts

Q1: We (a company in Uk) have a clause specifying a fixed term for notifying a breach of the contract, such as fifteen business days. However, the contract involves product distribution in twelve Arabian countries. How should we handle this, considering national, regional, and local holidays in different jurisdictions?

A1: Here are some suggestions for handling breach notification terms in international contracts with varying holidays:

We recommend defining a “business day” as a day when banks are open for business in a specific city, such as London. This definition helps account for exceptional circumstances like national emergencies or natural disasters that may lead to business closures but are not considered national or religious holidays. It also addresses issues with local holidays that may not be recognized.
Please also remember that Force Majeure clauses typically exclude payments, so you may need to adjust your Force Majeure or payment clauses to cover situations where banks are closed due to unexpected events, such as natural disasters or emergencies, that affect payment processes.

Q&A on Maritime Law Clause in Bill of Lading

Q1: I encountered a maritime law clause in a Bill of Lading that includes a statement at the beginning: “This clause to remain in force even if unenforceable in the courts of the United States of America…” Why would someone add such a statement to the clause?

A1: The addition of the statement “This clause to remain in force even if unenforceable in the courts of the United States of America…” could serve a few purposes:

• Attempt to Preserve Clause: It may be an attempt by the party drafting the Bill of Lading to emphasize their intent to keep the clause in effect regardless of its enforceability under U.S. law. This could be a strategic move to dissuade the counterparty from challenging the clause based on U.S. legal standards.
• International Applicability: The Bill of Lading might be used in international shipping, and parties could be subject to different legal jurisdictions. By including this statement, the drafter may intend to make it clear that the clause applies universally, irrespective of U.S. legal considerations.

Q2: My boss is the owner of the cargo, but shouldn’t carriers have a broader scope of liability, especially in cases of negligence by their agents or other carriers? Why should my client agree to a term like this unless required by law?

A2: Your concern regarding the scope of liability is valid. Typically, carriers, including their agents and subcontractors, have a significant degree of liability for the cargo they transport, including liability for negligence.

The inclusion of such clauses in contracts, like the one you’ve encountered, often reflects an attempt by the carrier or the party drafting the contract to limit their liability beyond what is typically imposed by law. However, such clauses may not always be enforceable, particularly if they attempt to limit liability to an extent that goes against applicable maritime laws and regulations.

It’s advisable for your boss to carefully review and negotiate the terms of the Bill of Lading and consult with legal counsel experienced in maritime law if needed. They should ensure that the contractual terms align with the relevant legal requirements and provide adequate protection for their cargo. If a clause appears to excessively limit liability or contravene applicable laws, it may be subject to challenge and modification during contract negotiations.

Q&A on Collateral Contracts Varying Main Contracts

Q1: In my jurisdiction, can a collateral contract vary the terms of the main contract?

A1: In many jurisdictions, including England, a collateral contract can indeed vary the terms of the main contract under certain conditions. A collateral contract is a separate contract that is related to the main contract but exists alongside it. To vary the terms of the main contract through a collateral contract, the following conditions are typically required:

• Clear Intent: There must be a clear intent by the parties to create a collateral contract that varies the main contract.
• Consistency: The terms of the collateral contract must be consistent with the main contract and must not contradict it.
• Consideration: Generally, each contract, including the collateral one, must have its consideration (something of value exchanged).
• Communication: The parties must communicate their intent and agreement to the terms of the collateral contract.

However, the specific rules and requirements for collateral contracts can vary by jurisdiction and the individual circumstances of the case. It’s essential to consult with legal counsel familiar with the laws of your jurisdiction to get precise guidance.

Q2: Can you provide more information about the case in the English Court of Appeal where a collateral contract was used to vary the main contract?

A2: The case you mentioned from the English Court of Appeal is indeed interesting. In this case, the court used the concept of a collateral contract to vary the terms of the main contract, which involved the sale of a high-performance car, a Porsche.

The critical aspect was that there was an oral collateral contract, distinct from the written main contract, that had been entered into by the parties. This oral collateral contract stated that the buyer would be “first in line” to receive an allocation of the car. Later, a written contract was provided that included a clause stating that the buyer might not be first in line.

The court, in this case, found that the oral collateral contract varied the terms of the main written contract. This decision was based on the principle that a collateral contract can have the effect of varying the terms of the main contract, especially when there is clear evidence of the parties’ intentions and actions.

However, it’s important to note that contract law can be complex, and the outcome of similar cases can vary depending on the specific facts and the jurisdiction in which they are heard. Legal advice should be sought when dealing with such matters to ensure that the applicable laws and principles are properly understood and applied.

Q&A on Ownership of Foreground Intellectual Property (IP) in Supply Contracts

Q1: In our supply contract, why should the Buyer be entitled to the Rights to Foreground IP created by the Supplier during the contract, especially when it results from product customization or information provided by the Buyer?

A1: The ownership of Foreground IP in supply contracts can be a complex matter and depends on the specific circumstances and negotiations between the Buyer and the Supplier. Here are some considerations:

• Customization and Investment: If the Buyer requests customization or invests resources in developing specific features or modifications to the product, they may argue that they should have rights to the resulting Foreground IP as they contributed to its creation.
• Competitive Advantage: Buyers may seek ownership of Foreground IP to gain a competitive advantage. It allows them to control the use and development of the IP without depending on the Supplier.
• Negotiating Leverage: Ownership of Foreground IP can be a point of negotiation. The Buyer may be willing to pay a premium for it, and the Supplier may agree to transfer ownership in exchange for higher compensation.
• Balancing Interests: Both parties should consider their respective interests. If the Foreground IP is vital to the Buyer’s business or product differentiation, they may have a strong case for ownership. However, Suppliers may also want to retain rights to use the IP for other clients or future projects.

Ultimately, the allocation of Foreground IP ownership should be carefully negotiated and documented in the contract to reflect the parties’ intentions and the value contributed by each party.

Q2: What alternatives can be considered regarding ownership of Foreground IP in supply contracts?

A2: Several alternatives to outright ownership of Foreground IP can be considered in supply contracts:

• Non-Exclusive License: Instead of transferring ownership, the Supplier can grant the Buyer a non-exclusive license to use the Foreground IP for specific purposes, such as operating and maintaining the supplied goods. This allows the Buyer to use the IP without exclusive ownership.
• Perpetual Free License: The Supplier can offer a perpetual, royalty-free license to the Buyer, allowing them to use the Foreground IP but not commercially exploit it. This can be a win-win compromise.
• Shared Ownership: If both parties contribute significantly to the creation of the Foreground IP, they might opt for shared ownership, where each party has rights to use and exploit the IP. However, shared ownership can be complex to manage.
• Assignment of Limited Rights: The Supplier can assign specific rights to the Buyer, such as the right to use the IP for a defined purpose or within certain geographic boundaries, while retaining other rights.

The choice of alternative depends on the specific needs and priorities of both parties and should be clearly defined in the contract to avoid future disputes.

Remember that IP matters can be legally complex, and it’s essential to seek legal advice to ensure that the terms of the contract align with your business goals and comply with applicable laws and regulations.

Q&A on Contract Provision Regarding Survival of Obligations

Q1: What does “material benefit” mean in the provision regarding survival of obligations in the contract? Is it related to the Material Benefit Rule?

A1: “Material benefit” in this context is not a well-defined legal term, and its meaning may vary depending on the context and the intent of the parties. It does not necessarily refer to the Material Benefit Rule, which is a legal doctrine used in some jurisdictions to determine whether a contract modification is enforceable.

In the context of the provision you provided, “material benefit” appears to qualify the term “benefit,” suggesting that only obligations that provide a significant or substantial advantage to the parties should survive termination or expiration of the agreement. It may be interpreted as excluding obligations that are minor or inconsequential.

However, the exact meaning of “material benefit” should ideally be clarified in the contract to avoid ambiguity and ensure both parties have a clear understanding of which obligations will survive. If it’s not defined in the contract, its interpretation may depend on the specific circumstances and any relevant legal principles in the governing jurisdiction.

Q2: Should “material benefit” be defined in the contract?

A2: Defining “material benefit” in the contract could be a prudent approach to avoid potential disputes and provide clarity to the parties regarding the scope of obligations that will survive termination or expiration. By including a definition, you can specify the criteria or factors that determine whether an obligation qualifies as having a “material benefit.”

A defined term might include factors such as the significance of the obligation to the overall purpose of the contract, the economic value it provides, or its impact on the parties’ rights and obligations. This can help prevent differing interpretations and provide a clear standard for evaluating which obligations survive.

Q3: Is there any court judgment or arbitration award regarding material benefit in survival provisions?

A3: The interpretation of terms like “material benefit” in contract survival provisions may vary based on the specific language used in the contract, the governing law, and the facts of the case. Court judgments and arbitration awards often rely on the wording of the contract and the intent of the parties when determining the applicability of such provisions.

To find relevant case law or arbitration awards on this specific term, you would need to conduct legal research within the jurisdiction and legal system that governs the contract in question. Additionally, contract disputes are fact-specific, and outcomes can depend on various factors, making it essential for you to consult with legal counsel experienced in contract law in the relevant jurisdiction for specific guidance and case law research.We can advise you specifically about this in the context of Pakistan only.

Q&A on Export Permit Responsibility in Contracts

Q1: I am the seller, and the buyer wants to appoint the exporter and be responsible for all costs related to the exporter’s duties. However, FAS/FOB terms require the seller to clear the goods for export. How do I draft this clause?

A1: It’s important to draft the clause in a way that aligns with the buyer’s intentions and the chosen Incoterms (FAS/FOB). Here’s how you can address this situation:

• Define Roles and Responsibilities: Clearly specify the roles and responsibilities of both parties in the contract. While FAS/FOB terms typically place the responsibility of clearing goods for export on the seller, you can define exceptions or special arrangements.
• Buyer’s Appointment of Exporter: Acknowledge that the buyer has the right to appoint an exporter. Clearly state that the buyer will bear all costs associated with this appointment, including any costs related to the exporter’s duties. This shows the buyer’s active involvement in this aspect of the transaction.
• Seller’s Compliance with Incoterms: Emphasize that, despite the buyer’s appointment of the exporter, the seller will comply with the chosen Incoterms (FAS/FOB). This means the seller will fulfill its obligations under these terms, including making the goods available for export at the specified location (e.g., the port) and within the agreed-upon timeframe.
• Exporter’s Role: Specify the exporter’s role and obligations. Make it clear that the exporter will act on behalf of the buyer, following the buyer’s instructions and complying with all export regulations and requirements. This includes obtaining any necessary export permits or licenses.
• Communication and Cooperation: Stress the importance of open communication and cooperation between both parties and the appointed exporter. Ensure that any information or documentation required for export permits is promptly provided by the buyer to the exporter.
• Dispute Resolution: Include a clause for resolving disputes or discrepancies that may arise in the export process, such as delays or permit-related issues. Specify a mechanism for addressing these matters amicably.

By addressing these points, you can draft a clause that reflects the buyer’s desire to appoint an exporter and take responsibility for related costs while ensuring compliance with the chosen Incoterms and export regulations. It’s essential to consult with legal counsel experienced in international trade and contracts to tailor the clause to your specific situation and jurisdiction.

Recent queries from August 2023

Please let me know how  girdawry of shamilat is done?

Girdawari, also known as Shajra Nasab Girdawari, is a vital land record maintenance process used in agricultural communities in countries like Pakistan and India. It involves the preparation and updating of land ownership and cultivation records. The primary purpose of girdawari is to determine the ownership and tenancy status of land, as well as to record details about crops, their condition, and the overall agricultural activities on a piece of land.

Here’s how the girdawari process is typically carried out:

Preparation and Planning: Local authorities, often in collaboration with revenue and land record departments, plan and announce the dates for conducting the girdawari. Farmers and landowners are informed in advance about the schedule.

Field Survey: Girdawari teams, consisting of revenue officials and field staff, visit each plot of land to conduct a physical survey. They verify the boundaries of the land, document the number of cultivated and uncultivated fields, and record details of ownership and tenancy.

Updating Ownership Records: During the girdawari, officials update the land ownership records to reflect any changes that may have occurred since the last survey. This includes changes due to sales, inheritance, or other legal actions.

Tenancy and Cultivation Details: The teams document whether the land is owner-cultivated or under tenancy. They also record the type of crops being grown, their condition, and other relevant agricultural activities.

Recording Disputes: If there are any disputes or conflicts related to land ownership, boundaries, or cultivation, those issues are noted during the girdawari process.

Verification: After the field survey is completed, the collected data is cross-verified and compiled. Any discrepancies or inconsistencies are addressed and rectified.

Updating Records: The data collected during the girdawari is used to update land ownership and cultivation records. These updated records play a crucial role in maintaining accurate land ownership information and resolving any future disputes.

Legal Documentation: The verified girdawari records serve as legally recognized documents that can be used for various purposes, including property transactions, loan applications, and inheritance matters.

In the context of Shamilat (community land), girdawari is used to document the rights and usage of common or shared lands among the members of a community. This can include grazing lands, water bodies, and other communal resources. Girdawari of Shamilat involves recording how these lands are being used, who has access to them, and any changes in ownership or usage patterns.

Overall, the girdawari process is crucial for maintaining accurate and up-to-date land records, which in turn contributes to effective land management, property rights, and agricultural planning in rural areas.

Question: Dear Sir/Madam, how can my siblings and I claim a share from my grandmother’s estate, which was gifted to one of my father’s brothers who recently passed away? My father’s brother passed away last year in 2022. He was unmarried and had no legal heirs.The the other co-sharers, including my father’s brother and sister who are still alive, assert that we are not eligible to receive a share from our deceased uncle’s portion. They claim that since we are the children of a deceased legal heir (our deceased father’s brother), we can only be the legal heirs of our father’s share. Therefore, they argue that we cannot claim a share from their deceased brother’s portion, as he passed away last year.What is the law applying to this situation ?

Your fathers brother and sister are correct. The stance taken by the living co-sharers, that you and your siblings cannot claim a share from the deceased brother’s share, seems to be based on their assertion that you are only entitled to your father’s share of the estate and not that of their deceased brother. This perspective centers on the idea that you inherit through your direct lineage, meaning your father’s share, and not through lateral inheritance, which would involve claiming a share from your deceased father’s brother’s share.

In case 2018 PLD 129 Karachi High Court Sindh which involved the distribution of shares among legal heirs after the demise of the deceased. The applicants sought approval from the High Court to distribute the shares, excluding three applicants who were children of the pre-deceased brother and sister of the deceased.

The Court held that the provision of Section 4 of the Muslim Family Laws Ordinance, 1961, specifically applied to predeceased sons and daughters of a deceased. This provision could not be stretched or extended in any manner. In matters of inheritance among Muslims, the law had well-defined provisions, leaving no room for ambiguity or analogies.The children of the predeceased brother and sister were considered distant kindred and could inherit a share only when there were no sharers and residuaries. However, in this case, the deceased had surviving brothers and sisters who were considered sharers and residuaries. Therefore, the children of the predeceased brother and sister were not entitled to any share in the inheritance.The High Court was directed to distribute shares among the remaining legal heirs and approved the report submitted by the office. Consequently, the application was allowed accordingly.

Therefore, unfortunately, your uncle and aunties are right, you cannot inherit from your deceased uncle as children of his brother who is also deceased

Case Note: Anonymous Querent – Co-Sharer Dispute and Property Sale

Query: The anonymous querent is a co-sharer of a shop, and another co-sharer has sold their share to a buyer. The buyer is delaying payment for the anonymous querent’s share and using the entire shop. The querent seeks advice on how to make the buyer pay their share immediately.

Advice Given: The anonymous querent sought advice regarding a co-sharer dispute involving the sale of a shop. They mentioned that the other co-sharer had sold their share to a buyer and had been paid. The buyer was now using the shop and delaying payment to the querent. The following points were addressed:

1. The sale of the shop is not complete until an agreement is signed and payment is made.
2. The anonymous querent was advised to ensure that an agreement was signed before the sale could be considered complete.
3. It was suggested that the anonymous querent inquire about the arrangement the other co-sharer had with the buyer.
4. If the buyer is using the entire shop without authorization, the anonymous querent could place them on notice to stop using their share and demand payment or file for partition.
5. Filing for partition would clarify the ownership of shares and potentially lead to a stay order on the buyer’s use of the property until the matter is resolved in court.
6. If the buyer cannot pay, the anonymous querent could demand rent for the use of their share or sell their share to a third party.
7. The anonymous querent was advised to gather evidence and communicate with the buyer about their intentions.
8. It was noted that police intervention might not yield immediate results, and pursuing a legal remedy such as partition was recommended.
9. The anonymous querent mentioned that their father had passed away, and they were in the process of claiming their inheritance. They were advised to update the land record with their name through NADRA’s succession certificate process.
10. The anonymous querent was guided on how to apply for a succession certificate from NADRA’s website.
11. In case of disputes among siblings, the anonymous querent was informed that NADRA succession required cooperation from all legal heirs.
12. If disputes persisted, the anonymous querent was advised to pursue legal action in court to assert their rights.

Analysis and Opinion: The advice provided to the anonymous querent was aimed at clarifying their legal options and potential remedies for their situation. The co-sharer dispute involving the sale of a property requires careful consideration of property laws, inheritance rights, and legal procedures for partition and succession. The querent’s delay in addressing these matters underscores the importance of prompt action to protect their rights. The advice regarding NADRA succession was particularly relevant, as it highlighted the need for cooperation among legal heirs, especially in cases of family disputes.

What are the Letters Patent in the context of the  Lahore high court?

Letters Patent are a type of legal instrument or formal document that grants certain rights, powers, or privileges to an individual, institution, or organization. In the context of the Lahore High Court, the Letters Patent refer to the formal document that establishes the High Court and defines its jurisdiction, powers, and procedures.

The Letters Patent of the Lahore High Court outline its structure, authority, and functions. They are issued by the sovereign authority (in this case, the British Crown during colonial times) and serve as a constitutional charter for the establishment and operation of the High Court.

Key features of the Letters Patent of the Lahore High Court may include:

Jurisdiction: The Letters Patent define the territorial jurisdiction of the Lahore High Court, specifying the areas and regions over which it has authority.

Composition: The document may outline the composition of the High Court, including the number of judges, their qualifications, appointments, and tenure.

Powers and Functions: The Letters Patent confer judicial powers and functions upon the Lahore High Court, including its authority to hear and decide certain types of cases, issue orders, and administer justice.

Procedures: The document may establish rules and procedures for the conduct of court proceedings, appeals, and other legal matters.

Appellate Jurisdiction: The Letters Patent may specify the types of cases that can be appealed to the Lahore High Court from lower courts and tribunals.

Administrative Matters: The document may address administrative matters related to the High Court, such as the appointment of registrars, clerks, and other court staff.

Amendments: The Letters Patent can also outline procedures for amending or modifying its provisions.

It’s important to note that the Letters Patent of the Lahore High Court were originally granted during the colonial era and may have been subject to changes over time, particularly after the creation of Pakistan in 1947. They serve as a historical legal document that establishes the foundation of the Lahore High Court’s authority and jurisdiction.

If a police officer asks you to visit the police station, what should you do?

Under the provisions of Section 160 and 175 of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1898, Sections 25.2, 25.2(1), 25.2(2), and 25.2(3) of the Police Rules, 1934, Article 156 (c) of the Police Order, 2002, and High Court VOL 3, the police have the authority to summon you to the police station and ask necessary questions.

Police generally request your presence when there is a complaint or an allegation against you, or you are a witness or a complainant in a case. When the police ask you to come to the police station, inquire about the reason for the summons, and if you have a pending case, seek interim bail from the court before going to the police station.

After obtaining interim bail, go to the police station. If you do not have interim bail, the police can arrest you, close the investigation, and proceed according to the law.

Subject: Tax Implications for Overseas Pakistani on Sale of Property u/s 236(2A)

The querent seeks legal advice regarding the tax implications arising from the sale of a property in Pakistan. The property in question is located in DHA Karachi Phase 8. The individual sold the property, which was the sole capital asset in their name, and their query pertains to the applicability of tax requirements under the new provision, specifically u/s 236C(2A), introduced by the Government.

The individual highlights their non-resident status but asserts that they are a filer for tax purposes. They express uncertainty regarding their obligation to pay tax under section 7E and the advance tax requirement under section 236C of the Income Tax Ordinance 2001.

The legal consultation, facilitated by Josh and Mak International, involves a thorough discussion of the individual’s concerns. Clarifications are sought about the date of sale, the individual’s status as a filer, and the pending property transfer. The individual raises queries regarding the calculation of tax, the fair value of the property, and the implications of deemed income under section 7E.

Josh and Mak International provide informed legal insights, indicating that the individual’s non-resident status and filing of a nil return exempt them from the provisions of section 7E. It is confirmed that the individual is subject to advance tax payment under section 236C, and the tax collection rate is discussed – 3% for filers listed in the Active Taxpayers’ List and 6% for non-filers.The legal consultation concludes by offering the individual comprehensive guidance on navigating the tax obligations related to the property sale, with an emphasis on the necessity of compliance with tax regulations and processes. 

Legal Update from Josh and Mak International (August 2023)

Regard: Mode and Manner for Payment of Tax u/s 7E of the Income Tax Ordinance, 2001 on Sale or Transfer of Immovable Property

Dear Members of the Public

We hope this email finds you well. We are writing to bring to your attention the recent circular issued by the Federal Board of Revenue (FBR) regarding the mode and manner for payment of tax under section 7E of the Income Tax Ordinance, 2001, specifically pertaining to the sale or transfer of immovable property in Pakistan.

Circular No. 01 of 2023-24 (Income Tax) was issued on 21st July 2023, outlining the following instructions:

A) Seller/Transferor on Active Taxpayers’ List (ATL):

• The seller/transferor must provide evidence to the transferring authority that they have discharged their tax liability under section 7E of the Ordinance.
• If the tax under section 7E has not been paid along with the income tax return for Tax Year 2022, the seller/transferor must pay the due amount through the FBR online payment system using the separate payment challan (CPR) provided. The payment made through CPR will serve as evidence for compliance with the newly inserted sub-section (2A) of section 236C of the Ordinance.
• If the seller/transferor has already declared the property in their return for Tax Year 2022 or is not required to pay tax due to any court-issued stay, they must furnish a certificate (Form ‘A’ annexed to the circular) duly issued by the Commissioner Inland Revenue holding jurisdiction over the seller/transferor. This certificate will be considered as evidence of compliance with sub-section (2A) of section 236C of the Ordinance.
• The Commissioner Inland Revenue will issue the certificate within 7 days of receiving the pre-filled Form ‘A’ from the seller/transferor.
• If the property has multiple owners, each owner must discharge their respective share of the tax liability under section 7E through the aforementioned modes.

B) Seller/Transferor Not on Active Taxpayers’ List (Non-ATL Person):

• Non-ATL sellers/transferors must pay the due amount of tax under section 7E using the separate payment challan (CPR) available in the FBR online payment system. The payment made through CPR will be considered as evidence of compliance with the newly inserted sub-section (2A) of section 236C of the Ordinance.

These instructions have been issued to ensure compliance with the latest amendments and to streamline the payment process for tax on the sale or transfer of immovable property.

What is a civil miscellaneous application for jurisdiction in Pakistan?

A Civil Miscellaneous Application (CMA) for jurisdiction is a legal document filed in a civil court to address matters related to the jurisdiction of the court in a specific case. Jurisdiction refers to the authority of a court to hear and decide a particular case based on factors such as the location of the parties, the subject matter of the case, and applicable laws.

A CMA for jurisdiction is typically filed when one of the parties involved in a civil case disputes the court’s authority to hear the case. The application may seek to challenge the court’s jurisdiction on various grounds, such as:

Territorial Jurisdiction: This relates to whether the court has geographical authority over the area where the dispute has arisen.

Subject Matter Jurisdiction: This pertains to whether the court has the legal authority to hear cases of the specific type or category involved in the dispute.

Personal Jurisdiction: This involves whether the court has authority over the parties involved in the case based on their residence, presence, or other connections to the court’s jurisdiction.

Hierarchy of Courts: The application may involve questions about whether the case should be heard by a different court based on the hierarchy of courts within the judicial system.

Choice of Forum: Parties may dispute whether the case should be heard in the current court or another court that they consider more appropriate.

Legal Requirements: The application may challenge the validity of the court’s jurisdiction based on specific legal requirements or procedural rules.

A CMA for jurisdiction typically includes legal arguments, case law references, and supporting evidence to substantiate the party’s claim that the court lacks the jurisdiction to hear the case. The court will review the application and may hold hearings to determine whether the jurisdictional challenge is valid. If the court agrees that it lacks jurisdiction, the case may be transferred to a different court with proper jurisdiction.

If I am correct, there cannot be a civil miscellaneous application for jurisdiction in the family court right?

Yes, that is correct, in family court matters, a Civil Miscellaneous Application (CMA) specifically for jurisdiction is not typically filed. Family courts are established to handle cases related to family matters, such as divorce, child custody, maintenance, guardianship, and other issues involving family relationships. These courts have specialized jurisdiction over such cases, and the jurisdictional aspects are usually determined by the nature of the case and the parties involved.

While a CMA for jurisdiction may not be relevant in family court cases, parties may still raise jurisdictional issues in family court proceedings, especially regarding the territorial jurisdiction of the court. These issues might include questions about the appropriate family court to handle the case based on factors like the parties’ residence, the location of the family assets, or where the family-related events occurred. However, these jurisdictional challenges are typically addressed within the context of the ongoing family court proceedings rather than through a separate CMA.

If you have questions or concerns about jurisdiction in a family court matter, please contact us at [email protected] on how jurisdiction for family law matters is determined in family court cases and how to address any jurisdictional challenges that may arise during the course of the proceedings.

An agent is asking me for money so he can buy me a work Visa for Canada, how do I know this is the real thing?

While we do not specialize in immigration matters, I would like to provide you with insights into the process of obtaining a work visa in Canada. This information will may help you understand the procedure better when considering approaching consultants or agents for job opportunities to avoid Emigration Fraud:

It’s important to note that companies in Canada cannot directly hire you for a job. Instead, they are required to follow a specific process. Here’s a breakdown of the process:

• Job Advertisement: The company must advertise the job opening on the Canada Jobs Bank for a minimum of one month. This step is crucial to show that the employer has made efforts to hire a Canadian citizen or permanent resident.
• LMIA Application: Following the job advertisement, the company applies for a Labor Market Impact Assessment (LMIA) from the Employment and Social Development Canada (ESDC). This application is made in your name as the potential employee. The employer needs to demonstrate that they considered and interviewed local applicants during the one-month period.
• Issuance of LMIA: Upon approval, the ESDC issues an LMIA in your name, containing relevant details. The LMIA confirms that the employer has met the necessary requirements and can proceed to hire a foreign worker.
• Work Permit Application: With the LMIA in hand, the employer then applies for a work permit on your behalf through Immigration, Refugees and Citizenship Canada (IRCC). The work permit allows you to legally work in Canada.
• Visa Application: It’s important to note that the work permit is not a visa. To enter Canada for work purposes, you must apply for a work visa. This application is also processed by the IRCC.

The entire process typically takes around three months to complete. This includes the one-month job advertisement, approximately two weeks for LMIA processing, an additional two weeks for the work permit application, and at least one month for the visa application.

Therefore, it’s essential to be cautious of any individuals or entities promising a “work visa” within an unrealistically short timeframe. The intricate procedure involves several steps that require due diligence, and any claims of expedited processing should be scrutinized carefully.

What is the difference between CrPC and PPC in Pakistan?

The Pakistan Penal Code, 1860 (PPC) and the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1898 (CrPC) are two distinct legal instruments in Pakistan’s legal framework, each serving different purposes within the criminal justice system. Here’s an overview of the differences between these two codes:

Pakistan Penal Code, 1860 (PPC):

The Pakistan Penal Code is a substantive criminal law that defines various criminal offences, prescribes their punishments, and provides general principles regarding criminal liability. It outlines what actions are considered criminal, specifies the elements of each offence, and establishes the penalties for those found guilty. The PPC covers a wide range of offences, from minor misdemeanors to serious felonies, and it is the primary source for determining what constitutes a criminal offence and how it should be punished.

Key features of the Pakistan Penal Code include:

• Classification of Offences: The PPC classifies offences into various categories, such as offences against property, offences against the human body, offences against public peace, and offences against the state.
• Elements of Offences: The PPC outlines the essential elements that must be proven for a person to be convicted of a particular offence. These elements typically include specific acts, mental states, and any additional circumstances required for the offence.
• Prescription of Penalties: The PPC specifies the punishments for different offences, including fines, imprisonment, and in some cases, the death penalty. The severity of the punishment often corresponds to the seriousness of the offence.
• Defences and Exceptions: The PPC may provide defences and exceptions that allow individuals to avoid criminal liability or have their punishments reduced based on specific circumstances.

Code of Criminal Procedure, 1898 (CrPC):

The Code of Criminal Procedure is a procedural law that governs the procedures to be followed during the investigation, trial, and appeal of criminal cases. It sets out the legal process that authorities, courts, and law enforcement agencies must follow when dealing with criminal matters. The CrPC ensures that criminal trials are conducted fairly and in accordance with due process, protecting the rights of both the accused and the victim.

Key features of the Code of Criminal Procedure include:

• Investigation: The CrPC outlines the procedures for investigating criminal cases, including the powers of law enforcement agencies, search and seizure, arrest, and the gathering of evidence.
• Trial: The CrPC sets out the procedures for conducting criminal trials, including the issuance of summons, arrest warrants, and the presentation of evidence. It defines the roles and functions of judges, lawyers, and witnesses during the trial process.
• Bail and Detention: The CrPC addresses matters related to the release on bail of accused persons, as well as the circumstances under which individuals can be detained during the investigation or trial.
• Appeals: The CrPC establishes the procedures for filing appeals against criminal convictions and sentences. It outlines the appellate process and the rights of appellants.
• Cognizance of Offences: The CrPC provides guidelines for how courts and authorities can take cognizance of offences and initiate legal proceedings.

In summary, the Pakistan Penal Code defines criminal offences and their corresponding penalties, while the Code of Criminal Procedure governs the procedures to be followed during the investigation, trial, and appeal of criminal cases. Both codes work in conjunction to ensure that the criminal justice system operates fairly, effectively, and in accordance with the rule of law.

Regarding the significance and scope of the Code of Criminal Procedure, 1898 (CrPC) in the legal context of Pakistan please note as follows :

• Nomenclature and Applicability: Among legal professionals, both among judges and lawyers the Code of Criminal Procedure is commonly referred to as “Cr. P. C.” This code serves as the general law of the land in Pakistan regarding criminal procedure. It outlines the procedures to be followed during the investigation, trial, and appeal of criminal cases.
• General Applicability and Exceptions: The CrPC applies to all criminal cases unless a special law prescribes a different procedure for a particular category of cases. In cases where a special law provides an alternative procedure, that specific procedure takes precedence. In other words, the CrPC is the default code, but if a specific law says otherwise, that special law’s procedure will apply.
• Exhaustive Coverage and Specific Matters: The CrPC is exhaustive only in relation to the matters that it specifically addresses. It provides comprehensive guidelines for the procedures it deals with. For matters not explicitly covered by the CrPC, the principle is that any procedure not prohibited should be considered permissible.
• Extent and Limitations of CrPC: Section 1(2) of the CrPC defines the extent of the Act. It applies to the entirety of Pakistan. However, it clarifies that its application does not override any existing special or local laws, special jurisdiction, or specific procedures prescribed by other laws in force at the time.
• Reference to Definitions in Pakistan Penal Code (PPC): The passage explains that the CrPC often refers to definitions of words and expressions used within it that are defined in the Pakistan Penal Code, 1860 (PPC). If a term isn’t explicitly defined in the CrPC but is defined in the PPC, the meaning of the PPC is attributed to it. This cross-reference ensures consistency in interpretation.
• Significance of Definitions: Regarding the question of why the definitions from the Pakistan Penal Code are used in the CrPC can be answered by stating that Section 4 of the CrPC itself establishes that words and expressions not defined in the CrPC but defined in the PPC are to be interpreted based on the meanings assigned to them in the PPC.

In summary, when looking at the role of Code of Criminal Procedure in governing criminal procedure in Pakistan it is best to look at how  CrPC applies in conjunction with other laws, when to apply specific procedures from special laws, and the significance of definitions from the Pakistan Penal Code in interpreting the CrPC. This understanding is crucial to ensuring legal consistency and procedural fairness in the Pakistani criminal justice system.

What is Emigration Fraud in Pakistan?

Emigration fraud in Pakistan refers to deceptive practices or fraudulent schemes involving the illegal facilitation of individuals leaving the country for immigration or work purposes. These fraudulent activities exploit the aspirations of people seeking better opportunities abroad and often involve false promises, misrepresentation, and financial exploitation. Emigration fraud can take various forms and can target individuals who are eager to migrate for better economic prospects, study, work, or family reunification.

Common forms of emigration fraud in Pakistan include:

• Fake Job Offers: Fraudulent agents or agencies may offer individuals attractive job opportunities abroad, promising high salaries and benefits. In reality, these job offers may not exist, or they may be significantly different from what was promised.
• Document Forgery: Fraudsters may create fake documents, including visas, work permits, educational certificates, and other documents required for immigration. These forged documents are presented as genuine to deceive authorities.
• Misrepresentation: Unscrupulous agents may provide false information about immigration procedures, eligibility criteria, or the required documentation. This misrepresentation can lead individuals to make decisions based on inaccurate information.
• Excessive Fees: Fraudulent agents may charge exorbitant fees for their services, including processing fees, visa fees, and other related costs. These fees may be far higher than the actual expenses involved.
• Human Trafficking and Smuggling: In extreme cases, emigration fraud can escalate to human trafficking and smuggling, where individuals are illegally transported across borders under dangerous conditions.
• Phony Educational Opportunities: Fraudsters may offer fake opportunities for study abroad, exploiting individuals’ desires to gain an education in another country.
• Bogus Investment Schemes: Individuals may be lured into investing money in fraudulent schemes that promise quick immigration or residency benefits.

To combat emigration fraud and protect the rights and interests of individuals, Pakistan has established regulatory authorities, such as the Overseas Pakistanis Foundation (OPF), to oversee emigration-related matters. Additionally, the Federal Investigation Agency (FIA) plays a role in investigating and taking legal action against those involved in fraudulent activities related to emigration.

Individuals seeking to migrate or work abroad are advised to exercise caution and conduct thorough research before engaging with any agents or agencies. It’s important to verify the authenticity of offers, check the credentials of agents, and seek advice from credible sources, such as legal experts or government bodies responsible for emigration matters.

Question: I need to know about the constraints I may encounter while incorporating GPL-licensed works into commercial projects. 

Answer Incorporating GPL-licensed works into commercial projects requires careful consideration of the terms and conditions set forth by the GNU General Public License (GPL). The GPL is a widely used open-source license that ensures the freedom of software users by granting them specific rights, such as the right to access, modify, and distribute the source code of the software. When incorporating GPL-licensed works into commercial projects, there are several key constraints to be aware of:

• Copyleft Provision: The GPL is known for its copyleft provision, which requires any derivative work or software that incorporates a GPL-licensed component to also be licensed under the GPL. This means that if you use a GPL-licensed library or software in your commercial project, you must make the source code of your entire project available under the GPL as well. This can potentially conflict with the desire to keep certain parts of your commercial project proprietary.
• Source Code Distribution: As per the GPL’s requirements, you must provide the complete corresponding source code of the GPL-licensed components you are using to anyone who receives your software. This includes not only the original GPL-licensed code but also any modifications you’ve made to it. This aspect of the license promotes transparency and allows others to benefit from the modifications you’ve made.
• Compatibility: When incorporating GPL-licensed works into your commercial project, it’s crucial to ensure that your project’s overall licensing aligns with the GPL’s terms. This can be challenging if your goal is to maintain a proprietary licensing model for your commercial software. Careful consideration should be given to how the GPL’s requirements will impact your project’s licensing structure and distribution.
• Licensing Obligations: The GPL does not restrict you from using GPL-licensed components in a commercial context, but it does place specific obligations on you to respect the rights of the original authors and users. These obligations include providing clear attribution to the original authors, ensuring that users have access to the source code, and complying with the terms of the GPL in any distribution of the software.

In summary, while it is possible to incorporate GPL-licensed works into commercial projects, doing so requires careful attention to the GPL’s terms and obligations. It’s important to consider how the copyleft provision, source code distribution requirements, compatibility with your project’s licensing model, and other legal obligations will impact your commercial project’s overall strategy and objectives.We advise our clients to get proper legal advice when  l when dealing with the incorporation of GPL-licensed works into commercial projects as the GPL’s legal implications can be complex, and nuanced in terms of open-source licensing and intellectual property issues.If you are seeking legal advice in this regard please email us at [email protected]

Follow up question: How would GPL’s copyleft provisions, source code distribution requirements, and the compatibility with the project’s licensing model become relevant for a gaming developer?

For a gaming developer, the implications of the GPL’s copyleft provisions, source code distribution requirements, and compatibility with the project’s licensing model can be significant and should be carefully considered. Let’s delve into how each of these aspects could impact a gaming developer:

1. Copyleft Provisions:

The copyleft provisions of the GPL can pose challenges for a gaming developer who wants to incorporate GPL-licensed components into a commercial game. If the developer integrates a GPL-licensed library or software into their game, the entire game may need to be licensed under the GPL as well. This would mean that the source code of the entire game, including proprietary elements, would need to be made available to users upon request. This could conflict with the developer’s intention to keep certain parts of the game’s code proprietary, as it might require disclosing proprietary assets, game mechanics, and other sensitive information.

2. Source Code Distribution Requirements:

The GPL requires that the complete corresponding source code of any GPL-licensed components be made available to users who receive the software. For a gaming developer, this means not only providing the source code of the GPL-licensed components but also any modifications made to them. This can be challenging for game developers who use a mix of open-source and proprietary components, as they would need to ensure that the source code of the entire project is accessible to users. This might lead to concerns about protecting valuable game assets and trade secrets.

3. Compatibility with Licensing Model:

Many gaming developers adopt a commercial licensing model to generate revenue from their games. If a developer aims to sell their game under a proprietary license, the copyleft nature of the GPL could be at odds with this strategy. Incorporating GPL-licensed components could require the entire game to be distributed under the GPL, potentially limiting the developer’s ability to monetize their proprietary game content. Striking a balance between open-source and proprietary elements while complying with the GPL’s terms can be complex.

In light of these considerations, gaming developers have a few options:

• Choosing Permissive Licenses: Instead of GPL-licensed components, developers can opt for open-source components with permissive licenses like the MIT or Apache License. These licenses impose fewer restrictions on how the code can be used and integrated into proprietary projects.
• Separation of Components: Developers might choose to keep GPL-licensed components separate from the core game code. This way, only the components that are directly linked to the GPL-licensed code would fall under the GPL, while the main game code remains proprietary. However, careful technical and legal separation is required to achieve this.
• Dual Licensing: Some developers use a dual licensing strategy, offering their game under both a proprietary license and an open-source license (like the GPL). Users can choose which license they want to adhere to when using the software. This approach can allow for greater flexibility in how the software is distributed and used.
• To address the intricacies of open-source licensing, we recommend consulting our team of legal professionals to ensure compliance with the GPL’s requirements while aligning with your commercial goals. Customized licensing agreements and proper documentation can help manage many of your legal obligations and user expectations.

In conclusion, as a gaming developer, you would need to carefully weigh the benefits of incorporating GPL-licensed works against the challenges posed by copyleft provisions, source code distribution, and compatibility with their licensing model. Our team can assist you with legal guidance and strategic planning which are essential to address these complexities effectively while achieving your goals as developer goals for both open-source collaboration and commercial success. We can be reached at [email protected] 

July 29 (2023) Condemnation Statement from Josh and Mak International Law Firm

Subject: Condemnation of Barbaric Acts and Call for Swift Legal Action

We, at Josh and Mak International Law Firm, express our utmost condemnation and revulsion regarding the horrifying incident of cruelty and abuse inflicted upon a 13-year-old girl who was working as a maid at the residence of a civil judge. This abhorrent act has caused physical and psychological harm to an innocent child, and it is essential that justice be served swiftly and comprehensively.

The recent addition of section 328-A (cruelty to a child) to the First Information Report (FIR) is an appropriate step towards recognizing the heinous nature of the crime committed. This section of the Pakistan Penal Code (PPC) appropriately prescribes punishment for those who deliberately assault, ill-treat, neglect, abandon, or cause harm to a child, either physically or psychologically. The inclusion of this provision reflects the seriousness with which such crimes should be treated in our legal system.

However, we believe that the scope of legal actions taken must extend further to address the full extent of the girl’s suffering and to ensure that the perpetrators face appropriate consequences for their actions. Therefore, we urge the authorities to consider the following legal actions and provisions in pursuit of justice:

1. Sections Related to Attempted Murder, Fracturing Bone, Deep Wounds, Breaking Teeth, and Hiring Underage as Maid: The evidence points to attempts of strangulation and severe injuries sustained by the victim. As such, sections pertaining to attempted murder, causing fractures, deep wounds, breaking teeth, and hiring an underage child as a maid should be added to the case. These actions demonstrate the severity of the violence committed against the innocent girl and warrant justifiable legal consequences.
2. Sections 337-A and 337-F: Considering the injuries found in the upper and lower parts of the victim’s body, sections 337-A and 337-F, which deal with hurt caused to a person, should be incorporated in the FIR. These sections will further emphasize the gravity of the inflicted injuries and the need for accountability.
3. Sections 337 (3) (iii) or 337-E (v) and 337-U: The victim’s suffering includes fractured bones and broken teeth, demanding that sections 337 (3) (iii) or 337-E (v) and 337-U, which deal with more severe forms of hurt, be applied accordingly.
4. Labour Act Violations: The judge and his wife should face charges under the Labour Act for employing an underage child as a maid. This will send a clear message that exploiting vulnerable children for labor will not be tolerated under any circumstances.

We implore the authorities to act swiftly and diligently in pursuing this case, ensuring that all responsible individuals, regardless of their status or position, are held accountable for their reprehensible actions. The victim deserves justice, and society demands that such brutal acts be met with the full force of the law.

Furthermore, we urge the police to expedite the verification of the Medico-Legal Certificate (MLC) and acknowledge the evidence presented to them by the Sargodha police through proper legal channels.

At Josh and Mak International Law Firm, we stand firmly against all forms of cruelty, abuse, and exploitation, especially when directed towards innocent children. We pledge our support to the victim and her family during this harrowing time and call upon the legal system to deliver justice promptly.

We encourage anyone with information related to this case or any other instances of child labor and abuse to come forward and inform the police. Together, we must protect our children from harm and build a society where such atrocities have no place.

Sincerely,

Barrister Aemen Zulfikar Maluka 

Legal Alert (2023): Increasing Fraud with Forged Pay Orders in Vehicle and Property Deals

Attention to all buyers and sellers involved in vehicle transactions! Fraudsters are resorting to using counterfeit pay orders, once considered a secure mode of payment, to deceive unsuspecting victims, especially in car deals. The recent surge in cases of fraudulent pay orders has raised concerns among citizens and authorities alike.

Incidents of Fraud: Several individuals have fallen victim to this scam, where fraudsters present seemingly authentic pay orders to complete vehicle purchases. The sellers, trusting the legitimacy of the pay orders, hand over their valuable vehicles along with relevant documents. Only later do they discover that the pay orders were forged, leaving them devastated and at a loss.

Modus Operandi: The fraudsters initiate contact through car sale advertisements in newspapers. Upon meeting the sellers, they swiftly strike a deal and present the forged pay orders, appearing convincingly real to the unsuspecting victims. Once the transaction is completed, the fraudsters disappear, leaving the sellers to realize they have been scammed.

Inadequate Response from Banks: Unfortunately, victims have reported difficulties in seeking support from the banks whose names appear on the forged pay orders. Some victims claim that the banks have been unresponsive and unwilling to assist with complaints or investigations.

Action Taken: Despite previous efforts to bust fraudster gangs, they seem to resurface and continue their scams. Section 420 (Cheating and dishonestly inducing delivery of property) of the Pakistan Penal Code under which they are convicted is a bailable offence, allowing criminals to be back in action quickly after arrests.

State Bank of Pakistan’s Role: The State Bank of Pakistan (SBP) is aware of the fraudulent pay order scam as commercial banks routinely report such incidents to the regulator. However, victims feel that the SBP has not been effective in taking sufficient measures to protect customers from such scams.

Precautionary Measures: To safeguard yourself from falling victim to this scam, consider the following precautions:

1. Conduct thorough due diligence on the buyer/seller before entering any transaction.
2. Verify the authenticity of the pay order with the issuing bank before handing over the vehicle.
3. Cross-check the details mentioned on the pay order, including the bank branch, for any discrepancies.
4. Report any suspicious activity or individuals to the police and the CPLC immediately.
5. Consider conducting transactions at reputable and secure locations.

The SBP’s circular of 2005 requires all banks to report incidents of fraud promptly. Victims are urged to report such cases to the respective banks and the SBP for necessary action.

Stay vigilant and exercise caution during vehicle deals to avoid falling prey to these fraudulent schemes. Report any suspected scams to the authorities promptly to ensure that appropriate action is taken against the perpetrators.

Legal Note on Payorders for Property Payments in Islamabad (July 2023)

A pay order is a common instrument used to confirm the genuineness of funds for property transactions. In the context of property payments in Islamabad, it is essential to understand the significance of pay orders and the precautions to be taken to avoid potential scams or frauds.

1. Purpose of Pay Orders: A pay order is a payment instrument issued by a bank on behalf of the payer to confirm the availability of funds. In property transactions, the pay order serves as evidence that the buyer has the necessary funds to complete the purchase. The pay order is usually presented to the bank for verification before the actual property transfer takes place.

2. Precautions for Property Buyers: When dealing with property dealers or sellers, it is crucial for buyers to exercise caution to avoid falling victim to scams or fraudulent activities. Here are some precautions to take:

a. Verification of Pay Order: Before proceeding with the property transfer, buyers should visit the issuing bank with the property dealer or seller to verify the authenticity of the pay order. This step ensures that the pay order is genuine and backed by sufficient funds.

b. Securing Necessary Information: Buyers should collect essential information from the property dealer or seller, including their CNIC, bank account details, and other relevant identification. This information helps in establishing the legitimacy of the transaction.

c. Due Diligence: Conduct thorough research on the property dealer or seller and seek feedback from other customers they have dealt with in the past. Identifying any red flags or negative feedback is crucial to avoiding potential risks.

d. Meeting in Person: It is advisable for buyers to meet the property dealer or seller in person and show them a copy of the pay order. This personal interaction allows for better communication and ensures transparency in the transaction.

e. Property Inspection: Before finalizing the deal, buyers should visit the property in person to inspect its condition and ensure its suitability for purchase. Additionally, speaking to the neighbors can provide valuable insights about the property and the surrounding area.

3. Liability of Issuing Bank: Once a pay order is issued, the issuing bank becomes liable to pay the amount specified in the pay order upon its presentation, provided it is genuine. Buyers can rely on the pay order as a secure payment method for property transactions.

In conclusion, a pay order is a valuable tool to confirm the genuineness of funds in property transactions. However, buyers must exercise caution, conduct due diligence, and follow the necessary precautions to safeguard their interests and avoid potential risks associated with property dealings. Being well-informed and proactive can lead to a successful and secure property transaction in Islamabad.

Question from 2015: I am an Overseas Pakistani.Someone in Pakistan took a loan from me and used it to build a house. As per our agreement, he is obligated to repay the loan, but now he is denying the loan and refusing to pay. Can I file a suit for declaration on the basis of a benami transaction?

Answer: It appears that you do not have a case of benami transaction in this situation. A benami transaction typically involves property held in the name of one person but actually belonging to another, with the intention to conceal the true ownership. In your case, it seems that the loan was taken by the individual to build a house, and there is an agreement in place for him to repay the loan.

Instead of pursuing a case of benami transaction, it would be more appropriate for you to file a suit for the recovery of your money along with any accrued interests. You can present the agreement as evidence to support your claim for the repayment of the loan.

By filing a suit for recovery, you can seek legal recourse to recover the loan amount along with any interest that may have been agreed upon in the loan agreement. This would be a more direct and appropriate approach to address the issue of non-payment of the loan. Consulting with a lawyer will help you understand the legal options available and the best course of action to recover your money in a timely and effective manner.

Context : Status of Benami Transactions after 2017 

In Pakistan, a benami transaction refers to a property or asset transaction where the property is held in the name of one person (the “benamidar”) but is actually owned by another person (the “real owner”) who has provided the consideration for the property. The term “benami” is derived from the Urdu word “benam,” which means “without a name.”

The Benami Transactions (Prohibition) Act, 2017, defines a benami transaction as follows:

• Property Transaction: Any property (such as land, building, house, vehicle, or any other asset) that is purchased, held, or transferred by a person, but the consideration for such property has been provided by another person, is considered a benami transaction.
• Fictitious or Artificial Transaction: A transaction where the owner of the property is not the person in whose name the property is held, or the owner is not aware of the ownership of the property, is also considered a benami transaction.
• Purpose of Concealment: The primary purpose of a benami transaction is to conceal the ownership of the property or asset, and the real owner intends to avoid taxation, hide assets from creditors, or engage in illegal activities.

The Benami Transactions (Prohibition) Act, 2017, provides for the prohibition of benami transactions in Pakistan and imposes strict penalties on those involved in such transactions. The Act empowers the government authorities to confiscate and seize properties that are determined to be benami and take legal action against the benamidar and the real owner.

The Act also established the Federal Board of Revenue (FBR) as the designated authority to investigate and take action against benami transactions. The FBR, along with other law enforcement agencies, has the authority to conduct inquiries, seize properties, and prosecute those involved in benami transactions.

It is essential to note that legitimate transactions, where the ownership of the property is clear and the consideration has been paid by the rightful owner, are not considered benami transactions. The Act aims to curb corruption, tax evasion, and money laundering by discouraging individuals from holding assets in the names of others to avoid legal and tax obligations.

Further context

A. A benami transaction occurs when a property is transferred to or held by one person, but the consideration for the property is provided by another person, and the property is held for the benefit (direct or indirect) of the person providing the consideration. The individual purchasing the property in someone else’s name has no intention of vesting the property in the ostensible owner.

B. Benami transactions include transactions or arrangements involving:

(i) Properties carried out or made in fictitious names;

(ii) Properties where the actual owner is unaware of or denies ownership; and

(iii) Properties where the person providing the consideration is untraceable or fictitious.

C. To establish the benami status of a transaction, two essential elements must exist:

(i) There must be an agreement, express or implied, between the ostensible owner and the purchaser of the property in the name of the ostensible owner for the benefit of the person providing the consideration.

(ii) The transaction is entered into between the real purchaser and seller to which the ostensible owner was not a party.

D. Benami property encompasses all kinds of assets, whether movable or immovable, tangible or intangible, corporeal or incorporeal. It includes any right or interest, as well as legal documents or instruments evidencing title or interest in the property. If the property is convertible into another form, the property in the converted form is also considered benami, and it includes the proceeds from the property.

Inquiry Proceedings of Benami Transactions:

A. The Initiating Officer, Deputy Commissioner Inland Revenue, issues a show cause notice to a person based on material in his possession and having reasons to believe that the person is a benamidar in respect of a property.

B. If the Initiating Officer is not satisfied with the reply to the show cause notice, he may pass an order for the provisional attachment of the subject benami properties and file a reference before the Adjudicating Authority.

C. The Adjudicating Authority serves notices requiring submission of documents, particulars, or evidence from various parties, including the benamidar, beneficial owner, interested parties, and claimants in respect of the property.

Benami Transactions Offences & Punishments:

A. Any property proven to be acquired or held through a benami transaction will be subject to punishment under the Benami Transactions Prohibition Act, 2017.

B. Individuals found guilty of the offence of a benami transaction or holding benami property may face rigorous imprisonment for a term of one year or more, extending up to seven years, and may be liable to pay a fine of twenty-five percent of the fair market value of the subject benami property.

Exemptions under the Benami Transaction Act:

Certain individuals are exempted from the provisions of the Benami Transactions Prohibition Act, including those standing in a fiduciary capacity for the benefit of another person (e.g., trustees, executors, agents, etc.), individuals holding properties in the name of close family members (spouse, child, sibling, etc.), and individuals appearing as joint owners if the consideration for the property has been provided from known sources of their income.

The implementation of the Benami Transactions (Prohibition) Rules, 2019 by the Federal Board of Revenue (FBR) has brought clarity to the definition and scope of Benami properties. According to these rules, a Benami property refers to any property that is the subject matter of a Benami transaction, and it also includes any proceeds generated from such property.

A Benami transaction encompasses various scenarios, such as when a property is transferred to or held by a person, and the consideration for the property is provided by another person. However, certain individuals, such as trustees and close family members (wife, children, brother, or sister), to whom the property has been transferred from known resources, are excluded from this definition. Other instances include transactions or arrangements involving properties carried out in fictitious names, properties where the actual owner is unaware of or denies knowledge of ownership, and transactions where the person providing the consideration is untraceable or fictitious.

The potential types of Benami properties are diverse and include plots, houses, shopping plazas, shops, housing schemes, bank accounts, vehicles, business shares, jewelry, foreign currency, legal documents, and intangible properties with financial value.

The Benami Transactions (Prohibition) Rules, 2019 came into force immediately, and the BTB zones of the Inland Revenue Service have been tasked with establishing cases against Benami properties and submitting challans to the Adjudication Authority within 120 working days. During this period, the sale, purchase, and transfer of such properties will be prohibited until further orders. Any appeal against the decision of the Adjudication Authority can be lodged with the Federal Tribunal. After the Federal Tribunal’s decision, the properties in question will be confiscated and sold by the federal government.

Criminal proceedings will be initiated against the accused persons if the crime of Benami transactions is proven, and they could face rigorous imprisonment ranging from one year to seven years. Similarly, individuals providing false and baseless information may also be sentenced to rigorous imprisonment from six months to five years. However, informants who provide credible information leading to the detection of Benami property or transactions will be entitled to cash rewards. The reward percentage will depend on the value of the Benami property, with informers eligible for a reward of 5%, 4%, or 3% of the property’s value based on specific thresholds.

It is important to note that the reward will only be given if the information provided is of value, not already available to the FBR, not accessible through public records, and if the appeal against the confiscation of the property has attained finality. These measures aim to deter and combat Benami transactions, ensuring more transparent and accountable property dealings in Pakistan.

__________________________________________________________________

Archived from 2017: A note on jurisdiction for overseas Pakistanis who concluded marriages under the law of Pakistan and are now looking at divorce

Regarding jurisdiction for overseas Pakistanis who concluded marriages under the law of Pakistan in respect of divorce proceedings, it is argued that the Pakistani courts have the jurisdiction to adjudicate on such matters. The basis of this argument lies in the applicability of the Muslim Family Law Ordinance, 1961 (MFLO) to all Muslim citizens of Pakistan, regardless of their current residence. According to Section 1(2) of the Muslim Family Law Ordinance, 1961, the law applies to all Muslim citizens of Pakistan, wherever they may be. This means that even if one of the spouses is residing in the United Kingdom (or any other country), they are still subject to the provisions of the MFLO. The argument further states that the parties have to resolve their divorce matters through the Family Courts established under the West Pakistan Family Courts Act, 1964, in accordance with the provisions of the MFLO and the Dissolution of Muslim Marriages Act, 1939. These laws govern marriages that were solemnized in Pakistan or abroad by Pakistani citizens according to Islamic tenets.The view is supported by various court cases, such as the cases cited, which have upheld the applicability of the MFLO to Pakistani citizens residing overseas unless they expressly relinquish their Pakistani citizenship (2005 CLC 481, 2002 CLC 1744, 1998 MLD 85, and 2009 YLR 2341).In essence, the argument suggests that Pakistani courts have jurisdiction over divorce proceedings involving overseas Pakistanis if their marriage was conducted under the law of Pakistan and they have not formally relinquished their Pakistani citizenship. Therefore, any divorce matters should be addressed in the Pakistani Family Courts in accordance with the relevant laws.The argument presented emphasizes that all marriages solemnized by Pakistani citizens under Muslim Law, whether in Pakistan or abroad, are required to be registered with the relevant Union Council as mandated by Section 5 of the Muslim Family Law Ordinance, 1961 (MFLO).According to Section 5 of the MFLO, every marriage solemnized under Muslim Law must be registered in accordance with the provisions of the Ordinance. This registration is considered mandatory for Pakistani citizens, and failure to comply with this requirement may have legal implications.Furthermore, it is asserted that Pakistani citizens are obliged to follow the specific provisions of the MFLO 1961 and the Family Court Act 1964 when seeking dissolution of their marriages, including divorce and khula. Under Muslim Personal Law, the right to pronounce divorce lies with the husband, and he can exercise this right without resorting to any court proceedings. On the other hand, khula is the right of the wife, and she can apply for it before a Muslim judge.Rule 6 of the West Pakistan Family Courts Rules, 1965, is also cited to highlight that the Family Court, established under Section 3 of the West Pakistan Family Courts Act 1964, has exclusive jurisdiction to hear suits for the dissolution of marriage.

In summary, the view stresses the importance of registering marriages under the MFLO and adhering to the specific provisions of the MFLO and Family Court Act when seeking Pakistani Jurisdiction over a future divorce or khula matter. Pakistani citizens are abroad urged to follow these legal requirements to ensure the validity and legality of their marital matters.The link below is our comprehensive page on Khula and Divorce for Overseas and Local Pakistanis 

Josh and Mak International: Expert Legal Services for Divorce and Khula in Pakistan for Local and Overseas Pakistanis

Questions from July 2023 

Legal response to combined queries:

Just to clarify, an overseas Pakistani purchasing property in Pakistan is required to pay an advance tax of 3%, regardless of their filer or non-filer status. However, we have observed that many individuals traveling to Pakistan from overseas, who do not have a Pakistani account, are being pressured to hastily close deals with property sellers and agents. It is a common concern among the queries we receive that they have been advised to transfer their funds from abroad into a property dealer’s bank account in Pakistan or a relative’s bank account.

Our summary of advice is as follows :

1. Tax Obligations: As per the current amendment to Income Tax Ordinance 2001 by the Finance Act 2023, all property purchases in Pakistan are subject to an advance tax of 3%, regardless of whether you are a filer or non-filer. This tax must be paid at the time of registration with the housing registrar or land registrar.
2. Overseas Transactions: If you are making the property purchase through your relatives’ or property dealer’s account due to the absence of your bank account in Pakistan, it is crucial to ensure proper documentation of this arrangement to avoid having problems when the payee denies that they have received money for the purpose of your payment.
3. Not having a bank account in Pakistan is not a problem anymore.You can easily apply online for a bank account via the Roshan Digital Account scheme.Please note that if you pay via a relatives account and not your own PKR or foreign currency account where you have transferred money from overseas, you cannot qualify under the status of an Overseas / Non-resident Pakistan buyer under section 236K of the Income Tax Ordinance 2001.In which case you or the payee will face payment as filers or non-filers who are Pakistani residents.For reference now the taxation rate for a non-filer for property purchase in Pakistani is 10% (ref: Finance Act 2023).
4. Without clear evidence of your relatives paying on your behalf, you and your relatives may face potential scrutiny from the Federal Board of Revenue (FBR), especially regarding the gap in documentation of the cash transaction.
5. Risks of Cash Transactions: It is strongly advised to avoid cash transactions as they are untraceable and undocumented. Cash transactions can lead to legal complications and potential investigations. Instead, consider utilizing proper banking channels for your transactions.
6. Opening a Bank Account: Although time is limited, we recommend opening a bank account in Pakistan to facilitate the payment and documentation process. The Roshan Digital Account, an initiative by the Pakistani government for overseas Pakistanis, offers convenient options for overseas banking.
7. Tax Liabilities: If your relatives or the property agents  are filers, they will assume tax liabilities associated with the property transaction. However, it is crucial to have clear documentation proving that they are making the payment on your behalf. Otherwise, the FBR may question the source of funds, especially in cash transactions.
8. Purchase Agreement: When signing the purchase agreement, electronically please take time to reflect on the housing terms and conditions on the rules of transfer and hidden charges you may be subject to.

These issues have been dealt with in some more detail on our Page about Buying Property In Pakistan the link to which is below.

Legal Advice on Buying Property in Pakistan for Overseas Pakistanis and Foreigners

Connected legal notes in response to common queries on purchasing a property located in Pakistan from an overseas Pakistani as an overseas Pakistani while abroad.

To add context in this situation payment has also been made abroad.

1. Property Transfer Process: To transfer the house in your name, you will need to follow the registration process at the relevant land transfer office of your city. This involves executing a local power of attorney and providing documented proof of payment received for the property.
2. Role of Power of Attorney: Both you and your friend will need to appoint separate Power of Attorney to represent you in the transfer process. Your friend will arrange his own of Attorney in Pakistan, who will confirm the sale at the land transfer office on his behalf. Similarly, you will need a local Power of Attorney to represent you during the transfer process.
3. Specific Society Rules: It is important to note that some housing societies have their own rules and regulations for property transfers involving overseas buyers. Therefore, it is recommended to contact the relevant land registration office in advance to understand their specific requirements and processes.
4. Estimated Costs: The costs associated with the property transfer may vary depending on the specific zone and local regulations of the housing society. Apart from the mandatory advance tax of 3%, which you will need to pay, the society will provide you with a breakdown of the remaining costs.
5. Personal Presence: To ensure a smooth transfer process, it is advisable for both you and your friend to be present in Pakistan. Your documented proof of payment and the sales agreement you have concluded should be brought along for verification at the land registration office.

Yet another connected query by an overseas Pakistani having problems collecting rent from their commercial property in Pakistan and having one of the tenants/shopkeepers threatening them to ‘take over’ ownership of the property.The shopkeeper/tenant is also responsible for collecting rents from other tenants and is now refusing to pay the collected rent money in their account in Pakistan.

Response : During our initial conversation, you mentioned that your father owns a row of shops in (city redacted), Pakistan, which are being rented out. Unfortunately, as you have mentioned,  one of the shopkeepers  who has been collecting the rent and is now claiming ownership of the land and the shops. This situation is concerning, especially as you have mentioned that your father is ill in the hospital, and you and your mother hold a last power of attorney certified in the UK.

To assist you further, we would like to gather more information. Please clarify the following details:

1. The age of your father and his current location (you have stated UK).
2. The location where the power of attorney was made (you have mentioned UK).
3. Whether the power of attorney includes financial powers (You have stated Yes)
4. The evidence provided by the shopkeeper to support his claim of ownership and the threats he has made (You have indicated you will look into this as you are hearing this from your local relatives)
5. How you discovered the shopkeeper was stealing your father’s cash (you have stated you will also provide more information on this later)
6. Whether you have authorized the shopkeeper in writing to collect rent and the process followed after rent collection (You have stated that an agreement in Urdu was signed between you (as te POA of your father) while you were in Pakistan last year and the shopkeeper/tenant.
7. Whether the shopkeeper sends the rent money to your local account (You have indicated Yes)
8. The duration of time during which he has been collecting rent without remitting it to you (You have indicated you will confirm this from your relatives in Pakistan).
9. How you learned about the threats made by the shopkeeper (You have stated you heard all this from your relatives).
10. Whether you have sought advice from a local council in your city where the property is situated.

As you are still investigating this, we advise you to record all conversations with the shopkeeper, as well as any meetings held with him during your visit to Pakistan in October. This will help gather evidence for your case for eviction later on. Additionally, it may be necessary to have the existing agreement between your father and the shopkeeper translated into English, reviewed, and potentially redrafted to ensure its validity if there is a problem with the way it has been currently written in Urdu.Most ‘Iqrar Namas are written by novices in the Pakistani katcheries and do not add any value to protecting the rights of those signing such standard iqrar namas. Therefore is best to revise and re-sign the agreement with the shopkeeper if he decides to show better judgement than acting disagreeably in the future.

Our recommended course of action at this stage is as follows:

1. Place the shopkeeper on written notice regarding his actions and inform him that legal action will be taken if he does not cease his activities and pays the rent arrears immediately.
2. Initiate the process of eviction and recovery of the rent collected, if the shopkeeper does not rectify the situation and comply with your demands.

Note to all Overseas Pakistanis : You can reach out to us with any further questions or concerns during our night free advice clinic for overseas Pakistanis which operates from 11 pm to 6 am Pakistan Time. We are also available between 2 pm to 7 pm Pakistan Time. Additionally, someone is always available on our WhatsApp hotline to assist you.

Our 24/7 Text WhatsApp hotline is +92-3048734889.

___________________________________________________________________

Question from 2017:

I am overseas Pakistani and I cannot locate my wife’s address or whereabouts to serve the Talaq /Divorce notice?

According to Section 7 of the Muslim Family Laws Ordinance 1961, the divorce procedure in Pakistan consists of the following steps:

1. Pronouncement of Talaq / Divorce: The husband can verbally or in writing pronounce Talaq to initiate the divorce process. If either spouse is overseas and the other is in Pakistan, a divorce deed can be drafted, attested by the Pakistani Embassy, and served to the spouse in Pakistan and the Union Council where the marriage took place.
2. Notice to Chairman Union Council: Within 30 days of pronouncing Talaq, it is mandatory to serve a notice to the Chairman of the Union Council. A copy of the notice must also be provided to the wife. The jurisdiction of the relevant Union Council will be determined based on the current address of the wife.
3. Constitution of Arbitration Council: Upon receipt of the notice, the Chairman of the Union Council will constitute an Arbitration Council whose purpose is to facilitate reconciliation between the parties. The Arbitration Council takes necessary steps to bring about reconciliation.
4. Hearings at Arbitration Council: Both parties are served notices to attend hearings at the Arbitration Council. The Council conducts hearings in an attempt to reconcile the parties and resolve any issues.
5. Publication of Final Notice: If one party fails to attend the Arbitration Council hearings for three consecutive times, a final notice may be published in a newspaper.
6. Further Hearings at Arbitration Council: Notices are served to both parties for additional hearings at the Arbitration Council to continue the reconciliation process.
7. Registration and Issuance of Divorce Certificate: Once the Arbitration Council has ruled on the divorce, the parties are required to register the divorce with the National Database and Registration Authority (NADRA) and obtain a computerized divorce certificate.

It is important to note that a divorce not following this prescribed procedure does not become effective. Both parties can nominate representatives for the Arbitration Council proceedings, but they must personally appear at least once during the process.

Context of Jurisdiction of Union Council where you cannot locate the wife or she lives in a different city from where the marriage took place.

Jurisdiction of the Union Council for applications of maintenance, Talaq (divorce) and second marriage  under the Rule 3 of the West Pakistan Rules under the Muslim Family Laws Ordinance, 1961

According to the West Pakistan Rules under the Muslim Family Laws Ordinance, 1961, the jurisdiction of the Union Council in matters of such applications is outlined as follows:

1. Application to Contract Another Marriage (Section 6 MFLO 1961): The Union Council with jurisdiction shall be the one where the existing wife of the applicant resides at the time of making the application. If the applicant has multiple wives, it will be the Union Council where the applicant was last married. In case the wife is not residing in any part of West Pakistan, the jurisdiction will be determined based on the wife’s previous residence with the applicant or the applicant’s current permanent residence in West Pakistan.
2. Notice of Talaq (Section 7 MFLO 1961): The Union Council with jurisdiction shall be the one where the wife, in relation to whom the Talaq has been pronounced, was residing at the time of the pronouncement. If the wife is not residing in any part of West Pakistan, the jurisdiction will be determined based on the wife’s previous residence with the person pronouncing the Talaq or the person’s current permanent residence in West Pakistan.
3. Application for Maintenance (Section 9 MFLO 1961): The Union Council with jurisdiction shall be the one where the wife is residing at the time of making the application for maintenance. In cases where multiple wives make applications, the jurisdiction will be determined based on the first wife’s residence at the time of her application.

As per Rule 3 of the West Pakistan Rules under the MFLO 1961 , additionally, if the husband is unable to ascertain the whereabouts of the wife or her location cannot be determined with due diligence, he may serve the notice of Talaq through her father, mother, adult brother, or adult sister. If their whereabouts are also unknown, the husband may seek permission from the Chairman to serve the notice through publication in a newspaper approved by the Chairman, circulating in the locality where he last resided with the wife.

_________________________________________________________________

Question from 2018

Question : Can I rely on a decision about my land issued by the “Emarat-e-Islami Taliban, Waziristan wa Afghanistan” (‘Taliban’).I am in Bannu, KPK and I want use this document as proof of sale of a disputed property?

No, you cannot rely on a decision issued by the “Emarat-e-Islami Taliban, Waziristan wa Afghanistan” (‘Taliban’) regarding your land as proof of sale for a disputed property. This is because the Taliban does not have any legal authority to decide land cases, as established in reported cases. Their occupation of any part of Pakistani territory is in violation of the Constitution of the Islamic Republic of Pakistan. Consequently, any decision made by the Taliban would be deemed unconstitutional, unlawful, and hold no legal weight.

Furthermore, attempting to classify the purported “decision” as a sales agreement is not permissible as it undermines the sovereignty of Pakistan. Such an agreement would be considered “forbidden,” “unlawful,” and contrary to “public policy” according to Section 23 of the Contract Act, 1872. Therefore, it would have no legal effect and cannot be used as proof of sale for the disputed property.

Archived from 2012

Question : My husband is not paying me my dower and backdated child and spouse maintenance for the period he abandoned me and my daughter before I finally used my Section 18 MFLO 1961 right to divorce? His lawyer is saying if I get divorce under Section 18 it is the same as Khula so I cannot claim my dower and gifts under the marriage contract/Nikahnama? Is this true?

Answer: No this is misinformation the lawyer is spreading.A section 18 MFLO right to divorce is NOT the same as Khula and this is endorsed by Islamic Jurisprudence.It is important to clarify the distinction between the exercise of the delegated right of divorce, known as “Tafweez of Talaq,” and the concept of “Khulla” in the dissolution of marriage. The two carry different legal implications, particularly regarding the wife’s liability to return the dower amount.

In the case of Tafweez of Talaq, the husband delegates the right of divorce to the wife, granting her the authority to repudiate the marriage herself. This delegation is based on a mutual agreement between the parties. On the other hand, Khulla involves the wife seeking a divorce or the dissolution of marriage from her husband or through the court. In this scenario, the wife initiates the process to terminate the marital bond.

It is essential to recognize that the exercise of the delegated right of divorce does not automatically equate to Khulla. A husband cannot utilize this distinction as a defense solely to avoid fulfilling his obligation of paying the dower amount. If the husband claims to have already paid the dower, he must provide evidence to substantiate this claim. However, if he fails to provide evidence of payment, he is obligated to pay the outstanding dower amount, along with any backdated maintenance and child support, if applicable.

In reference to such case in  PLD 2011 Lahore 265, the court made significant determinations regarding the exercise of the delegated right of divorce by a wife under the Muslim Family Laws Ordinance, 1961. The following key points were established:

• Application of S.8 of the Muslim Family Laws Ordinance, 1961: The court held that the provisions of S.7 of the Muslim Family Laws Ordinance, 1961 would apply mutatis mutandis when a wife exercises the delegated right of divorce.
• Absence of formal mode for exercise: The court noted that no formal mode for the exercise of the right of divorce was prescribed by law. The only requirement was to provide notice in writing to the Chairman of the Arbitration Council regarding the exercise of the right.
• Validity of pronouncement and execution: The court acknowledged that the wife duly made the pronouncement of divorce by executing the divorce deed and transmitting copies to both her husband and the Chairman of the Arbitration Council.
• Misconception regarding the nature of divorce: The petitioner’s contention that the divorce was not considered a ‘talaq’ because it was executed through a divorce deed was deemed misconceived by the court. The court clarified that divorce signifies the dissolution of marriage (talaq) and separation.
• Effective date of notice: As per S.7(3) of the Muslim Family Laws Ordinance, 1961, notice of ‘talaq’ becomes effective after the expiration of 90 days from its delivery to the Chairman of the Arbitration Council, unless revoked.

For more context: 

In the context of the present matter, it is crucial to refer to the pertinent provisions outlined in the Muslim Family Laws Ordinance, 1961. The following provisions are particularly relevant:

Section 7 of the Muslim Family Laws Ordinance, 1961:

• Requirement of Notice: According to Section 7(1), any man who intends to divorce his wife must provide written notice of the pronouncement of talaq, in any form, to the Chairman of the Arbitration Council. A copy of this notice must also be supplied to the wife.
• Arbitration Council: Section 7(4) states that within thirty days of receiving the notice mentioned in subsection (1), the Chairman shall establish an Arbitration Council with the objective of facilitating reconciliation between the parties. The Arbitration Council is entrusted with taking all necessary measures to achieve this reconciliation.

Section 8 of the Muslim Family Laws Ordinance, 1961:

• Delegation of Right to Divorce: Section 8 deals with cases where the right to divorce has been properly delegated to the wife or any third party, and when either party wishes to dissolve the marriage through means other than talaq. In such instances, Section 7 provisions shall apply mutatis mutandis, with necessary modifications.
• Talaq-e-Tafweez under section 18 MFLO 1961: This section recognizes a specific form of divorce known as “Talaq-e-Tafweez,” wherein the husband delegates the right of divorce to the wife or a third person, whether conditionally or unconditionally, temporarily or permanently. It stipulates that the procedure outlined in Section 7 for divorce must be followed in such cases. The phrase “after the pronouncement of Talaq in any form whatsoever” in Section 7(1) encompasses divorce in written form, which has been acknowledged by Muslim jurists.

Archived queries from 2017

Question: My sister and brother in law have been taking advantage of my  father’s  ill health and secretly and illegally transferring properties and assets in their own names and also forging his signatures on various documents. My father due to mental disorder and ailment of dementia is lacking ability to look after his affairs and matters related to his properties. Now they are not allowing  me to meet my  father.What are my options as I am aware they may even take him abroad forcefully.

Your first option would be a writ of Habeous Corpus or more precise in an acton under 491 CrPc.In the habeas corpus petition, you will cite that your father (alleged detenu) is confined in your family house in Karachi by your siblings and you can request the court to issue a writ of habeas corpus with the directions to the local SHO to produce the alleged detenu in the court.

Regarding the transfers of property by your sister and brother-in-law, as you are currently in Karachi, it is advisable to seek relief from the Court of Protection under the Mental Health Act 2013. The Court of Protection has the authority to personally examine individuals alleged to be mentally disordered and may appoint a person to assess their mental capacity and condition. In addition, the court may authorize individuals to have access to the mentally disordered person for examination purposes. If necessary, the court can appoint two or more persons as assessors in the proceedings.

In situations where personal service would be ineffective, the Court of Protection has the power to serve the alleged mentally disordered person through substituted service. It is important to note that your father being taken out of Pakistan does not eliminate the jurisdiction of the Court of Protection in Pakistan. The court, in the pending habeas corpus petition, has ample authority to enforce attendance by employing various means and methods. You can request the court to ensure the production of your father, who was allegedly taken out of the court’s jurisdiction during the proceedings. You can also apply to the Court of Protection, at your own expense, for the appointment of a person who can visit your father abroad and report on his mental state to the court. The Court of Protection can serve the mentally disordered person through the Pakistan Embassy, including the person responsible for the care of the alleged mentally disordered person abroad.

The Sindh Mental Health Act, 2013 is a specialized legislation designed to address and regulate the care, treatment, and management of property for mentally disordered persons. Based on your own assertion that your father is suffering from dementia and Alzheimer’s disease, it is evident that he falls within the definition of a mentally disordered person under the 2013 Act. Mental disorder, as defined in the Act, includes any mental illness requiring treatment due to a disorder of the mind, excluding mental impairment.

Therefore, it is recommended to pursue the appropriate remedy by approaching the Court of Protection instead of filing a similar suit for relief in the High Court of Sindh. The High Court of Sindh primarily acts as an appellate court against orders issued by the Court of Protection. By approaching the Court of Protection, you will be following the proper legal process and seeking resolution in a specialized court for matters related to mentally disordered persons.

You may want to look up the case of Mehr ASHRAF v. STATION HOUSE OFFICER, as reported in 2022 PLD 328 Lahore High Court Lahore, where the petitioner, Mehr ASHRAF, sought the declaration of his father as mentally disordered through a habeas corpus petition. The petitioner and the respondent were siblings, and they alleged that their father, who had been living with the respondent for over three decades, had lost his mental balance. They further claimed that the respondent had unlawfully confined him and prevented them from meeting him.

The petitioners filed the habeas corpus petition before the Sessions Judge, who, after recording the statement of the alleged detenu, dismissed the petition. The Sessions Judge observed that the detenu was in good physical and mental health. The petitioners challenged this observation, seeking its expunction.

The Lahore High Court noted that the Mental Health Ordinance, 2001, was a specific law with limited applicability to matters covered by it. The Court emphasized that the proceedings in this case were under Section 491 of the Criminal Procedure Code, and not under Section 29 of the Mental Health Ordinance, 2001. Therefore, the Mental Health Ordinance did not apply to the present case, which concerned the issue of wrongful confinement.

The Court found no fault with the observation made by the Sessions Judge. It highlighted that the petitioner had claimed that the detenu was mentally disordered and wrongfully confined, necessitating a thorough evaluation of his mental health. The Sessions Judge was obligated to engage with the detenu, form an opinion about his mental health, and record his statement. The impugned observation was a part of these proceedings.

Additionally, the documents presented by the respondents indicated that the petitioners were attempting to manipulate the situation due to concerns about property transfer. They were striving to label their father as paranoid to prevent further property transactions. The Lahore High Court dismissed the constitutional petition with costs.In conclusion, the case highlights the distinction between the Mental Health Ordinance and the Criminal Procedure Code in addressing matters involving mentally disordered individuals. The Court upheld the Sessions Judge’s observation as a valid part of the proceedings and underscored the importance of fair evaluation and due process in such cases.

Q: Our brother is suing us in court by saying that our properties are in fact his properties because they were bought by our fathers money (benami transactions allegedly).How will the court respond to his claim because these are in fact properties purchased and owned by us wiith our own funds hence are not benami. This can  be established from our Tax Returns too. Also, in what capacity is he trying to claim rights on our property when allegedly the money belonged to our father? I am sending you the case documents pending in courts

Your remedy would be to challenge this claim stating that your brother needs to disclose any enforceable right or entitlement on the properties owned and possessed by yourself.I see from these documents that he has sued under section 42 of the Specific relief Act 1877 and have perused his pleading.In this regard please note our comments as follows : 

Whether your brother can sue for a “right or interest” in the property under Section 42 of the Specific Relief Act 1877 during the lifetime of your father is a matter of legal consideration. It is important to note that mere feelings of being left out by your father do not automatically confer a legal right to initiate such a lawsuit.

Section 42 of the Specific Relief Act states that any person who is entitled to a legal character or right concerning a property may bring a lawsuit against any person who denies their title to that character or right. However, the court has the discretion to make a declaration of entitlement only in cases where it is deemed appropriate.

The purpose of Section 42 is to clearly outline the circumstances in which a declaration of right, separate from other forms of relief, may be granted. It is not intended to address matters based solely on sentiments or personal grievances unrelated to the vindication of the plaintiff’s title or status to a property. The provision cannot be invoked for the mere satisfaction of one’s ego or to settle grudges against others.

It is important to understand that during the lifetime of parents, a plaintiff cannot claim a right of inheritance. According to Muslim law, the properties of a deceased individual are utilized for funeral expenses, debts, and legacies (wills), if any, before distribution among the legal heirs. The right of inheritance is bestowed upon the legal heirs only after the death of the ancestor when succession opens.

To understand this further lets have a look at the elements of an enforceable Benami transaction.Let’s delve into the concept of benami transactions, which refers to a transaction where a property is held by someone as an ostensible owner on behalf of the beneficial owner. In such transactions, the property is purchased in the name of another person, known as the benamidar, while the actual owner is the person who financed the transaction. Although the property is registered in the name of the benamidar, the true ownership lies with the person who funded the purchase.

Typically, assets acquired in the name of a spouse or child, with funds originating from known sources of income, are considered benami properties. However, a crucial question arises as to who can challenge such transactions. The burden of proof lies with the party alleging that a particular person is a benamidar. To determine whether a transaction involving the purchase of property in the name of a spouse is benami or not, it ultimately depends on the intentions of the parties at the time of purchase.

While the source of funds is an important factor in ascertaining the character of the transaction, it is not always conclusive in determining the real ownership. Other factors must also be taken into consideration, such as possession of title documents, the conduct of the parties involved after the purchase, property management, enjoyment of benefits, and recognition as the titleholder by both the parties concerned and government departments. These factors vary in each case and require concrete evidence for proper evaluation.

In the case of Ch. Ghulam Rasool vs. Nusrat Rasool (PLD 2008 S.C. 146), the Supreme Court established two essential elements to establish the benami status of a transaction. Firstly, there must be an agreement, either express or implied, between the ostensible owner and the purchaser, where the property is purchased in the name of the ostensible owner for the benefit of the actual purchaser. Secondly, it must be proven that the transaction was actually conducted between the real purchaser and the seller, excluding the ostensible owner.

Similarly, in the case of Abdul Majeed vs. Amir Muhammad (2005 SCMR 577), the Supreme Court emphasized that determining the benami character of a transaction requires considering various factors. While the source of purchase money is significant, it is not the sole determinant. The court must assess other circumstances indicating the purchaser’s intention for the property to belong to the person in whose favor the conveyance was made. In benami transactions, the actual possession of the property and receipt of rents play a crucial role.

These legal principles highlight the complexities involved in identifying and proving the benami nature of a transaction. Each case is unique, and a comprehensive evaluation of all relevant factors and concrete evidence is necessary to determine the true nature of the transaction.

In essence your  claim is strong because these properties were not gifted to you but rather all were directly purchased by your  funds. If there was any right to claim these alleged benami properties then the same lies only with only your father himself and he is not a party to this case. It was further contended that the suit is barred under Section 42 of the Specific Relief Act. The plaintiff has no locus standi as none of the properties claimed are owned/purchased by him. Your main argument will be that this suit  does not disclose any cause of action as it is based on untrue and fabricated facts. 

I am an overseas Pakistani.For ten years I have been riddled by lawsuits and FIRs by relatives trying to take over my land and I have defended myself and won each and every case.Do I have a civil claim against them for wasting my time?

The law of malicious prosecution defines malicious prosecution as  a grievance that an individual should be harassed by legal proceedings improperly instituted against him. If there is no foundation for them no doubt they will not ultimately succeed, but during their progress, they may cause great injury. It is the right of everyone to put the law in motion, if he does so with the honest intention of protecting his own or the public interest or if the circumstances are such, be his motives what they may, as to render it probable prima facie that the law is on his side. But it is an abuse of that right to proceed maliciously and without reasonable and probable cause for anticipating success. Such an abuse of necessity may be injurious as involving damage to character or it may, in any particular cause bring about damage, to a person or property”. 

In order to claim damages for malicious prosecution it is well-settled exposition of law that the plaintiff has to prove (i). that he was prosecuted by the defendant (ii) that the prosecution ended in the plaintiff’s favour (iii) that the defendant acted without reasonable and probable cause and (iv) that the defendant was actuated by malice. All these elementary set of circumstances have to accumulate or mount up and if any of them is found lacking, the suit must be failed. According to Pakistani case law the burden of proving absence of reasonable and probable cause is on the plaintiff, who thus, undertakes the notoriously difficult task, of proving a negative.  It has been ten years however you have to keep in mind that the alleged cause of action is mentioned for the purposes of limitation which is one year under Article 23 of the Limitation Act from the date of acquittal or the prosecution is otherwise terminated. In this case you will attach all judgements to support the  view that you were  acquitted from the charges and prosecution was culminated or terminated in your favour and if the case is still pending then it does not give any rise to lodge this suit on account of malicious prosecution pending adjudication of the proceedings in the court of competent jurisdiction. Please make sure you quantify your damages in your matter and attach all evidence of your consequential losses and expenses of litigation.

My brothers have been spreading rumors about me and my Company’s financial ability to support my employees and have claimed that I do not pay my employees and creditors.My accounts are all paid up and I have a stellar financial situation. Because of their rumors which I have recorded on Video and WhatsApp messages as well as emails to my potential investors, I have lost many overseas investors who were willing to fund my projects.How do I stop this character assassination?

The allegation of character assassination essentially refers to defamation, which is regulated by the Defamation Ordinance, 2002. Defamation encompasses any wrongful act, publication, or circulation of false statements or representations, whether orally, in written form, or visually, that harm a person’s reputation, diminish their standing in the eyes of others, or subject them to ridicule, unjust criticism, dislike, contempt, or hatred. Such defamation is actionable under Section 3 of the Defamation Ordinance, 2002.

Defamation can take the form of slander when it involves false oral statements or representations, while it can be considered libel when it involves false written, documentary, or visual statements or representations, including those transmitted electronically or through other means.

If you wish to pursue a lawsuit for damages resulting from defamation, it is important to adhere to the requirements outlined in the Defamation Ordinance, 2002. Prior to filing a lawsuit, you must fulfill certain mandatory prerequisites, such as serving a notice of action as provided under Section 8 of the Ordinance. According to this section, no action can be initiated unless the plaintiff, within two months of becoming aware of the defamatory matter, provides the defendant with a written notice of intent to bring legal action, specifying the defamatory content.

To assess the limitation aspect of your claim, it is necessary to know the alleged date of the cause of action. The Limitation Act sets a one-year time limit for claims related to libel (governed by Article 24) and slander (governed by Article 25).

From a practical standpoint, it would be advisable to begin with a well-drafted legal notice, detailing the evidence you have gathered and how this defamatory conduct has negatively impacted your relationship with investors. It is possible that you possess emails or other forms of communication from investors explicitly expressing their unwillingness to invest with you based on information provided by your brothers.

Taking these steps will help ensure that your legal rights are protected and that you can pursue appropriate remedies in light of the defamatory actions.

__________________________________________________________________

Query from 2023: Can I sell my property in Pakistan while I am in Canada/Overseas?

If you are considering selling your property in Pakistan while residing in Canada, it is important to exercise caution and make informed decisions regarding the power of attorney. Granting someone power of attorney means entrusting them with the authority to negotiate and decide upon the sale of your property, as well as collect and dispose of the sale proceeds, as outlined in the standard language of power of attorneys.

Based on our vast experience of property transactions and litigation , we have observed that individuals who rely on real estate agents or relatives to handle the sale of their property from abroad often encounter difficulties. Sometimes the relatives or real estate agent collect the money and refuse to give it to the overseas Pakistanis.Sometimes they undervalue the contract and take a large cut off the payment for themselves.They might even engineer a sham sale of a considerably low value through a third party they are in collusion with, so they can profit off the resale of the property. Considering the substantial value of your property, it is advisable to consider returning to Pakistan to personally oversee the sale and collect the proceeds directly into your own bank account. By avoiding a sale by proxy (via power of attorney, you can ensure a more hands-on approach to your contracts, especially those of substantial value.

Completing the sale and managing the financial transactions yourself provides you with greater control and reduces the potential risks associated with relying on others to handle such matters on your behalf. While it may require some effort to make the trip back to Pakistan, it can offer you peace of mind knowing that you are directly involved in the process and can personally manage the sale of your valuable property.

Remember, property transactions involve significant financial implications, and being present during the sale ensures that you can oversee every aspect and protect your interests more effectively.

July 2023: A message from Josh and Mak International to  Children of Divorced Parents

As a law firm specializing in family law, we have been working with families and individuals navigating the complexities of divorce and separation for almost 15 years now. We understand that this can be an incredibly challenging and emotionally charged time for everyone involved, especially the children.

Today, we want to address a matter close to our hearts—the feelings of resentment and hurt that may arise when parents move on to new relationships. It is a situation that many children of divorced parents in Pakistan and abroad find themselves in, and it is important to remember that you are not alone.

We would like to emphasize the importance of forgiveness, not only for the sake of your own well-being but also for the betterment of your future relationships and personal growth. It is understandable to feel hurt and betrayed when your parents form new families, but it is crucial to remember that you may not know the full story of what transpired between them. Real-life relationships are complex, and there are often multiple factors that contribute to a separation or divorce.

Instead of holding onto resentment, we encourage you to try to understand that your parents are human beings who make mistakes, just like anyone else. They are also individuals seeking their own happiness and fulfillment. It is not easy for them either, as they navigate the challenges of co-parenting and building new lives.

We urge you to focus on your own personal growth and development. Use this experience as an opportunity to become the best version of yourself. Learn from the lessons you have witnessed and strive to be a compassionate and understanding individual. By letting go of resentment, you free yourself from the burden of negativity and create space for positivity and happiness to enter your life.

Furthermore, we implore you to consider your role as a potential parent in the future. Use this experience to shape your own parenting style and ensure that you prioritize open communication, understanding, and empathy. Break the cycle of resentment and strive to build healthy and loving relationships with your own children someday.

Remember, forgiveness does not mean condoning or forgetting what has happened. It is a personal choice to release the negative emotions that can hold us back from living fulfilling lives. Seek support from friends, family, or professional counselors if needed. Surround yourself with positive influences and engage in activities that bring you joy and fulfillment.

At Josh and Mak International we are here to support you in any legal matters related to family law especially where you are not receiving financial support from your parents despite court orders, or having problems being allowed to take life altering decisions on your own as a minor under guardianship orders. You may also need anonymous advice if you are going through abuse at the hands of the parent having custody.

If you just want to talk, click on the WhatsApp button at the bottom of this page.

With warmest regards,

Josh and Mak International

______________________________________________________________________

Query from 2014:

Question: My khala (maternal aunt) in Karachi has become devastated after the death of her husband. Her mental state is very bad, and I don’t think she is able to handle making decisions. We have succession proceedings ongoing for her husband’s money and assets. How will the court tackle this? She is also the only legal heir of her husband as his father and mother have died, and he was a single child. My Aunt has no children. She is living with me and struggling with her mental health every day.

Answer: Upon reviewing your documents of the ongoing succession matter, it is evident that your Aunts lawyers have already filed a suit in Karachi under section 372 of the Succession Act, 1925, with the prayer that the Succession Certificate / Letter of Administration may be issued in favor of your Aunt in respect of the mentioned movable and immovable properties.   According to your query, the deceased was issueless, and at the time of his death, he left behind only one widow as his parents had already passed away during his lifetime. We have also observed that another case was filed prior to this before the District & Sessions Judge, Karachi (Central), which could not be disposed of due to want of pecuniary jurisdiction. The court advised you to approach the Sindh High Court for obtaining the Succession Certificate in this matter.   Based on our review of previous cases, the court can and will inquire into the mental state of your Aunt. Once it becomes obvious that she is not in a proper mental state, the court will seek someone to oversee her affairs. We advise you to file an application under Order 32 Rule 1, read with section 151 CPC, praying therein that the Petitioner has lost her mental equilibrium and is not in a position to continue with these proceedings intelligently. Therefore, you, as her nephew with whom she is residing, may be appointed to act as her guardian.   Regarding the prevailing legal view for her position as the sole legal heir, it is as follows: As she is the only legal heir of the deceased, applying the Islamic doctrine of return (Radd), she is entitled to all the movable properties left by the deceased. While some legal views suggest that only 1/4th of the said movable properties should go to the issueless widow in such a situation as provided under the law, the court will consider the fact that the husband died issueless and his parents had also expired during his lifetime. If, despite publication of newspaper notice, no other person has come forward to claim themselves as the legal heir of the deceased or object to the grant of the succession certificate in favor of the widow, the doctrine of Radd will come into effect. In such circumstances, the widow would inherit 1/4th of the estate as a sharer, and the remaining 3/4th will revert to her on the doctrine of return (Radd).   Based on the above legal position, in my opinion, the succession certificate should be issued exclusively in the name of the Aunt as the sole legal heir of the deceased.   Regarding your Aunt’s mental health, this matter requires serious consideration. As mentioned earlier, under Order 32 Rule 2 C.P.C, which allows for seeking relief for your appointment as a guardian under Order 32 Rule 15 C.P.C, the court may have concerns about appointing you as the sole guardian for your Aunt due to potential risks and safety issues. It is the duty of the court to carefully evaluate these aspects before granting the succession certificate in favor of the petitioner through her guardian. In most precedents, the court has opted to appoint the Nazir of the Court as a joint guardian with a relative of the Petitioner. In such a case, the Nazir may be entrusted with maintaining proper accounts of the income generated from the funds available to your Aunt on a yearly basis. It is common for the court to order that large sums being inherited be immediately invested in a government national saving scheme on behalf of the surviving legal heir. Additionally, the court may restrict the disposal of any movable property belonging to the mentally infirm legal heir without prior permission of the Court. You can request the court to set aside a sum of money separately as a fund, which you will be entrusted with, to meet your Aunt’s medical and day-to-day expenses.

Response to several queries from people in the property sector  from July 2023

Subject: Avoidance of Cash Transactions in Pakistan

To the Public at Large in Pakistan,

This is a public interest notice from Josh and Mak International especially for overseas Pakistanis remitting funds to Pakistan to relatives and friends for cash payment to sellers and property dealers. This notice is to bring your attention to the significance of avoiding cash transactions in your day-to-day financial dealings. This notice aims to inform and create awareness among the public regarding the potential legal and compliance challenges associated with cash transactions, including difficulties in proof, tax implications, and Anti-Money Laundering (AML) concerns.

Difficulties in Proof:

Cash transactions often lack a proper paper trail, making it challenging to provide evidence in legal proceedings. In other words the party receiving the cash can simply they ever received any money and in the absence of video or technical evidence or a proper documented written receipt of the funds.In the event of a dispute or litigation, the absence of a clear documentation trail can weaken your legal position and hinder the effective resolution of conflicts.People denying that they received a cash payment from you will even challenge the veracity of the receipts they have signed themselves. Therefore, we strongly advise against engaging in cash transactions and encourage the use of traceable and verifiable payment methods such as bank transfers, cheques, or electronic payment systems.

Tax Implications:

Cash transactions can lead to tax-related issues and non-compliance with the applicable tax laws in Pakistan. It is crucial to maintain proper records of financial transactions to accurately report income and fulfill tax obligations. By relying on cash transactions, you risk potential tax assessments, penalties, or legal consequences. To ensure compliance with tax laws and avoid any adverse implications, we recommend conducting financial transactions through legitimate channels and maintaining appropriate documentation.

Anti-Money Laundering (AML) Concerns:

Cash transactions can raise suspicions and increase the risk of facilitating money laundering activities. As part of Pakistan’s commitment to combating money laundering and terrorist financing, various laws and regulations have been enacted to establish robust AML frameworks. Engaging in cash transactions can inadvertently expose individuals to potential AML risks and legal consequences. To safeguard against such risks and maintain compliance with AML regulations, it is advisable to use traceable payment methods and adopt a transparent approach to financial transactions.

In light of the above, we strongly urge the public at large in Pakistan and Overseas Pakistanis to exercise caution and refrain from making cash transactions wherever possible. Embracing digital payment methods, online banking, and electronic fund transfers not only provides convenience but also ensures transparency, traceability, and compliance with legal and regulatory requirements.

Should you require further legal guidance or assistance in understanding the implications of cash transactions, tax matters, or AML regulations, we encourage you to consult with qualified legal professionals from our team who can provide tailored advice based on your specific circumstances.

Please treat this notice as a sincere effort to create awareness and promote legal compliance within the general public of Pakistan. By adopting responsible financial practices, we can collectively contribute to a transparent and law-abiding society.

Yours faithfully,

Josh and Mak International

Query from 2022:

Question: A situation where one legal heir in Islamabad, Pakistan has taken over the property and is getting rent from it and is using it for his own interests. There has been no succession law suit or heirship declaration suit filed till date. The rest of the legal heirs are overseas in the UK. The legal heir in Pakistan has cut everyone off and is not responding.

Answer: In this situation, it is important to take legal action to protect the rights of the overseas legal heirs and resolve the property dispute. Here are the steps and documents required to file the necessary cases:

1. Obtain a Decline Certificate from NADRA in the UK: Inform NADRA that minors are involved (i.e., the children of the deceased siblings) and that the siblings are not cooperating to obtain a NADRA Succession Certificate.
2. Two Cases to be Filed: There will be two cases that need to be filed. The first is a suit for declaration to transfer the property into the names of the legal heirs. The second case is for the recovery of profits and damages from the legal heir in Pakistan who is collecting rent from the property.
3. Required Documents: (a) Power of Attorney: A duly attested Power of Attorney from the Pakistani Embassy in the UK, with the signatures of all siblings who agree to file the cases. (b) Death Certificate: The death certificate of the father and any legal heirs who have passed away, such as the mother and brother. (c) ID Cards or Verifiable Documents: ID cards of all living and deceased persons. If they do not have Pakistani ID cards, then copies of their passports or any document that proves the relationship to the deceased. (d) Property Documents: The property documents and allotment letter from CDA (Capital Development Authority) of the house. (e) NADRA’s Decline Certificate: The previously mentioned Decline Certificate from NADRA. (f) Family Registration Certificate (FRC): The FRC from NADRA, which contains the legal details of all legal heirs.

Regarding your specific questions:

1. We can file a suit for recovery with mesne profits and an heirship declaration suit on your behalf.
2. There is no specific time limit to file these suits. It is advisable to file them simultaneously and pursue them actively.
3. Since the legal heir in Islamabad is collecting rent through a property dealer, both the legal heir and the property dealer can be named as defendants in the cases. We will need their postal addresses so that the court can serve them notice.

____________________________________________________________________

Recent queries from 2023

Recent Budget Impact on Taxation for IT Sector, current IT Taxation status

The recent budget for the year 2023 did not bring any significant changes to the taxation of the IT sector. The existing position remains the same. IT services or IT-enabled services continue to be exempt from tax under clause (133) of Part-I of the Second Schedule to the Income Tax Ordinance, 2001. This exemption is subject to the condition that 80% of the export earnings are remitted to Pakistan through normal banking channels. However, it is important to note that persons claiming exemptions are still subject to minimum tax on their turnover.

There was a proposal in the Budget 2023 to include persons engaged in the provision of IT services and IT-enabled services under the special tax regime for Small and Medium Enterprises (SMEs). However, this proposal did not make it into the Finance Act 2023. Therefore, as of now, the IT sector does not have SME status in terms of taxation.Since the IT sector has not been granted SME status in the recent budget, the specific benefits associated with SME status, such as tax incentives, exemptions, and reliefs, are not applicable to the IT sector at present.

Connected query from a software house: Protecting IP Interests as a Gaming Developer:

As a gaming developer, it is crucial to protect your intellectual property (IP) interests. Copyright registration is an important step in safeguarding your game and its various components. While game titles are not specifically protected by copyright, there are several elements of a video game that can be protected. Here are some components that can be considered for copyright registration:

1. Audio-Visual Elements: This includes the visual aspects of the game, such as graphics, characters, animations, and overall visual design. It also covers audio elements like background music, sound effects, and voiceovers.
2. Storyline and Dialogue: The narrative elements of the game, including the storyline, plot, dialogues, and scripted events, are eligible for copyright protection.
3. Source Code: The programming code that powers the game, known as the source code, is considered a creative expression and can be protected by copyright.
4. Artistic Assets: Artistic assets, such as illustrations, concept art, character designs, and environmental artwork, are protectable under copyright law.
5. Level Design: The layout and design of individual game levels or environments, including the arrangement of obstacles, puzzles, and challenges, can also be protected by copyright.

To protect your IP interests, you can consider copyright registration both in the United States (at the U.S. Copyright Office) and in Pakistan. Registering your copyright provides you with legal evidence of ownership and offers stronger protection against potential infringement by copycat developers. It is advisable to seek assistance from legal professionals experienced in copyright registration to ensure proper and effective protection of your game and its related components.

Archived from 2016

Is it important to trademark a logo before incorporation or should it be done after the company or firm is incorporated?

This is a common question often asked by our clients, and we always provide them with our professional advice on the matter.

In general, we recommend waiting to trademark a logo until after the company or firm is incorporated. By incorporating your company first, you establish a proper legal entity under which you will be trading. This ensures that the company/firm itself owns the trademark, providing stronger protection and ownership rights.

If you were to obtain a trademark before incorporation, you would need to go through additional steps and devote additional resources to assign, license, or transfer the trademark to the company’s name once it is incorporated. This can lead to additional complexities and potential legal issues.

However, there may be situations where there is intense competition or the owner has concerns about the trademark being ‘picked up’ or poached by competitors. In such cases, it may be advisable to register the trademark in the owner’s name before incorporation to secure immediate protection.

Additionally, we advise owners to create online proof of the trademark by using it extensively in connection with their business website. This “commercial use” online can automatically establish a common law trademark in jurisdictions such as the U.S., Canada, Britain, etc. While registering the trademark in high-risk jurisdictions like Pakistan may require additional effort, having evidence of commercial use can strengthen your case for registration.

In conclusion, while it is generally recommended to wait and trademark the logo after incorporation, there may be exceptions based on individual circumstances. We encourage clients to consult with our legal experts to determine the best course of action based on their specific situation and jurisdiction.

Archived from 2020:

Response to several queries on applicability of Inheritance Tax or Gift Tax to Foreign Owners of Real Estate and Other Assets in Pakistan

The inheritance tax or gift tax regime does not apply to foreign owners of real estate and other assets in Pakistan. This means that foreign individuals who own properties or possess other assets in the Pakistani  jurisdiction are not subject to inheritance or gift tax obligations in relation to those assets.

Inheritance tax is typically imposed on the transfer of property or assets from a deceased person to their beneficiaries, while gift tax is levied on the transfer of assets in Pakistan from one living person to another as a gift. However, in the case of foreign owners of real estate and other assets in Pakistan, these tax obligations do not arise.

Archived from 2018:

Question: My parents are forcing me to marry my cousin. I live in Punjab. What are my options?

Answer: Under-age and forced marriage is a serious offence in Punjab, and there are legal provisions in place to protect individuals in such situations. The following information outlines the options available to address this issue:

1. Age Restrictions: According to the Punjab Child Marriage Restraint (Amendment) Act 2015, it is a crime for any person to marry a girl below the age of 16. This includes the individuals involved in conducting the marriage, such as the Nikkah Solemnizer and Nikkah Registrar. The penalty for such an offence can include imprisonment for up to 6 months and a fine of Rs. 50,000.
2. Illegal Customs: Customs like Wanni (marriage in exchange for compromise) and marriage with the Holy Quran are considered illegal under the law. Engaging in such customs can result in imprisonment for a period ranging from 3 to 7 years and a fine of Rs. 500,000, as per Section 310-A and Section 498-C of the Pakistan Penal Code, respectively.
3. Forced Marriage: If someone is being forcibly married against their will, it is a punishable offence under Section 498-B of the Pakistan Penal Code. The person responsible for the forced marriage can face imprisonment for a period ranging from 3 to 7 years and a fine of Rs. 500,000.
4. Reporting and Complaints: If you find yourself in a situation of underage or forced marriage, you have the right to take action. Complaints regarding underage marriages can be registered with the local police, Union Council, or Judicial Magistrate. They can guide you through the legal process and initiate appropriate legal actions against the perpetrators.

It is crucial to understand that underage and forced marriages are illegal acts, and the law provides protections for individuals facing such situations.

___________________________________________________________

(2015-2019) Common query : False FIR Registered

Legal Note: Section 182 of the Pakistan Penal Code – False Case Registration

Section 182 of the Pakistan Penal Code addresses the offence of deliberately registering a false case. This section imposes a maximum penalty of six months in prison, a fine, or both, on individuals found guilty of this offence. It is important to note that Section 182 is classified as a non-cognizable offence, meaning that the police cannot automatically register a case under this section.

In order for proceedings to be initiated under Section 182, a court must order the police to take action against an individual based on a complaint brought before the court. This complaint may be filed by the police themselves or by another person who has knowledge of the false case. The court’s involvement ensures that the matter is thoroughly examined and that appropriate legal action is taken against the accused.

The inclusion of Section 182 in the Pakistan Penal Code serves as a deterrent against the filing of false cases, which can result in wasting the resources of the judicial system and causing harm to innocent individuals. By making it a punishable offence, the law aims to uphold the principles of justice and discourage the misuse of legal processes for personal gain or malicious intent.

It is essential for individuals to understand the consequences of filing false cases and the importance of truthfulness in legal proceedings. The provisions of Section 182 contribute to maintaining the integrity of the legal system and protecting the rights of those involved in legal matters.

_______________________________________________________

Earlier queries from 2007-2010

Legal Note: Transfer of Investigation in Dissatisfaction with Police Investigation (Punjab)

The Police Order, 2002, provides a mechanism for the transfer of investigation in cases where either party is not satisfied with the quality of the investigation or the conduct of the investigating officer. The process for requesting a transfer of investigation is as follows:

1. Request for Transfer: Any party to a case can request a transfer of investigation if they are not satisfied with the ongoing investigation. The request should be made to the district’s Superintendent of Police, Investigation, or the concerned District Police Officer, the Regional Police Officer (DIG or Addl IGP), or the Addl. IGP, Investigation, who is based in the Central Police Office (CPO), Punjab. It is preferable to make the complaint in writing, attaching a copy of the complainant’s National Identity Card. The complaint should include the FIR number of the case and the name of the concerned police station and district.
2. First Change: In the Capital City District of Lahore, the first change is ordered by the Capital City Police Officer after a review by a district board consisting of three Superintendents of Police. The District Standing Board reviews the complaint and makes a recommendation to the Addl. Inspector General of Police, Investigation. If the board deems it appropriate, a transfer of investigation is ordered, and the case is taken up by the Regional Investigation Branch.
3. Second Change: The second change is ordered by the Inspector-General of Police (IGP), Punjab. A complaint can be submitted to the IGP or the Addl. IGP, Investigation. The matter is then referred to the Provincial Standing Board, which consists of a DIG and two Superintendents of Police or Senior Superintendents of Police in the Investigation Branch, Punjab, located in the Central Police Office (CPO), Punjab. If the board recommends a second change and the IGP approves it, the investigation is transferred to the Investigation Branch, Punjab.

It is important to note that a case is usually not recommended for transfer unless the investigation has been completed. The investigating officers typically continue their work while the transfer is being considered.

The provisions outlined in the Police Order, 2002, aim to address concerns regarding the quality and conduct of investigations. By providing a procedure for the transfer of investigation, it ensures that parties have recourse if they are dissatisfied with the progress or handling of their case.

_________________________________________________________________

Legal Professional Note: Safety Measures for Overseas Pakistanis and Foreigners in Pakistan

Ensuring the safety of overseas Pakistanis and foreigners residing or visiting Pakistan is of paramount importance. The following measures are recommended to enhance personal safety and security:

1. Stay Alert and Be Aware: Maintain a high level of vigilance and be mindful of your surroundings at all times.
2. Familiarize Yourself: Take the time to get to know the neighborhoods and people in the areas where you live and work. Building good relationships with neighbors can contribute to a sense of community security.
3. Authenticate Individuals: Before renting accommodation, thoroughly verify the background and identity of potential tenants. This can help prevent unauthorized or suspicious individuals from gaining access to your property.
4. Maintain Vigilance in Shops and Offices: Ensure proper security arrangements are in place in your shops or offices. Regularly monitor the surroundings and promptly report any unusual or suspicious activities to the nearest police station.
5. Report Suspicious Activities: If you observe anything unusual or suspicious in your surroundings, carefully evaluate the situation. If you are unable to determine whether a threat exists or not, inform the local police station so that they can assess and respond accordingly.
6. Inform Police about Strangers: Notify the police if you notice any strangers in your neighborhood who appear suspicious or whose activities raise concerns.
7. Avoid Unnecessary Crowded Places: When possible, minimize visits to crowded places, markets, hotels, offices, and video shops unless necessary. This can reduce the risk of potential security incidents.
8. Be Cautious with Unidentified Objects: Refrain from touching or accepting any unidentified objects, as they may potentially contain explosives. Objects such as toys, transistors, lunch boxes, bottles, and bags should be treated with caution.
9. Maintain Eye Contact: Establish eye contact with people around you, as it can act as a deterrent to potential threats and convey a sense of alertness.
10. Check for Suspicious Objects in Vehicles: Before traveling, inspect under your seats for any suspicious objects that may have been placed in your vehicle.
11. Keep Emergency Contact Information: Ensure that your mobile phone is charged, and store all relevant emergency numbers in your contacts list.
12. Report Suspicious Activities: If you witness any suspicious activities, abandoned vehicles, or objects, promptly inform the nearest police station or call the emergency helpline number “15.”
13. Secure Your Vehicle: Lock all doors of your vehicle while driving, and always close windows and quarter glasses when parked. Verify the integrity of the car’s doors, boot, and bonnet before opening them, and seek assistance from local police if any signs of tampering are detected.
14. Recognize Signs of Suspicious Behavior: Be aware of signs that may indicate the presence of a potential threat, such as individuals wearing unusually bulky clothing, walking heavily, displaying excessive perspiration, or exhibiting nervous or suspicious behavior.

By following these recommended safety measures, overseas Pakistanis and foreigners can enhance their personal security and contribute to a safer environment for all. It is essential to remain vigilant and promptly report any concerns to the appropriate authorities to ensure a proactive response to potential security risks.

________________________________________________________________

Query from 2020:

Legal Advice Note: Property Rights and Foreign Will Dispute in Pakistan

Question: My wife and I live overseas. My wife died two years ago overseas. She has two houses in Pakistan, financed by me (husband). A few days before her death, my wife wrote a Will in the presence of a lawyer overseas. She appointed me as the Executor of the property anywhere in the world, including Pakistan. In her Will, she stated that only the Executor can take possession of her property. However, my late wife’s family is ignoring her Will and claiming a 1/6 share of her property in Pakistan, which was financed by me. Additionally, my late wife’s mother has been mentally disabled for many years. Can her mentally disabled mother still inherit a 1/6 share of my late wife’s property, which was financed by me?

Answer: In response to your query, the following legal advice applies:

1. Will and Executorship: If your late wife wrote a valid Will appointing you as the Executor and specifying that only the Executor can take possession of her property, the Will carries legal significance. However, the enforcement of the Will is limited to the country in which it was executed. In the case of the properties in Pakistan, the foreign probate of the Will can serve as proof of its due execution, provided a properly authenticated copy of the Will and probate are produced. In other cases, the court must satisfy itself of the due execution of the foreign Will.The Will can only apply to 1/3 of the total property of the deceased.
2. Inheritance Laws: Under Pakistani inheritance laws, property distribution is determined based on the Islamic legal heirs of the deceased. The mother/father, spouses, and children are considered legal heirs and are entitled to a share of the deceased’s estate. The remaining property (two-thirds) will be subject to the Islamic law of succession.
3. Financing the Property: While the fact that you financed the properties in your late wife’s name is relevant, Pakistani inheritance laws primarily focus on the legal ownership of the property rather than the financial contributions made. The legal ownership of the properties in your late wife’s name means that the properties will be distributed to her legal heirs and beneficiaries as per the applicable inheritance laws.
4. Mental Incapacity: If your late wife’s mother has been mentally disabled for many years, her capacity to inherit a share of your late wife’s property may be affected. In Pakistan, mental incapacity can impact a person’s legal rights, including inheritance. It may be necessary to provide evidence of her mental incapacity to support your case. However, if she has a manager or guardian appointed by the Court of Protection under the Mental Health Ordinance 2001, she may still be eligible to apply for inheritance through the appointed guardian/manager.

Given the complexity of the situation, it is advisable to act promptly and consult a legal professional to protect your interests and ensure the proper administration and distribution of your late wife’s estate in accordance with her wishes and the applicable laws in Pakistan.

_________________________________________________________________

Query from 2016

Surprise Second Marriage of Husband

Question: My husband is getting married after leaving me alone with my three children after 20 years.The marriage took place in Punjab. I am devastated. What should I do?

Answer: In your situation, there are legal provisions in place to address the issue of your husband’s remarriage and protect the rights of women. As the marriage took place in Punjab,  it is important to be aware of the following information:

1. Remarriage Without Permission: According to the law, any person who enters into a second marriage without the permission of their first wife or the Arbitration Council is liable for imprisonment of up to one year and a fine of up to PKR 500,000 (Section 6 of the Muslim Family Laws Ordinance 1961).
2. Demand for Maintenance: As a wife, you have the right to demand maintenance for yourself and your children from your husband. You can consult the Union Council to seek assistance in claiming maintenance. The specific legal provisions regarding maintenance can be found in Section 9 of the Muslim Family Laws Ordinance 1961.
3. Marriage Registration: Every marriage solemnized under Muslim Law must be registered in accordance with the provisions of the law (Section 5 of the Muslim Family Laws Ordinance 1961). It is essential to ensure that the marriage is registered and proper documentation is in place.
4. Arbitration Council: If your husband fails to maintain you adequately or equitably, you have the option to apply to the Chairman, who will constitute an Arbitration Council to determine the matter of maintenance (Section 9 of the Muslim Family Laws Ordinance 1961).
5. Legal Remedies: In addition to seeking maintenance, you can also explore other legal remedies available to address your situation. If necessary, you can approach the concerned District Collector/DCO and file a complaint regarding the actions of your husband.

It is crucial to understand that the law provides protection and recourse for women facing such circumstances.

Connected Question :What are the legal safeguards for women in the way Nikah is pronounced?

Answer: When it comes to the pronouncement of Nikah (marriage contract), specific legal safeguards are in place to protect the rights of women. It is important to be aware of the following rights:

1. Reading and Filling of Nikah Nama: The Nikah khawan (marriage solemnizer) or Registrar is obligated to read out all the columns of the Nikah Nama (marriage contract form) to the groom and bride. They must accurately fill the Nikah Nama according to the answers provided by the parties. Violation of this obligation may result in punishment, including imprisonment for one month and a fine of PKR 25,000 (Section 5(2A) of the Registration of Marriages Act).
2. Registration of Nikah: It is compulsory for the Nikah khawan and the person conducting the marriage to ensure that the Nikah is registered. Failure to register the Nikah is an offence punishable by imprisonment for three months and a fine of PKR 100,000 (Section 5(4) of the Registration of Marriages Act).

These legal safeguards aim to ensure that the rights and interests of women are protected during the process of Nikah. By enforcing the proper reading, filling, and registration of the Nikah Nama, the law aims to promote transparency and accountability in marital contracts.

Adding more context:

Legal Note: Acts for Protection and Prevention of Women’s Rights Violations

The following acts have been enacted in Pakistan to address various forms of women’s rights violations and provide legal protection to women:

1. The Protection against Harassment of Women at Workplace Act, 2010: This act aims to prevent and protect women against harassment at the workplace. It establishes a mechanism for dealing with complaints of harassment, provides guidelines for the formation of inquiry committees, and sets out penalties for offenders.
2. The Acid Control and Acid Crime Prevention Act, 2011: Also known as the Criminal Law (Second) Amendment Act, 2011, this act specifically targets the prevention of acid crimes and imposes strict punishments for such offences. It addresses the heinous act of throwing acid on individuals, particularly women, and aims to deter and punish perpetrators.
3. The Prevention of Anti-Women Practices Act, 2011: Also referred to as the Criminal Law (Third Amendment) Act, 2011, this act focuses on combating customary practices that discriminate against women. It addresses practices such as giving a female in marriage or otherwise as a form of settlement, known as badla-e sulh, wanni, or swara. It also addresses issues related to depriving women of their inheritance rights, forced marriages, and the marriage of females with the Holy Quran.
4. The Protection of Women (Criminal Laws Amendment) Act, 2006: This act brings significant amendments to criminal laws related to the protection of women’s rights. Notably, it makes rape a criminal offence punishable by death or imprisonment for a minimum of ten years. This amendment reflects the gravity of sexual offences against women and emphasizes the need for strict legal consequences.

These acts play a crucial role in promoting and protecting women’s rights in Pakistan. By addressing workplace harassment, acid crimes, anti-women practices, and sexual offences, they aim to create a safer and more equitable society for women.

Archived from 2019

Question: My wife has a long-standing history of epilepsy and other mental and physical health conditions. Recently, her condition worsened, and her father took her back to their house for further treatment. During this time, our minor daughter remained with me, her father. However, my wife’s father, with the connivance of the local sub-inspector at the local police station, snatched my daughter from my legal custody. I have approached the police, but the Station House Officer (SHO) ignored my complaint against both my father-in-law and the sub-inspector. What should I do in this situation?

Answer: To address the unlawful custody of your minor daughter by your wife’s father and the involvement of the sub-inspector, it is recommended that you file an application against them, as well as the SHO of the police station, the State, under Section 491 of the Criminal Procedure Code of Pakistan (Cr.PC). This application will be filed in the Sessions Court of your city, seeking the recovery of the child from illegal and improper custody of the maternal grandfather.

In addition to the application under Section 491 Cr.PC for Habeas Corpus (to secure the release of the detained child), it is advisable to include a petition for the respondents to be prosecuted for illegally curtailing the liberty of the minor child. Furthermore, you may also consider registering a First Information Report (FIR) under Section 22-A. The Application under Section 22-A Cr.PC is used when the police refuse to register a criminal case or FIR. This application is submitted before an ex officio Justice of the Peace, who is a session judge or an additional session judge of the district.

Although the SHO must register a criminal case under Section 154 of Cr.PC upon receiving information of a cognizable offence, it is unfortunately not uncommon for SHOs to be influenced by financially strong parties or engage in corrupt practices in Pakistan. Hence, in this situation, the Application under Section 491 includes a prayer for an application under Section 22-A Cr.PC to be filed, ensuring appropriate legal action is taken.

___________________________________________________________________

Joined Legal Queries of July 2023 also dealt with summarily on our page of Succession and Inheritance Law in Pakistan.

Can a woman in Pakistan or overseas Pakistani forced to give up her property rights in inheritance take legal action?

Section 498A prohibits the deprivation of a woman from inheriting property. This means that no one can prevent a woman from inheriting her rightful share of the property, either movable or immovable. The punishment for this offence is imprisonment for up to 10 years, a fine of up to 1 million rupees, or both.

Section 498B prohibits forced marriage. This means that no one can force a woman to marry against her will. The punishment for this offence is imprisonment for up to 7 years, a fine of up to 500,000 rupees, or both. This section also applies to the situation where there is a forced marriage to gain control of a woman’s property or to keep the property in the family.

Section 498C prohibits marriage with the Holy Quran. This means that no one can compel or arrange or facilitate the marriage of a woman with the Holy Quran. The punishment for this offence is imprisonment for up to 7 years, a fine of up to 500,000 rupees, or both. The explanation to this section clarifies that an oath by a woman on the Holy Quran to remain unmarried for the rest of her life or not to claim her share of inheritance is also considered to be marriage with the Holy Quran.

These sections are part of the Pakistan Penal Code and aim to protect women’s inheritance and property  rights. They are designed to prevent women from being deprived of their property, forced into marriage, or coerced into giving up their inheritance rights.

In Punjab Amendments to the Punjab Land Revenue Act 1967 also ensure that women are able to get their share of inheritance definitely and on time.

In order to safeguard the inheritance rights of women in Punjab, certain steps have been implemented as per the provisions of the Punjab Land Revenue Act 1967. These steps aim to ensure the fair distribution of property and the protection of women’s rights in inheritance. The key steps include:

1. Mandatory Distribution of Property: It is mandatory to distribute the property among legal heirs, including women, after the sanctioning of mutation of inheritance. This is in accordance with Section 135-A and 142-A of the Punjab Land Revenue Act 1967 (see below)
2. Documentation Requirements: The production of the National Identity Card (NIC) and Form B of the deceased, as well as all legal heirs, including women, is mandatory for the transfer of property. These documents serve as proof of identity and relationship.
3. Resolution of Disputes: If the legal heirs are unable to reach a consensus within 30 days, the revenue officer will conduct the partition of the property among the legal heirs according to the law.
4. Timely Decision: It is the responsibility of the revenue officer to decide the matter of inheritance within a period of 6 months. This ensures the timely resolution of inheritance cases.
5. Abolishment of Registration Fee: The registration fee for mutation related to the transfer of inherited property of women has been abolished. This reduces financial burdens and facilitates the transfer process.
6. District Enforcement of Inheritance Rights Committee: In order to address and redress grievances related to inheritance rights, a District Enforcement of Inheritance Rights Committee has been established in every district. This committee serves as a forum for resolving disputes and ensuring the protection of women’s rights.
7. Accountability of Revenue Staff: Revenue staff members are held accountable for any negligence in performing their duties related to inheritance matters. This encourages diligence and professionalism in handling inheritance cases.
8. Complaint Mechanism: In case of any complaint or grievances, legal heirs can approach the concerned District Collector or District Coordination Officer (DCO) for resolution and appropriate action.

These steps provide a framework for the protection of inheritance rights for women in Punjab and emphasize the importance of fair distribution and timely decision-making.

In the Punjab Land Revenue Act 1967 (XVII of 1967), the following sections have been inserted to provide provisions for partition in case of inheritance and time limits for decision of partition cases:

1. Section 135-A: Partition in case of inheritance(1) Immediately after the inheritance mutation has been sanctioned, the Revenue Officer shall serve notice on all joint land-owners of the holding to submit a scheme of private partition agreed to by all the joint land-owners within thirty days.(2) If the scheme of private partition is submitted, the Revenue Officer shall affirm the scheme in accordance with the provisions of section 147.(3) A scheme for private partition may include the site of a town or village, notwithstanding anything contained in this Act.(4) If the scheme is not filed within the stipulated time, the Revenue Officer shall commence proceedings for the partition of the joint holding.
2. Section 142-A: Time limit for decision of partition cases(1) The Revenue Officer shall decide the case of partition within a period of one hundred and eighty days from the date of application for partition or from the date of sanctioning of the mutation of inheritance.(2) If the Revenue Officer is unable to decide the case within the specified time due to reasons beyond his control, he shall submit the case, with reasons, to the District Collector for extension of the period, fifteen days prior to the expiry of that period.(3) The District Collector may grant one-time extension of time for a period not exceeding sixty days, subject to conditions, for expeditious disposal of the case.(4) If the Revenue Officer is required to decide the question of title in the partition proceedings, an additional period of one hundred and eighty days shall be deemed to have been added to the specified period.(5) Failure to decide a partition case within the specified time or contravention of any condition imposed by the District Collector may result in disciplinary action in accordance with law.
3. Time Limit for Pending Cases(1) The Revenue Officer shall decide the cases of partition pending adjudication at the commencement of this Act within one hundred and eighty days from the date of commencement.(2) The provisions of section 142-A of the Land Revenue Act 1967 (XVII of 1967) shall, as far as possible, apply to the pending cases of partition mentioned in subsection (1).

These amendments aim to streamline the process of partition in inheritance cases and establish time limits for the decision of partition cases, ensuring efficiency and timely resolution.

Query (July 2023)On what basis is NADRA refusing to take up succession and letters of administration matters in Islamabad?

The Letter of Administration and Succession Certificate Act 2020 was enacted on 13th February 2020 to establish an efficient and expeditious mechanism for the issuance of Letters of Administration and Succession Certificates. The main objective of this Act is to prevent fraud and forgery in matters related to inheritance.

According to this Act, the term “legal heir” refers to a person who is entitled to a share in the property of the deceased. The Act also defines “factual controversy” as any objection raised by legal heirs or any claimant of legal heirship, disputes regarding the establishment of the identity of legal heirs that cannot be resolved by the authority without adjudication or recording of evidence, or situations involving a Mentally Challenged, Mentally Disabled, Mentally Sick and Infirm, or Mentally Incapacitated (or as per the term used in the Succession Act 1925 ‘lunatic’ an outdated term which is not used anymore in Pakistan for mental health patients)  or a minor as one of the legal heirs. Where there is such a factual controversy the case will not be dealt with by NADRA but will need court adjudication (case to be filed at the appropriate judicial forum)

Can A mentally challenged legal heir In Pakistan apply for a Succession Certificate or Letter of Administration in Pakistan through NADRA directly?

There is a difference between a person people generally label and perceived as mentally disordered and a person declared mentally incompetent or disordered under the Mental Health Ordinance 2001 or in the case of Sindh the Mental Health Act 2013.If a person is not declared insane or proven a lunatic by the court of law or has a court appointed legal guardian to look after his property matters under section 29 of the Mental Health Ordinance then there is no legal bar to them applying for succession, unless someone raises an objection at the time of the NADRA certificate being applied for in which case a decline certificate will be issued.

Sadly in Pakistan many relatives  and family members choose not to have the mentally unfit or challenged persons property affairs entrusted to a guardian and the court of protection under the Mental Health legislation resulting in the ordinary treatment of the person at the hands of law when it comes to transfer or sale or purchase of property.As a result such a person may be exploited by his siblings, children, spouse or family members

What is the legal definition of mental incapacity in Pakistan?

The Mental Health Ordinance, 2001 of Pakistan defines the terms “mental disorder”, “mental impairment”, and “severe mental impairment”.

• Mental disorder is a broad term that includes any disorder or disability of the mind. It can be caused by a variety of factors, including genetics, brain injury, and mental illness.
• Mental impairment is a more specific term that refers to a state of arrested or incomplete development of the mind. It is typically associated with significant impairment of intelligence and social functioning.
• Severe mental impairment is the most severe form of mental impairment. It is characterized by a severe impairment of intelligence and social functioning, and is often associated with abnormally aggressive or seriously irresponsible conduct.

The explanation also states that a person cannot be diagnosed with a mental disorder simply because they engage in promiscuous or immoral conduct, sexual deviancy, or dependence on alcohol or drugs. These behaviors can be symptoms of a mental disorder, but they are not the only possible causes.

Can a mentally challenged person or guardian on his/her behalf apply for Letters of Administration or Succession Certificates in Pakistan ?

No. In this case, a Decline Certificate will be issued for referring the case to court. Mentally challenged or mentally disordered persons have the terminology ‘lunatic’ used to define them in Pakistan’s Succession Act of 1925. To answer the question of whether a lunatic or mentally challenged person can be allowed to ‘inherit’   Section 246 is about the Administration for the use and benefit of lunatics or minors. If a sole executor or a sole universal or residuary legatee, or a person who would be solely entitled to the estate of the intestate according to the rule for the distribution of intestates’ estates applicable in the case of the deceased, is a minor or lunatic, letters of administration, with or without the will annexed, as the case may be, shall be granted to the person to whom the care of his estate has been committed by the competent authority, or, if there is no such person, to such other person as the Court may think fit to appoint, for the use and benefit of the minor or lunatic until he attains majority or becomes of sound mind, as the case may be.

I am an overseas Pakistani. Can the property be purchased in my mentally incapacitated/sick /infirm /disordered wife’s name in Islamabad? If yes, please explain the procedure.

Yes,  the property can be purchased in your wife’s name using her ID card /Passport and Power of Attorney (POA) or a Court Order (see sections 29-26 of the Mental Health Ordinance 2001.  If it is within any CDA Sector they will ask for a court order or power of attorney (General) or lasting power of attorney. If it is a UK court order then it will have to be implemented through a Pakistani court under section 29 of the Mental Health Ordinance 2001. It depends on whether you are trying to purchase a property within the CDA sector or in a private society like Bahria Town etc. because all private societies have different rules for purchasers.

Can the property for the mentally disordered be purchased with a UK Court order? For the implementation of a UK Court order through the Pakistani Court, would my wife need to be present in Pakistan?

The Pakistani court order under the Mental Health Act 2001 (or  in case of Karachi the Mental Health Act 2013) is necessary. The wife may be asked to appear on video once the court is made aware of her vulnerable  position and/or inability to travel.

Connected Question Can the property be purchased in my mentally incapacitated/sick /infirm /disordered wife’s name in Karachi?

The Sindh Mental Health Act, 2013 is a special Act made to deal with and regulate the special situations and cases of mentally disordered persons concerning their care, treatment, and management of their property.

Would my mentally disordered/infirm overseas wife need to be physically present in Pakistan to complete the purchase of property process?

You will (if you are appointed as the guardian) allow need court permission to buy property on behalf of the wife the Court of Protection under the Mental Health legislation can enforce attendance of the wife. If she is presently out of the country does not oust or drive out the jurisdiction of the court of protection which can enforce her attendance to check on her current health and welfare. The plaintiff may also apply to the court of protection for the appointment of any person on his expense who may visit the mentally disabled person and report his mental state to the court. The court of protection may also serve the mentally disordered person through Pakistan Embassy including the person in whose care the alleged mentally disordered person is said to be.

In the future, if I needed to sell my wife’s property to meet her care needs – what would be the sale process? Would my wife need to be present in Pakistan? Would we require Court approval regarding this?

Yes, you will need court approval. Refer to sections 29 to 36 of the Mental Health Ordinance 2001.The court can require her to be present.Every sale will require court approval.

Would the Pakistani Court of Protection accept UK/Overseas medical reports such as Neurology, Capacity Assessment, etc. on my wife’s condition?

Yes, if the need be courts do acknowledge such reports, but the reports must be verifiable through the Pakistani embassy or the court may order for the reports to be endorsed by a local government hospital.

If the property is purchased in my wife’s name. As mentioned previously, my wife lacks capacity and is unable to sign any document. Would the purchase process be complete without her signature? If not, who can sign on her behalf?

If your wife is mentally sound but physically incapable then her consent to give POA to you shall be sufficient to buy/sell property on her behalf.

In case she is mentally unsound then you have to get yourself appointed a Guardian by the court and do transactions on her behalf (signing them too, of course).

Can a mentally infirm, sick or disabled person who inherits or owns property be prevented from selling/alienating the properly to his own detriment ? (Property Ownership and Inheritance for Mentally Infirm or Disabled Persons)

General advice, if your mentally ill, sick or infirm parent or sibling or spouse is doing such things as trying to sell, transfer or gift property or even buy property they may be in a vulnerable position and be at a high risk of being defrauded.You may have to take legal action to halt or stop an ongoing transaction in which case you will need specific legal advice from our team and also the co-operation of a good psychiatric doctor, even before you file for their Guardianship or Management of property matters through the Court of Protection.

In Pakistan, the Mental Health Ordinance 2001 addresses the rights and management of mentally disordered persons, including their property and affairs. Specifically, Chapter V, Section 29 of the ordinance pertains to judicial proceedings for the appointment of a guardian of person and manager of the property of mentally disordered individuals.

Section 29 of the Mental Health Ordinance 2001 states that when a person is alleged to be mentally disordered and incapable of managing themselves, their property, and their affairs, the Court of Protection within their jurisdiction, upon application by their relatives with the written consent of the Advocate General of the relevant province, may order an inquiry to ascertain their mental condition and capacity to manage their property.

To obtain consent from the office of the Advocate General under Section 29 of the Mental Health Ordinance 2001, certain documents and information are required. These include:

1. Medical Certificate: A certificate issued by the Psychiatry Ward Medical Board of a government hospital, District Hospital’s Medical Superintendent, or Mental Hospital, specifying the nature of the mental disorder and bearing identification of the patient. Certificates from private doctors or private hospitals are not accepted.
2. List of Nearest Relatives: A list of the patient’s nearest relatives, along with their relationship to the patient and copies of their national identity cards (NIC).
3. Affidavits: Affidavits from at least two relatives of the patient who are not related by blood, neighbors, or independent persons, stating their connection with the patient.
4. Details of the Patient’s Properties: Information regarding the patient’s properties.
5. Original Application for Appointment of Guardian: The original application to be filed in the court, seeking the appointment of a guardian for the mentally disordered person.
6. Certificate from the Concerned Union Council: A certificate from the Union Council where the patient resides, affirming the authenticity of their location.
7. Death Certificates of Parents (if applicable).

By following the procedures outlined in the Mental Health Ordinance 2001 and submitting the required documents, relatives of mentally disordered individuals can seek legal permission for the management of the patient’s property and other related matters. The consent granted by the office of the Advocate General allows them to file a case in the district court and pursue the appointment of a guardian.

A person as the manager of the property of the mentally  disordered person can file for an application  under Section 36 of the Mental Health Ordinance before the  Court of Protection seeking permission to sell the suit property. One common ground for seeking permission by the manager can be that the suit property being barren land/vacant plot does not produce any yield or generate any income which can be utilized to meet and fulfil the financial needs of the mentally ill person. It can be prayed that the permission to sell the suit property may be granted so that some other property such as shop, yielding rent, can be purchased enabling the appellant to use such income for meeting with the needs of the ward.

For context :

Section 29, relates to ‘Judicial Proceedings for Appointment of Guardian of Person and Manager of the Property of the Mentally Disordered’

Joined queries originating from several NGO’s on women’s rights to property in Pakistan (2018)

Legal Advice Note:

The laws governing women’s property rights in Pakistan are designed to ensure equal rights for both men and women. Detailed responses provided via several pro-bono legal opinions.Here is an overview of the relevant laws and their provisions:

1. Constitutional Protection: The Constitution of Pakistan, specifically Article 23, guarantees the right to acquire, hold, and dispose of property for all citizens, without any gender-based discrimination. Article 24 further protects property rights and prohibits compulsory deprivation of property except in accordance with the law.
2. Dissolution of Muslim Marriages Act, 1939: According to this Act, a wife is entitled to her own property and can also benefit from the property of her husband. If a wife seeks dissolution of marriage (Khula), she is not entitled to dower. Upon dissolution of marriage, the husband does not have any right to his wife’s property.
3. Married Women’s Property Act, 1874: This Act grants married women the right to separate property and the ability to initiate legal proceedings in their own name. A married woman is also responsible for her contracts related to her property.
4. Muslim Family Laws Ordinance, 1961, and Muslim Personal Law Shariat Application Act, 1962: These laws govern inheritance of property, including agricultural land, based on the principles outlined in the Quran. They ensure fair distribution of property among heirs in accordance with Islamic inheritance laws.

Regarding the formula for property rights under Islamic inheritance laws, it is important to note that shares are determined based on the closeness of the relation to the deceased. The specific shares may also differ based on whether a person belongs to the Sunni or Shia sect.

Query from 2019

Question: My brother gave a special power of attorney (POA) to his brother-in-law to obtain a succession certificate for our deceased mother’s bank account. However, the brother-in-law fraudulently claimed that he needed POAs from all the heirs to proceed with the succession process and then embezzled the entire funds (approximately 29 lakh) using the succession order granted by the court. I have recently discovered this situation as an overseas Pakistani. What can I do to recover my mother’s inheritance from this person who committed fraud?

Legal Advice Note: Recourse for Recovery of Deceased Mother’s Inheritance

In this situation, we recommend taking the following steps:

1. Lodge a Complaint: Submit a complaint through the Prime Minister’s Portal and the Overseas Pakistanis Portal to report the fraudulent actions and seek assistance. It is important to provide all relevant details and supporting documents while filing the complaint.
2. Consider Legal Action: Pursue legal action based on fraud. An FIR (First Information Report) can be filed against the brother-in-law for his fraudulent activities. It is essential to gather evidence supporting your claim to prepare a strong case.
3. Sibling Unity: It is crucial that all siblings, including your brother, are in agreement regarding the fraudulent conduct of the brother-in-law. Their cooperation and support will strengthen your claim for recovery of the embezzled funds.
4. Time Lapse: The significant time lapse of six years since the incident may present challenges in initiating criminal proceedings. It is important to review all relevant documentation and evidence to assess the strength of your case. You may consult with a legal professional from our firm Josh and Mak International who can guide you through the process and evaluate the impact of the time lapse on your claim.
5. Obtain Court Proceedings: Request a copy of the court proceedings related to the matter, including information about the court and city where the case was adjudicated. This will help in gathering essential evidence for further legal proceedings.
6. Solidify Your Claim: Collect all available evidence that supports your claim, such as statements from the bank regarding the release of funds to the brother-in-law based on the court order. Build a strong file of supporting documents and evidence that corroborate your allegations of fraud.
7. Criminal and Civil Proceedings: Once you have gathered all necessary evidence, you can initiate both criminal and civil proceedings against the brother-in-law.
8. Recovery of Funds and Damages: In addition to the recovery of embezzled funds, consider claiming damages for breach of trust and interest owed as a result of the brother-in-law’s actions as a POA holder. Your legal representative can assist in drafting the necessary claims and quantifying the damages.
9. Asset Identification: In the event that a judgment is obtained in your favor, discreetly compile a list of the brother-in-law’s assets that can potentially be attached for debt enforcement purposes. This will facilitate the recovery process and increase the chances of obtaining the rightful amount.

Please note that the advice provided here is based on the information provided in your initial query.

_____________________________________________________________________

Queries from 2018: Response to Joined Requests from the Overseas Pakistanis in UK on Enforcing Foreign Judgments

Main Questions 

1. How easy or difficult is it for someone from the UK to enforce foreign Judgements in Pakistan;
2. Could you please guide us about the procedure and the rules applied when foreign judgment enforcement proceedings are commenced in Pakistan.
3. Does the success depend on the losing party/defendant  in cooperating with the court? What is the position if the party  fails to cooperate?
4. How easy is it trace debtors assets in Pakistan to  be able to enforce the judgment?
5. How long does this procedure take from start to finish?
6. What happens if assets cannot be traced and the defendant fails to appear in court and/or refuses to corporate?
7. Please comment on the recent application from the UK where  the English Cricket Board tried to enforce costs orders  in Sindh  against Pakistan cricketers but failed.
8. Comment on chances of success in enforcing  UK costs order  in percentage terms given the ease in which people can be manipulated in Pakistan  either to do or not to do something.

Enforcing foreign judgments in Pakistan, particularly in relation to costs, can be a complex and time-consuming process with uncertain outcomes. It is important to note that the defending party in Pakistan has the ability to evade compliance with court orders, either by leaving the country for an extended period or by simply refusing to acknowledge the court summons. Unscrupulous lawyers in Pakistan who make a living off procedural abuse often advise their clients to ignore the summons, resulting in significant delays of approximately 2-3 years. Just when an ex-parte judgment is imminent or has been delivered, the defending party may suddenly appear in court, present excuses, and contest the award. This can lead to an additional three years of court proceedings, further prolonging the enforcement process.

During this prolonged period, the defending party may take evasive actions such as transferring their properties to family members or a spouse, leaving little or no assets to attach. Given the depreciation of the value of money over time and the overall functioning of the Pakistani justice system, it is unlikely that the enforcement of the foreign judgment will yield the desired results for the applicant. Moreover, there is a possibility that the basis of the foreign order itself may be challenged in the Pakistani courts to frustrate due process, further complicating matters, particularly for foreign-based applicants who may face challenges in attending every hearing and providing timely instructions to their counsel.

While there is provision under Order 21 Rule 37 CPC for the arrest of the defaulter in case of non-cooperation, it is important to note that such arrests are rare and may not always result in a satisfactory resolution. A notable example is the case of England & Wales Cricket Board v. Danish Kaneria, which has been pending in court since 2015 without any arrests being ordered, thus remaining unresolved.

Enforcing foreign judgments in Pakistan, especially from the UK as a reciprocating state, depends on the specific circumstances of each case. If the judgment has been obtained ex parte, the reciprocating court may be hesitant to enforce such an order. The procedure for filing a case for the enforcement of a foreign judgment requires the submission of certified copies of the judgment to the court, initiating the process of summoning and notifying the defendant. However, there are loopholes in the procedure that can allow the defendant to exploit the system and cause delays for both the court and the applicant.

The enforcement proceedings for foreign judgments in Pakistan are governed by Section 13 and Section 44A of the Code of Civil Procedure 1908. These provisions state that a certified copy of a decree from the superior courts of the United Kingdom or any reciprocating territory can be executed in Pakistan as if it were passed by the relevant district or high court, depending on the nature of the execution order.

Does the success of enforcing a judgment depend on the losing party/defendant cooperating with the court? What happens if the party fails to cooperate?

While the cooperation of the losing party/defendant is crucial for the success of enforcing a judgment, it is still possible to proceed with enforcement even if the paying party does not cooperate. In such cases, the enforcement can be pursued ex parte, meaning without the participation of the non-cooperative party. However, it is important to note that in Pakistan, determining the ownership of assets can be challenging. High-profile individuals often conceal their assets through various means such as offshore companies, third-party accounts, and transferring assets to relatives. In the Danish Kaneria case mentioned earlier, the plaintiff identified six bank accounts in the claim, but it is uncertain whether these accounts hold any funds. Tangible assets like cars, which may have a value of approximately 9,000 GBP, can be difficult to attach and recover.

One potentially useful provision in such cases is the possibility of ordering the arrest of the defaulter under Order 21 Rule 37 of the Code of Civil Procedure (CPC). However, it is important to note that despite the availability of this provision, the Danish Kaneria case has been pending in court since 2015 without any arrests or payment being made.

How easy is it to trace the debtor’s assets in Pakistan for the purpose of enforcing the judgment? If the debtor’s assets are not known, tracing can be very challenging. In such situations, the court may order newspaper advertisements and involve investigation authorities such as the Federal Investigation Agency (FIA) to assist in locating the debtor’s assets. Before initiating a lawsuit, it may be a prudent strategy to consult with a legal advisor in Pakistan who can provide asset tracing services. Such services can involve tapping into the tax records of the defaulter, although it should be noted that individuals in Pakistan often provide false information on their tax records. However, recent actions by tax authorities, particularly in political matters, are bringing about a change in this trend.

Tracing assets in Pakistan can be further complicated by the practice of individuals purchasing property in the names of their children and spouses, making asset tracing a challenging and potentially futile exercise.

The delay in enforcement of a judgment is variable and cannot be guaranteed within a specific time frame. It can take months or even years to enforce a judgment. As seen in the Danish Kaneria case, which has been pending for three years, cases where the defendant deliberately avoids compliance can result in prolonged enforcement processes lasting 3-5 years or even longer in some instances.

Further context

The provisions of the Civil Procedure Code (CPC) that govern the execution of foreign decrees in Pakistan are Section 44-A and Section 13 of the CPC. Section 44-A states that a certified copy of a decree from a superior court in the United Kingdom or any reciprocating territory can be executed in Pakistan as if it had been passed by the District Court. The decree must be accompanied by a certificate from the superior court indicating the extent of satisfaction or adjustment of the decree. Section 47 of the CPC applies to the execution proceedings, and the District Court may refuse execution if the decree falls within the exceptions specified in clauses (a) to (f) of Section 13.

It is important to note that “superior courts” refer to specific courts in the United Kingdom, and “reciprocating territory” includes countries or territories designated by the Federal Government through notification in the Official Gazette. A “decree” from a superior court refers to any decree or judgment that entails the payment of a sum of money, excluding sums related to taxes, charges, fines, penalties, or arbitration awards.

In practice, enforcing foreign judgments in Pakistan, particularly costs orders, can be challenging. It is essential to consider the following:

1. Security of Costs Application: Due to the potential costs and inconvenience that the claim may impose on the defendants, it is advisable to seek a security of costs application. This ensures that the claimant bears the responsibility for costs and inconvenience if they do not succeed in the case. It is crucial to establish this security in advance to protect the defendants’ interests.
2. Loopholes in Pakistani Law: The enforcement of costs orders in Pakistan can be frustrating, as claimants may exploit loopholes in the legal system to evade their financial obligations. To mitigate this risk, it is important to demonstrate the claimant’s capability to pay costs in advance.
3. Professional Legal Representation: Engaging competent legal counsel experienced in international enforcement matters is vital for navigating the complexities of enforcing foreign judgments in Pakistan. They can guide you through the process, help identify potential challenges, and take appropriate legal actions to protect your interests.
4. Timely Legal Advice: Seeking timely legal advice, particularly in relation to security of costs and enforcement strategies, is crucial for a successful outcome.

While enforcing foreign judgments, including costs orders, in Pakistan can be challenging, taking proactive measures such as seeking a security of costs application and obtaining expert legal representation can help safeguard your interests. It is crucial to remain aware of the potential difficulties and seek professional advice to navigate the enforcement process effectively.

Querents were given detailed legal opinions individually based on their specific circumstances requiring enforcement of judgements in Pakistan.

____________________________________________________________________

Query from 2019

I am overseas (country redacted).My husband and his mother along with our three minor daughters (3y,2y,1y old) flew away to Pakistan without informing me three months ago, we were living a miserable life together.  I am still trying to contact him and his family to solve the issue and let me come to them but they aren’t allowing .I cannot travel as I am stuck due to Covid19’s ban on travelling. What can I do legally to have him and the kids back?

Querent was asked whether she had contacted the local Pakistani embassy in the overseas location (country) she was in. She replied that there was zero co-operation by the Embassy.

A non-legal message for people opting for Divorce/Khula in the Pakistani society.

In 2015 alone we received 100 queries on khula and divorce in Pakistan.

On a non-legal note, I want to address the prevalent issues surrounding divorce, khula, and child custody in Pakistan. While I have tried to avoid being labeled as a ‘family law practitioner’ or a hardcore feminist, I believe it is essential to guide people correctly in these matters. Divorce should never be the first resort, especially when children are involved. I base these insights on my legal experience and observations in the hope of saving marriages and fostering healthier relationships.

1. Love Marriages and Social Approval: Love marriages in Pakistan often result in a lifelong struggle for social approval from families. Forgiveness may come reluctantly, but the relationship is often damaged. It is crucial for both parties to consider the consequences and think twice before marrying against their parents’ wishes. Likewise, parents should listen to their children’s desires and not dismiss them based on immaturity.
2. Arranged Marriages and Responsibility: In arranged marriages, individuals should understand that they are responsible for how they conduct the marriage, regardless of their parents’ involvement. A spouse brought into one’s life by parental approval still deserves love, time, and approval from their partner.
3. Economic Interests and Family Peace: Parents with economic interests tied to their child may resist the idea of their son or daughter’s partner, as it threatens their financial security. This selfish approach can lead to interference and attempts to disrupt family peace. It is crucial to recognize this risk when financially supporting relatives and to encourage independence.
4. Living Arrangements and Emotional Blackmail: Forcing sons and daughters to live with parents through emotional blackmail is selfish, except in exceptional circumstances. Living arrangements should be based on mutual understanding and respect. Supporting parents in their daily chores by hiring assistance can be a practical solution.
5. Respecting Differences: Parents should refrain from nagging or criticizing their son-in-law or daughter-in-law based on religious, ethnic, or appearance differences. Respecting a person’s manners and standing in your child’s life is essential. Toxicity should not be allowed in family dynamics.
6. Understanding Perspectives: Husbands need to understand and appreciate their wife’s contribution, regardless of who is the primary provider. Mockery from others about being too nice or respectful is not in their best interest. Mutual respect and support are key.
7. Respecting Motherhood: Husbands should not judge or belittle their wife’s role as a stay-at-home mom. The effort put into household chores and managing the household should be acknowledged and appreciated. Encouragement and support can go a long way.
8. Unconditional Love: Mothers will always see their children as victims of a bad marriage, regardless of the actual situation. Similarly, men tend to be suspicious of any man who marries their daughter. Recognizing this inherent nature of parents can help navigate challenging situations.
9. Avoiding Toxic Interference: It is important to discourage mothers and sisters from over-criticizing a wife’s culinary or parenting skills. Sisters, as guests in the house, should not disrupt family peace. Each person’s happiness and harmony within their family should be respected.

Marriage is a lifelong commitment, and divorce should not be taken lightly. We need to contribute to a strong community of mentally healthy Muslim children. By fostering dignity, respect, and open communication, we can build healthier relationships and save marriages. It is time to prioritize human connections over social media and materialistic concerns.

May Allah bless all those who read this post and guide them towards nurturing and preserving their marriages.

Your friend and well wisher

Sincerely

Barrister Aemen Zulfikar Maluka 

_____________________________________________________________________

Query from 2018

Hello, I hope everything is going well. I have a query regarding PPRA Rule 39. According to Rule 39(i), bidders are required to deposit a performance security in the form of a pay order, demand draft, or bank guarantee, not exceeding 10% of the contract price. However, some bidders are requesting that their performance security be deducted from their payment. Is it acceptable for the organization to deduct the performance amount from the payment?

Answer:

Thank you for reaching out to us with your query. Regarding your question, it is important to note that the performance guarantee, as per PPRA Rule 39, is to be provided by the procuring agency to the lowest evaluated and successful bidder. It should not be adjusted or deducted from the payment or running bills, as it serves as a separate assurance of the bidder’s performance. The performance security serves as a safeguard for the procuring agency and ensures that the bidder fulfills their contractual obligations. Therefore, it is not acceptable for the organization to deduct the performance amount from the payment.

___________________________________________________________________

Query from 2016

I have recently signed a contract in Pakistan (Lahore) and made advance payments. However, I am now wondering if I can recover those advance payments. The contract had standard terms, and I may have overlooked the small print. Can I pursue the recovery of these payments?

Answer:

The ability to recover advance payments depends on the nature of the payments and the terms of the contract. If the payments were made as a deposit to guarantee performance, it is unlikely that they can be recovered. Typically, deposits are offset against any damages awarded to the innocent party and are not refundable. It is crucial to exercise caution when dealing with deposits to avoid them being construed as penalty clauses, which may be unenforceable. However, if the party making the advance payment has a lien on it, there may be a possibility of recovery.

On the other hand, if the advance payment is not a deposit but a payment in advance for part or all of the price, the party in breach may be able to recover it, subject to any claims for damages made by the innocent party.

Recovering advance payments is typically limited to cases of complete failure of consideration, which is a remedy known as “quasi-contractual.” If there is only a partial failure of consideration, this remedy may not be available.

Please send us a copy of the contract so we can advise you more specifically on your options.It is important to carefully review the contract for any procedural requirements, such as notice periods or provisions for the assessment of liquidated damages. Failure to comply with these provisions may impact the recovery of damages. If the assessment of damages within a specified period is not carried out, the defendant may not be liable to pay any damages.

___________________________________________________________________

(2017) Query

Fathers Second Marriage; our father recently married another woman and has banished us to live with our maternal Uncle.

He says that he will carry out our education duties but he has broken our trust many times. Can we make him sign a contract in this regard?

Advice

(2019) Legal Cautionary Note: Relying on ready made templates for NDAs in Pakistan

Lately there has been an influx of queries from both sides at our firm about non-compete clauses which have been glorified due to their promise of protecting large multinational companies against competition from ex-employees who would know valuable trade-secrets or against current employees considering the greener grass fields shown by a rival company hoping the gain valuable information about your business.

In recent times, our firm has received numerous queries regarding non-compete clauses, which have gained popularity for their potential to protect multinational companies from competition by former employees with valuable trade secrets or current employees considering opportunities with rival companies to gain insider knowledge.

During my practice, I have come across extensive corporate paperwork that often lacks enforceability in court when a breach of the non-compete agreement is alleged. For instance, in a recent arbitration case, it was highlighted that the clause or agreement lacked consideration. Why should an employee, who has been paid minimal wages for years, be bound by a non-compete contract signed as part of an HR practice two years later? This is especially relevant when the time of contract signing does not align. To address this, it is advisable to either incorporate the non-compete clause into the original employment contract or, if additional documents are introduced solely for non-compete purposes, consider offering a bonus or benefit to employees signing such agreements. The crucial legal test in this context is whether a material benefit was provided in exchange for signing the non-compete agreement.

Furthermore, for a non-compete clause to be valid in court, it must demonstrate the protection of legitimate and critical business interests or proprietary trade secrets. Many cases that require our mediation or legal intervention involve medical practices, schools, tuition centers, and beauty salons, where employees leave with their clientele. While it is the establishment’s responsibility to maintain credibility and retain clients, enforcing anti-compete clauses in such situations would require evidence of active solicitation leading to financial harm to the employing establishment.

This brings us to the importance of setting realistic and reasonable demands in a non-compete clause without excessively burdening an employee’s ability to earn a living in the same field of expertise. If a court perceives you or your organization as deliberately impeding honest competition, it may be challenging to establish a legitimate business interest.

Issues also arise when considering the scope, duration, and geography of non-compete agreements. Geography remains a contentious factor, particularly in online or software-based jobs. In the case of software developers, where geographical boundaries may not apply to employers like Google and Yahoo, enforcing non-compete agreements becomes problematic.

Our ultimate advice is to avoid using or signing standard non-compete agreements or templates unless you are unable to afford credible legal advice or are pressed for time. Each business has unique characteristics, commercial reach, and resulting business interests. A well-drafted non-compete agreement tailored to your specific circumstances can make a significant difference in establishing your business as a leader in the future.

Please note that this cautionary note is intended for general information purposes only and does not constitute legal advice.

Query on Pollution Mafia:

A certain mafia in my locality is criminally spraying pollutants and drugs on the roads in heavy traffic to cause accidents. Upon my complaint, state authorities in Pakistan are unable to do anything due to the lack of proper expertise. Please advise me of my legal options as I have been observing this since 2007 and am able to identify their place and the toxins involved. 

Our Advice:

We understand your concern and the seriousness of the situation. It is important to take appropriate action to address this issue. Here are some steps you can consider:

1. Collect Evidence: Start collecting video evidence of the pollution activities and incidents. Document the dates, times, and locations of the incidents as well as any identifiable information about the individuals involved.
2. Report to Authorities: File a formal complaint with the local police, providing them with the collected evidence. Additionally, you can report the matter to relevant environmental authorities or agencies in your area.
3. Engage Media Channels: Contact local media channels or journalists to bring attention to the issue. Sharing your evidence and story with them can help raise awareness and put pressure on the authorities to take action.
4. Public Interest/Class Action Lawsuit: If there is a significant number of affected individuals, you may explore the possibility of initiating a public interest or class action lawsuit. Consult with a lawyer experienced in environmental law to understand the legal requirements and feasibility of such a lawsuit.
5. Personal Safety: If you fear for your safety, it is important to take precautions. Consider reaching out to a journalist or news agency that can investigate the matter while protecting your anonymity.

Please note that the advice provided is general in nature and consulting with a lawyer who specializes in environmental law would be beneficial for a more specific and comprehensive understanding of your legal options.

Our daily online queries are republished with anonymity to help the general public. If you have a similar query, please feel free to contact us at [email protected].

___________________________________________________________________

Query (2015)

I am selling my property to a friend in a foreign country. Both of us are current residents in different foreign countries. Can you guide us on the procedure so that we don’t have to visit Pakistan, as our jobs don’t allow us to take leave?

Answer:

The possibility of completing the property transfer while you are abroad depends on the land authority responsible for your property and your willingness to appoint a power of attorney to handle the transaction on your behalf.

At Josh and Mak International, we provide conveyancing services and can assist you with the process. Please send us an email at [email protected] with details about the location of the property, and we will be happy to help.

Additionally, please let us know if both you and your friend are dual nationals, including Pakistani citizenship. This information will help us provide accurate guidance tailored to your specific situation.

_____________________________________________________________________

Joined Queries on Taxes on property from 2019

Question (1): There is confusion in the market, and different individuals are providing conflicting advice regarding the payment of capital gain tax at the time of property registration. What is the legal position?

Answer: The legal position is that capital gain tax, as per section 37(1A), is imposed on the difference between the sale price and purchase price of the property. However, the registration authorities are not authorized to collect capital gain tax on immovable property. Instead, they are authorized to collect advance tax under Section 236C from the seller and advance tax under Section 236K from the buyer. Therefore, the taxpayer is responsible for paying the capital gain tax on the sale of immovable property when filing their income tax return. For example, if a property is sold in the financial year from July 2016 to June 2017, the taxpayer must pay the capital gain tax while filing the income tax return for the tax year 2017, taking into account the advance tax paid under section 236C.

Question (2): My property is located in an area for which the Federal Board of Revenue (FBR) has not notified the value of immovable property. I intend to sell my property immediately, but the registration authority is reluctant to transfer the property without waiting for the FBR to notify the valuation. What is the FBR’s position on whether I should wait for the valuation table to be notified?

FBR’s notification of valuation applies only to the areas that are specifically mentioned in the notification. For areas that have not yet been notified, the value will be determined by the District Officer Revenue or the provincial or any other authorized authority for the purpose of stamp duty.

Question (3) : I have received 90% of the sales consideration for my property before June 2016, and the remaining 10% is due in August 2016 when my property will be registered. Should I pay taxes on my property based on the FBR valuation in August 2016?

Answer: The FBR valuation applies to all transfers of immovable properties from July 31, 2016, at the time of registration, regardless of when the payment was received for the sale of the property. In your case, the FBR valuation will be used to determine the advance tax payment under section 236C, as you are the seller of the property. Additionally, capital gain tax under section 37(1A) will also be applicable based on the valuation determined by the FBR. Any income from capital gain should be declared in the income tax return for the tax year 2017.

_______________________________________________________________

Query from 2022

Hello, I am an overseas (non-resident) Pakistani trying to obtain a property transfer letter/deed of ownership for a property I jointly own in Islamabad – any advice?

We can help you if you clarify which land authority or housing authority your property comes under. Majority of the property in Islamabad is under the administration of CDA (Capital Development Authority).

Also, do you mean that you have no record (receipt or joint-purchase agreement or inheritance document) of the property belonging to you?Have you tried asking the co-owner to share the documents with you?

The correct terminology for the document you are looking for is an allotment letter in Islamabad.

A little more information will allow us to advise you better.

Where can I find out about a society’s legal status on my own in Islamabad?

You can visit the DC Property Verification Center at the Citizen Facilitation Center in Islamabad, located in Mauve Area G 11/4. By filling out a query form, you can obtain confirmation from the Capital Development Authority (CDA) and Capital Administration about the legal status of a society where you intend to purchase land. Please note that this service was introduced in 2021, and we have not yet received feedback from clients or individuals who have utilized it. If you have firsthand experience with this service, we encourage you to share it with us, as it would assist us in providing better guidance to others seeking information.

At our firm, we conduct comprehensive due diligence on properties and societies for our clients. This includes examining the financial history, legal validity, reputation, and compliance with administrative laws of the society in question. While some societies may have initial approval, they might be facing underlying financial challenges and cash flow issues. If you desire, you have the option to undergo a thorough legal due diligence process for a society in which you plan to invest your life savings.

_____________________________________________________________________

Question from 2019

 As a dependent of a ‘Shaheed’, I was allotted a plot and I possess a certified official copy of the allotment order. Will there be any tax payable on the sale of this plot?

Answer: No, there will be no advance tax imposed under Section 236C at the time of property registration. Additionally, no capital gain tax will be applicable under section 37(1A) of the Income Tax Ordinance.

Connected query: Relationship of 7E and

_____________________________________________________________________

An archive from 2019, non-legal advice to Pakistani parents wishing to marry off their daughters abroad.

Dear Pakistani Mothers, Fathers, and Guardians of Daughters,

We understand the deep-rooted desire to find a suitable match for your daughters and secure a prosperous future for them. However, it is crucial to address certain misconceptions and priorities that may negatively impact their lives. Our observations shed light on the concerns surrounding marriages with British Pakistani partners and the implications for Pakistani families.

It is disheartening to witness daughters and sisters return from the UK with broken marriages, having endured abuse and emotional trauma. We have heard stories from five women who were married to British Pakistani citizens, all sharing the common themes of abuse, emotional damage, and uncertain futures within Pakistani society.

While some Pakistani parents may perceive a UK passport as a pathway to luxury and prosperity for their daughters, it is essential to manage expectations. This false notion often leads families to accumulate debt in the hope that their daughter’s marriage will pave the way for the entire family to settle abroad.

On the other hand, many British Pakistani families face economic challenges, living within budget constraints and striving for survival in an inflating UK economy. Having interacted with these families during my time in the UK, I witnessed their dedication to preserving cultural traditions from the homeland while facing the realities of a different society. Many struggle to afford even the most basic expenses while residing in the suburbs or poorer neighborhoods.

What is particularly troubling is the sense of entitlement and high expectations prevalent among certain individuals within the British Pakistani community. Some aspire to marry their sons into financially well-off families in Pakistan, despite residing in the UK on social welfare. The incongruity between their living conditions and their expectations is concerning.

I recall an encounter with an elderly woman who wished to arrange her son’s marriage with her affluent brother’s daughter in Pakistan. She resided in a small house in East London, pointing to a cramped storage room as the future residence for the newlywed couple. It was evident that the niece, accustomed to grand mansions in Pakistan, would find such living conditions suffocating. The elderly woman expressed hopes that her brother would replace her furniture as a gesture of privilege for allowing her daughter to marry her son, who possessed a British passport. Not surprisingly, the lavish marriage in Pakistan ended in divorce within a few months. Subsequently, the woman arranged for her poor sister’s daughter to serve as her daughter-in-law, resulting in yet another failed marriage marred by allegations of abuse and a disabled child due to domestic violence.

This stark disparity in expectations leads to increased depression and abandonment of children resulting from broken marriages.

Legal issues arise when marriages are not registered in the UK as civil marriages. It is disappointing to see that, despite being champions of human rights, London or UK police often overlook domestic violence, rape, and other criminal activities within Asian immigrant communities. Consequently, marriages registered solely in Pakistan necessitate the nullification process to occur in Pakistan, leaving the groom without actionable financial accountability.

Considering these challenges, I implore Pakistani parents to reconsider their choices and safeguard their daughters’ well-being. Sending your daughter to a foreign land where you are unfamiliar with the people and the environment poses significant risks. Even close family members living abroad may not be fully known to you due to the physical distance and cultural differences. Entrusting your daughter’s future to a stranger, without conducting proper due diligence, is an unnecessary gamble.

The allure of a foreign passport should not outweigh your daughter’s happiness and stability. Instead of paying large sums in dowry, consider investing in her education and overall well-being. Financially compensating the groom will not guarantee your daughter’s happiness or stability. It only perpetuates societal greed and exploitation of parents by individuals who prey on vulnerable families.

If marrying your daughter abroad is unavoidable due to the appeal of a foreign passport, ensure you use the allocated dowry funds to visit the UK before the marriage. This will enable you to verify the groom’s claimed settled life and assess the living conditions your daughter will encounter. Remember, you provided your daughter with a nurturing childhood—do not subject her to a life of uncertainty and distress solely because the label “British Passport Holder” carries an allure. Give your child the life she desires, guided by the principles and freedom granted by Allah.

Lastly, I urge British Pakistani parents to recognize that a daughter-in-law is akin to a daughter. It is essential to respect her and acknowledge her decision to embrace your son despite his flaws. She is not a housemaid, chattel, or slave to be subjected to mistreatment. By teaching your son to respect women, you pave the way for the happiness and well-being of future generations.

Before seeking a daughter-in-law from a respectable family, evaluate your own living conditions in the UK and consider the circumstances of the prospective girl’s family. Put yourself in their shoes and reflect on how you would feel if your daughter were to face similar budgetary constraints and emotional distress. This moment of revelation may lead to a profound change in perspective.

At Josh and Mak International, we are dedicated to providing legal guidance and support. If you require assistance or counseling on family matters, we are here to help. Let us work together to create a society where our children thrive and flourish.

Sincerely

Your good friend and well-wisher,

Barrister Aemen Zulfikar Maluka

_____________________________________________________________________

July 2023

I am abroad and I have lost my nikahnama, what should I do?

The ‘Nikah Nama’ (marriage contract) holds significant legal value as it serves as an official record validating the solemnization of marriage between a couple. According to the Muslim Family Regulation Statute 1961, it is mandatory to register the Nikah Nama with the local Union Council. One original copy of the Nikah Nama is retained as a public record, while two additional copies are provided to the bride and groom.

In the event that you have misplaced your Nikah Nama or require a copy/duplicate of the Marriage Certificate, the recommended course of action is to contact the relevant Union Council where the marriage was registered. By applying for a certified and verified copy of the Nikah Nama from the concerned Union Council, you can obtain the required documentation.

If you are in Islamabad, our firm may be able to help if you still have an electronic copy of your original nikahnama and/or remember which Union Council it was where your marriage was registered.

Query from 2023 on full custody of child after escape from an abusive marriage. The querent, a mother, seeks full custody of her daughter. The father, a foreign national and Muslim, is currently residing abroad. The mother escaped from an abusive relationship, suffering severe physical and mental harm, and fled to Pakistan. The child is currently living with the mother, and the father is not providing any child support. The divorce was concluded abroad but registered in Pakistan. The father is mentally infirm and is not a national of Pakistan.

Advice:

1. Start with a Legal Notice: The querent is advised to begin the process by sending a legal notice to the father, informing him of the intention to seek custody and requesting his response.
2. File for Ex-Parte Proceedings: After sending the legal notice, the querent should file for an ex-parte proceeding with the court, seeking custody of the child. It is essential to highlight the father’s mental condition and request that the case be decided exparte as soon as possible.
3. Investigate Father’s Assets: The querent is advised to investigate the father’s assets in the overseas country, as there may be a possible lawsuit for child support.
4. Proper Documentation Required: To substantiate the father’s mental illness and abusive personality, it is recommended to obtain a proper doctor’s assessment or court order from the overseas country, demonstrating substantial evidence of his unfitness as a parent.
5. Current Address of the Father: It is crucial to have the current address of the father abroad for issuing court summons. If the father does not respond to the summons, custody may be granted to the mother in an ex-parte decision.
6. Appearance in Court: Due to a bad financial  situation querent may appear in person as the petitioner. She is advised to be honest and provide detailed explanations of the circumstances surrounding the divorce and the escape from the abusive relationship. Present all evidence of neglect and the father’s mental illness, along with the mother’s independent support for the child.
7. Sympathy towards Single Mothers: Judges in Pakistan are generally sympathetic to single mothers with limited financial resources. Representing oneself in court is acceptable, and hiring a lawyer is not mandatory.

Joined queries from July 2023 (Dishonored Cheques in Pakistan)

There have been quite  a few queries on how the law relating to dishonoured cheques works in Pakistan (especially in the property and services sector of Pakistan) so we have written a small legal note here in case anyone needs information.

In Pakistan, a dishonored cheque refers to a situation where a cheque drawn by a person for the discharge of a liability is returned unpaid by the bank. This can occur due to insufficient funds in the account or when the cheque exceeds the amount agreed with the bank. Such an act is considered an offence and is punishable by imprisonment for a term of up to two years, a fine of up to twice the amount of the cheque, or both.

To constitute an offence, the following criteria must be met:

1. The cheque should have been presented to the bank within six months from the date it was drawn or within its period of validity, whichever is earlier.
2. The payee or holder in due course of the cheque should have given written notice to the drawer within thirty days of receiving information from the bank regarding the dishonor of the cheque.
3. The drawer of the cheque should have failed to make the payment within fifteen days of receiving the notice.

It is important to note that the cheque in question should have been issued in discharge of a debt or liability, either in whole or in part. If the cheque was given as a gift or present and subsequently dishonored by the bank, the maker of the cheque would not be liable for prosecution.

In the case of offences committed by companies, individuals who were in charge and responsible for the conduct of the company’s business at the time of the offence will be deemed guilty and subject to proceedings and punishment. However, a person can avoid punishment by proving that the offence was committed without their knowledge or that they exercised due diligence to prevent its commission. Additionally, individuals nominated as directors by virtue of holding office or employment in the Central Government, State Government, or a government-owned financial corporation are not liable for prosecution. If it is proven that the offence was committed with the consent, connivance, or negligence of any director, manager, secretary, or other officer of the company, they will also be deemed guilty and subject to legal action.

Presentation of Cheque Any Number of Times:

1. There are no restrictions on the payee’s right to successively present a dishonored cheque during its validity period.
2. Each subsequent representation and subsequent dishonor of the cheque gives rise to a fresh cause of action for filing a complaint.
3. In the course of business transactions, it is not uncommon for a cheque to be returned due to insufficient funds or similar reasons. The payee may choose to present the cheque again, either voluntarily or at the request of the drawer, in the expectation that it will be honored.
4. The dishonor of a cheque constitutes a single offence, and the drawer commits this offence immediately upon failure to make the payment within 15 days of receiving the notice.
5. With each presentation and subsequent dishonor of the cheque, the payee acquires a fresh right, allowing them to exercise their rights at any point during the cheque’s validity period without the need for preemptive action.
6. The cause of action arises only when the drawer fails to make the payment after receiving the notice.
7. Once a notice for payment has been given, presenting the cheque again and subsequent dishonor will not create a new cause of action.

Effect of Stop Payment:

1. Issuing stop payment instructions does not absolve the drawer of the offence related to the dishonored cheque.
2. Even if the drawer provides notice of the stop payment instructions to the payee or holder in due course, the liability cannot be avoided.
3. The situation remains the same even if the drawer instructed the bank to stop payment before the presentation of the cheque for encashment.
4. Once a cheque is issued, there is a presumption that the holder received it for the discharge of any debt or liability. Merely issuing a notice to the drawee or the bank to stop payment does not prevent legal action under the applicable law.

Notice in Case of Dishonour:

1. It is mandatory to provide a notice making a demand for payment. If the drawer does not receive such notice within 30 days from the date of dishonor, a complaint may not be maintainable unless the complainant can demonstrate sufficient cause for the delay.
2. Notice must be in writing.
3. Proof of service can be established through a postal acknowledgement due that includes the signature of the accused, confirming receipt of the notice.
4. If a notice is returned by the sender as unclaimed, the date of such return would mark the beginning of the 15-day period. However, this does not preclude the drawer from later asserting that they were unaware of the notice being delivered to their address.
5. Notice can be sent by registered post, telegram, fax, or letter. While registered post is preferable as it provides clear evidence of service.

Period of Payment:

1. If payment is not made within 15 days of receiving the notice, the offence shall be deemed to have been committed.
2. The cause of action for filing a complaint arises after the expiration of the 15-day period from the date the drawer receives the notice and fails to make payment within that timeframe.
3. The court cannot take cognizance of the offence prior to the lapse of the 15-day period. Even if the liability is denied earlier, the accused can change their mind within the 15-day period, make the payment, and potentially avoid prosecution.
4. The offence is deemed to have been committed only after the expiration of the notice period.

Liability of the Drawer

The drawer cannot use the excuse that they had no reason to believe the cheque would be dishonored upon presentation, considering the reasons stated previously.

Remedies:

1. Civil Suit: The aggrieved party may file a civil suit for recovery of the amount owed.
2. Complaint under Section 138 of the Negotiable Instruments Act, 1881: The payee or holder in due course of the cheque can file a complaint under Section 138 of the Negotiable Instruments Act to seek legal redress.
3. Complaint under Section 420 for Cheating under the Pakistan Penal Code: A complaint can also be filed under Section 420 of the Pakistan Penal Code for cheating.

Simultaneous Remedies in Criminal Law 

Filing a civil suit does not bar the initiation of criminal proceedings. Therefore, if a person has already filed a civil suit, they are not precluded from filing a complaint under Section 138 of the Negotiable Instruments Act or Section 420 of the Pakistan Penal Code. Both remedies can be pursued simultaneously.

Filing a Complaint:

1. Complaint by the Payee or Holder: The complaint must be made in writing by the payee or holder in due course of the cheque.
2. Time Limit for Filing: The complaint cannot be lodged after one month from the date on which the cause of action arose.
3. Filing through Power of Attorney or Agents: The complaint can be filed through a Power of Attorney or authorized agents of the payee or holder.
4. Written Complaint and Supporting Documents: The complaint must be filed in writing and accompanied by a list of witnesses and relevant documents.

The complaint can be filed in a court within the jurisdiction:

1. Where the cheque was drawn.
2. Where the cheque was presented for collection.
3. Where the cheque was received after endorsement.
4. Where the cheque was dishonored.

Jurisdiction of the Court: The offence shall be triable by a Metropolitan Magistrate or Judicial Magistrate of the first class or a higher court.

Limitation Period: The complaint must be filed within one month from the date on which the cause of action arose, i.e., within 45 days of the offender receiving the notice to make payment.

Court Procedure upon Receipt of the Complaint:

1. Pre-summoning Evidence: If the magistrate finds sufficient grounds for proceeding, the complainant will be called to present pre-summoning evidence and necessary documents.
2. Issuance of Summons: Subsequently, summons will be issued for the attendance of the accused and witnesses.
3. Recording of Witness Testimony: The evidence of witnesses will be recorded.
4. Accused’s Plea: The particulars of the offence will be stated to the accused, who will be asked to enter a plea of guilty or present a defense.
5. Guilty Plea and Conviction: If the accused pleads guilty, the magistrate will record the plea and proceed to convict them.
6. Trial Proceedings: If the accused does not plead guilty, the magistrate will proceed to hear the complainant and the accused, allowing both parties to present their evidence.
7. Order of Conviction or Acquittal: Based on the hearing and evidence presented, the magistrate will pass an order of conviction or acquittal.

Query from July 2023 

Former overseas Pakistani here, I have no  British citizenship just had an indefinite leave to remain in UK  and stayed  there for 15 years.Came back 3 years ago during Covid19 after divorce.My family is separated, I have no property or work there.How can I re-enter UK on the same visa for indefinite leave to remain?

Re-entering the UK on the same visa for indefinite leave to remain after a period of absence requires careful consideration of the specific circumstances and eligibility criteria. Based on the information provided, we can outline the following guidance:

If you were away for less than 2 years:

If your absence from the UK was less than 2 years, you still retain your indefinite leave to remain. To re-enter the UK, you need to meet the following conditions:

• You had indefinite leave to remain in the UK when you last departed.
• You did not receive financial support from the Home Office to leave the UK.
• When traveling to the UK, you should present the stamp, vignette, or biometric residence permit that originally granted you permission to settle in the UK. If the original documentation is in an old passport, it is advisable to carry both your old passport and your new passport.

If you were away for more than 2 years (Returning Resident visa):

If your absence from the UK lasted for 2 or more continuous years, you no longer hold indefinite leave to remain. In this case, you may be eligible to re-enter the UK and obtain indefinite leave to remain by applying for a Returning Resident visa. However, certain exceptions apply if you or your partner are in the British armed forces or work for specific UK government departments or the British Council.

Eligibility:

To apply for a Returning Resident visa, you must provide sufficient evidence to demonstrate:

• Strong ties to the UK, such as having lived here for a significant portion of your life.
• Your current circumstances and reasons for residing outside the UK.

Family members (dependants):

If you have dependants, including a partner and children, who are eligible for a Returning Resident visa, they must apply separately.

Application process and fees:

The application for a Returning Resident visa can be made online. The current cost of the application is approximately £531 (as of July 2023). Along with the application form, you will need to submit the following documents:

• A valid passport or other acceptable travel identification.
• Previous passports.
• A passport-sized color photograph.
• Documentation supporting your ties to the UK, such as evidence of income, property ownership, or rental history in the UK.
• Additional documents may be required depending on your individual circumstances.

Biometric information:

As part of the application process, you will need to have your fingerprints and photograph (biometric information) taken at a visa application center in your country of residence, specifically in Pakistan.

It is important to note that individual circumstances may vary, and it is recommended to seek personalized legal advice to ensure compliance with the specific requirements and procedures for re-entry to the UK on a Returning Resident visa.

________________________________________________

Archived from 2016

Query: Can a Pakistani woman residing abroad file family dispute cases in Pakistan if her husband is also living outside of Pakistan?

Context : Filing For Divorce in Pakistan for non-resident Pakistanis

The answer is affirmative, as a Pakistani woman living abroad has the option to initiate legal action in Pakistan to recover dowry items, gold ornaments, clothing, and money borrowed by the husband from the wife. In such cases, the court will typically issue a notice to the husband, requiring his appearance in court. It is important to note that legal action may also be pursued in the foreign country of residence. Therefore, non-resident Pakistanis have the possibility to file for divorce in Pakistan, seeking legal remedies for their matrimonial issues.

When two Pakistani individuals are married and residing in different countries, their matrimonial disputes can be resolved through legal proceedings in Pakistan.

________________________________________________

Query from 2019

I am the owner and Director of an Education Agency that focuses on representing universities. I own the a brand in Canada and Saudi Arabia and wish to start up in Pakistan. I am a foreigner (not Pakistani). I was advised that starting up a company under my name in Pakistan is complicated and difficult, please advise.
One of my previous employees, a Pakistani national, retuned back to (city redacted)  and he is suggesting to start up a company under his name and to allow us access to the market. The company will be fully funded by myself and the local management will be done by the Pakistani colleague. I would like to get some legal advice on the best route for us to operate in Pakistan and guarantee our investment and brand name.

It is important to note that foreigners can establish and operate companies in Pakistan with relative ease. In fact, a significant portion of our corporate clientele comprises foreigners. To ensure the protection of your trademark, investment, and intellectual property rights, we highly recommend that you register the company in your own name. By doing so, you can manage the funds, copyrights, patents, trademarks, and investments in a secure manner. The Pakistani national you mentioned can be hired as an employee or director at a later stage. However, based on our extensive experience with similar brands and situations, it is advisable to establish the company in your name and retain control over the legal aspects. Opening a bank account in Pakistan may require a one-day trip, but our team can assist you throughout the process to ensure a smooth and efficient experience.

Applicable Law: Companies Act 2017 and Foreign Companies Regulation 2018.

For more context our readers you can read the following article at the Josh and Mak International Website.

Special advice for Foreign Companies Setting Up Business in Pakistan

Query from January 2020

I’m a little bit confused right now because  of my nationality, I don’t know wether I will get the Pakistani nationality or not because my father was not Pakistani but my mother is. She has the Pakistani nationality so, it makes me think wether I will get the nationality or not?What does the law say on this? (This query pertains to Pakistani citizenship by descent)

It depends on how old you are at the time of your query.Children born outside of Pakistan to Pakistani parents are eligible for citizenship by descent. In cases where the parent is already a citizen by descent (born outside of Pakistan), the child is required to be registered at the nearest consulate or Pakistani mission.

Furthermore, as of 18th April 2000, children born to a Pakistani mother and a foreign national father are also considered citizens of Pakistan.Children born before 18 April 2000 were entitled to citizenship by descent through their fathers only. This change in policy ensures that children of Pakistani mothers have the right to Pakistani citizenship, regardless of the nationality of their father.The relevant section dealing with Citizenship by Descent is the Pakistani Citizenship Act 1951, section 5.

It is important to note that proper registration procedures should be followed to ensure the child’s citizenship is recognized. This may include submitting the necessary documentation and completing the registration process at the nearest consulate or Pakistani mission.

Connected question:

What does it mean to be a ‘common wealth citizen” for Pakistanis?

From August 1947 to January 1972, Pakistani citizens held Commonwealth citizenship by default.

Between January 1972 and late 1989, Pakistani citizens did not hold Commonwealth citizenship.

Since late 1989, Pakistani citizens have once again been granted Commonwealth citizenship by default.

Query from June 2023

There were seven sharers of an inherited estate. Three brothers and four sisters. The first brother died, his children are two sons and four daughters. The second brother is alive and has a daughter. The third brother died and has no children. First sister died, she has two sons and four daughters. The other sister is alive with one son and two daughters. The third sister is alive and has four daughters. The fourth sister is dead, her husband is alive, she has no children. The value of the house is (redacted). I have to know that what is the inheritance share of each entitled person?

Response and further questions

Thank you for providing details about the seven sharers of the inherited estate. However, in order to provide accurate advice, we need to gather further information. Please note the following questions and considerations:

1. Shia or Sunni Law: It is essential to determine whether you are following Shia or Sunni law, as inheritance rules may differ between the two.
2. Surviving Parents: Is the mother or father (spouse of the deceased) still alive? If so, they will be considered an additional shareholder of the inherited estate.
3. Court Declaration: Has the court formally declared these heirs as the legal heirs of the deceased? If so, do you have the court order available? Additionally, are any of the children minors?

If the heirs mentioned are not court-declared heirs, please pay attention to the underlined questions below:

• The first brother has passed away, leaving behind two sons and four daughters. His share will be distributed among his children and his surviving wife. To determine the exact shares, we need to know if he had a wife.
• The second brother is alive and has a daughter. He will receive his share, while his daughter and wife are not direct heirs and will not receive a share directly.
• The third brother has passed away without any children. To determine the distribution of his share, we need to know if he had a surviving wife.
• The first sister has passed away, leaving behind two sons and four daughters. The distribution of her share depends on whether her husband is alive. In the absence of their father, her children will inherit the entire share of the property.
• The other sister is alive and has one son and two daughters. She will receive her share of the property, but her children are not entitled to a share as they are not direct heirs of either of your parents.
• The third sister is alive and has four daughters. She will also receive her share of the property, but her daughters are not direct legal heirs of the parents of the siblings.
• The fourth sister has passed away, leaving her husband as the sole surviving spouse. He will receive his share of the property.

Now, it is important to understand the basic principles for the distribution of inheritance among brothers and sisters (assuming there are no other eligible heirs):

• Brothers collectively receive 2/3 (or two-thirds) of the inheritance.
• Sisters collectively receive 1/3 (or one-third) of the inheritance.

The same principle based on gender will apply to the shares of the deceased when divided among their children.

Additionally, please note that the entitlement of a husband or wife to a deceased spouse’s estate depends on the presence of children. A husband is entitled to half of his deceased wife’s estate if she has no children, or a quarter share if she has children. Similarly, a wife is entitled to a quarter share of her deceased husband’s estate if she has no children, or one-eighth if she has children.

Please keep in mind that the precise distribution of shares will depend on the information provided above and any legal documentation, such as wills or other relevant documents left by the deceased.

Further context, querent never replied back.

Useful reading from the Josh and Mak International Website.Click on the link below.

Legal Advice on the Division of Islamic Inheritance Shares: Understanding the Principles and Distribution

Updated July 2023

In July 2023, this was the top frequently asked question by Overseas Pakistanis buying property in Pakistan:

Has the property tax for overseas Pakistanis been abolished as per the news items talking about it?

As per recent news, there were discussions about abolishing the two percent final tax on the purchase of immovable property through foreign remittances in the Finance bill 2023. However, this proposed change regarding the non-applicability of advance tax on property purchases through Roshan Digital Account for overseas Pakistanis was not approved and did not become a part of the Finance Act 2023. Therefore, the tax has effectively not been abolished.

Connected question

I am an overseas Pakistani and I want to buy a plot in Lahore (Punjab). What taxes do I have to pay?

As an overseas Pakistani, you will be subjected to a 3% advance tax on the purchase of the property. According to the new Finance Act 2023, it is mandatory to pay this tax and provide proof of payment to the land registrar in order for your property purchase to be registered.It does not matter if you are a filer or non filer, you have to pay this Advance Tax under Section 236K of the Income Tax Ordinance 2001. For more information on resident and non-resident/overseas tax status, click on the link below.

Legal Advice on Buying Property in Pakistan for Overseas Pakistanis and Foreigners

Further context

As always we repeat our advice to overseas Pakistanis buying property in Pakistan as follows :

• Legal Channels: Always pursue legal channels when conducting financial transactions with business partners. This ensures transparency and protects your interests.
• Document Verification: Before investing in a new business, carefully verify all necessary documents. It is advisable to visit the actual site and conduct due diligence to assess the viability of the investment.
• Written Agreement: Prepare a comprehensive written agreement that clearly outlines the rights and duties of all shareholders or business partners. This partnership agreement should be duly signed by all concerned parties to establish a solid legal foundation.
• Registration: Register the partnership agreement with relevant government business regulatory services such as the Federal Chamber of Commerce & Industry (FPCCI) or the Securities and Exchange Commission of Pakistan (SECP). This ensures compliance with legal requirements and offers protection to the business.
• Power of Attorney: Exercise caution when granting Power of Attorney. Avoid granting General Power of Attorney, which grants broad legal powers. If necessary, assign Special Power of Attorney for specific purposes while specifying the limitations and scope of authority.
• Avoid Blank Paper: Refrain from signing any blank paper to prevent unauthorized use or manipulation of your signature.
• Protection of Identification Documents: Do not provide copies of your national identity card (CNIC or NICOP) or any other important identification documents to anyone without a valid purpose. When necessary, clearly mark the purpose and put a cross on the copies to safeguard against misuse.
• Verify Approval: If purchasing a property from a private housing scheme, confirm its official approval status by consulting the local regulatory authority such as the Lahore Development Authority (LDA), Capital Development Authority, etc.Bahria Town sometimes raises objections to disclosing property details to members of the public making a query on title and dishonest property dealers take advantage of this fact by keeping the purchaser in the dark about the actual owner of the land or plot. Always refuse to engage with such agents or dealers who cannot get you a proper verification from the Bahria town management through the owner.
• Land Transfer: Inquire whether the housing scheme will transfer the land in your name or provide only an allotment. It is preferable to have the land transferred in your name to establish clear ownership rights.
• Seller Verification: When buying property from an individual seller, verify the seller’s registry title with the local authorities to ensure a legitimate transaction.
• Mutation Entry: After purchasing property through a Registered Sales Deed, ensure that the mutation is duly entered in the land record. This step validates your ownership and protects your property rights.
• Property Security: If you acquire an open plot, consider constructing a boundary wall with a gate to safeguard your property from illegal possession.
• Notice Publication: Before finalizing a property purchase, consider publishing a notice in a local newspaper to provide public notice of your intended transaction.
• Pay attention to the news and any updates on litigation or court action against a property developer or scheme.

Archives from 2014 

Common combined queries on child custody :

As a law firm specializing in family matters, we frequently receive inquiries from single mothers seeking clarity on various issues related to international travel with their children.These are often styled as follows:

Can a single mother plan a trip outside Pakistan with a minor without the father’s permission?

Is it permissible for a minor to travel with a single mother without formal guardianship?

What options are available if the father refuses to grant permission for the minor to travel abroad?

Can the father legally prevent the mother from taking the minor outside Pakistan

Do single mothers need permission from the court to travel abroad with a minor?

The issues can be framed as follows :

1. Permission from the Father: Many single mothers wonder whether they can plan trips outside Pakistan with their minors without obtaining permission from the child’s father.
2. Traveling without Guardianship: Single mothers often inquire about the permissibility of traveling with their minors without formal guardianship.
3. Dealing with a Father’s Refusal: If the child’s father denies permission for the minor to travel abroad, it is crucial to understand the available options and legal remedies.
4. Father’s Authority to Stop Travel: Single mothers may question whether the father has the legal authority to prevent them from taking their child outside Pakistan.
5. Court Permission Requirements: Depending on the specific circumstances and existing legal agreements, single mothers may need permission from the court to travel abroad with a minor.

If you are a single mother seeking answers and assistance regarding international travel with a minor, please don’t hesitate to reach out to us. Our expert legal team is ready to provide the guidance and support you need. Contact us today to schedule a consultation.

Can a Single Mother Plan a Trip Outside Pakistan with a Minor Without the Father’s Permission? One of the most frequently asked questions is whether a single mother can travel with her minor child without the father’s permission. The answer to this question depends on the legal aspects surrounding custody and guardianship.

Guardianship Certificate: A Prerequisite for Traveling Abroad: Following a separation or divorce, it is crucial for a mother to obtain a Guardianship Certificate from the Court of Law. This certificate serves as evidence that the mother has been legally vested with parental responsibility for the minor child. Without this certificate, not only will the mother’s request for a passport for the minor be denied, but her visa application may also be refused.

Obtaining the Guardianship Certificate: To obtain a Guardianship Certificate, the mother must apply to the court of law. Required documents typically include proof of marriage or Nikahnama, the mother’s CNIC, the minor’s birth certificate or identity documents, and evidence of expenses related to the upbringing of the minor. The specific documents required may vary depending on the circumstances of each case.

Permission to Travel Abroad: Once the Guardianship Certificate is obtained, the mother can apply to the court for permission to travel abroad with the minor. It is essential for the mother to provide factual information that aligns with the requirements of the embassy. Whether the trip is a short-term visit or a permanent relocation, our experienced legal team can assist in obtaining the necessary permission from the court efficiently and effectively.

Traveling Abroad with a Minor on the Father’s Permission: In cases where the marriage is still intact, the father’s permission is generally sufficient for obtaining a passport for the minor and fulfilling visa requirements. Both parents would typically accompany the minor for the application process.

If you are a single mother seeking to travel abroad with your minor child, it is crucial to understand the legal procedures and requirements. The Guardianship Certificate plays a vital role in transferring parental responsibility to the mother. By following the correct legal process and providing accurate information, you can ensure a smooth and hassle-free experience.

At Josh and Mak International, our expert family lawyers specialize in assisting single parents with obtaining guardianship and travel permission for minors. Contact us today to schedule an appointment and benefit from our legal expertise in navigating the complexities of traveling abroad with a minor as a single mother.

Further context on getting guardianship through court proceedings 

Under Section 19 of the Guardian and Ward Act, 1890, the father is generally empowered to retain guardianship of a minor. However, it is important to note that this rule is not absolute. At Josh and Mak International, we have successfully assisted numerous mothers in obtaining guardianship through a streamlined legal process, minimizing time, hassle, and inconvenience.

In Pakistan, courts tend to prioritize the well-being and best interests of the child, often recognizing the importance of a mother’s care. With our expertise in family law, we have facilitated the attainment of guardianship for mothers in a timely and efficient manner.

To obtain a guardianship certificate from the court of law, certain documents are typically required. These may include:

1. Marriage/Nikahnama Proof: Providing evidence of the marriage or Nikahnama is essential to establish the relationship between the parents and the child.
2. CNIC of the Mother: The mother’s Computerized National Identity Card (CNIC) serves as identification and verifies her legal status.
3. Birth Certificate or Identity Documents of the Minor: Presenting the minor’s birth certificate or other relevant identity documents helps establish their age and legal identity.
4. School Challan or Receipt of Expenses: Providing documentation such as school challans or receipts demonstrating the mother’s financial responsibility towards the upbringing and education of the minor can support the case for guardianship.

It’s important to note that the supporting documents required may vary depending on the specific facts and circumstances of each case. Our legal team at Josh and Mak International is well-versed in navigating the intricacies of guardianship cases and can guide you through the process effectively.

If you are a mother seeking to establish guardianship of your minor, we are here to assist you. Contact us today to schedule a consultation with our experienced family lawyers who can provide the necessary guidance and support throughout the legal proceedings.

Connected Query 

I want to get some advice on child custody in Pakistan. I live overseas and my son lives with his mother in (city redacted)Pakistan. We recently divorced and I want to take my 2 year old son overseas with me and apply for full custody in Pakistani courts.

I understand that as a father, you are concerned about your rights and involvement in your child’s life, especially given the challenges of being overseas. Allow me to offer some guidance and considerations for your situation.

In Pakistan, the courts tend to prioritize the well-being and care of young children by favoring the mother as the custodial parent. This means that obtaining full custody as a father can be a challenging process, particularly if the mother contests the custody claim. Therefore, it is crucial to understand the jurisdiction where your marriage took place and where it was dissolved.

Considering your overseas status, if the matter goes to court in Pakistan, there is a higher likelihood that the mother will be granted full custody with you having visitation rights. The court’s judgment will determine whether you can take the child out of Pakistan. It’s important to note that the court will take various factors into account, including the child’s age and the mother’s access to the child if you were to relocate overseas.

However, it is worth mentioning that if the mother decides to remarry, the circumstances may change, and there could be a more favorable chance of achieving full custody for you.

Alternatively, it may be worth exploring the option of jurisdiction in the country where the mother and child currently reside. The location where they lived during your marriage and the mother’s citizenship status overseas become relevant factors. Did she obtain citizenship through marriage?

Regarding bringing the child to Pakistan, it seems from your messages that you have allowed the mother to have custody without objection thus far. As a result, raising the issue of the child being ‘abducted’ and brought to Pakistan by ‘deception’ may not be applicable in this situation.

To examine the matter from an overseas jurisdiction perspective and potentially gain custody of your child, it is advisable to consult a qualified local lawyer in the respective country. A custody judgment obtained overseas can be used for enforcement in a local guardian court in Pakistan. However, it is essential to establish the jurisdiction of the overseas court before proceeding with this approach.

On a practical note, I understand that pursuing legal action through overseas Pakistani courts can be emotionally and financially draining, especially considering your existing responsibilities towards your two children overseas. Instead, I would suggest considering a more amicable approach, where you aim to establish cooperation with the mother regarding visitation rights facilitated through video calls while you are abroad.

A privately agreed-upon custody agreement that allows the child to live with his mother while granting you the option to visit and spend time with your child during your visits to Pakistan could be a beneficial arrangement. This approach would enable you to maintain contact with your son and have a say in his upbringing and education. Until the child reaches an age where the court may consider granting you full or partial custody, having a well-defined legal strategy to stay involved in his life is crucial.

Initiating a conversation with the mother and discussing these possibilities may be a good starting point. Instead of resorting to a custody battle in court, exploring a softer approach can pave the way for mutual understanding and cooperation. At some point, the mother may consider remarriage and may voluntarily allow you to take the child overseas for a better future. However, it is important to adopt a less aggressive strategy to build trust and find common ground.

If needed, our law firm offers assistance in facilitating such discussions between parents. We understand that the child’s best interest is the top priority, and our aim is to help you reach a custody agreement that both parties can trust and be held accountable for.

Further context: Client further advised to explore the idea of a written, private custody visitation agreement with the mother.Based on further  information provided, it was evident that the jurisdiction of the Pakistani courts would apply to this matter.

Response: As previously mentioned, obtaining full custody of a child at such a young age is not feasible under Pakistani family law and policy. The court process for physical visitation rights can be complex and time-consuming, making it less practical for your situation, particularly since you may not frequently visit Pakistan.

To ensure your continued involvement in your son’s life and maintain a strong relationship, it is advisable to pursue a cooperative approach with the mother and establish a comprehensive visitation agreement. Here are some key considerations to address in the agreement:

1. Visitation Schedule: Establish a clear and mutually agreed-upon schedule for visitation, specifying the days, times, and duration of each visit.
2. Travel Arrangements: Determine any necessary travel arrangements if long-distance visitation is involved, including responsibilities and costs.
3. Communication: Define the mode, frequency, and accessibility of communication between you and your child when you are not physically together.
4. Father’s Rights in Parental Decision-Making: Clarify your role and rights in major decisions regarding your child’s upbringing, such as education, healthcare, and extracurricular activities.
5. Access to Information: Ensure that you have access to relevant information regarding your child’s education, medical records, and other important matters.
6. Modification of Visitation Rights: Establish a process for modifying the visitation agreement if circumstances change or adjustments become necessary.
7. Dispute Resolution: Include provisions for resolving any disputes or disagreements related to the visitation agreement through mediation or alternative methods before resorting to court intervention.
8. Right to Relocation: Address the rights and obligations of both parents in the event of relocation, including notice periods and potential adjustments to visitation schedules.
9. Holiday and Vacation Schedule: Determine how holidays, school breaks, and vacations will be shared between you and the mother to ensure your involvement in these special occasions.
10. Access to Extended Family: Acknowledge the importance of your child’s relationship with your extended family members and allow reasonable access during visitation time.

Our team at Josh and Mak International can assist you in establishing communication with the mother and convincing her to cooperate with your visitation requests. We can also help facilitate the negotiation and signing of the Visitation Agreement, ensuring that the agreed-upon clauses are followed and complied with. It may be beneficial to involve a third-party mediator to facilitate communication and maintain a constructive atmosphere.

By taking this approach, you can work towards maintaining a meaningful relationship with your son while minimizing the need for lengthy court battles. Please feel free to reach out to us for further assistance and guidance in navigating this process.

Additional Contribution to the advice by another member of our team

Child Custody Agreements in Pakistan play a pivotal role in resolving one of the most significant disputes arising from separation or divorce – the custody of a minor child. These legally binding agreements provide a framework to safeguard the interests of both parents and ensure the well-being of the child. It is imperative to recognize the importance of formalizing Child Custody Agreements in Pakistan to establish clarity, protect parental rights, and promote the best interests of the child.

When parents separate or divorce, oral agreements on custody may lack enforceability and can lead to disputes. Written Child Custody Agreements serve as a vital tool to prevent conflicts, minimize uncertainties, and provide a solid foundation for post-divorce parenting. These agreements address critical aspects that require careful consideration:

1. Determining which parent will retain custody of the minor, especially when one parent has agreed to allow the other to assume custody.
2. Specifying the district in which the custodial parent and the child will reside, ensuring stability and accessibility.
3. Clarifying the conditions under which the custodial parent can travel abroad or relocate with the child, respecting the rights and concerns of the non-custodial parent.
4. Outlining visitation rights for the non-custodial parent, fostering ongoing parental involvement and a healthy parent-child relationship.
5. Establishing provisions for child maintenance, including the payment mechanism and financial responsibilities of the non-custodial parent.
6. Determining the decision-making authority regarding the child’s education, healthcare, and religious upbringing, with consequences for non-compliance.

To ensure the efficacy of Child Custody Agreements in Pakistan, it is crucial to draft them with the evolving needs of the child in mind. The agreement should focus on the child’s best interests, taking into account their present and future requirements. By prioritizing the child’s welfare and including detailed provisions, the agreement gains credibility and stands stronger before the court.

Child Custody Agreements in Pakistan empower parents to create a nurturing and stable environment for their child’s growth and development. Seeking professional legal guidance is highly recommended to draft comprehensive and legally sound agreements that comply with Pakistani laws and regulations. By emphasizing the significance of Child Custody Agreements in Pakistan, parents can proactively resolve disputes, protect their parental rights, and ensure the well-being of their child throughout and beyond the separation or divorce process.

Query : I want to know about the age-limit of custody in Pakistan.I am a working mom and I can afford to raise my two sons over the age of 8 and 9 respectively.Is it true the court will take them away from me and allow the father full custody?

In the realm of marriage disputes, separation, and divorce, there exists a prevalent misconception that a mother can only have custody of a minor boy until the age of 7. This notion, however, is entirely false. In this article, we aim to clarify the key factors that Family Courts in Pakistan consider when deciding custody claims related to minor sons, which are typically filed by the non-custodial parent.

In Islamic jurisprudence, custody of a minor son is granted to the father upon reaching the age of 7, while in the case of a minor daughter, the non-custodial father may have custody after she attains puberty. It is worth noting that Family Courts in Pakistan take into consideration the edicts issued by recognized Muslim jurists while deciding custody claims. However, under the prevailing Custody Laws in Pakistan, Family Courts are mandated to prioritize the best welfare of the minor when making custody determinations. Hence, Family Courts are not bound to strictly adhere to the aforementioned Islamic principles.

Consequently, the non-custodial father must establish the best interests of the minor before the court by providing compelling evidence that demonstrates it is in the child’s best interest to be placed in the custody of the non-custodial father. Therefore, the age factor alone is not a sufficient reason for the court to grant custody to the father.

Another erroneous belief in our society suggests that custody is automatically awarded to the financially stronger parent, assuming that the mother is unable to independently meet the day-to-day needs of the child. However, the superior courts of Pakistan have firmly established the principle that factors such as financial stability cannot be used as sole determinants of the child’s best interests and welfare. It is a natural division of responsibilities where the mother invests her energy in the upbringing of the child, while the father is responsible for providing financial support and maintenance.

Currently, Family Courts are legally obligated to scrutinize and determine custody matters, even if an agreement has been previously executed between the parents. For instance, if the mother has, in writing, agreed to hand over custody of the child to the father, the court, in evaluating the best interests and welfare of the child, may declare such agreements null and void. In cases where there is a conflict between legal rights, the welfare of the minor takes precedence. Therefore, any custody arrangements previously agreed upon shall hold no force in the eyes of the law.

Hence, it is evident that age is not the sole factor considered by Family Courts when deciding custody matters. Instead, the paramount consideration is the best interests and welfare of the child, which may vary in each case. It is imperative to consult with legal experts who possess a deep understanding of the intricacies of custody laws to ensure the protection of the child’s rights and the formulation of a custody arrangement that serves their best interests.

________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________

Archives from 2019

Query: I got married on (date redacted), and the divorce was finalized on (date redacted). Following the divorce, I filed a case for child maintenance against my husband in the Pakistan family court, and I was successful in obtaining a court order requiring him to provide child support in the amount of 60,000 Pakistani rupees.

However, during the proceedings, my husband applied for immigration to another country. Subsequently, he has fled abroad in an attempt to evade his responsibilities. I currently do not have any information regarding his new address or whereabouts in that country.

My intention is to bring my daughter to my father’s new country, and I am seeking his support in providing for her education and upbringing in that location.

If you have already obtained a divorce, it is unlikely that you would have a favorable chance of relocating to your ex-husband’s new country. This is because he was not a national of that country during your marriage or at the time of your marriage. Additionally, if he obtained citizenship after the birth of your child, the chances of your child acquiring his new nationality solely based on birth are slim.

However, there are legal actions we can take to address your concerns. We can file for an enforcement of the child support order that was issued in 2018. By doing so, we can seek a court judgment against your ex-husband for his failure to comply with the child support obligations. Regardless of his location, he can be held accountable for making the payments, including any outstanding amounts from a previous date. Non-compliance may lead to criminal charges being brought against him.

Regarding your daughter’s eligibility to inherit her father’s citizenship once she reaches the age of 18, it is important to note that she cannot inherit his citizenship as he acquired it after her birth.

Since you mentioned that you have been unable to trace your ex-husband since the divorce, it is possible to locate him through a reputable investigative agency in Canada using a copy of his passport.

In order to pursue legal action for child support, it is advisable to enforce the child support order in Pakistan. It is not possible to sue him in his new country based on a marriage registered in Pakistan and the birth of your child that occurred before he acquired citizenship in another country.

Our recommendation is to proceed with enforcing the child support order and pursue enforcement through the courts in his new country, ensuring that he fulfills his financial obligations. Simultaneously, we can assist in tracing his whereabouts through a reputable investigative firm in his new country and serve him with a legal notice as necessary.

_______________________________________________________

Archived from 6th of July 2023

I am 50 years old and abroad. I am in a situation where I am required to have a birth certificate. I was born in Punjab. How can I register for late registration of Birth online? Context : The querent clarified that they were trying to register the late birth registration through the Go Punjab App.They were told that this is not possible.

As you are 50 years old you will need to file for a court case before your request for late registration via the Union Council will be accepted.Refer to the Punjab Local Government (Births and Deaths) Rules 2021, s4 deals in detail with late registration of Birth and reads as below :

“Section 4. Late registration of birth. – (1) If a birth is reported after sixty days but not later than  [seven] years to the concerned registration office, the applicant shall, while stating the reasons of delay, make an application on Form-A for registration of birth along with following documents: (a) copy of CNIC of the applicant; (b) birth slip of the child issued by the hospital (in case of birth in a hospital); (c) attested copy of vaccination card indicating the name of the child and his date of birth, if available; and  (d) two recent photographs of the child.

(2) The application shall be submitted either manually or through online system in the concerned registration office.

(3) The concerned registration official shall, after receiving an application, verify the particulars  [from the applicant] and submit a report to the concerned head of the local government on same day containing the following note: ‘No record of the intended birth entry exists as per record of the local government’.

(4) In case of non-registration of birth, the concerned head of the local government, after due inquiry, shall issue an order for registration of late birth.

(5) The concerned registration official shall, after registration of birth, issue a certificate on the same day.

(5a) In case of refusal of registration of birth, an appeal may be filed to the committee ……

(6) In case a birth is reported after 6 [seven] years, it shall be registered after court decree.

(7) Late entry shall be made in red ink in the concerned register.”

Additional Information for the public.

The Punjab Local Government (Registration of Births and Deaths) Rules 2021 is a set of rules governing the registration of births and deaths in Punjab, Pakistan. The rules define the terms used in the rules, such as “birth”, “death”, “certificate”, and “charges”. They also specify the procedures for registering births and deaths, the fees that are charged for registration, and the circumstances in which registration is not required.A proper process for registering Late  Registration of Birth or Death is mentioned. For example, the rules state that no charges will be charged for registering the birth of an abandoned child or a child born in jail. Additionally, the rules state that if the particulars of a deceased person are known but his dead body is not found, registration of his death can be made by a relative of the deceased after registration of a police report and on the order of a court. The rules also specify the format of the certificates that are issued for births and deaths.

Here are some of the key points of the rules:

• The rules apply to all births and deaths that occur in Punjab, Pakistan.
• The registration of births and deaths must be done within 60 days of the event.
• There are no fees for registering the birth of an abandoned child or a child born in jail.
• There are no fees for registering the death of an abandoned or unclaimed dead body.
• The registration of a death can be made by a relative of the deceased after registration of a police report and on the order of a court.
• The certificates that are issued for births and deaths must be in a specified format.

The rules were published in the Punjab Gazette on May 31, 2021, and they came into force immediately.

If you are looking for registration of Late births or deaths in Islamabad Capital Territory, please note that CDA deals with this.

_____________________________________________________

Client query on why the Trusts Registrar was telling them that their entity registered under the KPK Trusts Act 2020 could not sell properties owned by the Trust.Upon a review of the Trust Deed and the KPK Trusts Act 2020, it was determined that the Applicable Law was in fact the KPK Charities Act 2019 which can be accessed here.

First of all it was clarified that they can sell the property under the Charity, but it comes under the strict purview of Section 24 of the KPK Charities Act, which talks about the trustee’s obligations regarding sale of property.There is no set procedure for sale of property written there but it would be sensible to assume that the Commission on Charity would want to be notified of the transparency of the process where such a decision was being taken.It would be best to clarify this from the Charity Commission itself.

Client has been advised to scrap their registration under the KPK Trusts Act 2020 and to register their charity under the KPK Charities Act 2019.

The response given was as below,

After reviewing the trust deed you provided, we believe there may have been some confusion regarding the registration under the KPK Trusts Act 2020. Allow me to clarify the situation for you.

Based on the contents of the trust deed, it appears that your arrangement falls under the definition of a charity rather than a trust. Therefore, the appropriate registration should have been made under the KHYBER PAKHTUNKHWA Charities Act 2019. This act provides provisions for the registration, administration, and regulation of charities, as well as the collection of charitable funds in KPK. It is specifically designed to govern charities and their operations, including fundraising appeals and collection of funds.

While the Registrar is correct in stating that you cannot sell the property under the KPK Charities Act 2019, it is important to note that your current registration under the KPK Trusts Act 2020 is void as it does not align with the nature of your organization. To assist you in understanding the concept of trust and charity, I have sent you a copy of the KPK Charities Act 2019 for your reference.

Following the enactment of the Khyber Pakhtunkhwa Charities Act in 2019, it is now a legal requirement for all charities to register with the Khyber Pakhtunkhwa Charities Commission. Failure to comply with the registration process prohibits charities from collecting charitable funds or soliciting donations. The Charities Act also outlines the consequences of non-compliance, including potential criminal proceedings.

To initiate the registration process, charities can conveniently apply through an online portal provided by the Charities Commission. This streamlined approach aims to facilitate the registration procedure and ensure compliance with the regulatory framework.

It is crucial for charities to adhere to the registration requirements as prescribed by the Khyber Pakhtunkhwa Charities Act 2019 to maintain transparency, accountability, and legitimacy in their fundraising activities. By fulfilling their registration obligations, charities can establish trust and credibility among stakeholders while operating in accordance with the legal framework designed to safeguard the interests of the public and charitable causes.

For your understanding the differences between the concept of a trust and a charity are explained below.

• Purpose:
  • Trust: A trust is established to manage and protect assets for the benefit of specific beneficiaries, following the terms and conditions set out in the trust deed.
  • Charity: A charity is created to support and promote specific charitable purposes or causes, aimed at providing public benefit such as alleviating poverty, advancing education, promoting health, or supporting the arts.
• Legal Status:
  • Trust: A trust is a private legal arrangement between a settlor, trustee, and beneficiaries. It is not always required to be registered with a regulatory authority.
  • Charity: A charity is a formal legal entity that must be registered and recognized by the relevant regulatory authority in a specific jurisdiction. It must meet certain legal requirements and criteria to obtain charitable status.
• Governance and Accountability:
  • Trust: The governance and accountability of a trust are primarily defined by the terms of the trust deed and the trustee’s fiduciary responsibilities towards the beneficiaries.
  • Charity: Charities are subject to specific legal and regulatory frameworks governing their operations and activities. They often have a board of trustees or directors to oversee governance and ensure compliance with applicable laws and regulations.
• Tax and Financial Considerations:
  • Trust: The income generated by a trust is typically distributed to the beneficiaries and subject to taxation at their individual levels.
  • Charity: Charities may enjoy tax benefits and exemptions due to their recognized status. Donations made to registered charities can be tax-deductible, and charities themselves may be exempt from certain taxes. Financial transparency and accountability are crucial for charities.

I hope this clarification helps you understand the distinction between trusts and charities.

_________________________________________________________

Overseas query from an individual who was asking whether it would be safe to pay a property dealer in their bank account.When asked for details the querent stated that a group of property dealers/real estate agents were demanding a ‘Bayana’ or Token money in their personal accounts before they would disclose the identity of the seller to the buyer.There was no sign of a promise of receipt or a contract on record.

The querent was advised to proceed with caution, due to the prevalent fraudulent activities in the property sector, particularly concerning instances where prospective buyers are overseas Pakistanis. It was emphasized that caution should be exercised when making any financial transactions or providing token money. The recommended approach was to ensure that funds are deposited into the account of a verified seller whose identification matches the name stated on the plot title documents.

Furthermore, the querent was advised to insist on obtaining a legally recognized document that complies with the local laws of Pakistan. This document would serve to record comprehensive details of the actual seller and the property involved in the transaction. It was highlighted that a property dealer does not possess the authority to sign a sales agreement or make claims of having the “rights to sell” a property unless supported by a proper power of attorney or a legally binding document.

To mitigate risks, the querent was strongly advised to verify the title of the property at the title registration office. This step would ensure the authenticity and validity of the property’s ownership. By undertaking these precautions, the querent would minimize the likelihood of falling victim to fraudulent practices and protect their interests when engaging in property transactions.

It is essential for individuals, especially overseas Pakistanis, to be aware of these potential risks and take proactive measures to safeguard their investments. By seeking professional guidance and conducting thorough due diligence, individuals can make informed decisions and mitigate the risks associated with property transactions in Pakistan.

Connected query answered on Quora.

Question : If a person delays making a payment for a land they bought, can they be sued under the Pakistan law?

In situations where there is a delayed payment for a land purchase in Pakistan, pursuing legal action can be a viable option to enforce the terms of the contract and protect your rights as a seller.

Under the Transfer of Property Act 1882, if the ownership of the property has already passed to the buyer before full payment of the purchase money, the seller is entitled to a charge on the property for the unpaid amount, along with interest from the date possession was delivered. The Act also states that the buyer is obligated to pay or tender the purchase money to the seller or as directed at the time and place of completing the sale.

In cases where the sale is not yet complete and a token deposit, known as Bayana, has been given with the rest of the payment to be made on the Transfer of Property date, the seller can take the buyer to court under the Specific Relief Act. Through a mandatory injunction order under section 55, the court can compel the buyer to honor the payment if the seller is able, willing, and ready to transfer the property.

If you decide to cancel the agreement and seek other buyers, it is essential to follow the terms of the contract. Send a proper notice to the buyer demanding payment and inform them of the actions you will take if the default continues. If the buyer requests a further extension, you can refuse it in writing and state that you will retain the deposit.

It is advisable to document every request and your response to any payment delays after Bayana is given. Each extension should be treated as a formal agreement to extend the payment deadline, clearly stating the consequences of non-payment.

In Pakistan, it is common for property dealers or middlemen to buy land or property by paying a small Bayana as an upfront deposit to the seller. They then attempt to find a buyer while acting as the owner of the property. Although the legality of such actions is questionable, it has become a norm in the real estate business. Often, these property dealers fail to find a buyer and start making constant requests to delay payment on various pretexts.

As mentioned earlier, the law is explicit in protecting your right to be paid on time for the property you have contracted to sell. When parties enter into a contract, they are legally obligated to fulfill their contractual obligations, including making timely payments as agreed upon in the land purchase contract. Failure to meet payment obligations constitutes a breach of contract. In such cases, you have the option to cancel the contract and retain the deposit payment.

However, complications can arise in situations where property middlemen or dealers have already taken a Bayana from another buyer at a higher price. If that end-buyer delays payment, it can cause a delay in the original seller’s payment. This puts the property dealer in a legally difficult position, as they do not wish to expose their position as a proxy buyer and potentially lose out on a profitable opportunity.

At this point, proxy buyers or property dealers may come up with various excuses and tactics to further delay payment. It is advisable to allow a one-time delay and obtain a written agreement stating that any further delay will result in the contract being canceled, with the full refund of the money.

To address such breaches, you have the legal recourse to file a lawsuit in Pakistan seeking specific relief. Specific relief refers to the court’s power to grant a specific remedy, such as ordering the defaulting party to make the overdue payment as agreed. This legal action aims to restore the injured party to the position they would have been in had the breach not occurred.

By pursuing legal action, you can seek the enforcement of the contractual terms and hold the defaulting party accountable for their obligations. It is important to note that the specifics of each case and the application of relevant laws may vary, resulting in different legal proceedings and outcomes.

_________________________________________________________

Querant wanted to know if a US owned family trust could own a local Company in Pakistan. Context : They wished to place a Pakistani property under a US Registered trust. When it was explained they cannot do that i.e. a foreign trust cannot own property directly in Pakistan, the querant asked whether the trust could register a company in Pakistan as its owner and by default a proxy owner of the property which would then be bought by the Pakistan company.They were advised that US owned family trust is not a body corporate as per the Companies Act 2017.In particular they were advised as follows :

In the context of establishing a company in Pakistan, it is important to understand the legal framework and requirements involved. While a trust in the USA may not be considered a body corporate that can directly own and operate a company in Pakistan (as per the Companies Act 2017), there are potential alternative structures that can be explored.

One option to consider is to consult with your US attorney regarding the possibility of registering a trust in the USA and subsequently utilizing this trust to hold ownership of a local US corporation or corporate vehicle. By doing so, the local US company can then become the owner of the company in Pakistan through 100% shareholding.

It is crucial to seek advice from legal professionals familiar with the laws and regulations of both the USA and Pakistan to ensure compliance with all applicable requirements. They will be able to guide you on the specific steps and processes involved in establishing such a structure, taking into account the legal implications and potential benefits for your particular circumstances.

At Josh and Mak International, we have a team of experienced legal professionals who can assist you in navigating the complexities of cross-border transactions and company structuring. If you require further assistance or have any additional questions, please do not hesitate to reach out to us.

_________________________________________________________

I want to rescind my current contract with an Oil Marketing Company and sign a contract for Petrol Pump with another one.What are my options to do this under the law?

To provide you with accurate guidance, it is necessary for us to review your current contract with the oil marketing company (OMC). If you have a copy of the contract, please share it with us so that we can assess whether your contract permits you to convert to another company. Additionally, we will determine if there are any penalties or specific processes outlined in the contract that need to be followed.

It’s important to note that this matter is governed by the terms and conditions set forth in your private contract, rather than specific laws or regulations. Each contract may have its own provisions and procedures for making changes or terminating the agreement. Therefore, it is essential to understand that dissolving the contract without adhering to the proper agreed process outlined within it may not be legally valid.

Please provide us with the necessary contract details, and we will be able to offer you tailored guidance and recommendations to address your specific circumstances.

_________________________________________________________

2016 Archived 

Reference given for the research at the land registry of Bahawalnagar.The overseas querent  obtained the address of the property in Pakistan. Client wanted to know if it was possible  to proceed to the research at the land registry having the address of the property? It would be important to do a land registry  check using the address of the property and the name of the dead father of the querant.Whether it was necessary to identify the real owner or the owners of the property.

Context :Inheritance Matter and Property Due Diligence for Pakistani citizens living in Italy.The querent was the law firm representing them.Records (Fard Nama) at the Land Registry and the High Court were traced.

We have previously discussed some of these points in our email communications. However, this document serves as our final opinion on the matter we have been instructed for.

Please take note of the following information regarding the land registry documents, marked as Annexure A and B. Annex A displays the titles in the names of X, son of BK, and X, daughter of BK, who hold the land titles.

In Annex B, you can review the details of the land title, which is registered under the Revenue Department of the Government of Punjab, Pakistan. Currently, the caretaker of the land is XYZ, and the contract for cultivation has been granted to the Government of Punjab, which governs all financial matters. This arrangement will remain in place until the case pending before the Honorable Lahore High Court resolves the land title issue.

Based on your instructions, we have conducted extensive research on the land registry at (name redacted) and the related case at the Lahore High Court. Our findings indicate that this land was allocated to individuals who migrated from India during the Partition of 1947 and claimed the land in Pakistan, relinquishing their titles in India. The land was allotted to various people, including BK’s family. In the 1960s, a dispute arose, leading the revenue department to reclaim certain lands, resulting in litigation.

In this specific case, actions were taken by the Pakistan Revenue Department to reclaim lands. The initial dispute was referred to the Revenue Commissioner, who subsequently forwarded it to the collector of the revenue department. Eventually, the collector confiscated all the lands involved in different parts of the Province of Punjab, including the land in question, even though it was not directly part of the dispute. The revenue department now states that they will return the land once the Lahore High Court issues its decision in this case.

It is important to note that your clients’ land is not mentioned in this case, and they have not been made parties to the litigation. In our opinion, if they request to become parties to the case, there is a good chance of reclaiming the land earlier. The issue we observe here is that your clients have not taken any steps to reclaim the land thus far.

When we spoke to (name redacted), he informed us that he consulted some lawyers from Lahore and officials from the local Revenue Department. They assured him that their land is safe and not dependent on the outcome of the pending case. According to their advice, the land will be returned once the case is decided. However, we find it perplexing that if the land is indeed safe, why has it been confiscated by the Revenue Department? Our question is why this land is not mentioned in the main case.

It is important to understand that land disputes and cases in Pakistan are not resolved easily and often take a significant amount of time. Our recommendation is to request your clients to become parties to the main case and ask the court to treat their matter separately from other disputed lands. By doing so, they can seek a court directive for the revenue department to return the land to its original owners. It is entirely up to your clients whether they wish to pursue the matter further or await the final judgment. However, we cannot provide an estimate of the duration of this process.

Currently, the land measures a total of 15 acres, out of which the revenue department has taken ten acres, while 4.75 acres remain in the name of your client(s) and their brother.

Please be advised that if your clients wish to reclaim the land, we can assist by making them parties to the main case and requesting the court to consider their land as a separate entity from the main dispute. In doing so, we can seek a court order directing the revenue authorities to return the land.

Additionally, we can offer our assistance in selling the land currently in your clients’ names by identifying suitable buyers and handling all legal formalities associated with the transfer.

_________________________________________________________

Archived from 2019

“My name is (redacted) I am a Pakistani citizen currently residing in the Middle East (Country Name redacted).My Father sadly passed away last month and has left me a property in my name in Punjab (city redacted) along with a Bank account in his name. I am his sole beneficiary without any brothers and sisters. I need help in the inheritance process and acquiring a Succession Certificate . I cannot be present currently in Pakistan due to my obligations abroad. I would provide you with all the necessary documents and perhaps set a visit in July. Please advise on the matter.”

Follow up questions :

For context the client was asked if the late father left any Will.

“….my father did not leave any Will and I am his only child along with my mother who is residing in Middle East (Country Redacted). Just for your information my father is of the Christian faith. Also my parents were divorced 20 years ago. I do have the divorce letter from Pakistan and Jordan.”

Based on the information provided, it appears that your deceased father was a “Pakistan Christian” as defined in Section 2(d) of the Succession Act, 1925. Since he had his domicile in Pakistan, the succession of his moveable and immovable property would be governed by the Succession Act, 1925, as per Section 5(2) of the Act.

As the only child of the deceased, the succession would be regulated by Section 47 of the Succession Act, 1925, making you the sole legal heir. It is well-established law that matters of inheritance and succession for Pakistani Christians are to be determined by applying the provisions of the Succession Act, 1925. This has been clarified in cases such as Inayat Bibi v. Issac Nazir Ullah (PLD 1992 SC 385) and Lilian Sen v. Mrs. Phyllis Merlin Xavier (PLD 2003 Karachi 270).

Chapter II of the Succession Act, 1925 deals with cases of intestacy for individuals other than Parsis, which includes cases of Christian intestates. Section 32 of this chapter outlines the devolution of property for intestates and provides guidelines for distribution among the spouse and kindred of the deceased.

In cases where the intestate is survived by lineal descendants, the rules for distribution are set out in Sections 37 to 40 of the Succession Act, 1925. However, since it is claimed that the deceased is not survived by any lineal descendant or other kindred except you, the distribution of the subject properties would be governed by Section 47 of the Act, making you the sole beneficiary.

Section 47 of the Succession Act, 1925 states that when an intestate has left neither a lineal descendant, nor a father, nor a mother, the property shall be divided equally between the brothers and sisters of the intestate, as well as the child or children of any deceased sibling, with such children receiving shares as if their respective parents were living at the time of the intestate’s death.

Please note that the specific application and interpretation of the Succession Act, 1925 may vary based on the circumstances and evidence presented.

For the purposes of this query the domicile of the father has been assumed as being Pakistan’s.

General advice for the public

Non-Muslim succession in Pakistan, specifically for Christians, is governed by the Christian Personal Law (CPL) and the Succession Act of 1925. These laws provide guidelines for the distribution of assets and the process of inheritance among Christians in Pakistan.

Under the CPL, Christians are allowed to make a will to determine the distribution of their assets after their demise. A will is a legal document that outlines the wishes of the deceased regarding the division of their property and assets among their heirs. It is important for Christians to draft a clear and valid will to ensure that their assets are distributed according to their wishes.

In the absence of a valid will, the Succession Act of 1925 comes into play. According to this Act, the inheritance of a Christian individual who dies intestate (without a will) will be distributed among their legal heirs. The legal heirs in this context are determined based on the rules of succession outlined in the Act.

The Succession Act of 1925 recognizes certain categories of heirs, including the spouse, children (both legitimate and illegitimate), parents, and other close relatives. The distribution of assets among the legal heirs is determined by the rules of intestate succession mentioned in the Act.

It is important to note that the laws regarding non-Muslim succession in Pakistan may vary depending on the individual’s religious affiliation. For example, Hindus and other non-Muslim minorities may have their own personal laws governing succession.

More context on Succession and Inheritance Law in Pakistan  

In Pakistan, inheritance provisions vary based on religious affiliations. Regardless of nationality or residential status, individuals of sound mind are entitled by law to inherit immovable and movable property in Pakistan. However, the specific inheritance provisions depend on whether the deceased was a Christian, Hindu, or Muslim.

Within the Muslim category, the definitions of heirs and their respective shares are determined based on their sects and sub-sects, such as Cutchi Memon, Khoja, Sunni, or Shia. The jurisdiction for property and inheritance matters depends on the domicile of the deceased.

Competent judges to handle property and inheritance issues are those located in the deceased’s last domicile. If this is disputed or unknown, the jurisdiction is determined by the location of the property. For properties situated in Pakistan, inheritance matters are addressed by a Civil District Court or a High Court.

National laws may apply to non-Muslims domiciled outside Pakistan. If a deceased foreigner who is not a Muslim is governed by a national law that states the applicable inheritance law is based on the country of domicile or the country where the deceased’s property is located, then the laws of that country will be applied in Pakistan. Therefore, if a Hindu or Christian with assets in Pakistan passes away while domiciled outside Pakistan, the courts in Pakistan would generally distribute the assets according to the provisions of the foreigner’s national inheritance law.

Muslims, whether domiciled in Pakistan or abroad, must follow Muslim Law. In matters of succession to the estate of a Muslim, the courts in Pakistan can only apply Muslim inheritance law, regardless of the domicile or nationality of the deceased. If a Muslim citizen of Pakistan dies while domiciled in a foreign country, the laws of their domicile cannot be applied to their estate in Pakistan. The Muslim Law of inheritance in Pakistan is based on the following principles:

1. There is no concept of a Will, and shares are distributed to legal heirs through intestate succession.A Muslim can only Will their land upto 1/3 of the total Estate.
2. Section 19 Succession Act 1925. Succession to moveable property in Pakistan, in absence of proof domicile elsewhere. If a person dies leaving moveable property in Pakistan, in the absence of proof of any domicile elsewhere, succession to the property is regulated by the law of Pakistan.
3. The distribution of shares depends on the closeness of the relationship between the legal heirs and the deceased. The shares vary depending on the number of children, siblings, parents, and other relatives the deceased had, and it varies from case to case.
4. In most cases, a man’s share of the inheritance is twice that of a woman’s. Any gift given by the woman’s husband is her own property, and her husband has no legal right to claim it even after marriage. Upon marriage, she is entitled to receive a marriage gift called “Mehar,” which is her own property.
5. Muslim heirs have an absolute interest in specific shares of the ancestor’s estate, even before distribution. The timing of distribution is not relevant, as succession opens based on the situation at the time of the ancestor’s death. In the event that an heir dies before distribution but was alive at the ancestor’s death, their share of the vested inheritance passes on to their heirs.
6. Muslims have the ability to donate property during their lifetime. A Pakistani Muslim can freely give away personal property before their death, and even legitimate heirs cannot challenge this decision after the donor’s death.

________________________________________________________